Choosing Snowboard length was traditionally considered to be as simpleΒ as the length from the ground to your chin. This will sometimes beΒ the right length snowboard but only coincidentally.
Snowboard technology over the years have left this technique obsolete and there a few factors that influence the length of a board, namely:
- Weight
- Riding StyleΒ
- Ability Level; and
- Height
Weight
Weight is the mostΒ important factor in determining the length of the board – the weight of the rider, is certainly more important than theΒ height of the rider.
Why is weight the most important factor?
Snowboards are designed with a certain flex in mind. However that flex is also influenced by the weight of the rider. If you are too heavy or too light compared to the weight the board was designed for, the flex wonβt behave in the way it was designed to – and the way you were told it should when you bought it.
If you are too heavy for the board (i.e. the board is too short for your weight) then the board will flex more than it should.
If you are too light for the board (i.e. the board is too long for your weight) you wonβt be applying enough pressure to make the board flex how it should.
So try to be within the weight range for any given board. Then you can take into account other factors. A lot of snowboard manufacturers will release the weight range for each size of a particular board.
A good first step is to fit within that range. The range is usually quite high so we need some other factors to narrow it down a bit to get a more accurate length.
Snowboard Companies that show Recommended Weight Ranges
The Table below shows some of the major snowboarding brands and which do and don’t, to the best of my knowledge, provide weight ranges. If you know of any others just leave a comment below and I’ll add it to the table.
UPDATE: This table was updated April 26, 2019. When I first published this table (late 2014) there were 5/15 that didn’t publish weight ranges. Now it’s just 2/18, so a vast majority now do.Β
Snowboard Brand | Publish Weight Range |
---|---|
Arbor | YES |
Bataleon | YES |
Burton | YES |
Capita | YES |
DC | NO |
Endeavor | YES |
GNU | YES |
Jones | YES |
K2 | YES |
Lib Tech | YES |
Never Summer | NO |
Nidecker | YES |
Nitro | YES |
Ride | YES |
Rome | YES |
Rossignol | YES |
Salomon | YES |
YES | YES |
It’s not necessary to be right in the middle of the recommended weight range. For example if the range is 110 – 150lbs you don’t have to be 130lbs!
Weight recommendations are helpful, but I would consider them to be general guidelines and not hard and fast rules. Often weight recommendations cover a wide range so aren’t that accurate and brands can change these, year to year, without any real changes to a board.
Typically these days weight recommendations are based on your weight without gear. It used to be based on weight with gear but this has changed. And this makes sense as you are less likely to know what you weight fully loaded with gear.
Note: As you can see in the table above, not all manufacturers releaseΒ weight rangeΒ information and they don’t take height into account at all.Β There are tables further down this post which should help you to get a good idea of the best size for your height and weight.
Ability Level
The ability level of the rider can also influence the length of the board. This is pretty easy though. Generally speaking if you are a beginner then go with a shorter board (3-5cm shorter). Anyone intermediate and up should not take ability level into account when determining length.
A longer board is more difficult to control. Therefore beginners are often recommended to choose a slightly shorter board than a more advanced rider might go with.
Riding Style
Besides influencing factors such as flex of board, set back of stance etc, the riderβs style can also influence the length of board that he/she chooses to ride.
This is also pretty basic though – if you are a freestyle rider then go between Β 3Β andΒ 6 centimetres shorter (depending on preference) and if you are only into free-riding then go a 2-4cm longer (again this will also depend on preference and some rider’s like to go more or less extreme than this).
The length sizing tables further down in this post will show the length for an all-mountain rider. Take off 3-6cm for a freestyle board and add 2-4cm for a freeride board.
If youβre not exactly sure of your style you can check out the article at the following link.
Height
Whilst definitely not as important as weight, height is still somewhat of a factor – partly because a taller rider will weigh more than a shorter rider (with the same build). But also because the taller rider will typically have a wider stance (though not always).
If a tall rider ends up on a board that’s too short for their stance width, then either they won’t be able to set their stance width as wide as they would like – or they will be at the widest possible stance and that may not be the best position on the board for them.
In the same vane, a shorter rider may end up not being able to go as narrow as they would like on a longer board – or they might end up feeling like they have too much board outside the inserts.
The Length Charts
The tables below show estimates for board length based on height and weight. Once you have found that, you have found what we can call the βstandard lengthβ. From this you should adjust the length for style preference (and ability level if you are a beginner).
This might be the same as the standard length or different depending on style and ability. This is what I like to call your βreal lengthβ.
I like to then choose a range of heights that I am happy with so that I can have the option of a wider range of boards and a couple of centimetres either way isnβt going to affect my riding in any noticeable way.
Choosing Your Length
Right, letβs check out the charts below.
I consider the standard length to be the βall-mountainβ βnon beginnerβ length of board. For example if the length in the chart according to your height and weight is 160cm then this is your length if you are an intermediate or above all-mountain rider.
So for example if youβre a freestyle rider you might take 3-6cm off that and go with a 154-157cm board. If you are a beginner you might go with a 155-157 and if you are a dedicated free-rider then you might bump it up to 162, 163 or 164.
Go through the charts below and select the table that fits your height and then scan across until you find your weight.
For example, I am 6 foot tall and weigh 180lbs (81kg). So I find myself on the table and find my βstandard lengthβ to be 160cm. I am not a beginner - however I do lean towards freestyle riding so I take 2-6cm off and find my βlength rangeβ to be 154-158cm. However I am not a purely freestyle rider, more all-mountain-freestyle - probably a 50% park, 50% a bit of everything else - so I go with the higher end of the range there - 157cm (see how it can be very preferential).
So with my real length at 157cm I now consider any board that is 156-158cm because 1cm either way wonβt be noticeable - but will widen the range of boards I can choose from. It's also board dependent - so it might be the case in one particular board, that 159 might be better or in another 155 might be better depending on certain factors of the board. But this is a good range to look at.
* Weight in pounds (kg in brackets)
* Height in feet and inches (cm in brackets)
* Board length in centimeters (cm)
MEN'S TABLE 1 (110lbs to 180lbs)
110(50) | 120(54) | 130(59) | 140(64) | 150(68) | 160(73) | 170(77) | 180(81) | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
5'0" (152) | 142 | 144 | 146 | 148 | 150 | 152 | 153 | 154 |
5'1" (155) | 143 | 145 | 147 | 149 | 151 | 153 | 154 | 155 |
5'2" (157) | 143 | 145 | 147 | 149 | 151 | 153 | 154 | 155 |
5'3" (160) | 144 | 146 | 148 | 150 | 152 | 154 | 155 | 156 |
5'4" (163) | 144 | 146 | 148 | 150 | 152 | 154 | 155 | 156 |
5'5" (165) | 145 | 147 | 149 | 151 | 153 | 155 | 156 | 157 |
5'6" (168) | 145 | 147 | 149 | 151 | 153 | 155 | 156 | 157 |
5'7" (170) | 146 | 148 | 150 | 152 | 154 | 156 | 157 | 158 |
5'8" (173) | 146 | 148 | 150 | 152 | 154 | 156 | 157 | 158 |
5'9" (175) | 147 | 149 | 151 | 153 | 155 | 157 | 158 | 159 |
5'10" (178) | 147 | 149 | 151 | 153 | 155 | 157 | 158 | 159 |
5'11" (180) | 148 | 150 | 152 | 154 | 156 | 158 | 159 | 160 |
6'0" (183) | 150 | 152 | 154 | 156 | 158 | 159 | 160 | |
6'1" (185) | 153 | 155 | 157 | 159 | 160 | 161 | ||
6'2" (188) | 155 | 157 | 159 | 160 | 161 | |||
6'3" (191) | 158 | 160 | 161 | 162 | ||||
6'4" (193) | 160 | 161 | 162 |
MEN'S TABLE 2 (190lbs to 260lbs)
190(86) | 200(91) | 210(95) | 220(100) | 230(104) | 240(109) | 250(113) | 260(118) | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
5'0" (152) | 154 | 155 | 156 | 156 | ||||
5'1" (155) | 155 | 156 | 157 | 157 | ||||
5'2" (157) | 155 | 156 | 157 | 157 | 158 | |||
5'3" (160) | 156 | 157 | 158 | 158 | 159 | 160 | ||
5'4" (163) | 156 | 157 | 158 | 158 | 159 | 160 | 160 | |
5'5" (165) | 157 | 158 | 159 | 159 | 160 | 161 | 161 | 162 |
5'6" (168) | 157 | 158 | 159 | 159 | 160 | 161 | 161 | 162 |
5'7" (170) | 158 | 159 | 160 | 160 | 161 | 162 | 162 | 163 |
5'8" (173) | 158 | 159 | 160 | 160 | 161 | 162 | 162 | 163 |
5'9" (175) | 159 | 160 | 161 | 161 | 162 | 163 | 163 | 164 |
5'10" (178) | 159 | 160 | 161 | 161 | 162 | 163 | 163 | 164 |
5'11" (180) | 160 | 161 | 162 | 162 | 163 | 164 | 164 | 165 |
6'0" (183) | 160 | 161 | 162 | 162 | 163 | 164 | 164 | 165 |
6'1" (185) | 161 | 162 | 163 | 163 | 164 | 165 | 165 | 166 |
6'2" (188) | 161 | 162 | 163 | 163 | 164 | 165 | 165 | 166 |
6'3" (191) | 162 | 163 | 164 | 164 | 165 | 166 | 166 | 167 |
6'4" (193) | 162 | 163 | 164 | 164 | 165 | 166 | 166 | 167 |
WOMEN'S TABLE 1 (90lbs to 160lbs)
90(41) | 100(45) | 110(50) | 120(54) | 130(59) | 140(64) | 150(68) | 160(73) | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
5'0" (152) | 136 | 138 | 140 | 142 | 144 | 146 | 148 | 149 |
5'1" (155) | 137 | 139 | 141 | 143 | 145 | 147 | 149 | 150 |
5'2" (157) | 137 | 139 | 141 | 143 | 145 | 147 | 149 | 150 |
5'3" (160) | 138 | 140 | 142 | 144 | 146 | 148 | 150 | 151 |
5'4" (163) | 138 | 140 | 142 | 144 | 146 | 148 | 150 | 151 |
5'5" (165) | 139 | 141 | 143 | 145 | 147 | 149 | 151 | 152 |
5'6" (168) | 139 | 141 | 143 | 145 | 147 | 149 | 151 | 152 |
5'7" (170) | 140 | 142 | 144 | 146 | 148 | 150 | 152 | 153 |
5'8" (173) | 140 | 142 | 144 | 146 | 148 | 150 | 152 | 153 |
5'9" (175) | 141 | 143 | 145 | 147 | 149 | 151 | 153 | 154 |
5'10" (178) | 141 | 143 | 145 | 147 | 149 | 151 | 153 | 154 |
5'11" (180) | 142 | 144 | 146 | 148 | 150 | 152 | 154 | 155 |
6'0" (183) | 142 | 144 | 146 | 148 | 150 | 152 | 154 | 155 |
6'1" (185) | 143 | 145 | 147 | 149 | 151 | 153 | 155 | 156 |
6'2" (188) | 145 | 147 | 149 | 151 | 153 | 155 | 156 | |
6'3" (191) | 148 | 150 | 152 | 154 | 156 | 157 | ||
6'4" (193) | 150 | 152 | 154 | 156 | 157 |
WOMEN'S TABLE 2 (170lbs to 240lbs)
170(77) | 180(81) | 190(86) | 200(91) | 210(95) | 220(100) | 230(104) | 240(109) | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
5'0" (152) | 150 | 151 | 152 | 152 | 153 | |||
5'1" (155) | 151 | 152 | 153 | 153 | 154 | |||
5'2" (157) | 151 | 152 | 153 | 153 | 154 | 155 | ||
5'3" (160) | 152 | 153 | 154 | 154 | 155 | 156 | 156 | |
5'4" (163) | 152 | 153 | 154 | 154 | 155 | 156 | 156 | 157 |
5'5" (165) | 153 | 154 | 155 | 155 | 156 | 157 | 157 | 158 |
5'6" (168) | 153 | 154 | 155 | 155 | 156 | 157 | 157 | 158 |
5'7" (170) | 154 | 155 | 156 | 156 | 157 | 158 | 158 | 159 |
5'8" (173) | 154 | 155 | 156 | 156 | 157 | 158 | 158 | 159 |
5'9" (175) | 155 | 156 | 157 | 157 | 158 | 159 | 159 | 160 |
5'10" (178) | 155 | 156 | 157 | 157 | 158 | 159 | 159 | 160 |
5'11" (180) | 156 | 157 | 158 | 158 | 159 | 160 | 160 | 161 |
6'0" (183) | 156 | 157 | 158 | 158 | 159 | 160 | 160 | 161 |
6'1" (185) | 157 | 158 | 159 | 159 | 160 | 161 | 161 | 162 |
6'2" (188) | 157 | 158 | 159 | 159 | 160 | 161 | 161 | 162 |
6'3" (191) | 158 | 159 | 160 | 160 | 161 | 162 | 162 | 163 |
6'4" (193) | 158 | 159 | 160 | 160 | 161 | 162 | 162 | 163 |
YOUTH TABLE
40(18) | 50(23) | 60(27) | 70(32) | 80(36) | 90(41) | 100(45) | 110(50) | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
3'4" (102) | 95 | 105 | 107 | |||||
3'5" (104) | 95 | 105 | 108 | |||||
3'6" (107) | 96 | 106 | 108 | |||||
3'7" (109) | 96 | 106 | 109 | |||||
3'8" (112) | 97 | 107 | 110 | 112 | ||||
3'9" (114) | 98 | 107 | 110 | 113 | ||||
3'10" (117) | 99 | 108 | 111 | 113 | ||||
3'11 (119) | 99 | 109 | 111 | 114 | ||||
4'0" (122) | 109 | 112 | 115 | |||||
4'1" (124) | 117 | 120 | 123 | 125 | ||||
4'2" (127) | 118 | 121 | 123 | 125 | ||||
4'3" (130) | 119 | 121 | 124 | 126 | 128 | |||
4'4" (132) | 119 | 122 | 125 | 127 | 129 | |||
4'5" (135) | 120 | 123 | 125 | 127 | 129 | 131 | ||
4'6" (137) | 124 | 126 | 128 | 130 | 132 | |||
4'7" (140) | 124 | 127 | 129 | 131 | 133 | 135 | ||
4'8" (142) | 125 | 128 | 130 | 132 | 134 | 136 | ||
4'9" (145) | 126 | 128 | 130 | 132 | 134 | 136 | ||
4'10" (147) | 129 | 131 | 133 | 135 | 137 | |||
4'11" (150) | 130 | 132 | 134 | 136 | 138 | |||
5'0" (152) | 131 | 133 | 135 | 137 | 139 | |||
5'1" (155) | 133 | 135 | 137 | 139 | ||||
5'2" (157) | 134 | 136 | 138 | 140 | ||||
5'3" (160) | 135 | 137 | 139 | 141 | ||||
5'4" (163) | 138 | 140 | 142 | |||||
5'5" (165) | 138 | 140 | 142 |
Keep in mind that this is a rough guide and if you can find the suggested weight range for the particular board that you are interested in then this is a good gauge too. The above table should find a size that fits somewhere in that range.
What Next?
Now that youβve hopefully figured out your length range, itβs time to find out some other aspects to get you on your perfect board. Check out the following to find a good snowboard width range and to find a board that will suit the way you like to ride and where you like to ride.
>>Find Your Snowboard Waist Width Range
>>Find Your Style of Snowboard
Already know your width and style, then check out our Top 10 Snowboard Lists, which are organized by style of board (e.g. beginner, all-mountain, freestyle, freeride etc).
>>SNOWBOARDING PROFILES' TOP 10S LISTS
What Length do you ride?
I'm always keen to learn other riderβs set-ups. Please feel free to leave a comment below with the length board you ride, plus your height, weight and riding style.
Any other comments or questions always welcome too.
Jake A says
Hi Nate,
Love your website!! Iβve been on here a ton this past summer learning about what board I should get. I moved to the PNW a year ago and got my first board, a 160W Ride Berzerker. Hereβs my specs:
6β4β 185-190lbs, size 11 boot, Angles 0 to -6 back, 18-21 front, mostly freeride targeting trees and side hits, but am wanting to learn 180βs and 360βs in powder. I can somewhat cruise riding switch, but I am not quite interested in the park yet. I would like to learn grabs and bigger airs though, and would like a board that can carve and has good pop, isnβt too long, and can float me well in powder. Iβm currently riding 22β stance but would feel better with 23β stance since I have long legs.
With all that being said, and my current board being a freeride directional tapered board with a 257mm waist width, is it too small for me? Iβm really regretting not getting the 163W. Also, what type of board should I be looking at next? Iβm open to any of your recommendations, Iβm tired of stressing over this most days haha. Itβs tough because the boards I like arenβt 162+ lengths which is what my heigh weight and riding style aligns with.
For example, some of my favorite boards this year are the 160W Lib Rig, GNU Hyper 159W, and the capita boards like the mega merc seem too freestyle oriented and narrow to float me well. And then I love the k2 antidote 161W or 163W the most but I think itβs too all-mountain focused for my style and Iβm concerned the full camber and stiffness will be tough in trees and with keeping the nose up in powder. The hyper seems like it is perfect with the C2X profile and width of the 159W but I think 159 is too short, and the 160 is too narrow. Iβve had shops recommend the golden orca 161 to me but I donβt like the design of that one as much. Another board Iβve considered is the 163 Double Dip which seems interesting since itβs C2X freestyle oriented and itβs likely big enough for me, but it doesnβt have a lot of taper for powder. Iβve also been looking at YES boards and I like the PYL 164W and Uninc PYL 161 also but not as much as the previous boards I listed.
Iβm beginning to think I should just get a powder board for deep days and continue to use my berzerker for everything else even tho itβs a bit short. I just donβt like powder boards as much as freeride all mountain boards, I like the idea of having a setup that looks like a freeride board and floats really well in powder.
Anyways, any help is appreciated! I canβt believe how many people comment on this website itβs incredible. You have an amazing thing going here Nate.
Nate says
Hey Jake
Thanks for your message.
Firstly, in terms of the width of the Berzerker 160W. Even though it’s a wide and you have 11s and typically 11s will fit on any wide board, I think it’s a little narrow. It’s one of the narrower wide boards going around. In fact there are quite a few regular width boards I know of that are wider. Based on my measurements of the 162 model (not the 162 I rode was a 2019 and the dimensions have changed a little since then, but it will be close to this), the width at the back insert on the 160W is likely to be around 264mm (assuming a 22″ stance width). Even on a 15 degree angle with an 11, I’d say that’s too narrow. And with a 0-6 degree angle, I think it’s too narrow. You could measure the width at inserts on yours to confirm that, if you wanted. Take the measurement from the base (underside) and measure from outside of metal edge to outside of metal edge. Take the measurement in the middle of where your bindings are.
Everyone is different but at your height, I think you are likely to prefer a 23″ stance width. A good starting point is to measure from the ground to the center of your knee, when standing up straight. This measurement converts to a stance width that a lot of people feel comfortable with. My ground to center of knee is exactly 22″ and that is the stance width I like the most and ride the most often.
As you say, I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 162. For your style going a little longer doesn’t hurt. I mean a 160W might not necessarily be too small, if it was a little wide for your boots, but with the Berzerker and how narrow the wides are, I would say the 160W is a bit too small, given the width and length combined. The 160W Lib Rig would be better, as it’s quite a bit wider (275mm at back insert), but I’d still be leaning something a little longer. But it would certainly feel bigger overall vs the 160W Bererker. The Hyper 159W a little small too, like you say.
If you wanted to go GNU, the Banked Country is an option. It’s C3, but floats pretty well for a C3 board and is more agile in trees than the Lib Rig, in my experience (I rode those 2 on the same day as well). I rode both in 159s. The Banked Country has a 163W. The Golden Orca would certainly work too, IMO, in the 161 but it’s not as good for tree agility, in my experience, as the Banked Country, and sounds like you don’t like the design. We haven’t tested the Double Dip, but it’s not likely to do that well in powder.
The PYL 164W would be a good bet, IMO, for what you’re describing, as would the 162W Jones Flagship.
Hope this helps with your decision
Jake A says
Hi Nate, thanks so much for your reply. I was thinking my board might be a bit too narrow, but I do have ride lasso pros, and the bindings I went with are union atlas proβs, large ofc. Surprisingly, I havenβt experienced much toe or heel drag when carving, though I did increase my stance by one insert and move my front foot all the way back. But it sounds like I should sell the board if my all mountain length should be longer.
Thatβs good to know the hyper and lib rig are likely too small. I do like the banked country as well, Iβll look into that one more. Iβm wondering what your thoughts are on which boards would be best suited for my style and size from this list I have if you wouldnβt mind offering guidance. I think the lib tech dynamo may be a great option for me, or the Salomon highpath maybe. Iβm assuming the k2 antidote is more all mountain, if I sell my berzerker, should I look at the 163W or 161W? I really like that board a ton Iβm just not sure if it will float me well enough. Regardless, if you could just recommend your opinion of the 3-4 best options for me here Iβd greatly appreciate it!
Yes PYL 164W
Burton Gril Master 165
Yes PYL Uninc DCP 161
Salomon High Path 162W
GNU Banked Country 163W
K2 Passport 162W
Lib Tech Dynamo 162W
K2 Antidote 163W
Jones Hovercraft 2.0 164
Nitro Alternator 162
Capita Super DOA 163W
Capita DOA 163W
Burton Flight Attendant 162W
Burton Hometown Hero 165
Bummed about the berzerker. I may have to get a 163W just because I like the graphic so much, but itβs definitely a MW and too narrow for me. Again, thank you immensely for the help. Iβve been stressing over this forever.
Nate says
Hi Jake
Yeah, with the Antidote, I would say it’s more all-mountain. It’s not a board we’ve tested, so couldn’t say for sure how it rode, but with full camber and a directional twin shape, it’s unlikely to be amazing in powder. It does have a bit of setback and a spoon nose, which would certainly help, but overall I would predict it to be maybe 3/5 to 3.5/5 in powder for reference.
The 3-4 that I would go with, given what you’re describing and size-wise:
– Yes PYL 164W – really like this size for you because of its width. It’s perhaps a little longer than perfect, but given your style, I think you can go a little longer, so long as the width is perfect, which I think it is on this. You’re lookin at around 273mm at the back insert and 275mm at the front insert (this was with a 23.4″ (570mm stance width). This is right on for 11s with a fairly flat back binding angle, IMO. And the board suits what you want to do well, IMO.
– GNU Banked Country 163W – looking at around 276mm at the back insert and 278mm at the front insert. It’s certainly doable and I really like the board for you. Size-wise, it’s a touch wider than ideal, but that’s getting a bit fussy and I’d definitely keep it as an option, because of how it rides and matches what you’re describing really well, IMO.
– Jones Hovercraft 2.0 164 – I really like this board for you, but given how wide it is in the 164, I would be leaning 160 if you went with this one. You’re looking at 283mm front insert and 278mm back insert on the 160 and the 164 more like 287mm/282mm – so combo of width and length too big in the 164, IMO. It doesn’t fit your “I just donβt like powder boards as much as freeride all mountain boards, I like the idea of having a setup that looks like a freeride board and floats really well in powder.” that well as it looks more like a powder board. But in the 160, I think you’d really like it.
Note that the DOA and Super DOA were pretty easy to cross off in this case as they aren’t, in my experience/opinion, great in powder.
Burton Gril Master 165 – haven’t ridden it, but combination of width and length, I think it’s getting too big, particularly for when you’re in the trees.
Yes PYL Uninc DCP 161 – this could be an option but it’s not something we’ve tested, so can’t recommend it or otherwise. Size-wise, I think it works. Note however, that this is supposed to be stiffer than the PYL and so you may not like it as much for trees and side-hits, IMO.
Salomon High Path 162W – could work but it’s pretty close to all-mountain. While we do classify it as freeride, it’s really on the cuff between freeride and all-mountain. Also, size-wise, because of it’s width it’s getting pretty wide for you, so would be at the bigger end of your range, when taking into account the length/width combo. That said, it’s not bigger than the Banked Country above, but it’s not as good for weaving in trees as the Banked Country, IMO.
K2 Passport 162W – could well be a great option, but not something that we’ve tested, unfortunately. Though also could be bordering on a little big, given the width. However, I have heard it’s fairly mellow, so that might not be an issue.
Nitro Alternator 162 – size-wise looks good but not one we’ve tested and with the full camber and fairly subtle taper and setback it may not be as powder capable as you’d like. That said, it should be decent enough in powder.
Burton Flight Attendant 162W – could work for sure, and a board I really like. But it’s not as agile in trees as the PYL, Banked Country or Hovercraft 2.0.
Burton Hometown Hero 165 – could work, but the combination of length and width getting a little bigger than ideal, IMO, which would affect how much you’d like it for trees and side-hits, IMO.
Lib Tech Dynamo 162W – I don’t think it would be a bad choice, but not as good in trees as the 3 I chose. Also bordering on all-mountain.
I know you only wanted the ones I would choose, but I couldn’t help myself!
therealCORE says
My data:
– 186cm
– 79 kg (177 lbs)
– 44 (normal shoe size) / 28.5cm (Mondo – foot size)
Hello Nate, I’m looking at Bataleon Evil Twin + (any ETA on your review of this board?) but I’m SUUPER indecisive between four sizes – 156W, 157, 159 or 159W! Not planning to change boards in the next 6/7 years so I need something that will “follow my progression”
I’m an intermediate rider – I mainly ride in resorts and I want to have a “all-round” board that will let me ride all the mountain comfortably and let me start getting some bases for freestyle and jibbing.
I’m going to be riding at a duck stance (15ΒΊ/-15ΒΊ).
Could you please help me?
1- What would the difference be between these snowboard sizes? Which one should suit me the most?
2- Is the difference in waist size between Wide and Regular really noticeable? Should I go for Wide or Regular??
3- Which binding should I be looking at? (was checking Union Ultra and Strata).
Nate says
Hi therealCORE
Thanks for your message.
Evil Twin+ review is actually scheduled to be published today! I’m just getting it finalized and should have it out later today, hopefully in the next 2-3 hours or so. Great timing for your question.
Size-wise, I can definitely see your hesitation between those sizes, as any one of them could potentially be a good fit.
In terms of length, I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 159/160. However, given that it sounds like you want to incorporate plenty of freestyle in your riding, I would be leaning 157, rather than 159.
In terms of width, it’s going to really depend on whether you end up in mondo 28.5 boots or mondo 29 boots. Assuming a 22″ (560mm) stance, then width at inserts on the 157 will be around 264mm. With 15/15 angles I would be confident with that width, with US10.5s (mondo 28.5) but with US11s (mondo 29), I would be less confident of that width. I mean if you weren’t planning on doing any big, deep carves, then you’d probably get away with it with mondo 29 boots, but if you were planning on carving, then it would be pushing it a bit. If you got low profile boots, then it would increase your chances of getting on the regular width with mondo 29 boots. But it would be borderline.
I find that people tend to either fit their mondo or a 1/2 size above that, so I think it really depends on what boots you do end up in. If you can get into the narrower width I would personally, but if not the wide sizes will be fine for your boot size. I find the difference between regular and wide boards to be quite noticeable, but I have a 27cm right foot and 27.3cm left foot, so the wider widths affect my feet more than they would your feet (with longer feet you can get more leverage on the edges) – so if you had to go wide, I think you would be fine with it.
Both the Strata and Ultra would go well with the Evil Twin +, IMO. If I had a choice, I would go Ultra, as I think it’s a really good flex match and those feel really good on this level of flex board (I rode the Ultras on a 5/10 flex board, which is the same flex as I feel the Evil Twin+).
Hope this helps
Nate says
Evil Twin + review now published.
therealCORE says
Thank you for the AMAZING help!
If I go with the size 159 can I be more confident that my Vans Aura Pro mondo size 28.5 (actually 30.8cm boot size) won’t catch?
My stance will be around 570mm to 590mm with 15/15 angles.
I’m super unsure if I should get the 156W or the 159.
Regarding the bindings, size L should be the right size for me right?
Nate says
Hi therealCORE
I think you’ll be fine width-wise with those boots and those binding angles on the 159 or the 157. And I would go 157 ideally, given how you want to use it.
You’re looking at around 264mm at the inserts – i.e. 26.4cm – and if you’re boots are 30.8cm, then your total overhang, straight across the board, will be around 4.4cm – or 2.2cm toe edge and 2.2cm heel edge (assuming perfect boot centering). I would be pretty confident at that overhang personally, and that’s at a zero degree binding angle. With 15 degrees of angle you save yourself around 1cm of overhang. So you’d be looking at more like 3.4cm of total overhang – or 1.7cm per edge. I’d be very surprised if you had any issues with that amount of overhang.
In terms of binding size, you may fit in an M, but you may not, so it’s a bit of a risk, so L would be the safer bet. If you were to go Strata, it may be an issue though. The footbed on the Strata M is 26.5cm, so will be more on the L, which means you’re likely to get some binding overhang with the L, even at 15 degree angles. It probably wouldn’t be enough to cause issues, but the margin for error with binding overhang is a little bit less, because they are lower to the snow than your boots will be, particularly when you take into account boot bevel. The Ultra L should be all good though, it’s got a much shorter footbed.
Ollie says
Hi Nate,
Really nice post! I am looking to purchase my first board. I Have always rented and my skill level is between intermediate and advanced. I have an athletic build at 6’2″, 190-195lbs, and shoe size of 10.5/11. I like the Salomon Sickstick and i’m not sure if I should go with the 157 or the 161. The majority of my riding will be All-Mountain-Freestyle. I am looking at pairing this board with the Burton Step-on Genesis Re:Flex bindings and the Burton Ion Step-on boots. What size board would you recommend and do you think the Burton bindings/boots will pair nice with the Salomon Sickstick?
Nate says
Hey Ollie
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, I would say the 161 is just right for your specs, so that’s what I’d go with. The 157 wouldn’t be wrong, if you wanted it to be more agile and feel a bit more mellow. But I would put your “typical all-mountain length” right around 161-162, so I think the 161 would be your best bet. It’s a little wider than a typical regular width board too, so should be good width-wise, even if you end up in 11s. But note that we haven’t tested or measured the Sick Stick, so I’m not sure what the width at the inserts is, exactly.
In terms of matching with the Step-on Genesis Re:Flex bindings/Ion, again, having not tested it can’t say for sure, but based on specs, I think the Ion would be a really good match to it. The Step-on Genesis would work too, but if the Sickstick is the 8/10 flex that it says it is, then they might be a touch soft. Note that the Genesis Step On got softer for the 2024 model (by my feel), so they’re more of a 6/10 flex now. That said, I find with Salomon boards they tend to be a little softer than what they rate them as, I so I would suspect the Sickstick is more of a 7/10 flex.
Hope this helps
Ollie Jacobs says
Hi Nate,
Thank you for the quick reply and the information. I really appreciate your help!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Ollie. Hope you have a great season!
Sarah says
Hi,
I’m looking at getting a new snowboard this year and, as I’m on the taller side, I was looking at men’s boards not just women’s. As I’ve found your sizing chart, I see the difference in length between men and women at the same size/weight. Why is that?
In other research, I determined I would be around a 158 as I’m 5’10, 180 lbs. My foot size is 9.5 US.
Here you say I should be 156… would it make that much of a difference?
Nate says
Hi Sarah
Thanks for your message.
The sizing differences in the men’s and women’s charts take into account inherent differences in strength, on average, between men and women. A larger board requires more strength to maneuver, so with a male rider typically having more muscle mass, on average, a longer board is more manageable. This is of course based on averages and if you’re particularly strong/athletic, then you could err longer, if you wanted.
You’d be surprised how much difference 2cm can make. If that 2cm was outside the contact points (i.e. tip/tail making up the extra length and not within the effective edge), then you wouldn’t notice it that much, but if that extra 2cm is within the effective edge of the board, it’s noticeable, in my experience.
Hope this helps
Sarah says
Thanks Nate,
Very helpful. I think I’ve settled on the Hel Yes 155 (they don’t have it in 156).
I’ve been researching boots and bindings as well since I need to upgrade those as well. I have wide feet and am realizing that I have way too much heel lift in my current boots (sized up because of wide feet). – Thanks for your posts on those too! Not sure if I’ll be able to find a women’s wide that fit well or need to get mens. If you have any influence on brands, let them know we need more options! haha
Nate says
Hey Sarah
Not sure how much influence I have, but I’ll mention it for sure.
This is my experience with how different brands tend to fit. But hard to say if any women’s boots will be wide enough. But yeah, it’s definitely something I come across a fair bit, with people ending up going to longer boots to accommodate for width, which obviously causes issues elsewhere, quite commonly with heel lift, as you’re experiencing.
In terms of matching boots/bindings to the Hel Yes (keeping in mind that for boots fit is first and foremost, but second to fit, flex-matching is the next most important thing, IMO) I would be looking at something between 5/10 flex to 7/10 flex. Ideally 6/10 to 7/10 flex.
I’ve included links below for both men’s and women’s boots, to give you more options so you can hopefully find boots that will be wide enough, but in the right size. I’ve also included links to our top bindings picks that are in the flex range that should suit the Hel Yes well.
>>Top Women’s All-Mountain Bindings
>>Top Women’s Freeride Bindings
>>My Top Women’s All-Mountain Snowboard Boots
>>Top 5 Women’s Freeride Boots
>>My Top All Mountain (medium to medium-stiff flex) Snowboard Boots
And also, in case you need it, here’s something on boot size and fit too.
jim says
Hi Nate,
Your posts are always very informative full of passion and effort, much appreciation for hellping our cummnity.
I am trying to find the best board for myself and my riding style and i think the goliath + would be the perfect fit for me.
I weight 161 lbs my height is 5’7″ and i am wearing vans hi standard og 11 usa (29 cm).
I have ridden 154 and 159 boards and felt comfortable in both.
According to my messurments and their sizing chart i fit most likely on their 158W rather than 156 do you agree?(Thats my main question.)
Also in case i win a nitro giveaway are TEAM PRO MARCUS KLEVELAND (157 and 159) valid choices for me?
Their Waist Width are (252 and 254) and on their size chart they consider both boards can go up to 11,5 usa boots.
When on the other hand, on bataleons size chart goliath + 156 (with 254 waist width) is considered to be for 7-9 usa boots.(Second question:Are TEAM PRO MARCUS KLEVELAND (157 and 159) valid choices for me?Also what is wrong with thier sizing recommendations?)
Thank you very much for your feedback.
Nate says
Hey Jim
Thanks for your message.
Firstly, in terms of their width sizing recommendations, I think both are quite strange. The Goliath Plus can, in my opinion, in most cases accommodate a larger boot than a US9 and an 11.5 on the Team Pro would be too big for the width of the board. And it’s not like the width at inserts is that different. Note that I haven’t ridden the Team Pro, but the dimensions are the same as the regular Team, which I have ridden. For reference from the sizes I tried, the width at inserts were:
Team 157: 259mm at front insert, 261mm at back insert, at a 540mm stance width
Goliath+ 156: 263mm at both inserts, with a 530mm stance width (I rode it with a 570mm stance width, and it was 265mm at inserts there).
As far as the Team Pro goes, if you were to go on the 159, you’d get a couple of extra mm, but only very subtly wider and, still too narrow for 11s, IMO. And I think the 157 would be the better size for you. For reference, I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 156.
The Goliath+ 156 is probably too narrow too, IMO. The Hi-Standard OG are low profile and if you were going to be riding with +15/-15 binding angles or similar and you don’t carve super deep or anything, then I think you could get away with it. And I think the 156 is the better length for you, so if you could get away with it, that’s the way I’d go. But it’s borderline width-wise, so it would be risky. The 158W would be the safer bet. And given you’ve been happy on 159s in the past, I think you should be OK with it. It’s on the bigger side for you, IMO, purely based on specs, but doable.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Colton says
Is there really that much of a difference between a 150 cm board and a 152 cm one? I am getting more into park and jumps and spins especially. I have a 152 cm board already and like the stability off of jumps and at speed. Curious if I should try riding a 150 cm instead for lower swing weight. I am 5’8 and 145 lbs, size 8 mens boot.
Nate says
Hey Colton
Thanks for your message.
2cm isn’t going to make a massive difference, but in my experience I do find I can notice it (from testing two identical boards back to back in 2 different sizes 2cm apart). How much difference you feel will, IMO, depend on how much of that 2cm is inside the effective edge and how much is outside the contact points. If a large portion of it is inside the effective edge you’ll feel that difference more for turning/caving than you will if it’s more predominantly outside the contact points. That said, the two things that extra length outside the contact points does affect is riding in powder and swing weight. So in terms of swing weight, you’ll feel it if it’s outside the contact points. 2cm won’t make a massive difference to swing weight though, IMO, but will make a subtle difference.
Hope this gives you more to go off
Ed Cottrill says
Hi Nate,
I’m 6’2″ and weigh around 220lbs (weight has ranged from 200 – 220lbs over the last few years and looking to get back down towards the lower end of this range). Size 13 US Boot. Currently riding a 2015 GNU Riders Choice 162W and looking to get a new board. Tempted by the YES Standard and wondering whether to go for the 162 or 167. Used to ride mainly park but now limited to a couple of weeks a year so looking for something to bomb groomers, decent in powder if I get the chance and good for a couple of runs through the park (boxes, rails and small/med kickers). My previous board was a Burton Baron 168 and I used to be able to hit 3’s off medium kickers with that but unfortunately haven’t done any spins for a couple of years but hope to get back into it at some point. I’ve enjoyed the GNU but feels a bit loose at high speeds so looking for an all mountain freestyle board that can cope a but better with higher speeds. Interested to know what you’d recommend or if any other boards I should consider? I’m also looking at the Jones Twin 165W which may be a better length for me but the YES just edging it for me based on reviews. Been riding for 30 years so in the advanced intermediate bracket but getting old now (mid 40s) but no plans to slow down just yet…..
Great site btw!
Thanks,
Ed
Nate says
Hey Ed
Thanks for your message.
I would be leaning 162. The 167 isn’t out of your range by any means, but it’s on the bigger side. The fact that you used to ride a 168 does make it more of a possibility though. Particularly if you get to the lower end of your weight range, I would be looking 162. Versus the 2015 Rider’s Choice you would get a little more stability, IM), even though the sizes are similar (the Standard a little wider – same waist but Standard a little wider at inserts – around 283mm for Standard 162 at inserts and around 276mm for RC at inserts, both assuming a roughly 560mm (22″) stance width), the Standard is just a little more stable and a little stiffer than the 2015 RC.
At the higher end of your weight range and given your history with a 168, the 167 becomes a more doable option, particularly when it comes to bombing groomers and hitting powder. But for all-round performance, particularly if you get down to 200lbs, I’d be leaning 162.
Hope this helps with your decision
Ed says
Nate,
Thanks for the quick response. I was leaning to the 162 as well to be honest so will probably go down that route. However, this gives me the option of the Standard Uninc which also appeals. Wondering what you’d suggest? I rode camber boards for most of my life and the RC was the first and only Camrock board I have ridden so not much experience. Only real difference I noticed was a bit looser at top speeds and maybe a little better in powder. What puts me off the Uninc is the fact it’s not as good in powder (although I never had an issue with Camber boards when I didn’t have a choice) and more difficult to hit rails/boxes, but again never really had an issue on my old Camber boards (different versions of the Burton Canyon/Baron when they were essentially a wide Custom). So maybe reading too much into the reviews? Being a little more stable appeals and reading the reviews sounds a bit more fun to ride than the regular Standard. The plus point for the Standard seems to be it’s a little more versatile, better at slower speeds. Now as I have kids I tend to bomb it in the morning when there is Ski School and then a bit more relaxed in the afternoons when skiing with them, hitting a few side jumps, boxes/rails and small to medium kickers. I only get to go a couple of weeks a year so Powder days in the hands of the gods but rare as I tend to go early season and late season so maybe powder not a big driver. Would be interested to know what you’d opt for out of the two and why? In reality is there much between them?
Thanks again and keep up the good work
Ed says
Forgot to add. I like messing around with the odd butter and nose press too (maybe a negative for the Uninc?) and use Malvitas and Addidas Superstar boots if that maybe leans more to one set up than the other.
Ed
Nate says
Hi Ed
Yeah the Standard Uninc a bit more fun to carve with and a bit more stable at speed and a little more pop too. For groomer days and generally bombing, it’s more fun, IMO. The Standard has a little better powder performance. I don’t think you’d notice that aspect of it in a few inches of pow, but that difference would become more noticeable, the deeper you get, but if you’ve had no issues with camber in powder previously, the powder thing may not be a big factor, unless you were going to see a lot of deep powder days. The Standard is a little easier to press with in my experience and a little easier to hit boxes/rails with. Again the boxes/rails thing isn’t a big difference and if you’re confident with them, then it’s not going to be a huge deciding factor. For butters/presses, I do find the Standard noticeably easier, but the Uninc model isn’t super hard to press, you’ve just got to lean into a bit more to get it going.
Sultan says
Hi Nate! Thanks for this great article.
I’m looking for Bataleon Disaster board, just finished reading your review. However I’m torn between 151cm and 154cm. I’m 179cm and and around 90kg. I want to start hitting the park, so I’m a beginner in the park, however, as an all-mountain rider I would consider myself a confident rider. I am afraid that I’ll be overweight for 151cm, however, being a beginner in the park, could it be good? Same applies to 154cm, which is more suitable for me according to weight/height range, but I’m afraid that it will be too stiff to my skills and will make the progress slower. What do you think? Should I go shorter 151cm or longer 154cm? I am going to pair them with Malavitas
Nate says
Hi Sultan
Thanks for your message.
I think the 151 will be too short. Whilst sizing down for park riding, especially when you’re starting out is a good idea, you still want some stability and the 151 is going to feel very unstable for your specs, IMO. I would put your “typical all-mountain size” at around 161, so going 154 is already sizing down 7cm, which I think is fine as it’s going to be your dedicated park board, but I think going to 151 would be sizing down too much. The Disaster is really soft, so I don’t think you’ll have any issues with the 154 feeling too stiff.
Hope this helps with your decision
Sultan says
Thank you for your response! I’ll go with 154cm then π one more question, which is not quite “snowboard length” related, but Bataleon Disaster related. I have found a pretty good deal for the Plus version and I’m thinking if I should go with the Plus since there is almost no difference in price. There are little to no reviews of Disaster Plus (the only one I’ve found is from The Angry Snowboarder). He says it is softer than the regular version (which is strange), but I’m a bit afraid that it might be stiffer and I’m better off with the regular one. So the question is: should I go with the Plus version if the price is almost the same?
Nate says
Hi Sultan
Having not ridden the plus version, it’s hard to say. It’s supposed to be stiffer than the regular version, but I can’t imagine it being hugely stiffer. Surprising for sure that they felt it softer. That may have been a one off, and sometimes flex can vary model to model, because we’re dealing with wood cores. I think both would be suitable, but I would be leaning regular version, just because it sounds like you’re looking for softer/more playful and I can only guess that the Disaster Plus is typically stiffer than the regular version (I recently tested the Goliath+ vs regular Goliath and the Evil Twin Plus versus regular Evil Twin and in both cases the Plus models were stiffer).
Jonny says
Thanks Nate for such useful article. however im still having trouble with deciding between 153 and 156 for the bataleon goliath. im an intermediate and want to have one board that can do it all and hopefully also help to progress. i mostly enjoy free riding down the mountain which also involves some side hits, butters and spins etc. im not one of those aggressive riders and i do not ride in super fast speed. im hoping to learn to carve but still want to maintain some playful side of being able to perform tricks and so on while riding down the mountain.
im 68kg (without gear) and 172cm tall. according to the chart i shall fit in at a 154. since the bataleon goliath only offers a length of 153 and 156 i dont know which fits me more. down size would be 1cm but afraid will lose stability and does not carve well, but if 156 im not sure if id lose the playful side of riding the board, or being too hard to handle. thanks for your advice.
Nate says
Hi Jonny
Thanks for your message. I would go 153 for the Goliath, based on what you’re describing. But if you could also let me know your boot size, that would be great – just to confirm.
Jonny says
sorry i just found that i left the message under someone elses column by mistake.
anyway, im somewhere around us8.5-9 boot size.
also could you kindly recommand a few more snowboard options for me to choose from base on my riding style described above? (do it all board – a bit of pow, mostly running down on groomers while being able to do some butter, side hits and pop etc. and would love to be able to carve) since its out of stock everywhere for the bataleon goliath. On top, as different boards come in different length, what would be the best length that i shall aim at if put them in orders? (e.g. 154 > 153 > 156)
thank you so so much for your help Nate! looking forward to your reply.
Nate says
Hi Jonny
Thanks for the extra info. Confirming I think the 153 would be your best bet.
Size-wise, in general, I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 154. For the style you’re describing, I wouldn’t go longer than 154 for most boards. It depends in some cases on the particular board. For some, depending on various factors, it could be an idea to look shorter than that. But around 153/154 will be a good bet in most cases.
For some other options for do-it-all boards, I would check out our top 10 all-mountain snowboards list or, depending on how much powder performance you think you need, you could also look at top 10 all-mountain-freestyle list is also worth checking out.
If you were to narrow down to your top 2-4 choices, I would be happy to give my opinion on specific sizing for each board.
jonny says
thanks Nate for getting back. here i have picked a few according to my ride style, though im not sure whether the picks match with what i want.
-Jones mountain twin
-bataleon goliath
-never summer protosynthesis
-capita mercury
-yes standard
Appreciate if you can give some more detailed advice on the selected boards and the size to go for please. im happy that you could propose alternatives to those listed if you think suits me more! thanks a lot for your help.
Nate says
Hi Jonny
The only one in that list that’s less suitable, IMO, for what you’re describing is the Mercury. From what I get from what you’re saying, I feel like it would a little on the aggressive side. It’s not super aggressive or anything, but I think you’d prefer the others. I think you could also add the Salomon Assassin and YES Greats to that list. From those 6 you have boards that will be good for side hits, spins and butters, but at the same time will allow you to progress with carving. Size-wise, I would say:
-bataleon goliath: 153
-Jones mountain twin: 154 (though 151 is also a possibility – not as wide as the Greats and Standard, but wider at the inserts than you might think)
-never summer protosynthesis: 152
-yes standard: 151 (wider at the inserts than the waist suggests, so with 9s, I’d err shorter)
-salomon assassin: 153
-yes greats: 151 (another that’s wider at the inserts – you could almost even go to 149 on this one)
Keep in mind too that you’d be getting less powder performance out of the likes of the Greats and Protosynthesis.
jonny says
hi Nate! thanks for narrowing things down for me. i think i know better where i shall head towards now! god bless you!
Jonny says
sorry Nate, its me again.
i have a few more in mind that needed your advice to see if appropriate for my riding style:
-neversummer snowtrooper
-arbor formula camber
on top, regarding my boot size, i some times feel that my feet is a bit loose inside the boots when riding, like theres some space inside, particularly on steeper slopes where my heel might slightly be lifted, even the boots are tightened. this is probably because the boot size is the same size as what i wear on normal trainers which is not right. i would like to ask if the above board sizes you recommanded would change if i decide to go down a little for boot size in the future, such as going for a size us 7.5. many thanks again!
Nate says
Hi Jonny
I think the Snowtrooper and Formula Camber woudl be good for most of what you want to do but won’t be as good for carving as the others we’ve been talking about. But otherwise would work well for what you’re describing.
If your foot size is smaller (and foot size is ultimately where your leverage is coming from so that’s what we want to consider mostly) then that can mean sizing down more, but I think you’re probably already sizing down enough in most instances here. But in the case of the MT, it puts a stronger argument towards sizing down to the 151 (and the Greats to the 149), if you’re feet are in fact shorter than the US8.5-9 sizing suggests, if you’re more appropriately sized to a 7.5 or 8. But the rest of the sizes are still good, I think.
Jonny says
thank you Nate for all the advise and suggestions!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Jonny!
jonny says
hi Nate, im now at the local store and suprisingly was able to find the mountain twin in 151 and Capita DoA in 152 and 154 and im stuggling which to pick.
tho i have not previously mentioned the DoA im actually quite interested in it.
base on previous convo, i want an all mountain board, the doa is a true twin which does not ride powder but good at park and more forgiving, while the twin is better in powder and carve, but both are able to do what i want also, eg. free riding down the mountain with some small jumps, riding switch, butter, spins etc.
given my shoe size of 40.5-41 EU and 150 pounds of weight and 172cm tall and im an intermediate rider, which of the 2 shall i go for or better be suited to me? would it be fair to say that picking either one of the both does not have a significant difference to me as im not that kindnof expert professional?
thanks for your advice in advance! really want to buy the board now so i will wait patiently! thanks!
jonny says
hi Nate, im at the retail store now. do you think i shall go for mountain twin 151 or the capita doa in 152 or 154? 151 wont be too short for me right? thanks for your advice!
jonny says
oh, they also confirmed that the mountain twin is available also in 154. so heres the choices:
jones mountain twin in 151 or 154
capita doa in 152 or 154
thank you Nate! hope you can reply in time as i will leave this district tomorrow noon.
thanks!
Nate says
Hi Jonny
Thanks for the update.
I would be leaning Mountain Twin for you. The DOA is a little more technical. Not as forgiving as it sounds, IMO. It’s not super aggressive or anything either. It’s not super stiff, but it’s as stiff as the Mountain Twin, in my experience, but it’s a little more technical in terms of the camber profile. So, it’s a little less forgiving of skidded turns, in my experience – i.e. if you get a bit lazy on it, it’s more likely to catch an edge, kind of thing. Still really doable, if you’re a solid intermediate rider, of course and a board I enjoy, but just worth noting that I’ve never found it super playful. Not super aggressive either, but in between playful and aggressive – you can’t ride it super casual, if that makes sense. That and with the Mountain Twin being more all-rounder (better in powder), I’d be leaning Mountain Twin. But the DOA wouldn’t be a bad choice either.
If you go MT, I’d be leaning 151, given your boot size and for DOA, I think the 152 is probably your best bet, to keep it a little more playful than the 154 and it’s a board you can ride a little smaller too.
Aiden says
Hi Nate,
I am 5’9.5″ and weighs around 147lbs
According to the charts, my standard board length is either 153 or 155
I am leaning more towards freestyling these days but still enjoy riding.
The Never Summer Proto Slinger is what I am interested in.
It has a 153 and a 149 length boards.
Which do you recommend?
Nate says
Hi Aiden
Thanks for your message.
I think the 153 is your best bet if you still want it to be an all-rounder. i.e. if it will be your one-board-quiver. If you have another board or were planning on getting another board with a more all-mountain/freeride flavor, then I would strongly the consider the 149. i.e. the 149 if it’s going to be the freestyle specialist in a quiver where you have a longer more all-mountain/freeride board but I’d go 153 if it’s going to be your only board.
Hope this helps with your decision
Aiden says
Thanks Nate!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Aiden. Happy riding!
Drew Weeks says
Hey Nate! I’ve actually generated a ton of good feedback, scrolling through these comments and reading your replies. I’m about 6’2, 200 pounds, size 11 boot. Intermediate snowboarder and I’m trying to figure out which board to get and I’m stuck between a 158W Custom Flying V and a 160 Burton Territory Manager.
The 158W Custom Flying V is slotted from 150-200 lb range, and I’m right on the cusp. I get those are just recommendations, but I’m truly looking for a one quiver board so I’m afraid the Custom it won’t float me in the powder, since I’m on the edge of the weight range.
On the other hand the Territory Manager isn’t as wide, but its 2 cm longer. I just hear so much good stuff about the Custom, I wanted to get my hands on one!
Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Drew
Thanks for your message.
First thing to mention is that they’re quite different boards to be looking at. The Custom Flying V is quite a loose feeling board, with that Flying V profile. More playful and surfy. The Territory Manager on the other hand is camber dominant – and a bit stiffer. It’s more precise, stable and less playful. The Custom Camber, whilst certainly not the same is a closer comparable to the Territory Manager. So I think the first thing is that it depends on the kind of feel you’re looking for.
Size-wise, I would put your “typical all-mountain length” at around 162, so the 158W Custom Flying V would be sizing down a bit but also on the wider side for your boots, so sizing down not necessarily a bad idea. I do prefer the sizing of the Territory Manager for you though. Longer but narrower and a really good width for your boots, IMO. It’s the better board in powder when not taking size into account, so whilst the surface area of each would be pretty similar, I would say the Territory manager 160 would still float better in powder than the 158W Custom Flying V. But ultimately the first thing is to decide what style of board you think you’d prefer.
Hope this helps with your decision.
KevinMichael says
Hey Nate, I really appreciate what you’ve created over here. These are the best resources I’ve found so far! I was recently looking to upgrade my splitboard and typically ride a 159 in backcountry and a little shorter for resort riding. The issue I’m running into is with the upgrades I’m looking at (Burton family tree straight chuter) the recommended binding size for 159 is large. I have been riding for more than 20 years and until now have never put a second thought into board length compared to binding size. I have always used medium bindings and am a 10.5 boot. I’m also 6feet and 170 lbs. Do you think I would have any issues using the medium bindings on a 159 Family Tree Straight Chuter? Any information is greatly appreciated!
Nate says
Hi Kevin
Thanks for your message.
You shouldn’t have any issues with a medium binding on the 159 Straight Chuter, IMO. Now, I don’t test splitboards, so if there’s anything specifically for splitboards I’m not sure, but in general for snowboards there shouldn’t be any issues. The only thing that a large would have as an advantage over the medium is giving a little more leverage on the edges of the board, because of the slightly longer baseplate. But most of that leverage is coming from your boots (well to be more accurate, ultimately actually your feet), so it’s not a huge factor, IMO. I would first prioritize the boot to binding fit and then if your fit with medium and large, if you didn’t already have the bindings, was just as good in the Large as it is in the medium, then I would err to the large to get that little bit more leverage. But if you already have medium OR if the medium provide a better boot to binding fit, then go with medium.
The 159 Straight Chuter is around 264mm at the back insert and around 267mm at the front insert. I ride boards with this kind of width with Medium Burton bindings a lot and there’s no issues. Would it be slightly more optimal to have a large Burton binding on that width? Sure, probably, but only if, and it’s a big if, IMO, the boot to binding fit was just as good in the Large.
Hope this makes sense/helps
KevinMichael says
This is extremely helpful!
Thank you!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Kevin. Happy riding!
Genna Haddad says
Would love to get your opinion. My son is 15 and very new to snowboarding. Heβs 5β5β but not done growing, he will maybe get to 5β7β. Weight is 120. We are in MN so not huge ski hills. At the ski rental they gave him a 140. Heβs wanting to invest in buying a used board. What size would you recommend?
Nate says
Hi Genna
Thanks for your message.
I would your son’s “standard all-mountain length” at around 147. However as a new snowboarder, I’d typically err smaller than that length – and as a 15 year old, I imagine he’s still developing strength-wise as well, so erring smaller also makes sense. I would be looking in the 142-145 range.
The fact he’s still growing, and if you want the board to be long enough for when he’s a bit bigger, means you could go a little longer, to get him something to grow into a little bit. But I wouldn’t go too long, as it won’t help with his current progression if it’s too big. So I still wouldn’t go longer than 146/147 at most. I think a good range would be in that 144-146, to get a balance between what’s best for right now and what will still be relevant as he grows.
Hope this helps
Michelle says
Hello Nate,
I love your whole website and how detailed it is. I am 5β2, around 115 lbs, size 6.5 boots and beginner/intermediate snowboarder. I recently bought a 143 K2 heartbreaker and S union rosa binding and I am a little worried the k2 is too long for me. When I stand without boots, it reaches a little above my chin. Would 143 be okay or should I size down to 138? I am also looking into the nitro lectra if I possible have to switch, would i need 138 for that too or is 142 fine? I really appreciate you.
Nate says
Hi Michelle
Thanks for your message.
I would put your “standard all-mountain size” at around 144. I would typically recommend sizing down a little from that as a beginner/intermediate by around 2-4cm, so I think you’re probably OK with a 143, especially given it’s a mellow board. Though, can you confirm, is it the Ride Heartbreaker? or is it a different K2. As far as I know there isn’t a K2 Heartbreaker, but there is a Ride Heartbreaker. Or is it the K2 First Lite or K2 Dreamsicle?
Michelle says
Hey Nate,
Thanks for the reply!! My bad itβs ride heartbreaker! So im guessing size 138 would be too small?
Nate says
Hi Michelle
Yeah, I wouldn’t say the 139 would be way too small or anything. Would be doable for sure. It would be the easier option to progress on but would also be something you’d likely grow out of quite quickly in that size. If you were a more pure beginner, then I’d be more favorable towards the 139, but in this case, I’d be leaning towards sticking with the 143. Unless you feel this is a board you want to have for a short amount of time just to quickly get you to the next level before upgrading, then would make a stronger argument towards going with the 139.
Michelle says
Hello Nate,
This really helped answered my dilemma. Thank you so much. I hope you have an awesome rest of the season!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Michelle. Hope the rest of your season is awesome too!
Roxas Axel says
Hi Nate,
First off I have to commend the effort you put here, and by here I mean the entire website. I think I just spent a minimum of an hour JUST NOW reading different guides.
I’m pretty new to everything snowboarding and unfortunately I’m still perplexed as my options are very limited. Quick overview of my situation, I live in a country with no snow whatsoever and my only outlet is the single indoor snow park we have. The snow park has a store and the store has a very limited assortment of items which I will list below. All items are old 2015-2017 models and so I will list year if I know it. I also won’t be able to buy any snowboards again anytime in the near future due to equipment cost so this could pretty much be my first and last snowboard.
Quick overview of myself, you’ll see I have a pretty small stature:
Sex: Male
Age: 27
Height: 167cm
Weight: 66-67Kg
Riding style: Still unknown, probably freestyle since my options are pretty limited
skill level: I believe beginner, intermediate according to coaches in the park
Boot size: 40.5EU/ 8 US
Binding Angle: 15/-15
Most of the items I will be mentioning below is already reserved by myself, more info on each item.
Boots:
I reserved a pair of DC Mutiny 2016 traditional laces boots. They are a size 8US and 40.5EU. 1 size lower did not fit so this is my only option for the boots. It is actually the last piece
Bindings:
There are Union St and Union Trilogy bindings, exact year model unknown. I know the trilogy are supposedly women’s bindings but I doubt that’d make any difference. Kindly correct me if I’m wrong and recommend one
Board:
For now I have 2 boards reserved, other boards my size are flat and so I discarded them. There are other reserved boards that could be an option if the clients decide not to but them.
Capita Birds of a feather 2016 (144): My issue with this board is that I fear the width, next time I’m going to the store I will do the tests you mentioned. The reason I’m still holding onto this board is the R/C/R profile which I believe would be best for the park I’m playing at.
Burton Blunt 2016 (150): This is the other board I reserved. I believe it’ll be much better in all ways but the profile is what’s currently throwing me off R/C/R/C/R
Boards reserved by other clients:
Rossignol district amptek 2016 (151)
Capita Ultra fear 2016 (149)
Burton trick pony 2017 (150)
Capita DOA 2016 (155W) I believe this one is out of my range physically
This has been really long. I hope you’re doing great
Thank you
Nate says
Hi Roxas
Thanks for your message.
In terms of board, I would go with the Blunt. The Birds of a Feather is too short in the 144 and will be too narrow for your boots as well. Size-wise the Blunt is a much better option in the 150. I would put your “standard all-mountain” size at around 152/153, but given you’ll be mostly focused on freestyle, and for your level, I think 150 is just right. And will be easily wide enough for your boots. Perhaps slightly on the wide side, but not enough to discard it – and since you’re already sizing down to the 150, I think it’s overall a good option size wise. The Blunt is a really freestyle oriented board too, so if that is your main focus, then it’s a good choice. It’s also a board that shouldn’t be too hard to ride for your ability, so I think it works on a lot of fronts. The Flying V profile is fun, in my experience, so long as you’re not in too many icy conditions. It gets pretty loose in icy conditions, but otherwise, I’ve always had fun with it. It’s limited for high speeds too, but if you’re not really going to have the space to open out to high speeds, I don’t see it being an issue.
The Ultra Fear 149 would also be a really good option – and if that were to come available, I’d be leaning that over the Blunt, but the Blunt still a perfectly good choice.
The District 151 would work too. It’s something that’s a little more beginner and not as good as you advance, IMO, but still doable – and the size works, IMO.
DOA 155W too long and too wide, IMO, so I’d skip that one.
The Trick Pony is an interesting one. Good size, IMO and it’s a board I liked when I rode it. But it’s a little trickier to ride. Can feel a little catchy if you’re technique is off – and that catchy feeling can be off putting not only with general riding but for rails, boxes etc. Not a straight no, but be aware, that it can get a little unforgiving if you get a bit lazy with technique, in my experience.
Bindings – I think the Union ST would work with any of those boards. The Trilogy might be a little on the stiff side for the likes of the Ultrafear and Blunt. I would be leaning ST for the boards you’re most likely to end up with. That said, the Trilogy are the nicer bindings, but I’d still say ST.
The DC Mutiny would be a really good match for pretty much all those boards – particularly the Blunt, Ultrafear and District. Not as good a match to the slightly stiffer Trick Pony, but would still work.
Hope this helps
Roxas says
Man, you are the best. I’m glad I got here, this helped a lot.
That said, I guess the Blunt is the one to go for now. Turns out it’s the 2017 model actually, will that make any difference in your opinion. I see they’re almost identical with only how the base was created, I think.
What shocked me actually was the ultra fear considering it’s a R/Flat/R profile as it only gets the R/C/R starting 2017. I’m keeping that in mind however, waiting on a call from the store to confirm on the other clients’ decisions.
The trick pony sounds like your favorite of the bunch, also looks like the most versatile. Just needs practice and consistence. Maybe it’s the one to go to as an all rounder?
For now I’m putting them in this order, would you care to comment:
1) Trick Pony
2) Ultra Fear
3) Blunt
In case of the Trick pony, would the union ST binding be the one to go for as well?
Also would you recommend a good pair of boots for the Trick Pony, I might be able to get them mid year. For now the mutiny is my only option
Nate, you’re a life saver. Thank you so much
Nate says
Hey Roxas
Yeah I would say the Trick Pony is the more versatile option. Also the most advanced ride. The ST would still work on it, though the Trilogy is better suited to it than the others, so it’s an option too.
In terms of the Blunt 2016 vs 2017 it looks like the only difference is the base, like you say. The 2016 looks like it came with a sintered base, which is the better base, so it’s a bit of downgrade to the 2017 model. Doesn’t write it off though. The advantage of an extruded base is that you can be a little more lazy with waxing and it’s easier to fix. But not as fast as a sintered base.
The Ultrafear didn’t get the R/C/R until the 2022 model. 2021 and prior models were all flat-to-rocker. So even if it was the 2017 model would still be flat between the feet like the 2016 model. I can see going to one site it shows it as an R/C/R for the 2017 model but I’m pretty sure that’s a typo. And double checking the catalog for that year, pretty sure it was still R/flat/R for the 2017 model.
Roxas says
Nate, I put a lot of time and effort into researching everything but with my limited knowledge I still had no way of comparing between these options
You literally saved my azz here. I cannot thank you enough for that and I hope someday I am able to repay that debt and be able to help people how you helped me.
Cheers mate, wishing you all the best
Nate says
You’re very welcome Roxas. Happy riding!
Luca says
Hi Nate,
Great info here — curious what you would do in my position. I am looking at picking up a Burton Custom Camber in either 158W or 162W. I’m 6′, 185lb and US Size 12 boot, been riding for 11 years or so but only a few times per season for the last 7 years. I’d say I’m a notch above intermediate, mostly enjoy hitting fast groomers and carving but also getting in the trees from time to time and powder/bowls if out west.
I’m coming from a 2009 Burton Blunt 153W and Burton’s size charts put me at the bottom end for the 62W and towards the top of the range for the 58W. I was originally leaning toward the 62W for that extra stability at high speed, but can’t decide.
Nate says
Hi Luca
Thanks for your message.
I would put your “standard all-mountain length” at around 160 – so right in the middle! But I would be leaning 158W in this case. For a couple of reasons.
a. this is a board with a lot of effective edge, so it shouldn’t feel too short in the 158W but there’s a chance it feels too long in the 162W
b. whilst the 162W would give you better stability at speed (and float in powder) you should still feel the 158W quite stable – and my instinct is that you wouldn’t like the 162W in trees
c. Given you’re used to a softer, more playful board in a 153W, going to a 16W in a stiffer more aggressive board would be a massive jump. And compared to the 153W blunt the 158W is going to give you a lot more stability and better float in powder, like a lot more, so I don’t think there’s any need to go up to the 162W, particularly given what you’re coming from and that you want to ride trees as well.
Hope this helps with your decision
Ables says
Hi Nate,
I love your site! It’s been SUPER HELPFUL with all these reviews! You kick azz! I’m an intermediate rider who just hit 40, so don’t do the parks as much these days. Love some good pow, carving, free ride, and have become especially fond of tree riding over the last decade. I’m 6″2, 185lbs, average build. Apparently I’ve been wearing too big of a boot at 11.5 for a few years now, so will be dropping down to size 11 Ride Lasso this year. I’ve been on a Ride Machete 161 wide over the last decade (only one board in my arsenal). The Machete has a waist width (ww) of 262mm. After your reviews and doing my homework, I’ve decided to purchase a Jones Mountain Twin which I will probably be riding for the next several years. Being I live somewhere where I’m not able to go and try these sizes out (will have to order online), I’m completely torn on what the right size length board is. At times in the trees, I would think to myself do I need a shorter board, as maneuverability seemed sluggish, However that may have been due to the larger wrong size boot or maybe not needing that wide of a board. I don’t want to lose my float in good powder if I went too short, but would like to be more sharp in the tree lanes with more precise cuts, but still be able to do nice carves on my free rides. I’ve also been learning to ride switch a little better thru the years but still no expert on that (4 out 10),,, still working on that. I’m really torn between 4 sizes with the Mountain Twin. At first was leaning towards the 163 (ww 260) which I though would make it more maneuverable not being as wide and it could handle good pow, but is that getting too long to enjoy the trees?? Jones makes a 162wide (ww263) that also intrigued me, but after reading your article and reading some of your follower’s comments, I’m now also torn in two other sizes in the Mountain Twin. They offer a 159wide (ww261) and a 160 regular (ww257). Their site says all 4 of these can handle up to 11 size boot. Any advice would be greatly appreciated. I thought I was dead set on the 163 but now questioning if I should go shorter for smoother sailing in the trees and helping ease into switch. I appreciate your time and insight!
Loyal follower,
~Ables
Nate says
Hi Ables
Thanks for your message.
I would try to get on the 160 if you can. I think you’ll find it at least as good as your 161W Machete for powder – MT is a little more powder friendly than the Machete, so even with the smaller surface area of the 160 MT vs the 161W Machete, it’s going to at least even out, IMO. And for your weight 160 isn’t too small for good powder float, IMO. Now it’s not going to be a powder king by any means but should be at least as good as what you have and above average. I would put your “standard all-mountain length” at around 161, so 160 is really right on, IMO, given you want to do a bit of everything – it’s a size that’s a good balance between being sharp in trees but still being decent in terms of stability at speed, carves and powder. The question is width – and I just want to make sure that it is going to be wide enough first. I would fall back on the 159W if it was me, if you feel that the width might be borderline.
Typically I would want to see around 270mm at the inserts for an 11. This typically means around a 260mm waist width. In the case of the MT, if you were to ride it a 600mm (23.6″) stance width, then you would be looking at around 272mm at the back insert and 271mm at the front insert. At a 560mm (22″) stance width you’re looking at something more like 270mm at the back insert and 269mm at the front insert. Which I would personally be confident with in 11s. SO I think in most scenarios you should be safe. The Lasso isn’t a bulky boot, so that’s on your side. If you were to be riding with a very flat back binding angle (e.g. 0-6 degrees kind of thing) and liked to get really deep in your carves, then it would be more risky, but in most other scenarios I would personally feel confident in that width in 11s.
If you can get on the 160, then that should really help with quicker edge to edge transitions in the trees – and you’re not really loosing any length vs the Machete, so in terms of speed you wouldn’t be loosing much, if anything (though note that the Machete 161W (based on the 2012 model) does have around 2cm more in effective edge, if only 1cm more in total length). So the biggest thing is that reduced overall surface area for powder, but as I mentioned before, you’re looking a more powder friendly board anyway (with the MT’s 3D Contour and a slightly longer nose than tail).
If you do think that you’ll be pushing it too much in terms of width with the 160, then I’d go 159W.
Hope this helps with your decision
Ables says
Nate,
Youβre the absolute MAN! After reading a little more (from your page and other reviews ON YOUR PAGE of course), I had narrowed it down to the MT 160 or MT 159W. Iβm going with a Cartel X Re:flex binding. Iβve typically done the traditional +15/-15 , but being a Dallas guy that only get to taste the snow a couple times a year (which is NOT NEAR enough!), Iβm a little wet behind the ears when it comes to the best way to set them out. I always assumed that was best option when trying to get better & more confident at switchβ¦ So would you say thatβs the proper settings for these size 11s to slant or would you recommend me making an adjustment or tweak to the +15/-15? Also with my 6β2 lanky azz frame what would you say the best stance to set my board up at (if Iβm using that term correctly, as to spacing my legs out, since the MT offers a few settings)? I wonβt bother you anymore after this (again really appreciate your time) Just want to confirm you think the MT 160 would be a better choice for me than the MT 159W if Iβm playing more and more in the trees these days but still want to carve and float a little from time to time being this is the only board Iβll be using for everything. Almost feels like the 2 MT boards even each other out being I lose a little length but gain width on the 159W and vice versa on the 160. The sharp precise turns in tight areas is a big plus for me! They may be pretty damn to close to equalβ¦ Just want to know which u think Iβd benefit from more long term if I plan on using this board for the next several years. Iβll sit back with my popcorn now. Thanks again for helping all of us rookies out with that brain of yours!
Cheers amigo,
~Ables
Nate says
Hey Ables
I would say that the 160 will turn a little sharper. The 159W is only 1cm shorter – which is going to make less difference than the extra width it has, if that makes sense.
If you’re comfortable with +15/-15 and like to ride switch, then no harm keeping it at that. It’s my go to stance. But also no harm in experimenting if you wanted. Keeping in mind if you did change to something like 0-6 degrees on the back foot, that could increase the risk of boot drag on the back foot potentially. You might still be OK, but it would increase the chances. But if you wanted to try a bit more of a forward stance and reduce that risk, you could try out something like a +18/-9 or similar, to see if you like it more than +15/-15.
For your stance width, again it’s something you could experiment with to find your sweet spot. At your height, you’ll most likely be good somewhere in that 22″-23.5″ range. More here on stance width. One way to get a rough figure to use as a starting point is to measure from ground up to the middle of your knee.
Alexandra says
Hello,
I am 34 and my daughter is 10, we are both beginners -started this year with borrowed snowboards – and just bought our own snowboards, boots and bindings as per the recommendations found on manufacturer’s sites π I was wondering if they are right chosen.
I am 170cm height and 50Kg , boots size 39 EUR and I’ve got a Burton Hideaway 144cm (on Burton site I was recommended as per my weight- between 140 and 144 cm for this board), bindings Burton Citizen M and Boots Nidecker cascade white size 39 EUR
My daughter is 150 cm Height, 35kg , boots size 38 EUR and she’s got Roxy Glow Flat 138cm (on the board description is says it is ok starting 35kg and we chose it because she grows fast and don’t want to change the board yearly), bindings Burton Citizen M and Boots Nidecker cascade white size 38 EUR
What do you think?
Thank you π
Nate says
Hi Alexandra
Thanks for your message.
The Hideaway is a really good option as a beginner board, so I think you’re good there for the board. I would put you around a 144 as your “standard all-mountain length” but would typically size down a bit from that as a beginner. It’s certainly nothing that you’re going to find huge or anything, so I think you’re good, but ideally I think I would have erred towards something a little smaller.
For your daughter, I totally get not wanting to have to change the board too often, so going longer is kind of inevitable when it comes to kids. I would say her more optimal size would be more like 130-132, so it will be a more challenging board in the bigger size, but it should last her a long time in that size. I think ideally she’d go with something around 134-135, as something that’s a little too big now but not by as much and then keep it until it’s a little too small, but hopefully it won’t feel too big for her. Kid’s are very adaptable. The board itself looks to be suitable for beginners. Though my only concern is that it looks like it’s a fully flat camber, without rocker tip and tail, but hopefully that won’t be a big deal for her.
The Citizens are a good beginner binding choice and you should both be fine in the M. And the Nidecker Cascade look to be suitable for beginners as well. So, so long as they fit your feet well, they should be fine.
Hope this helps
Alexandra says
Thank you, Nate! π
Nate says
You’re very welcome Alexandra. Hope you have an awesome season!
Dennis says
Hi Nate,
I am a beginner living in CO looking to purchase the Burton Process Flying V. I am 5′ 10″, 160-165 lbs, size 10.5 boot (Burton Ruler BOA). I am torn between the 155 (251mm), 157 (252mm), 157W (257mm). What would be your recommendation?
Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Dennis
Thanks for your message.
I Would put your “standard all-mountain size” at around 157, so as a beginner I would be leaning towards the 155 for length. With 10.5 boots it is borderline though. You’re looking at around 260mm at the inserts, which is borderline too narrow for 10.5s. However, as a beginner, and with low profile boots in the Ruler, I think you’d get away with it fine, so long as you’re not riding with a flat back binding angle or anything (0-6 degrees). So, I’d be leaning 155. If you’re really worried about width the 157W is doable but the 155 is more optimal, IMO.
Hope this helps with your decision
Dennis says
Thank you, Nate!
I could maybe fit into a size 10 boot, toes push/press against the end but are not curling. Big toe barely touches the end in 10.5. Thoughts on going with the 10? Will it pack out enough?
Nate says
Hi Dennis
Hard to say for sure but ideally you want your toes just brushing the ends. It sounds like that’s more the case in the 10.5s for you – the 10s sound like there’s a bit of pressure there. So I think it sounds like the 10.5 is the better bet. But again, with Rulers being low profile, I think you should get away with it, so long as you’re not going to be doing any deep carves (i.e. eurocarving) any time soon. Particularly if you’re not riding with a flat back binding angle.
Jim says
Just want to throw out that size can be very condition dependant. I’m a 6′ 160-165 lbs male with a 10/10.5 boot and I ride everything from a 150cm wide & setback women’s board for glades and moguls to a 165cm split for big powder lines and touring. Crusty day on-piste? 162cm symmetrical or 155cm for the park.
Rich says
Hi Nate!
I am an intermediate rider looking for a board exclusively for park and freestyle around the mountain, I donβt care about carving, speed or powder performance at all with this board (I have other boards for that!). I am 6β1 and 190-200lbs, 10.5 boot. I am thinking about getting a Never Summer Proto Slinger, but I canβt decide about the size – 154w or 157w. Based on the size charts 157w seems like a better fit, but friends told me to consider 154w, since I want to use it exclusively for freestyle. I am leaning towards 154w, but I am a bit worried that I might be too heavy for that size, especially since the board has very soft flex.
What do you think?
Nate says
Hi Rich
Thanks for your message.
It would sizing down a lot to go to the 154W. I would put your standard (all-mountain) size at around 161/162 and whilst I would typically size down for a park board, particularly when it’s going to be exclusively used for park/freestyle, I would typically limit that size down to around 6cm at most, unless it’s a particularly wide board for your boots. In the 154X Proto Slinger’s case, it’s not particularly wide for 10.5s, so with a 7-8cm downsize, it’s quite a lot. The reason I wouldn’t typically size-down that much is that it will feel even softer than what I’ve felt it at and that could make it feel pretty sloppy for jumps, particularly bigger jumps. It would make it really easy to throw around and butter around and the likes. But for jumps/side hits it might feel sloppy on approach and landings being that small and soft.
So I would go 157X, if I was you. Though you could also consider the 156. If you’re not going to be carving hard on it and have relatively low profile boots and will be riding it with decent amount of angle on each binding, then I think you’d get away with it. I’d typically put a 265mm width at inserts limit on a 10.5 boot of average profile with some angle on. The 156 is around 263mm at the inserts, but if you’re not going to be doing any deep carving and have something like +15/-15, +12/-12 binding angles then you should be fine. And if you have lower profile boots, you’d likely be fine with straighter angles than that too, IMO.
Hope this helps with your decision
Rich says
Huge thanks, Iβll check out the 156 and 157W then!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Rich. Hope whichever you choose treats you well and that you have an awesome season!
Alexandra says
Hi Nate!
First, thank you for taking the time to answer this! I am a lifelong skier that just switched over to boarding last season. So I am a beginner.
I am 5’1 and about 150pounds, just wondering what size board to get?
Last season I was riding ~140s-143s, now I am thinking that is too short for my weight.
Thanks!!
Nate says
Hi Alexandra
Thanks for your message.
I would err a little longer than that for your specs. I’d be looking at something in the 144-146 range.
Hope this helps
Alexandra says
Thank you!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Alexandra. Hope you have an awesome season!
CT says
My daughter has never snowboarded – she’s 5’5/5’6″ about 130lbs – size 8.5 shoe;
what size board and snowboard shoe would you suggest?
Someone gave us a SIMMS board – good shape but as tall as her – is that too tall?
She’s just starting out but college is near mountain so they have passes – cheaper to buy than rent every single time….Any suggestions/advice would be appreciated – thank you!
Nate says
Hi CT
Thanks for your message.
That board will be way too big for her, IMO, unfortunately. If it’s literally as tall as her and is a 165-168, then definitely way too big.
For her specs, I would put her “standard length” at 147. As a beginner I would err a bit shorter than that. As a rule of thumb 2-5cm smaller, so something in the 142-145 range would be a good bet.
For boot size, it’s hard to say for sure without trying on, but if she’s an 8.5 shoe, then she’s likely either an 8.5 or 8 in snowboard boots, depending on the brand. But hard to say for sure, feet are weird and tend to fit differently.
In terms of board type, check out the following for some great beginner board options. Or if you really wanted to skip the beginner board (though for fastest progression I would start with a beginner friendly board), then you could also check out the second list below:
>>My Top 10 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
>>Top 10 Women’s Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this helps
Casey says
thank you!
Nate says
You’re very welcome. Hope your daughter has an awesome season!
Moni says
Hi there!
I spend hours on your website. First of all: good information, and very interesting π
But still don’t have the answers to my questions π
I want to buy my own board, but I have the problem that I’m a lightweight with big feet :-/
So normally I need to take a 140-142 board, but then, the waist is to small for my feet (39)…
The Capita Paradise was my first interest, but yeah… waist width :-/
Do you have any recommendations for my feet problem?
Would be soooo great
First Name: Moni
Height (feet/inches or cms): 160cm
Weight (in lbs or kgs): 45-46kg
Boot Size (number goes here β then please indicate sizing country below): 7.5 (Burton mint women)
Boot Size Country: US
Do you consider your self strong/athletic, fairly unathletic or somewhere in between?: Strong/Athletic
Ability Level: Between Beginner and Intermediate, more beginner
Speed: in between
Carving: Still learning
Powder: Nope – Only indoor (till now)
Maneuverability at slow speeds: A balance of both
Aggressive or Playful: Playful
Jumps: Small to medium
Jibs (rails, boxes etc): –
Trees: Nope – Only indoor (till now)
Butters: –
Anything else that could be useful about your style of riding:
Nate says
Hi Moni
Thanks for your message.
With Women’s US 7.5 boots, you should be OK with a lot of boards in that size range. It’s a pretty standard women’s boot size. The paradise is on the narrower side though, and if you were to go 141 (231mm waist) it could be pushing it. However, depending on your binding angles, it might be OK. If you ride with a very flat back foot, then it’s pushing it. But with a decent amount of angle on both feet, you should be good.
That said, I would go 140 as your max length. I think a better range would be 136-139 for your specs. The 139 Paradise would still be doable width-wise, depending on your binding angles, but it would be too narrow with a flat back binding angle.
Some other suitable options:
– Arbor Poparazzi Rocker 138 (231mm waist – but is wider at the inserts (where your feet will be) than the waist width would suggest)
– Arbor Cadence Rocker 139 (231.5mm waist – but again wider at the inserts than you’d think)
– K2 Dreamsicle 138 (237mm waist)
– Ride Compact 138 (236mm waist)
– Salomon Abstract 138 (238mm waist) – this was previously called the Gypsy if you’re looking at past season models.
– Jones Dream Weaver 139 (234mm) – this is a bit of a step up on the others though and might be pushing it for lower end intermediate
And if you’re comfortable in that 140-142 range and want to stick within that, then there’s also:
– Arbor Poparazzi Rocker 141 (232.5mm waist)
– Burton Yeasayer Flat Top or Flying V 140 (240mm waist)
– Salomon Wonder 140 (237mm waist)
– Jones Twin Sister 140 (238mm waist) – this is a bit of a step up on the others though and might be pushing it for lower end intermediate
There were some that I found that would be too narrow. But plenty of options there that would be a good fit, IMO.
Hope this helps
Nate says
Hi Mark
Thanks for completing the snowboard sizing recommendation request form. The answers you submitted are below for your reference.
Based on your replies, I think the following size recommendations would be your best bet. I may not go into every detail about what makes this good for your situation, but know that we have taken all of your answers into consideration in making the following recommendation.
Length: I would put your βstandard lengthβ at around 161/162. As an upper intermediate rider and with the style you describe, I think going with something around that standard length would be a good bet. And given youβve got the Basic 159W as a more playful option, going a little bit longer with this board makes sense too.
Width: With 10.5s, youβre on the cuff between wide and regular width in a lot of cases. The Lasso arenβt super low profile, but theyβre not bulky either. Right in the middle, but with a zero back binding angle, that probably does push you to wide more often. I would try to be around 270mm at the inserts, which roughly converts to at least a 258mm waist width. With the Basic 159W, youβre looking at pretty much right on 270mm at the inserts (261mm waist) β assuming youβve had no issues with boot drag there, thatβs a safe point β and you might get away with slightly narrower, but I wouldnβt push it too far narrower, with that zero degree binding angle.
So for the boards you mentioned I would say:
Stratos: 162 (271mm at front insert, 270mm) β a really good width for you, IMO β going wide on this board would be too wide, IMO.
Flagship: 159W (280mm at front insert, 275mm at back insert) β this one is a little too narrow at the back insert on the 161 (269mm front insert, 264mm back insert) to go regular width, IMO. Iβve brought the length down a little bit, because in the wide version itβs a bit too wide, so sizing down a little bit because of that extra length.
Warpig: 158 (havenβt measured this one at the inserts, but likely close to 290mm at front insert and 285mm at back insert at a guess). Harder to size because itβs a short/wide. 154 might even be the goer, but maybe getting a little short. The 158 is doable, but going to feel bigger than the Stratos 162 and Flagship 159W, IMO.
Superpig: Ditto Warpig
The width at inserts measurements here are all assuming a roughly 22β stance width. A wider stance width will produce a wider insert width and a narrower stance will produce a narrower insert width.
Hope this helps
———————-
Mark’s responses
First Name: Mark Rev
Height (feet/inches or cms): 6
Weight (in lbs or kgs): 205
Weight (lbs or kgs): lbs
Boot Size (number goes here – then please indicate sizing country below): 10.5
Boot Size Country: US
Do you consider your self strong/athletic, fairly unathletic or somewhere in between?: Strong/Athletic
Ability Level: Intermediate (level 6)
Speed: In Between
Carving: Aggressive but not quite eurocarving
Powder: When I can but rare
Maneuverability at slow speeds: A balance of both
Aggressive or Playful: I describe my riding as aggressive
Jumps: Side hits Only
Jibs (rails, boxes etc): I dont do jibs
Trees: Yes but nothing too crazy
Butters: I dont
Anything else that could be useful about your style of riding: Want to carve a little bit more.
Been doing some open bowls, but technique can be improved.
Can go down blue-groomer at good speed, and leave a thin carve/line behind. Still need more practice/courage to charge down steep blacks.
Love powder. But havenβt had too much luck riding mostly Lake Tahoe.
If you own boots what is the make, model and year of them: Ride Lasso, 2020
What binding angles do you typically ride (if known): +15, 0
Which ski resort(s) do you (or will you) mostly ride:: Lake Tahoe, Mammoth
What board(s) are you looking to get sizing for? (brand, model, year): : Jones Stratos/Flagship, Ride War/Super Pig.
Will the board your sizing be part of your quiver or a one-board quiver? : Part of a quiver
If part of a quiver what is your existing board(s) and what size(s)?: Yes Basic 159w
Any other comments or information? (optional): Iβm a bit all over the placeβ¦ sorry.
Just looking for something directional, maybe what you label as surfy freeride⦠but would those be too soft?
Nate says
Hi Giulia
Thanks for completing the snowboard sizing recommendation request form. The answers you submitted are below for your reference.
Based on your replies, I think the following size recommendations would be your best bet. I may not go into every detail about what makes this good for your situation, but know that we have taken all of your answers into consideration in making the following recommendation.
Length: I would put your standard length at around 141cm. However, as a beginner level 1 itβs a good idea to take off 3-5cm, so something in the range 136-138 would be your best bet.
Width: In terms of width, with your foot size I would try to go as narrow as you can in a womenβs board. Womenβs boardβs are typically no narrower than 226mm in terms of waist width, so I would try to get close to that β and no wider than around 230mm if you can help it.
For some womenβs beginner snowboard options check out:
>>Top 10 Womenβs Beginner Snowboards
Outside of that list something like the GNU B-Nice 139, GNU Gloss 136 or Capita Space Metal Fantasy 139 could work well.
Hope this helps,
Nate
————————–
Giulia’s responses
First Name: Giulia
Height (feet/inches or cms): 5β1β
Weight (in lbs or kgs): 108
Weight (lbs or kgs): lbs
Boot Size (number goes here – then please indicate sizing country below): 6.5
Boot Size Country: US
Do you consider your self strong/athletic, fairly unathletic or somewhere in between?: In Between
Ability Level: Beginner (level 1)
Speed: Beginner
Carving: Beginner
Powder: Beginner
Maneuverability at slow speeds: Beginner
Aggressive or Playful: Beginner
Jumps: Beginner
Jibs (rails, boxes etc): Beginner
Trees: Beginner
Butters: Beginner
If you own boots what is the make, model and year of them: Dont own boots
What binding angles do you typically ride (if known): no known
Which ski resort(s) do you (or will you) mostly ride:: Blue Mountain Ski Resort – Penns.
What board(s) are you looking to get sizing for? (brand, model, year): : general sizing
Will the board your sizing be part of your quiver or a one-board quiver? : What’s a quiver?
Any other comments or information? (optional): Foot lenght for boot size: 22cm
Calculated Boot size: 5
Nate says
Hi Colton
Thanks for completing the snowboard sizing recommendation request form. The answers you submitted are below for your reference.
Based on your replies, I think the following size recommendations would be your best bet. I may not go into every detail about what makes this good for your situation, but know that we have taken all of your answers into consideration in making the following recommendation.
Length: I would put your βstandardβ sizing at around 152. However, given the style youβre describing, I would size down a little bit from that. Something in the 148-150 range would be a good bet, IMO.
Width: In that 148-150 length range you should be good for the most part width-wise. With an 8, Iβd try to get within a range of around 240mm to 248mm in terms of waist width.
Some options for boards you could check out that should suit your style well:
The first list is probably the most appropriate based on what youβve described.
>>Top 10 Freestyle Snowboards
>>Top 10 All-Mountain Freestyle Snowboards
Hope this helps
——————
Colton’s responses
First Name: Colton
Height (feet/inches or cms): 5’9″
Weight (in lbs or kgs): 135
Weight (lbs or kgs): lbs
Boot Size (number goes here – then please indicate sizing country below): 8
Boot Size Country: US
Do you consider your self strong/athletic, fairly unathletic or somewhere in between?: In Between
Ability Level: Intermediate (level 5)
Speed: In Between
Carving: Pretty mellow but still carve
Powder: When I can but rare
Maneuverability at slow speeds: Beginner
Aggressive or Playful: I describe my riding as playful
Jumps: Medium to Small
Jibs (rails, boxes etc): Beginner
Trees: Yes but nothing too crazy
Butters: Learning and want to get better
Anything else that could be useful about your style of riding: Haven’t snowboarded in about 4 or 5
years (I’m 20). I plan on mainly learning how to do jumps and other park tricks. Not really into bombing. I also want a board with a good amount of flex.
If you own boots what is the make, model and year of them: N/A
What binding angles do you typically ride (if known): N/A
Which ski resort(s) do you (or will you) mostly ride:: Mission Ridge
What board(s) are you looking to get sizing for? (brand, model, year): : General sizing
Will the board your sizing be part of your quiver or a one-board quiver? : My only board (one-board-quiver)
Nate says
Hi Elaine
Thanks for completing the snowboard sizing recommendation request form. The answers you submitted are below for your reference.
Based on your replies, I think the following size recommendations would be your best bet. I may not go into every detail about what makes this good for your situation, but know that we have taken all of your answers into consideration in making the following recommendation.
Length: I would put your βstandard lengthβ at around 143/144. As a beginner, itβs a good idea to size down from that, so something in the range 139-141 would be a good bet, IMO.
Width: Try to go with something quite narrow would be a good idea with UK 4 boots. If you can try to go with something under 232mm at the waist, that would be ideal. Something in that 226mm to 232mm range would be best. If you have to go a little wider, then it would be a good idea to err a little shorter as well.
Some good beginner options below:
>>Top 10 Womenβs Beginner Snowboards
Hope this helps
PS: Welcome to snowboarding! Hope it treats your knee better.
———————————-
Elaine’ s answers to questions
First Name: Elaine
Height (feet/inches or cms): 5ft 2inch
Weight (in lbs or kgs): 55
Weight (lbs or kgs): kgs
Boot Size (number goes here – then please indicate sizing country below): 4
Boot Size Country: UK
Do you consider your self strong/athletic, fairly unathletic or somewhere in between?: In Between
Ability Level: Beginner (level 2)
Speed: Beginner
Carving: Beginner
Powder: Beginner
Maneuverability at slow speeds: Beginner
Aggressive or Playful: Beginner
Jumps: Beginner
Jibs (rails, boxes etc): Beginner
Trees: Beginner
Butters: Beginner
If you own boots what is the make, model and year of them: Solomon
What binding angles do you typically ride (if known): Not known
Which ski resort(s) do you (or will you) mostly ride:: France, Austria and Italy
What board(s) are you looking to get sizing for? (brand, model, year): : General
Will the board your sizing be part of your quiver or a one-board quiver? : What’s a quiver?
Any other comments or information? (optional): I am a pure rookie to snowboarding, trying for size,
moving from the darkside (skiing) to see if its easier on my batterd knee! π€π
Nate says
Hi Jennifer
Thanks for completing the snowboard sizing recommendation request form. The answers you submitted are below for your reference.
Based on your replies, I think the following size recommendations would be your best bet. I may not go into every detail about what makes this good for your situation, but know that we have taken all of your answers into consideration in making the following recommendation.
Length: I would put your βstandard lengthβ at around 148. But as a beginner and given you value maneuverability over stability at speed, among other things, I think you should size down from that. Something in the 144 to 146 range would be a good bet.
Width: This is assuming menβs US9. If so, if you ended up with a 0 degree back binding angle, then youβll probably want at least a 245mm waist width. With more angle on your binding that can come down. A flat binding angle like that isnβt super common, so I think youβll likely be OK with anything from 242mm waist, assuming some angle. And if you end up with something like +15/-15 angles, then you could go narrower to like 238mm, but that would be a the narrowest, IMO. But correct me if was meant to be US Womenβs 9. Also K2 boots are quite bulky, so probably best bet not to get down to that minimum waist width if you can help it.
Ride Saturday: 146 (242mm waist) β should be OK width wise, so long as you have a decent amount of angle on your bindings (assuming US Menβs 9, if US Womenβs 9, then should be fine regardless of binding angles)
K2 Dreamsicle: 146 (241mm waist) β ditto above re width
IMO the Dreamsicle is the better beginner board of the 2. The Saturday is doable, but not as beginner friendly, IMO. For more beginner/intermediate friendly options also check out:
>>Top 10 Womenβs Beginner Boards
>>Top 10 Womenβs Intermediate Boards
Hope this helps
—————-
Jennifer’s answers to sizing form
First Name: Jennifer
Height (feet/inches or cms): 5’8
Weight (in lbs or kgs): 130
Weight (lbs or kgs): lbs
Boot Size (number goes here – then please indicate sizing country below): 9
Boot Size Country: US
Do you consider your self strong/athletic, fairly unathletic or somewhere in between?: In Between
Ability Level: Beginner (level 3)
Speed: Casual Cruiser
Carving: Pretty mellow but still carve
Powder: When I can but rare
Maneuverability at slow speeds: I value maneuverability over stability at speed
Aggressive or Playful: Somewhere in between
Jumps: I dont do jumps
Jibs (rails, boxes etc): I dont do jibs
Trees: Yes but nothing too crazy
Butters: I dont
Anything else that could be useful about your style of riding: I don’t do tricks or jumps and no real desire to learn. Mainly just a level 3 beginner trying to keep up with my expert skier boyfriend. I want to smoothly get down the mountain without leafing – carving and turning under all conditions!
If you own boots what is the make, model and year of them: K2, 2020, Men’s (i’m a woman)
What binding angles do you typically ride (if known): Don’t have them yet.
Which ski resort(s) do you (or will you) mostly ride: Sugarbush, Big Bear, Mammoth, Vail, Stratton
What board(s) are you looking to get sizing for? (brand, model, year): General sizing – looking to buy a board. I’m likely getting the Ride Saturday 21/22 Women’s board or K2 Dreamsicle
Will the board your sizing be part of your quiver or a one-board quiver? : What’s a quiver?
If part of a quiver what is your existing board(s) and what size(s)?: N/A
Nate says
Hi Ben
Thanks for completing the snowboard sizing recommendation request form. The answers you submitted are below for your reference.
Based on your replies, I think the following size recommendations would be your best bet.
Ride Algorythm: 157 β this should be wide enough for 10.5s, unless youβve got really bulky 10.5s and/or ride with a very straight back binding angle.
General: I would put your βStandardβ all-mountain size at around 158 for your specs. Iβd try not to go too much longer than that, particularly because of your weight and as an intermediate rider. In addition to the fact that you want to be doing a little bit of freestyle and some trees. Being strong/athletic will help you to ride longer, so as a more advanced rider, I think you could get away with up to 160 in some boards, but I wouldn’t go with that now – and even as a more advanced rider, I would go that long, if you’re also going to go wide. Something in that 156-158 range would be a good bet, if wide enough for your boots. In some cases you’ll want to go wide.
————————
Ben’s Answers to form:
First Name: Ben
Height (feet/inches or cms): 6 ft 3.5 inches
Weight (in lbs or kgs): 152
Boot Size (number goes here – then please indicate sizing country below): 10.5
Boot Size Country: US
Do you consider your self strong/athletic, fairly unathletic or somewhere in between?: Strong/Athletic
Ability Level: Intermediate (level 5)
Speed: In Between
Carving: Aggressive but not quite eurocarving
Powder: When I can but rare
Maneuverability at slow speeds: A balance of both
Aggressive or Playful: Somewhere in between
Jumps: Medium to Small
Jibs (rails, boxes etc): Medium to Small
Trees: Yes but nothing too crazy
Butters: Learning and want to get better
Anything else that could be useful about your style of riding: I ride 25% off groomer, usually when riding with friends and not often but looking to learn and get better in this area. I ride about 30% park and enjoy going off the smaller jumps and hitting boxes and am learning to do rails and tricks in the park. I ride about 45% groomers and it truly depends on the groomers I do as I enjoy both bombing hills and hitting side jumps on the slower runs. I do not do anything major in terms of jumps or speed chasing but enjoy a healthy amount of them.
Which ski resort(s) do you (or will you) mostly ride: Seven Springs Ski Resort(PA) and Aspen Ski Resort(CO), most likely other Colorado ski resorts as well
What board(s) are you looking to get sizing for? (brand, model, year): Ride Algorythm Snowboard 2023 and general sizing
Will the board your sizing be part of your quiver or a one-board quiver? : My only board (one-board-quiver)
Any other comments or information? (optional): I am on the tall and skinny side and just needed help with sizing as I have decently big feet but my weight comes into effect and wasn’t sure how much it would matter if I were to get something like a 160W.
Brian C says
Hi Nate,
First of all, I just want to say your article is probably most comprehensive and easy to understand explanation of the age old question regarding the βright sizeβ for the snowboard. So thank you for doing that.
I am 5β6.5β, 170 lbs, advance (but not expert) rider with 20+ years riding experience, mostly all-mountain and free ride but I do dab at the park once in a while. I currently ride the Jones Flagship 154 for this past season. I love the boards that Jones produces. I feel that they fit my style of riding and love what the company stands for in general. Anyway, I used to ride their Explorer 156, which I absolutely adored. But I wanted something that was a bit stiffer and faster so I naturally gravitated toward the Flagship. I was going back and forth between sizes 154 and 158, and in the end I ended up choosing the 154 for better maneuverability. If they had a 156 then I wouldnβt even be asking this question. After riding it during this season, I do love the board, and it is exactly what I was looking for. However, I feel that my Explorer 156 feels more stable at higher speeds (approximately 35mph and above) than the flagship 154. I think this may have to do with the slightly longer length and width, although the actual contact edge length are about the same for both. My question is, do you think it would be too much of a board if I size up to 158? Iβve asked few other people and they all tell me 158 would be too long, especially for an aggressive board like the flagship, unless Iβm riding in really deep and steep stuff, which I donβt do too much anymore. Per my body weight, I should be ok with a 158, but for my height it might be too long. Am I just not meant to ride the flagship? I really wish they made 156, but they donβtβ¦ maybe I can switch to Stratos 156 instead? What do you think?
Thanks a bunch!
Nate says
Hi Brian
Thanks for your message.
I agree that, ideally, a 156 in the Flagship would be ideal for you. The 158 isn’t way off or anything though. I would put you at roughly a 156/157 for your “standard” length – and often with a freeride board like the Flagship you can size up a bit, depending on how you’re riding it. So, I wouldn’t say the 158 is out of the question for you. But you would, of course loose maneuverability to go to 158, especially from the 154. If you’re main aim is to get better stability at speed (and/or better float in powder), then I think 158 would hit the spot well. It’s going to be harder work when you’re riding trees and riding park, for sure – so it comes down to what you’d want to prioritize. But to add to that, if you could also let me know your boot size. Depending on your bot size, the length and width combination of the 158 might be a bit too big. But with 9.5s and up, I think it’s doable depending on your priorities. For me I like the 158 (6’0″, 180lbs, US10 boot size) – but I could happily ride the 161 in the Flagship as well – I tend to like to err a little shorter.
The Stratos is certainly an option as well. It’s more stable at speed than the Flagship anyway, IMO – and going from 154 to 156 will help there too. I found the Stratos a heavier, slightly more aggressive ride. I would prefer the Flagship in the park, trees and uneven terrain, but overall I think the Stratos could work for what you’re describing – and size-wise going 156 in the Stratos vs 158 in the Flagship will help to even things out a bit in terms of park and trees.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Brian C says
Thanks a lot! Sorry I forgot to mention my boot size. Iβm usually between 8-9 depending on the brand, closer to 8. Ideally Iβd love to demo those boards before buying another board, but I am somewhat interested in the Stratos 156. Outside of Jones, I was also interested in the Capita Mercury 155. What are your thoughts on Flagship vs Stratos vs Mercury? Thanks again.
Nate says
Hi Brian
Because of your boot size, I think the 158 is on the bigger side – still doable, but 154 is likely what I would have recommended for you for that board – though does still feel a little on the small side – it is a shame there’s 4cm between regular width sizes for the Flagship. I’d probably be leaning Stratos 156 if you were to change, just because I think the sizing works better.
The Mercury 155 would be doable – a good size too. I found the Mercury a little less maneuverable at slower speeds versus the Jones options, but taking into account 155 Mercury vs 158 Flagship, I think it would still be OK. Everything else about it fits what you’re describing though, so it’s certainly an option. Given your penchant for Jones boards and knowing you like the feel (though of course they don’t all feel the same, but each brand does have a certain personality feel that tend to run through all their boards), I think the Stratos would be the safer bet, but if you’re looking to take a chance on a new brand, the Mercury could work for sure.
Brian C says
Thanks for the advice! Maybe I should just lose about 10 lbs and maybe the flagship 154 would work better lol. Iβm also considering the mountain twin 154. I know itβs a different board compared to flagship and Stratos but I heard many good things about it, and it seems like it would be more fun on jumps vs the other two. Well, I have about 5-6 months till the next season to decide!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Brian.
Yeah, the Mountain Twin is better for jumps, IMO, than both Flagship and Stratos.
Eric says
Hi Nate – love all of the information on your site and your thoughtful, thorough reviews. I am struggling to decide between a K2 Alchemist in a 159W or a 164W. I know you haven’t reviewed the Alchemist, but I feel you can still offer some good input. I am 6’2″, between 215-220lbs, size 11-11.5 boot (depending on the boot), and a very fit, fairly-strong intermediate rider. My riding preference is typically groomer riding with a focus on carving and resort cruising. I do some tree riding, and while it’s not my go-to, it’s something to consider in choosing a board. I am fairly risk averse and avoid larger jumps, while avoiding the park entirely. The effective edge is 2cm longer on the 164W at 124cm and the side-cut radius is 8.1m versus 8.0. Waist width is 26.6cm versus 26.3cm. Contact length is not available for this board. My other boards consist of a Yes Basic 163W and a Yes Basic Decade 159W. Any thoughts on which size would be better for me?
Nate says
Hi Eric
Thanks for your message.
I would be leaning towards the 164W for a couple of reasons. Firstly, I think it’s the best match to your specs, especially given you’re fit and fairly strong. Secondly, I think it gives you a better compliment to the other boards in your quiver. I haven’t riden the Alchemist, so I couldn’t say for sure, but it looks like it’s a stiffer more aggressive board, that you can use to really carve up the mountain. If you feel like having a more chill/casual day, then you’ve got the option of getting out on your Basic or Basic Decade. Whilst you’d probably prefer the 159W in trees, I think the 164W would be better otherwise – and shouldn’t be a nightmare in trees or anything for your specs. Again, I haven’t ridden the board, so I can’t say for sure, but I would be leaning 164W.
Hope this helps
Eric says
Thank you very much for your response, I sincerely appreciate your thoughts. I was leaning slightly toward the 164W, so this is helpful to confirm my thoughts. I agree that this will be a nice compliment to my other decks and I would prefer not to “size down”, especially when there really is no good reason to do so.
Nate says
You’re very welcome Eric. Hope the board treats you well.
JeeJee says
Hi Nate, first thanks for all the answers above, they are incredibly helpful to narrow down the choices.
Iβm 5β5β, around 136 lb (or less), and 7-7.5 shoe size. Asian fit.
Iβm thinking of both 2022 Twin Sister and 2023 Stratos Elena Hight Edition. I like the look of these two, so Iβm ok with buying all of them, but are these two are good choices for building the quiver?
Iβm an intermediate rider (really good at carving but intermediate powder). Never went to a park or tried tricks, but occasionally riding switch is fun for me. And I love carving aggressively. Mostly on groomer, but I got the chance to fly to another city for the powder and trees for 20 days every year.
Iβm thinking ride with Twin Sister in general on groomer, and Stratos for the powder. But I heard that Stratos is also good for carving, since carving is my main thing, Iβm really excited to see if it could be my one-for-all board.
What sizes should I choose to balance my tricky riding route? Iβm thinking Stratos 149/152 for freeride and Twin Sister 149/151 for regular day, does it too long for me? Also I noticed that their EE were quite different. That’s confused me.
My bindings are Nitro Ivy and Now Conda.
Or is there any other better options for the quiver rather than Stratos? (I love the look of Twin Sister, so that one for sure. However, for Stratos, I love the review that itβs good for carving which is important to me, other than that, itβs not a must)
I’m also looking at Flagship as well, if you recommend Flagship way much more than Stratos.
Thank you very much in advance.
Jee
Nate says
Hi JeeJee
Thanks for your messages. I got you other message too, but it contained the same info, so deleted it for tidiness. Also apologies for the slower than usual reply – has been a crazy few days!
I think the boards are different enough to have them in the same quiver. The Stratos is a more aggressive board that you can lay down bigger carves on and handles speed better. The Twin Sister is a more chill board – it’s not ultra playful but much more playful – still decent for carving, but not to the same extent. The Stratos better in powder too, so you could certainly use it on powder days. You could also have it as your all-in-one board, but just note that it’s going to be the kind of board you’ll want to be on your game for most of the time – it’s stiffer and less forgiving, so can be more punishing if you’re getting tired – and also for riding switch, the Twin Sister is better – and for tricks if you were looking to try some freestyle at any point. If you wanted to be able to ride a little more casual sometimes, then the Twin Sister would be better for that than the Stratos.
In terms of the EE, the difference is because the Stratos has more of it’s length outside the contact points, in the nose and tail, versus the Twin Sister. This means you can ride it a little longer, as that length mostly comes into play in powder. It also comes into play in terms of swing weight and the overall feel, but generally a board with less EE versus overall length will feel shorter than a board of the same length with less EE, all else being equal.
If you were to go with both, then I’d look at going Twin Sister 146, Stratos 149. Going Twin Sister 149 and Stratos 152 would be doable as well, but I would be erring 146/149, because of the width of these boards – a little wider than typical for women’s boards – and on the wider side for your foot size. If you know that you really like longer boards, then 149/152 still doable, but I would recommend 146/149. If you were going to just get Twin Sister, given how you describe your style of riding, then you could look more closely at the 149. If you were just to get Stratos, I would still be erring to the 149.
I personally like the Flagship more than the Stratos and it does ride powder a little better, IMO (though that’s splitting hairs as both are very good) – but the Stratos I found a little more aggressie and a little better at speed, but I really like the Flaghip and it still carves well and handles speed well.
Hope this helps with your decision.
JeeJee says
Hi Nate,
Thank you so much and sorry for posting it twice I wasn’t familiar with the system I thought the message was gone.
I place the order of Twin Sister 149, since it’s my first Jones board I would like to try it on to see if I could handle it before I buy another Jones. I used to ride on either Burton or Rossignol when I was a beginner, the length was 144 and I felt it was super short, I don’t feel comfortable and confident until the later years I switch to the Japanese local board which is 151cm. (Though it’s easy to get exhausted when I ride)
Twin Sister 146 vs. my previous 144 board, I guess maybe 2cm won’t change a lot? So I will try 149 instead of 146. And what you mentioned about forgiving was really important, I will think of Flagship instead of Stratos.
Which size do you recommend for Flagship? With Twin Sister 149 as my quiver.
Also, do you think it’s necessary to get a Flux GX since Now Conda and Nitro Ivy are less stiff?
Thank you again.
Nate says
Hi JeeJee
If you go 149 for Twin Sister, then you could go 152 for the Flagship. Or you could still go 149 for the Flagship. They’re different enough boards you could go the same size. But 152 is also doable if you wanted to diversify the sizing in your quiver.
I don’t have any experience with Nitro bindings, but looks like it would possibly be stiff enough for the Flagship. The Condo should work well on the Twin Sister.
Matt says
Hi Nate,
Great work with the site, so much useful info!
I’m looking into upgrading my pretty old set-up. Current set-up is 158W Burton Hero board with Cartel Bindings, both from around 2009 or so I think. I’m about a 6.5 or 7 on your skill scale, with an all mountain style, but leaning slightly more towards freeride over freestyle (don’t really spend much time in the park anymore but still like to play around on the mountain a bit). I’m 6’1″, about 190 lbs, and wear a size 11 boot (sometimes 11.5 depending on brand/model). My old boots were size 12 which is why I ended up with a wide board to begin with, but over time I realized they were too big and 11 is better for me.
I’ve decided on the 2023 Capita Mercury (probably Union Strata or Burton Cartel bindings), but still up in the air about boots. Assuming I end up with size 11 boots, what size would you recommend for the Mercury? I’m thinking the 161, but not sure if 159 or even the 160W (if I can find it) would be better options. I’ve read the Capita Mercury is a bit wider than some other boards, so might be able to get away with standard width even with a size 11 boot. My main concern with going 161 over 159 is maneuverability in trees/moguls, and the fact I’ve been riding a 158W for 10 years. On the other hand I feel like 161 is really the size I should be riding based on my weight/height, and I have my doubts that I would even really notice a difference between 159 and 161.
Any input would be greatly appreciated!
Nate says
Hi Matt
Thanks for your message.
You’d be surprised the difference 2cm can make – it’s not an earth shattering difference, but it is actually noticeable. If you were to add all of that 2cm to the nose and tail, you probably wouldn’t notice the difference, but when you add it to the effective edge you do notice it.
It’s a close call between 159 and 161 for you, IMO. I would put your “standard all-mountain” size at 161, so it’s the obvious choice but the 159 would work (if width works which would depend on a couple of things – see below). The 161 is about perfect in terms of width for you as well, IMO. The 159 bordering on being a little too narrow, but you probably get away with it, depending on how hard you like to carve, the profile of the boots you end up in (the outsole of the same sized boots can differ quite a bit) and your binding angles.
The 160W is on the wide side for your boots. It’s certainly still within range for 11s, but I think the 161 would actually be more maneuverable than it and it’s wide enough, IMO, so between those 2 sizes, I would go 161. If you did want to go a little wider, the 158W would be your better bet, to get that little bit more maneuverability. I don’t think there’s a wrong size between the 161, 159 and 158W for you. I think they would all work. My instinct in this board, for what you’re describing would be the 159 if you can get into some low profile 11s. But really I think any of those 3 sizes would work.
The 161 would give you more stability at speed and better float in powder versus the 159, with the 159 being more agile at slower speeds and in general being better for freestyle stuff. These difference would be subtle but still noticeable. The 158W kind of in between the 2, IMO.
Hope this helps with your decision
Matt says
Awesome thanks for the reply! Appreciate the advice. I think I will go with the 161. Gives me more wiggle room with the boots, and I do think I would prefer the stability at speed over the agility/freestyle capability of the smaller board. Thanks again.
Nate says
You’re very welcome Matt. If you think of it at the time let me know how you get on, once you’ve had a chance to get it out on snow. Happy riding!
Carlo says
Hi nate. I post here before when i started snowboarding. All of your advice were really helpful. Right now i think im on between beginner/intermediate level. Im thinkin to buy a new board since i feel that i outgrew the board that i have. Im deciding to get Bataleon Party wave 2020 151cm. Or the Yes Basic 152cm.
Right now im trying to get my carving really awesome. My snowboard goal is to have a sick carve. No planning on jumping or anyting lol.
I weigh 170lbs
5ft6 tall
Size 9 shoes
Carlo says
I would add the capita outerspace living 150cm or 152cm. I cant decide if i go down to flat 150 or 152-153cm
Also i wanna go with union bindings. Im thinking about the force or the flight pro.
Nate says
Hi Carlo
The OSL could work for sure. I would even go up to the 154. As per my last reply, I would put your βstandard all-mountainβ size at around 156. You can certainly size down a bit from that, but I think sizing to 154 would be enough. And given that you want carving to be your main focus, I think the 152 might be a little on the narrow side. You’d likely be fine to begin with, but if you were to start to get really deep on those carves and if you were to ride with a fairly flat back binding angle, then there would be risk of boot drag on the 152 with size 9s. The OSL is quite narrow in the 150 and 152 sizes. The 154 should be all good width-wise and I think that length would work for you.
And for bindings, if you go Typo or OSL, I would go with the Force – and particularly that you want to work on your carving, I would go Force. The Flite Pro are a little too soft for those boards – and for carving you don’t want to go too soft either.
Nate says
Hi Carlo
Thanks for your message.
I haven’t ridden the Party Wave, so I’m not sure how that one rides. Re the YES Basic, given that you really want to focus on carving, I would step it up a bit to the Typo – given where you’re at between beginner/intermediate, I think you should be able to ride it fine – and it will be better for carving versus the Basic.
Size-wise, the 152 would work for the Basic/Typo – and you could even consider moving up to the 155, given that carving is going to be your focus. I would put your “standard all-mountain” size at around 156. Given your level, you could certainly size down from that, so 152 is within range, but you could also consider the 155, if you wanted something a bit bigger for bigger carves.
Hope this helps
Mario says
Hi Nate!!!
Love the site!!! It’s been an awesome guide over the past few months!!
Originally, I was doing all of this research for my young daughter, but I should’ve known that it would soon apply to me as well.
That being said, I think I’ve already made a mistake, but I’m wondering how grievous it actually will be to my own progression.
I’ve basically purchased all of the #1’s from your posts for boots, bindings, and boards. It just made sense, budget-wise and skill level-wise. In my haste (as I was doing this ordering at work), I ordered a 150 Salomon Sight. My ‘standard length’ is a 156, so I took off the suggested 3-5cm for beginners (as I am an ultra-beginner) and ordered the closest to what I could find online, a 150. The problem is that the max weight according to the Salomon website is 70kg (which I obviously didn’t check until after I ordered). I fluctuate around the 72kg-73kg range. How detrimental will this be to my progression?
If I bump up to a 156, I’d be at my ‘standard length’, and I’d also be within the weight ranges per the manufacturer, but I’d be outside of the length you’ve recommended for a beginner.
Maybe I’m overthinking it and acting too hastily because our season is almost over here, but I also don’t want to hurt my own progress as my daughter continues to progress. The only downside of returning the board will be possibly missing out on the last few weeks of the season. Alternatively, I could drop the 5-6 pounds and wait for next season.
You’re advice would be greatly appreciated.
Nate says
Hi Mario
Thanks for your message.
I think ideally the 153 would be your best bet, if your standard length is 156, IMO. But the 150 might be doable, depending. I wouldn’t be too concerned about the weight recommendations, but if you could let me know your height and boot size, just to get a better idea of whether the 150 is too small or doable.
Hope this helps
Mario says
Nate…Thanks for the reply!!!
Yeah, I’m 5’7″ and my shoe size is 8.5 (and I got the Burton Moto’s).
Oddly enough I ordered the board yesterday and it is being delivered today before 8. So if I should have to return it, it will still be boxed.
Thanks Again!!!
Nate says
Hi Mario
Thanks for the extra details. I think 153 would be just right, with the 150 on the small side and the 156, IMO too big. But if the 153 isn’t available, then I would go 150 before I went 156, given your a complete beginner.
Mario says
Thank You, sir.
I appreciate the guidance.
This site is the best!!!!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Mario. Thanks for visiting and happy riding!
Justin says
Hey Nate,
What a great post! This site has been a tremendous help in finding the right sized gear! I am in the loooong overdue process of updating my whole set up and now just need to finalize a decision on a board and I would really appreciate your input.
Level: Intermediate / advanced end of intermediate
Style: Freeride – Ride between the trees, off-piste, and picking up speed on groomers, no park or switch
Location: Take trips out West to ride at resorts
Size: 6′, ~175lbs, 11.5 boot
Considering: I’ve spent way to much time sorting through reviews and need to put an order in absolutely ASAP if I want it to arrive for a trip to WY next weekend. I think I’ve narrowed it down to the Never Summer Hammer in either 157W or 161W (26.4mm and 26.6mm waist respectively). What size would you recommend? I am coming from a very old Lib Tech 156 (early 2000s) that I learned to board on. Is the 161W going to be too big of a jump in size or be too much board to handle, especially being a wide board? Or will this be the better option for both off-piste riding and charging groomers? I would also be open to any other board suggestions. The Burton Flight Attendant 159W is another possible consideration.
Cheers and thanks for all of your great info!
Nate says
Hi Justin
Thanks for your message.
I haven’t ridden the Hammer, but on paper and based on other Never Summer boards, I think it would fit what you’re describing well. Size-wise, I’d be leaning 157X. It’s a close call between that and the 161X. The 161X would give you more stability at speed when you’re bombing groomers, but the 157W will be better in tighter spots (e.g. trees). Since you’re already stepping up the board quite a bit from your previous board (I would say, though if you know the model of your Lib Tech, that would be great to know), my instinct is saying 157W. But it’s a close call. I’d put you at around 159 as your “standard all-mountain” size.
If you did go Flight Attendant, then I would say 159W would be a great size for you.
Hope this helps and hope you have an awesome trip
Hannah says
Hi Nate! Such a great article.. thank you! Iβm between 5β7β and 5β8β and roughly 120-122 lbs. I wear a womens 9.5 boot. Iβm looking for an all mountain board but having a hard time finding something that isnβt too narrow for my feet. Iβm considering Nitro Mystique 149 but concerned the waist of 238 might result in too much boot overhangβ¦.. other option is Salomon Wonder 148 which has a waist of 243β¦. Any thoughts on which youβd recommend to me? Thanks so much!
Nate says
Hi Hannah
Thanks for your message.
I think I would be leaning Salomon Wonder 148 to give you that bit more leeway in terms of width. And I think the length is better – it’s only 1cm – and that 1cm is outside the contact points (both with same effective edge), so it’s not a big deal, but would still be leaning 148 over 149 for your specs, in terms of length.
In terms of width, the Mystique could be doable if you had +15/-15 binding angles or similar and low profile boots, but the Wonder should be fine even if you didn’t have those things in your favor. I’d also be leaning 146 in terms of length for the Mystique for your specs, and then it’d definitely be too narrow.
Hope this helps with your decision
William says
Wow, great article! I am looking at a Burton Ripcord, 162W ( I am 6 foot and 215lbs size 12), but if I read the article right, I would be looking at a 159W as I am an absolute beginner? I have no choice but to buy online as where I live there are no snowboard shops with knowledgeable people. I would be riding nothing but groomed trails at the hill as well. Thanks!
Nate says
Hi William
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, I would be looking at the 158W for your specs if you’re a complete beginner. If it was a board with less effective edge versus overall length, then you might push it out to the 162W, but with this I’d be leaning 158W for you.
Hope this helps
Darren says
Hi Nate,
I’m in a similar boat as William but a size 11 boot.
Was Looking at Nitro Prime Distort Wide 163 but thinking I’ll need a 158w instead.
Boot I’m looking at is the Burton Moto size 11.
Is this correct? should I get the wide?
For Bindings I’m looking at either
Burton Freestyle Snowboard Bindings
or
Union Flite Pro Snowboard Bindings
Your site has been super helpful, thanks!
Nate says
Hi Darren
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, I think the 159W is probably your best bet. You could go up to the 163W, but if you’re a beginner, then I’d be erring shorter. Also the Nitro Prime wide sizes are quite wide. With 11s, you should go wide, but given how wide they are, sizing down isn’t a bad idea, just to counter the extra width a little. So going down 4cm in this case, I think makes sense. You’d probably be OK on the 162 with 11s, if you wanted to go narrower. I imagine you’d get on that alright with 11s, particularly as a beginner. But it wouldn’t really be sizing down at all. But it’s doable – I would be more inclined to go 162, than 163W for you. But I’d still be leaning 159W.
Both binding options would be a good match to the Board/Boots, so there’s not really a bad choice there, IMO. I would be leaning Flite Pro personally, but there’s very little in it.
Hope this helps with your decision
Darren says
Thanks for your response, much appreciated!
I was just in big bear, had awful rental gear.
They had me on a 155W Burton. . .
Went to a retail space and tried on the Burton Moto 11 and they were intensely tight. They suggested the Thirty Two Shifty 10.5 and they fit perfect and very comfortable. And under $200, so i got those instead.
He also said a wide board is to big and suggested 155-158 regular width. . .
man, this stuff is so confusing! haha
thanks for all your help
Nate says
Hi Darren
It certainly can be confusing. Given you got into 10.5 boots, and as a beginner, you should get away with going regular width. However at 6′, 215lbs (assumption as you said you were in a similar boat to William) I wouldn’t be going as short as 155. If you’re an absolute beginner, you could go as short as 157, but that would be minimum, IMO. 158-160 would be the best range to look at, IMO. Did he ask for your weight or just go off your height?
Now that you are on 10.5s, I think you’d be fine on the 158 if you go for the Nitro Prime.
Erika says
Hi Nate,
Thanks for sharing this info! All your articles are super helpful. I’m getting ready to purchase my first snowboard and consider myself advanced beginner/low-intermediate. After all my research, I’m considering the Arbor Poporazzi Rocker 138cm. I’m 4’11”, 140lbs, and wear a size 8 boot. I’m not really sure about the size of the board though. I see mixed advice for my height/weight specs and from your table, the recommendation is to go longer. Would the 138 still be okay or should I go up to 141?
Nate says
Hi Erika
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, I would say go up to the 141. With your specs, I would put your “standard all-mountain” size at around 145/146, but as a beginner/low intermediate I’d be looking at somewhere in the 141-144 range. So, I think the 138 is getting just a bit too small. Also, the width of the 141 is better for your boots. The 138 is bordering on too narrow. You’d likely be fine, as the Poporazzi is wider at the inserts than the waist width suggests, and as a beginner/intermediate, you may not be carving that deep yet, but having that little bit of extra width gives you that bit more leeway. And I think the length is certainly better for you too.
Hope this helps with your decision
Sarah says
Hi Nate,
I am looking at the capita magnolia but it’s only available in 149 (flat camber, 5 flex, waist width 239mm). I am 5’7, size 9W shoe, and almost 190lbs. I ride all mountain and am a beginner. Do you think I should aim for a 154-156 or would I be okay with a 149?
Thank you!
Nate says
Hi Sarah
Thanks for your message.
As a beginner you can certainly size down a bit, but I think 149 is going a bit too small. I would say you’re around a 156 as your “standard all-mountain size”, so as a beginner, I would go something in the range 151-154. The width is probably OK on the 149 Magnolia, but it’s pushing it. If you were to ride with a pretty straight back binding angle (e.g. 0-6 degrees), it might be too narrow. As a beginner you’d probably get away with it as you’re likely not carving that deep yet, but I think the length is too small anyway.
Some other options you could check out:
>>My Top 10 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
Hope this helps
Kim says
Hi Nate!
I just bought my new snowboarding set today but I was wondering if itβs the right choice. I feel like it is since I referenced a lot of your articles. I got the Nitro Lectra 142cm with Burton Citizen bindings and Burton Mint Boa 25cm. Yup, Iβm a beginner. My height is 164cm and weight is around 50kg. I wanted to get the 138cm board but it wasnβt available. Do you think getting the 142cm is alright? Also, I donβt need to wax the board asap, right?
Thanks for your time writing all those articles!
Nate says
Hi Kim
Thanks for your message.
I would say your “standard all-mountain” size is around 142/143, but that’s assuming a relatively advanced level. So ideally, the 138. But I think you’ll get away with the 142, especially given how suitable the board is for a beginner. The binding/boot combo to match it, works very well, IMO.
And nah, no need to wax it before riding. The Factory wax should be fine at least for a while. But if you want more on that topic check this article out.
Linda says
Hi, Iβm new to snowboarding, tried it a couple of times o my boyfriends old burton (with his waaay to big boots).
Thinking of buying my own board and decided that a true-twin will be a good choice since I still tend to switch between going with my left or my right first. π
Leaning towards the K2 first lite – based on your top ten list. Do you think it is a good choice and what length would you recommend? Iβm 5,75ft(167cm) and 150-154lbs shoe size usually 39 or 38.
Thank you so much for your really informative site, I find it really helpful!!
Nate says
Hi Linda
Thanks for your message.
And yeah, I think the First Lite would work great as your first board.
Size-wise, I would put you at around 151 as your “standard all-mountain” size, which assumes a relatively advanced level. So as a beginner, I would be looking at the 146. The width on the 146 should be all good too. At a stretch you could do 150, but I would be leaning towards the 146.
Hope this helps with your decision
Linda says
That is very helpful and I now feel more confident choosing this board!
It will be the 146 to begin with and the next time, when I feel the need to progress and try something new I will probably look for a lengh closer to 150.
Thank you so much for taking the time to reply, you do amazing work here! π
Nate says
You’re very welcome Linda. Happy riding!
Eric says
HI Nate
I’ve never been snowboarding I am 5’10 between 170 -175 lbs. I would like to take it up as a new hobby. Besides the board is there any other items I should purchase, besides board and helmet. BTW is 158 the correct board size for me. Thanks in advance for any advice.
Nate says
Hi Eric
Thanks for your message.
If you were a more advanced rider, then I’d say something around 158 is a good bet. As a beginner, I would go shorter. Between 153 and 156 would be your best bet.
For some good beginner board options check this list out.
You’ll need bindings for the board too and boots, if you don’t want to have to rent. Typically you wouldn’t rent just bindings. And appropriate outerwear, including pants, jacket, gloves and goggles.
For a more complete list check this one out
For binding and boot options, check out:
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
and
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
Hope this helps to get you started and let me know if you have any other questions. I also have guides on choosing outerwear, goggles, helmets etc, if you need more guidance on those.
Morganne says
Hey Nate!
Thanks so much for all the information. I’ve read a lot of your articles and I’m in the market for my first snowboard. I’ve only been 3 times, though I hope to go 3-5 more times this season and about that same amount (6 times total) in upcoming seasons. I’m still a beginner level but am getting more comfortable with going from heels to toes and learning how to carve. I don’t tend to do many (if any) advanced slopes and only ride at resorts/parks in Korea and on the east coast of the US. I’m looking at the Nitro Lectra right now but I’m a little uncertain of the size of need. I’m about 5 ft 7 in, wear size 7 shoe (I usually get a 5.5 in men’s size rental boots) and weigh 135-140 lbs. Is there a size board you’d recommend for the Nitro Lectra? Or a better suited board for the type of boarding I described if not the Lectra? Thanks in advance!
Nate says
Hi Morganne
Thanks for your message.
I think the Lectra should work well for what you’re describing.
Size-wise, I think the 146 is just right. It should be a good width for your foot/boot size and just right in terms of length too. If you were an advanced rider, you could go 149/150, but as a beginner, that 146 length is perfect, IMO.
Hope this helps with your decision
Morganne says
Hey Nate!
Thank you so much! This helped immensely and answered my question about the width as well! I appreciate you helping me out! Happy holidays to you!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Morganne. Happy holidays to you too – and happy riding!
Bri says
Hi! You may be saving me, so thank you for your expertise! I’m considering the Arbor Swoon camber and am torn between 151 and 155. I’m 5’6″ and weight is generally between 155 and 160. I wear an 8 or 8 1/2 boot depending on brand. I mostly only have the chance to push my speed limits down our small local resorts, but I’m experimenting in the park a little and on some smaller jumps and enjoying it (though honestly I’m too old to get too into all that). I’ve been riding a stiffer men’s board for about 17 years , and before that I was on an even stiffer, longer board when I weighed quite a bit less! I’m definitely ready for something that’s a bit easier on me but that will still go fast when I want it to. What do you think? I was about to just go with the 155 since I’ve been riding a 154 in a much stiffer board for so long, but then I saw this and thought I’d ask.
Nate says
Hi Bri
Thanks for your message.
Purely based on specs, and how you like to ride, I think the 151 is a really good fit for you. But I do like to take into account what people are used to. Typically I’d say 100% 151 for your specs, but given that you’re used to 154, stiffer and then even longer before that, the 155 does become an option. Both are fine width-wise.
I’d still be leaning 151, just because it’s hard for me to look past how good a match that is to your specs and your riding – and the fact you’re on a small resort. If you weren’t already riding a stiff 154, I’d say definitely not 155, but in your case, it’s doable, but I’d still be leaning 151.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Bri says
Thanks so much for your reply and especially for including the reasoning behind your recommendation. I like to overanalyze everything. π
Nate says
You’re very welcome Bri. I completely get it. It’s an important decision and a pretty big purchase, so I get wanting to get it right, for sure.
Alexander says
Hi Nate,
I’m looking at purchasing a board for my girlfriend. She’s 5′-0″ ~125lbs. She has only gone up about 3 times, so definitely a beginner. Right now I’m looking at a barely used 143cm 2017 Ride Compact. According to EVO’s website, she falls within the weight range, and the board appears to be beginner friendly. We’re looking to mostly ride groomed trails. Would this be a good board for her to learn on?
Thanks
Nate says
Hi Alexander
The Compact is a really good beginner board, IMO. The only reason it didn’t make my top 10 beginner boards is the price, but otherwise very suitable for a beginner, IMO. And if you’re getting it for a good price, then that’s not an issue.
143 is within a good range for her, IMO. It’s on the slightly too long end for her as a beginner, but it’s certainly doable length-wise. But if you can also let me know her boot size as well, that would be great. If it’s particularly wide for her boots, then it might be too big overall, when combining the width and length.
Hope this helps
Alexander says
Thanks for the response.
It turns out she actually weighs 135lbs.
She has the 2021 Ride Hera’s in size 7. I think the board has a 236mm waist width, which is just the under the 237mm you have listed on your chart for “When Back Binding is at 0Β°”. Am I reading that table correctly?
Nate says
Hi Alexander
Thanks for the extra info. At 135lbs, I think that length is really good now. Width-wise should be all good too. Yeah, ideally no wider than 237mm, so she should be good with the width, IMO.
Carlo says
Hi Nate. I learned a lot reading on this site. Thank you for that. I just wanted to be sure what board fits me. I am a beginner rider. Dont have any background related to any kind of board sports. I am standing at 5ft6 1/2 and weigh 160lbs. I once tried snow boarding (rental) i could say that i like yoloing when riding and i am little aggressive and playful. Hope you can help me decide which board best fits me.
Nate says
Hi Carlo
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, I’d be looking in the range somewhere between 151-153.
For board, I’d be looking at the following:
>>My Top 15 Men’s Snowboards for Beginners
But if you really wanted to step it up, you could also look at:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
If you can narrow down to a preference of 2-3 boards and let me know your boot size (or shoe size if you don’t have boots yet), I’d be happy to recommend a size (and the suitability of those options).
Hope this helps
Carlo says
Hi nate. Sorry i forgot to put my boots size. I am on 9- 9.5 men size. Some advice from friends says 149cm is better, some says 152cm is better. Theres a lot of advice im gettin and it makes me confuse which one is the best one.
I dont have any idea for the board yet. Im still checkin on your provide list and read it carefully. Thanks a lot.
Nate says
Thanks Carlo.
Let me know when you have your short list and I will be happy to give my opinion on sizing for each specific board.
Hele says
Hi Nate!
Thank you for your informative site – a great help!
I’m considering buying myself a snowboard to kick up the hobby again. I used to do it in my teens but last time was few years back with a rental kit. I’d say I am not a beginner anymore but a steady intermediate. Would not be doing much park but not that much of powder/freeriding (I live in Finland) either although I am an adrenalin junkie and enjoy speed too (so not a clear view on which way I’d like to go for). All-mountain/freestyle -combination perhaps? I also battling with the right size – I am 166cm, weigh about 68 and boot size 38-39. There is a decent deal on Capita BOAF 2020 model and was thinking size 146. What do you think/any recommendations? Thanks in advance π
Nate says
Hi Hele
Thanks for your message.
Firstly in terms of size, I think 148-150 would be the best size range to look at for your specs. If you were a beginner then 146-148 probably a better range. That said, if you were to go BOAF, it’s something that’s got a lot of effective edge versus overall length, so you can go a bit shorter. For that board it would be between the 146 and 148, IMO. So 146 is doable for that board.
I think the BOAF could work for what you’re describing. It’s not well suited to powder, IMO. From what you say you may not be seeing much powder, so that might not be a big factor to consider for you. It’s the kind of board you want to be a solid Intermediate Rider on. It’s not for low-end intermediate or high-end beginner or anything like that. You want to have good technique riding it.
If you did want to check out other options, like if you wanted something that was a little better in powder, you could also look at:
>>My Top 6 Women’s All-Mountain Snowboards
>>Top 10 Women’s Intermediate Snowboards
Note that some in that second list are more freestyle oriented, but there are some options in there that could work well for you.
Let me know if there’s anything in those lists you are considering and I would be happy to let you know my opinion if it’s a good option for you (if you didn’t go with BOAF) and the size I’d recommend for the particular board.
Hope this helps
Keith says
Hi Nate, I am getting the slash ATV with union falcor bindings. I am 5β 11β and I weigh between 200-210 lbs. My boot size is 12. Should I get the 159w or the 163w. I like to ride fast and bomb groomers. Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Keith
I’d be leaning 163W for your specs and given the fact that you like to bomb.
Matt says
Hi Nate,
I am a true beginner to snowboarding. I went ahead and bought some Burton Moto boots (size 10) and Burton Mission EST bindings (medium). I found them together on eBay as a package. I found a decent deal on a 2021 Rossignol Circuit and wanted to know if you thought this was a good βtrue beginnerβ board. I am 6β0β and weigh 160-165. I will mainly be riding on the east coast of the U.S. in the North Carolina Smokey mountains so conditions are usually icy.
Nate says
Hi Matt
Thanks for your message.
First thing is if you have EST bindings, then you can only ride them on a board with the channel system. Which at the moment is just Burton and Endeavor, that I know of. The EST bindings won’t be able to be mounted on the Rossi Circuit unfortunately. The Circuit is for a sure a good true beginner board, IMO, but you’d have to get different bindings if you wanted it.
If you decide to stick with the bindings and go for something Burton (or Endeavor), then I would be looking at the Burton Instigator Flat Top or Burton Ripcord. Note that there’s also a Burton Instigator PurePop – whilst this isn’t too far off for a beginner, if you want the easier progression, then that’s the Flat Top version. Also the PurePop is new this year, so you won’t be able to find a 2021 version. If you can find a 2021 (or earlier) version of the Instigator Flat Top or Ripcord, then that would be the way to go, if you’re looking to get a better price. Endeavor boards are a little harder to come by, but if you can find the Ranger, that would be your best bet as a beginner board, from Endeavor.
Size-wise, I’d be looking in a range between 154 and 156. So for the Instigator, it would be 155 and for Ripcord 154. For the Ranger 154 or 156. But if you could also let me know your boot size (which is also important for sizing), I can confirm those sizings – and make sure you don’t need to go with a wide board.
If you end up going with the Circuit and changing bindings, the 155 would be your best bet, IMO.
Hope this helps
Matt says
Iβm glad I asked you before buying the circuit board. I almost pulled the trigger on it today! My boot size is a 10. It may also be worth noting that I will mainly be riding in North Carolina, so probably more slush and ice than anything. Not sure if this will change anything for your opinion.
Nate says
Hi Matt
With 10s, the sizes mentioned in my previous reply should be all good.
Flat Top Burton boards aren’t amazing in icy conditions. As a beginner, I think you’d get away with it though, if you’re not going to be really charging. I think you’ll be fine. And they’ll be fine in slush too. The PurePop Instigator would give you a little more edge hold in icy conditions, but it’s not as pure a beginner board, IMO. But doable, if you were really worried about edge hold in ice.
Cole says
Hey Nate,
I am 6β and weigh around 165 pounds with size 9.5 boot. I am looking at purchasing the Slash ATV as I would consider myself an advanced rider and enjoy bombing, carving and tree runs. I was hoping you could help me decide the best size for this board.
I really appreciate it!
Nate says
Hi Cole
Thanks for your message.
For your specs, as an advanced rider and based on what you’re describing, I think the 158 is your best bet. You could ride the 156 and it would make it more agile, for the likes of trees, but you’d be sacrificing in terms of bombing and big carves. I think 158 should be the right balance for your specs for bombing, carving and trees.
Hope this helps
Isaac says
Hey Nate!
I couldn’t figure out how to make my own comment so I’m replying to this one.
I’m 5’10 190lbs with a narrower 21-22″ stance width and size 11 boot. I’m an intermediate all mountain rider looking to get into some butters, ground tricks and light park stuff this year. I decided to go with the Jones mountain twin, but I am having trouble deciding between the 156w and the 159w. I like the 156 for trying some new tricks, but I’m still gonna be ripping groomers, trees and powder most everyday.
Any input would be much appreciated!
Nate says
Hi Isaac
Thanks for your message.
I definitely see your conundrum sizing-wise, in this case. I think the 159W is the more pure size for your specs, for sure, so it’s hard to go away from that. The 156W will certainly make buttering and tricks easier, but you would be sacrificing in terms of stability at speed and float in powder. In the trees, I think you’ actually like the shorter 156W. But the 159W is still going to be suitable for trees, and certainly doable for learning tricks and butters, so I’m leaning that way. But if you really want to make it easier for learning tricks/butters/park and are happy to sacrifice in terms of speed and powder, then the 156W isn’t wrong. But my instinct is 159W.
Hope this helps
Josh says
Hi Nate,
I love the site. I purchased four different decks for the family this year. I am building a custom snowboard that is similar to the GNU RC C3 162W board, with a few tweaks. We increased the width even more, to 29.7cm, which allows my merely large 11.5 feet to have no overhang at a 70 degree inclination. I have enough weight so that I can handle the extra width, and once I get out on it, I will see if that ended up being too wide. This board will be used for everything except powder.
For my beginners, i bought three different boards:
For my 11 yo, I have a Roxy Poppy 128. She is 4’8″, and around 70-80 lbs. with size 4 feet. This is the first board we will outgrow.
For my bean pole 14 yo I have a GNU GWO 153. She is 110 lbs., but 5’10” with size 9.5 women’s boot. This one is likely too wide and long.
For my muscular 17 yo, I got a 153 Bataleon Blow. She is 5’9″, 155 lbs. with size 10 women’s boots. This might still be a little wide.
All of the boards are some sort of twin so they can learn switch from day one. Once we get a few runs in in December and more in March 2022, I will provide an update on what worked and what didn’t.
I was also thinking of your rating system, If you are able to add a tool so that you can do your own weighting system, when trying to select boards, boots, and bindings, this would be great. For example, I was looking at the Union Atlas and Strata bindings for my all-mountain needs, but your rated one in the freeride category and the other in the all-mountain category. Or when looking for boots for my wife, the most important thing is comfort, and this might help me and others change the priorities.
Love the web site and the reviews.
-Josh
Nate says
Hi Josh
Thanks for your message.
I look forward to hearing how you get on with the boards.
I think the Bataleon Blow is a good size (I don’t currently test Bataleon boards, so not sure about much else with that board, but size-wise, I think it looks good). If getting really fussy, it may be mildly too wide, but if she’s athletic, then I don’t think it will be a problem, and I think the length is really good.
I do suspect, as you did as well, that the 153 GWO is a little big for your 14 yo. I would be more concerned about the length than the width. It’s on the wider side, but in the right length, I think she’d be OK with that width, even if not ideal. I think the 147 GWO would have been the better length. But borderline too narrow, so I can see why you wanted to go wider. But I think she would get away with the width of the 147, particularly as a beginner who isn’t going to be railing their carves or anything.
I certainly don’t claim to be an expert on kid’s boards, but I think the poppy should work well for your 11 yo and the sizing looks fine. Quite wide for her feet most likely, but overall I think it should be OK.
Thanks for the suggestion. I have actually thought about that a couple of times, as not everyone will have the same weightings. So far, I haven’t had the time to look into how to implement it (and this off season I was busier than normal), but next off season I’ll look into it again. I do agree, that it would be valuable.
Serveri says
Hi Nate,
I can see you really take your time answering every question properly, helping a lot of people making good decisions. So I will try my luck:)
My last buy has been in 2007: a Nitro Team (157). Now itβs time for a new board (and new boots) and I have done lot of research especially on your website (very informative). I kind of narrowed it down to the Mercury and the Warpig (I know they are totally different but kind of got stuck there). At the moment I think Iβll get the Mercury but Iβm not sure about the size. Here some data: 64kg, 180cm and I just ordered the Ride Deadbolt 9.5 (27.5).
Would you recommend the 155 or should I take the 157 the same size as my old board was/is? And maybe just to be sure in case Iβm changing my opinion: Warpig 148 or 151?
Thanks for your time!
Nate says
Hi Serveri
Thanks for your message.
For the Mercury, I would go 155, even though you’re used to a 157. The 155 Mercury has more effective edge than even the 157 Team (2007 model), so it’s not going to feel much smaller. Whilst overall length does matter, effective edge is also important to consider. Also, the Mercury is a little wider too. Based purely on your specs, I would actually be debating between the 153 and 155 rather than between the 155 and 157. Between the 153 and 157, I would be leaning 155, because you’re used to 157. But otherwise, the 153 would certainly be an option.
If you were to go Warpig, it’s a tough call. The 151 is probably the rough equivalent of a 157 non-volume shifted board. The 148 more like a 154. I would be leaning 148, particularly based purely on specs, but if you wanted to keep a bit more effective edge, then the 151 is doable and overall likely a closer equivalent surface area to your 157 Team.
Hope this helps
John says
Hi Nate,
I appreciate the info!
I am getting a new setup for my son who is turning 9 in November and I have been struggling to figure out the right length for him.
Here are his stats:
Been skiing/boarding since he was 2
Has skied and boarded Mtn Xplorers and Funantics programs for the last 4 years
I would consider him an intermediate/advanced rider
Rides through the glades with ease and throws 180’s in the trees
Can navigate the terrain park well for his age
Can ski/board all runs at every mountain we have been to
Basically, he is a solid rider and I want to make sure I get him the right board and length for his skill level, riding style with some room to grow.
He is 54″ tall barefooted and prob around 70lbs.
He is currently riding a hand me down 128cm that was our last test to see if he really wanted to focus more on his snowboarding. It was a little long when we got it, but he didn’t know the difference.
I was looking at the 2022 Jones Flagship Big Kids 127cm
and the 2022 Lib Tech Dynasword C3 130cm
So do I get the 127 or the 130 or even a different length? Also, board/binding recommendations are welcomed!
Thanks
Nate says
Hi John
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, I think 127 is probably the more appropriate size right now. But given I’m guessing he’s growing pretty fast at his age and if you’re investing in a decent board for him like this, I think it makes sense to look at 130 for the Dynasword and 132 for the Flagship Big Kids. If budget isn’t a concern at all, then you could go 127 Flagship big kids right now and upgrade, but I’d say he grows out of that size in 1 season, IMO.
Just to confirm those board sizings – and also for boot/binding recommendations, can you let me know your son’s current boot size.
And full transparency, I don’t really look much at kid’s gear and don’t test it or anything (of course!), so in terms of suitability of boards, I couldn’t say for sure. But my opinion is that it sounds like he’s certainly at the ability where he could ride those 2 boards no problem and would be good for his style mostly. They won’t be great for the park is the only thing. Doable in the park, but they’re designed more for freeride than freestyle.
Hope this helps
George says
Hello Nate, it’s my first time buying a snowboard(used always rentals).I have come across a really interesting board,United shapes Horizon(2020).I fell in love with it as it is in my price range, my style(all-mountain),shape of the board and etc. Here is the link as well unitedshapes.us/shop/horizon-series-1. Thing is I am 183 cm,80kg which doesn’t really fit any sizes they offer(147,151,155,159MW).What do you suggest? Should I look into other boards, are there any of that shape?
Nate says
Hi George
Thanks for your message.
Can you let me know your boot size – just to make sure that the 159MW wouldn’t be a good fit. 155 is probably too small, depending on how you like to ride.
Can you let me know a few more details, and then I can look into something similar.
– Boot size
– Style of riding (how you like to ride – trees? park? bombing? carving? etc)
– Ability level
– What is your price range?
– Are you looking for something that’s directional but centered on effective specifically, like the United Shapes Horizon? And also is it important to have the pointy nose and swallow tail?
Michael says
Hi Nate,
I wear Size 9US. I am 170cm tall / 79kg.
Juggling between 154 and 156 for Capita DOA due to my height and my level (just linking turns atm, so I would say early Intermediate level?) given I always have the impression that shorter board are easier to turn (plus that I am short for my weight).
But I understand for all mountain, 156 would give me that stability. (I am not at a level where I can do park.)
Now that I read more into the specs, 154 accommodate up to 81kg only, so I would be right at the edge at 79kg excluding boots. Where 156 accommodate up to 86kg… 156 it is I guess? Or 154 because of my level.
Bindings:
Looking to pair the DOA with STR. But also looking at Contact Pro (however as a park-oriented binding would be too soft?)
I was also told don’t waste my time with STR, go straight to Force.
Cheers,
Michael
Nate says
Hi Michael
Thanks for your message.
I think 156 would be the better size IF you were more advanced, but for right now the 154 would be your best bet, IMO.
For bindings, the STR are a decent binding for their price, but yes the Force would be a better match with the DOA and are nicer bindings. The STR on the other hand would be better for your ability level. Though there’s not much in it between the Force and STR in terms of ability level. The Contact Pro would be good for your ability level, but aren’t a good match to the DOA, IMO.
For the record, I wouldn’t consider the DOA as a board I would recommend for that high-end beginner/low intermediate rider, but if you’re set on that board, then I’d go 154 and match it with either the STR or Force. The Force a better overall binding and a better match for the board flex-wise, but the STR would do the job OK, if you wanted to save a bit of cost.
Hope this helps
Michael says
Thanks Nate for thorough suggestion and advise!
Cheers~
Nate says
You’re very welcome Michael. Hope you have a great season!
Robert says
Hi Nate,
I’m buying my first snowboard and I’ve decided to go with the Capita Mercury. I’ve been riding for a few seasons now and I’m approaching the advanced skill level. I am 180cm tall with a US8.5 boots and am at about 87kgs in weight.
I don’t plan to ride park that much if at all and went for this board as per your top 10 list for all-mountain boards. I’ve got Union Force bindings and Burton Imperials for my bindings and boots repsectively. All thanks to your recommendations and your site, it has really helped with informing my decision of what to get for my snow gear.
I’m not quite sure if I should get the 159cm board or the 161cm board. As the Capita website recommends on the 159cm board of weights up at 90kg. As I’m closer to the 90kg weight range than I’d like to be. Is this going to be a concern later down the track? Should I go and get myself a 161cm Mercury instead of the 159?
I noticed however you did say that a few cms above and below wouldn’t be too much of a worry. Although the Mercury is costing me a fair amount of money, I would like to be sure on which one to buy. I’d like your expert opinion on the matter.
Thank you again for all your reviews and content on your website.
Kind regards,
Rob
Nate says
Hi Robert
Thanks for your message.
I would go as big as the 161 for the Mercury for you and the main reason is boot size. The Mercury is on the wide side for your boots and sizing down a little bit is a good idea if the board is a little wider. I would be debating between the 157 and 159 for you, for that reason. I think the 159 works though, so if you were uncomfortable going down to the 157, and considering you’re not really riding park, then I think the 159 is a good bet, but I’d definitely be going 159 over 161 for this particular board.
Hope this helps
Rosie says
Hey Nate. Iβm new to snowboarding. I decided purchase a 2nd hand board (barely used) older model though itβs the Rome Jett 2008/2009. I thought better that hiring and wasting time with fittings etc
Itβs 144cmL/ 23.5cmW & my boot size is 6.5US (Thirty Twos 86 fastracks with Roxy bindings
My height is 5ft and my weight is 51kg
Is my board too long for me for a new starter? I read I should ride up to 140cm but that longer can give more stability for beginners so was Ok to go slightly longer. I purchased it after being told it was 142cm so thought Iβd be ok. But then after I bought it and measured it the board is actually 144cm π
Iβm worried itβs too big for me…. sigh I leave for the snow in few weeks time flying from Australia to nz
Your advice be appreciated! Cheers from Perth, Western Australia
Nate says
Hi Rosie
From what I can tell the smallest size for the Jett 2008/09 model was 144, so your measuring sounds correct.
IMO, it’s too long. For your specs, I wouldn’t go longer than 140/141 for an all-mountain board, even as an advanced rider. Maybe a touch longer if you were getting something as a freeride board.
But as a beginner, it’s typical to actually go a little shorter, so I’d actually be looking in that 136-138 range for you. Pushing it go up to 140, but 144, IMO, is too long. It’s true that longer boards are more stable, but that’s typically about stability at high speeds and as a beginner you don’t tend to be riding that fast. A shorter length is easier to control and easier to turn. Go too long and the board becomes much more difficult to turn, particularly at slower speeds – and you don’t want to be learning going too fast at the beginning.
So yeah, IMO, 144 isn’t ideal for your specs full stop and especially as a beginner.
Hope this helps
Rosie says
Thatβs awesome advice thanks for that. Iβll go back on the hunt again then. If you have any boards you would suggest I look at feel free to drop a few names
Rosie says
Thanks for that. If you have any boards you can suggest that be great.
I had a hunt around and came across a Burton Troop 141 would that be OK for a beginner? Or is that too advanced for a learner?
Also what flex rating should I be aiming for?
Nate says
Hi Rosie
Looking at the specs of the Troop (not super familiar with it as it’s from before I started doing this), it’s not ideal for a beginner, IMO. The main reason is that it’s got an all camber profile. Full camber can feel “catchy” and is less forgiving of skidded turns – so that can be tricky for a beginner to ride. Most boards around the Troop’s time were all camber – so certainly you had to learn on that kind of profile then, but there are better profiles for learning on nowadays.
It looks good in terms of flex – in general I would be looking at something around that 3/10 to 4/10 flex for a beginner. For more check out:
>>How To Choose The Best Snowboard For A Beginner
Some great beginner options:
>>My Top 10 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
Or if you wanted to step it up a little bit, but without going too advanced:
>>Top 10 Women’s Intermediate Snowboards
If you’re looking at used boards, a lot of these have had models for several years, so there might be some used models floating around. But also check out some of the past top 10s, which will have some older models which have been discontinued. If you scroll down to the bottom of the following page:
>>Snowboard Top 10s
And click on the “2019-20 Top 10s” button, you will be able to look at the 2019-20 lists and from that page you can go back even further and so on.
Rosie says
Cheers! I think Iβm going to go with the Nitro Lectra after reading up on your suggestions. I was hoping for twin shape but if this boards been rated number one Iβm assuming directional still fine for a first timer…?
Unfortunately none left in older models in my size 138cm so Iβll go with the 2022 model. I liked the look of the burton stylus but I was hoping to use my exisiting bindings from my Rome board and see the Burton is a channel system. I assume my Roxy bindings will fit the nitro (the Rome Jett is the 4×4 binding system I think…..)
Thanks again for your help Iβll let you know how it goes after my first time taking it out next month!
Nate says
Hi Rosie
Yeah, the Lectra has the standard 2 x 4 insert pattern, which pretty much any binding can mount too (apart from Burton EST). Even if your Roxy bindings are old there shouldn’t be any issues and if they fit on a 4 x 4 insert pattern, then they should fit on 2 x 4 just fine.
Directional is fine for beginners, IMO. The only thing would be if you were really keen to ride switch well from the outset, then it might be a good idea to go for a true twin. The Lectra isn’t super directional or anything but it does have a slightly longer nose than tail (but that’s outside the contact points, so mostly noticeable in powder) and a small setback, plus I think it has a slightly directional flex pattern. But yeah, unless you’re really keen to work on switch from the get go (and you can still ride switch on it, for sure, but not quite as easy as on a true twin), I wouldn’t worry too much about it being directional.
Rosie says
Thanks heaps Nate! Youβre a legend!
OK Iβm just waiting for the lectra 138 to become avail – sold out everywhere.
Or if there is also other board for an absolute beginner that you would recommend?
Recap:
5 ft
51kgs
Size 6.5-7 boot
Snowboarding in nz terrain not sure if you need that info
Nate says
Hi Rosie
Plenty of options, if you didn’t want to wait for the Lectra (assuming you were able to find one of these):
– Arbor Ethos 138
– K2 First Lite 138
– Burton Stylus 138 (on the wider side for your boots though)
– Ride Compact 138 (also a little wider, but not as wide as Stylus)
– Salomon Oh Yeah 138 (also a little wider, but not as wide as Stylus)
– GNU B Nice 139
– Rossignol Myth 139
– K2 Dreamsicle 138 (little bit of a step up from the First Lite, but still beginner friendly)
– Arbor Poparazzi Rocker 138 (little bit of a step up from the Ethos, but still beginner friendly)
– GNU Gloss 136 (bit of a step up from the B Nice, but still beginner friendly enough)
Rosie says
THANK YOU!!! Your help is saving so many of us the hassle, money and time with picking the right board – youβre awesome mate. Appreciate ya hard work π
Nate says
You’re very welcome Rosie. Hope you have an awesome season!
Skylar says
Hey Nate!
Iβm looking at getting a NS Lady West.
I would say Iβm a solid intermediate whoβs only interest is carving and floating down the mountains. I like to dodge through trees quite a lot too and eventually would like to get some back bowls in as I get more confident. But for the foreseeable future Iβm perfectly content with blues and blacks around Colorado.
I learned boarding on a NS 149 Infinity. Itβs the first and only board Iβve ever used. However I weigh about 20lbs more than when I was when I got it….and even back then it terrified me to go fast on it as it started to feel wobbly.
Iβm stuck between the 153 and the 156 for the NS Lady West. Just canβt decide. What do you think?
Height – 5β4.5β (the half is important)
Weight – 161 (hopefully back down to 140s by Xmas, Iβm coming off of knee surgery)
Boots – old school Nike Vapens Sz 8
Thank you!
Nate says
Hi Skylar
Thanks for your message.
Definitely don’t go 156, IMO. Even if you were to stay at 161, that’s too long for your specs, IMO. Even 153 you might find a bit long, particularly if you’re looking to ride a fair bit of trees. But 153 is certainly doable. I would be leaning 151 though. That’s going to be a good size for you now and will still be a good size if you get into the 140s. The 153 might start feeling a little long if your 15 pounds lighter.
In terms of stability at speed, and I definitely understand that concern, there are other factors than just length that contribute to that. A longer board is certainly more stable at speed than a shorter one, all else being equal, but things like flex, camber profile, effective edge, side cut and others affect stability at speed too. The Lady West is naturally more stable at speed – so if you were to get a Lady West in 149 it’s going to be more stable at speed than the Infinity 149. Even if you were to go to the 147 Lady West, you’d have a little more stability at speed versus the 149 Infinity – it would be getting closer then, particularly for the fact that the Infinity has more effective edge, but even in the 147, I would say the Lady West would have more stability at speed than the 149 Infinity. So, I wouldn’t go way longer just for stability at speed – and then negatively affect your maneuverability, particularly for trees. The 151 Lady West should feel significantly more stable at speed than the 149 Infinity.
Hope this helps with your decision
Skylar says
Cheers!
So you think the NS LW 151 is my best bet, especially if Iβm a smidge lighter weight wise?
Out of pure curious type, is there really that much of a differ between 151 and 153?
Thank you again. This is been really helpful.
Nate says
Hi Skylar
Yeah exactly, I’d say 151 even right now – and a smidge lighter definitely 151.
The difference of 2cm isn’t huge, but with all else being equal it is a noticeable, even if relatively subtle difference. Particularly so when comparing the same board in different sizes because the change of 2cm in effective edge is more noticeable than the change over the overall length of the board.
However, for the Lady West going from 151 to 153, some of that extra length is actually outside the contact points – with the difference in effective edge only being 1cm. So the difference is going to be less noticeable than the difference between the 149 and 151. That’s because going from 149 to 151 you’re increase in length is all in the effective edge. So the overall length difference there is 2cm and the effective edge difference is also 2cm. From 151 to 153 the overall difference is 2cm but the effective edge is only 1cm.
I would still go 151 if I was you, but the difference going to 153 will be slightly less than it otherwise might be comparing 2 of the same board 2cm apart.
Hope that makes sense!
Brandon says
Hi Nate,
First of all, thank you for all the great info and content! Super helpful! I am getting back into snowboarding again I am looking into an Arbor Shiloh for an all mountain daily driver. I need a board that I can cruise around with my kids and also something that I can use in most conditions. I see that they have both rocker and camber profiles and both have grip tech. It looks like both are rated to be good in powder? I am used to a camber board and like the edge hold, but don’t want to struggle on powder days. What would you recommend Rocker or Camber? I would say I am a intermediate to advanced rider. Not sure about the sizing. I am 5’7″ and 157lbs.
Thank you!
Nate says
Hi Brandon
Thanks for your message.
I prefer the camber version personally, and I think you will prefer it to, given that you’re used to camber. The Rocker will give you more float in powder, for sure, but I think overall I would go camber for you. The Rocker still has good edge hold for a rocker board, but just doesn’t have the same spring and pop as the camber version. Whilst the rocker version is an easier going more playful ride, the camber version is still nothing too technical or demanding and should be fine when riding with your kids, IMO. It’s not super stiff or anything (I would say 6/10, like the specs say, is pretty accurate).
I wouldn’t say you’d struggle on powder days, but I wouldn’t say it’s more than average on a powder day. I wouldn’t call it good. If you were going to have powder days really regularly and more importantly if those powder days saw you in waist deep powder (or you know quite deep powder), then I think it would be something to consider. But if you’re typical powder day is more like a few inches, then I don’t think you’ll have any issues.
Size-wise, it’s a tight call between the 153 and 156, based on height/weight. But if you could also let me know your boot size, that would help to decide between those 2 sizes.
Brandon says
Thank you so much for your reply! I usually run about a size 9 1/2, or 10 in boots, but I am currently riding a pair of DC Munitys, which seem to run small, so I have a 10 1/2.
Nate says
Hi Brandon
Thanks for the extra info. Yeah, I find DC boots tend to run small, so not surprised there. I think the 156 Shiloh is probably your best bet but it’s a close call. You’d be fine width-wise on the 153, IMO, but there would be more reason to go down to 153 if you had smaller boots. If you had size 8s, for example, then I would say 153 for sure, but with 10s/10.5s both options work still. 153 is certainly not out of range for you though and if you think you’d be more comfortable riding the shorter length, it’s definitely not wrong. Some pros and cons for each size:
– Better float in powder and better stability at speed from the 156
– Easier to maneuver at slower at speeds and easier for freestyle stuff and generally softer flex feel and a little mellower ride for the 153
Mark says
Hi Nate! Iβm shopping a new board and I read a lot of your articles to help me finding the good one. Iβm 5β8ββ and a half, 155lbs, my boot size are 11, Iβm an advanced rider and more a freerider than a park adept. Iβm looking for the burton flight attendant and I was checking the size chart. The good lenght should be the 156 but the waist widht is a little bit short for my boot size (248mm). So I was looking the 159W that is 260mm, but Iβm concerned about the lenght. Is it too long? And the weight chart said that is for 150lbs and more. Am I too close to the limit?
Thanks for your help and for your great work! All the informations tthat you publish on the web is really helpfull!
Mark
Nate says
Hi Mark
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, IMO, the 156 is going to be narrow and the 159W too big, unfortunately.
I would look at the Hometown Hero which has a 156W which I think would be a really good size for you. It’s not the same board as the Flight Attendant, but is similar enough – and still certainly freeride oriented.
Mark says
Thanks Nate for the feedback, I appreciate it! I looked for the hometown hero but couldn’t find it anywhere. So I checked other options like the custom 154W or but I’m not sure if it’s the good board for me (I’m more in freeriding). Do you konw if there is something pretty similar to the flight attendant or the hometown hero on the libtech side? Like the Jamie Lynn (156, waist width 159), the Dynamo (156, waist width 255 or W 265) or other models? If yes, wich one do you suggest?
Thanks for your help!
Nate says
Hi Mark
Yeah, if you’re lookin for something freeride, then Custom not really that suitable, particularly if you’re looking for something that does well in powder.
On the Lib Tech side, the Dynamo isn’t that similar, but it is what I would call freeride, but only just – but pretty close to all-mountain. Doable, but it’s quite different to the Flight Attendant – it’s softer flexing and has quite a different feel to it. Certainly doable if you’re OK with something softer and with rocker between the feet (all be it subtle rocker). If you did I would probably look at the 156W. Lib Tech boards tend to be narrower at the inserts than you expect from the waist width. The 156 is around 263mm at the inserts, which is just a little narrow for 11s, IMO. The 156W will be more like 273mm at the inserts, which is a better width for 11s, IMO.
The Jamie Lynn isn’t a board I’ve ridden, so I couldn’t say from first hand experience, but on paper it looks closer to Flight Attendant. Still going to be quite different, but closer than the Dynamo, IMO. The 156 is likely to be a little wider than the 156 Dynamo, but could still be pushing it at the back insert. But might be doable. It’s hard to say without having actually measured the inserts on that board.
The Ejack Knife and GNU Mullair would also be suitable but don’t have suitable sizes, IMO.
From Burton you could look at the Deep Thinker 157W. It’s a little stiffer than the Flight Attendant, but if that’s not an issue, that’s definitely worth looking at.
Or you could also look at some of Burton’s 3D options – the Show Stopper 154 would be a good option, IMO. It’s a wider board (without being ultra wide) and a fun ride.
Of course there are other brand options too, but if you’re looking at those brands specifically.
Mark says
Thanks Nate for the recommendations! I’ve decided to order the Dynamo 156W finally. I didn’t want a board to stiff to and with some forgiveness for the hardest days. I just have one more questions for you and after, I’ll stop bothering you! Do have any suggestions of bindings that could be a great match with? There’s a deal on the Ride A8 and on the Burton Castel X. Do you think it could be a good fit or should I check for something else?
Nate says
Hi Mark
I think those would both work with the Cartel X being the closer match. I would something around 6/10 to 7/10 in terms of flex for the Dynamo. I haven’t specifically tried the Ride A-8, but I have ridden the C-6 and I found that to 6/10 flex on them is pretty accurate. Assuming that translates into the A-8s, then they’re likely around that 8/10 flex that they state. The biggest thing with going a little too stiff with bindings on a board that’s softer, is that you can potentially get a bit of a twitchy feeling. Not sure that the A8s would be stiff enough for that, but there’s a potential. The A6 would be a closer match, IMO.
Also check out the following for other options:
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
>>Top 5 All-Mountain-Freeride Bindings
I recently tried the 2022 Cartel X and they would be a good option, IMO – I found them to be a 7/10 flex. And will likely make the Top 5 All-Mountain-Freeride list when I update it for 2022.
Hope this helps
Kitz says
Salve,
For the girlfriend, she is 157 cm (5’2) tall and weighs 50 kg (110lbs), already got the Burton Mint in size 6.5 US. Her skill level in between beginner and intermediate, closer to beginner. We are looking at the K2 Dreamsicle 138/Bright Lite 138 with the Union Juliet size S. The plan is that this combo will allow her to progress past beginner, well into intermediate-advanced territory over the next seasons. Do you agree with this combo and sizes ?
Nate says
Hi Kitz
Thanks for your message.
I think that would be a really good setup for your girlfriend as something that will help her to progress quickly, but not grow out of it too soon. And the sizes for both board and bindings are spot on, IMO.
Kitz says
Thank you, for your answer.
I am 180 cm (5’11), 75 kg (165 lbs), and got the Burton Ruler Wide in size 10 US with a K2 Standard 158 (151 WW) and Union Flite Pro M. I am thinking to upgrade to the K2 Raygun, should I go for the 156 (247 WW) or the 157W (260 WW)? I also what to upgrade the binding to the Arbor Hemlock, do you find it to be a good match, what other all mountain bindings should I look into?
Nate says
Hi Kitz
Yes the Hemlock would be a good match to the Raygun, IMO.
Size-wise for the Raygun for your specs, length-wise, around that 156-157 is a good bet, IMO.
Width-wise, I think you probably get away with the 156 with Burton Ruler 10s. And I think going 157W is getting too wide. In terms of the 156, it’s borderline being too narrow, but some things to consider:
1. Binding angles. If you ride with something like +15/-15 or similar – anything with a reasonable amount of angle on the back foot that will give you more leeway (I say back foot just because the front foot is always on more of an angle or the same but never less of an angle). With a straighter back binding angle, that means higher risk of boot drag.
2. How deep you carve. If you really like to get high on your edges and carve deep, then there’s more risk of boot drag.
The Raygun/Hemlock is certainly a step up from the Standard/Flite Pro, but it’s a small step up, IMO. Depending on your ability level currently, you might be able to upgrade a little more. But if you feel like you want to take a small step up and are happy to do that, the Raygun/Hemlock works as a small step. But if you feel like you’re at an intermediate level, you could go a little more than that, if you wanted to.
Corey says
Hello Nate,
Thanks for putting these guidelines together and for all the advice for reference above. I’m a beginner but have picked up snowboarding pretty fast in the last couple times I’ve gone. I’d like to invest in a nice board that will be good for me for a the next couple seasons as I progress. I usually ride at resorts and would like to get into some jumps eventually.
I am 6’0 185-190 lbs and wear a size 11.5. So far I’ve ridden a 155W and 157W rental in 11.5 boots and it felt pretty good but when I look at charts it’s kind of hard to tell what to go with at this point. I’m looking at the Salomon Sleepwalker 2021 and can’t decide between the 155W or the 158W. I also picked up some Union Flight Pro bindings in a seize large but don’t have boots yet. From my specs and this board what would you recommend?
Nate says
Hi Corey
Thanks for your message.
It’s a tight call between those sizes for the Sleepwalker. Being a freestyle oriented board, I would be leaning 155W. That way, once you’ve progressed past it as your do everything/progression board, you could keep it as your freestyle deck and size up to a more all-mountain board. I think as an all-mountain board, the 158W is the better size for you, but being a freestyle oriented board, you can and probably should size-down (effective edge versus overall length of board is higher in a freestyle board – less board outside the contact points) – and as a beginner, even a fast progressing beginner, I think the 155W works better for this board. I would say probably 156-158 if you were looking at an all-mountain board, but for this I would go 155W.
The Flite Pros should match well with the Sleepwalker, IMO and are great beginner bindings, so good choice there, IMO.
Hope this helps
Corey says
Thanks a lot Nate. I decided to go with the 155W. What do you think of the K2 Rosko Boa Boots?
Nate says
Hi Corey
The Rosko Boa make very good beginner boots and would be a good flex match to the rest of your setup. They’re probably something you would want to upgrade from fairly quickly, as they might feel a bit soft after a while, but other than that I think they will work well with your setup for sure.
Jonathan says
Hey Nate, so my height is 5β9 and I weigh 150. I was looking at getting the academy graduate board and was looking at the 150cm and 154cm. And I would say that my style is all mountain but eventually implement freestyle. Although I enjoy carving a lot also. Which size do you think I should go with?
Nate says
Hi Jonathan
Thanks for your message.
I would say go 154, as an all-mountain length for you, assuming at least a solid intermediate level of riding. If you were going to be riding it predominantly freestyle, then 150 would be an option, but for an all-mountain size, I’d go 154.
Hope this helps
Preet says
Hey! I am just beginner i bought used burton board 160 w and my height 6 ft weight 65 kg .i have been Going on the mountain for like month and i am good with the heel edge but I couldnβt do any turnsβs properly. My show size is 10.5 do you think itβs because of the board. Any suggestions you could give like what boots or board should i try as a beginner.
Nate says
Hi Preet
Thanks for your message.
In my opinion, the board is quite a bit too long for you – and probably too wide as well. With 10.5s you’re kind of in between wide and regular width and it would depend on the board and your boots which to go with – and if you do go wide, then sizing down a little in length is a good idea to compensate, when your on the cuff like that.
But firstly, in terms of length, it’s too big for your weight. With your specs, I would be looking at more like 155, even at a more advanced level. As a beginner, you could even go to like 152. Length is more about weight (and ability and your style of riding) than it is about height. Height is a very old school way to look at sizing – and a lot of rental places still do it off height, which is annoying because a lot of people get the wrong idea on sizing. I guess because it’s a fast way to size.
So yeah, unfortunately I think the size is well off, IMO, and going smaller is really going to help. I would look at the following, and go for something no longer than 155.
>>My Top 15 Men’s Snowboards for Beginners
Hope this helps
Mike says
Hi!
I haven’t read though the years of comments, but has anyone brought up width? I”m 180 6-0 size 12.5 boot, bulky nitros. so looking at the DF boards from Never Summer. I ride all-mountain, pow, steeps, trees, zero park. Currently have 162W x 27 Nitro Team Exposure, Twin hybrid rocker. Considering west bound 157 or 160DF. Question is, does width play a factor in stability at speed? Does extra surface area matter when you are on edge railing turns on chunky snow? The benefit to riding a 157 x 28 would be great on steeps and tech terrain and trees, but would suffer on fast groomers, ice and uneven snow. Seems like a 160 would be the call for a one board quiver.. Thanks for any thoughts ?
Nate says
Hi Mike
Thanks for your message.
Yeah width is super important, IMO. You can find the sister discussion to this post here.
In terms of stability at speed, for the most part it’s about length rather than width (and other factors of course, like camber profile, flex etc, but between length and width it’s more down to the length). For the reason that you allude to – when you’re on edge, the width of the board does nothing essentially for stability at speed. When you’re flat basing yes, and when you’re in powder, for sure. But when you’re really bombing on hard pack, it’s a non-factor really – and as you know if you want control when bombing, you want to be on an edge, not flat basing.
For your specs, the size you’re used to riding and how you like to ride I would be leaning 160DF. The 157DF would certainly give you more maneuverability for the likes of trees but overall, I think 160DF. You could also consider the 161X, if you felt that your boots would do OK on that. If you have bulky 12.5s and really like to rail your carves, it might be pushing it width-wise. In a low profile 12, you’d be all good, IMO, on the 161X, I would say.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
BRIAN J ANDERSON says
Great article. I’m 5’10 190-195lb size 10.5-11 boot depending on brand. Just in the beginning stages of intermediate level. Will stick to the mountain more than park and would like to work through trees at some point. I really like the Never Summer Proto Synthesis. What length would you recommend? Thank you!
Nate says
Hi Brian
Not sure if you saw my other response on the Proto Synthesis review, but I have copy pasted that response below, in case you haven’t seen it yet.
Dan says
I think your charts are probably spot on… I am 5’8 and I started with a thinner flexible light weight board around 154 or so… I could maneuver it awesome, but it was slow and I had a really hard time keeping up with friends.. I bought a stiffer Burton Balance 165, and boy is it fast… it will also drift through flat areas quickly where the old one would stall out and stick… but, it takes a lot of effort to throw it back and forth, and it is also much heavier and thicker than my first board. I wish I had the same board in a 158 now… you live and you learn, lol…
Shelley says
Hi Nate,
Thanks for sharing your knowledge with this fantastic info and so many thoughtful personalized suggestions too!
Iβm shopping for my first board; Iβm a beginner and riding small groomers in the Midwest. Just beginning to link turns, slowly slowly. Looking at the 2021 DC Biddy and, after reading all youβve shared, Iβm wondering if the 140 or 144 would be a better fit? What do you think? Iβm 5β4β-5β.5β, weigh about 120 max, womenβs boot size 8. Iβve rented several times at 144-145 (because thatβs what they gave me per my specs) and once at 140 but I was too new to really tell much difference specific to the board size given the different location and snow conditions that day.
Also- Is the DC Biddy a good choice for me to start with? It appears to be fairly soft with a rocker base (from what Iβve found so far, itβs specs say medium flex but reviews say itβs softer). And does a more flexible board mean I should seek more flexible boots & bindings too? Iβm not seeking speed or anything aggressive; right now I just want to learn safely and develop confidence and ease on piste. Does that sound boring, ha!? Iβm a solo mom and my seven year old is also just beginning to snowboard (weβve recently moved to a place where there are several small ski resorts around) so right now safety and a solid foundation are my priorities, and heβll often be with me as we play and learn. Iβm seeking the best setup to learn quickly with ease and gain confidence, both for my own enjoyment and also because I imagine it wonβt be too long before Iβm chasing him to keep up π
Thanks so much for your suggestions!
Shelley
Nate says
Hi Shelley
Thanks for your message. They definitely learn fast at that age, so I see where your coming from for sure!
I don’t test many DC boards, so I don’t know for sure, but if the consensus is that it’s a little softer than medium, assuming that’s the case, then it looks, on paper like a good beginner option.
Size-wise, it’s a tough call between those sizes. I think the 140 would be the quickest in terms of progression to learn on, if you’re a complete beginner. But if you’re more of a high-end beginner, then I might lean more towards the 144.
And yeah, best to go with similar flexing boots and bindings. I would probably try to look for something 4/10 flex, rather than 3/10 or less, based on the board, but I think 4/10 flex would work, assuming the board is around that. Some options:
>>Top Women’s Beginner Bindings
>>My Top Women’s Beginner Boots
I can give you other options for boards too, if you didn’t end up going with the Biddy, but it looks like a good option to me, assuming it’s a little softer than its 5/10 rating.
Hope this helps
Alan H. says
Hey Nate Iβm looking to buy a new snowboard Iβm 5β3,135, & size 7.5 boots. Iβm a beginner as well Ive been going to big bear and mountain high mostly
Nate says
Hi Alan
Thanks for your message.
I would say something around 145-147 would be a good range to look at for your specs, as a beginner. Width-wise, around 235-243mm at the waist ideally. But would depend on specific boards. Some options for beginner boards to look at:
>>My Top 15 Men’s Snowboards for Beginners
Hope this helps
Silva says
Hi Nate!
I hope my question does not come too late before holidays!
I am torn between Distortia’s sizes 143 and 146.
I ride mostly park (more jibbing than jumps), but like to hit pow sometimes, if I have an opportunity. I am 173cm and 48kg (I usually weight several kgs more than I do now, lost a bit of muscle). Hence, I cannot make my mind whatsoever. Back in the day I used to ride a Ladies Choice 148.5, when I weighted around 55, but I am thinking a shorter one might make my progress smoother?
Thank You very much and have a great holidays!
Nate says
Hi Silva
Thanks for your message.
At your current weight 100% 143, IMO. Even if you were more around 55kg, I’d still be leaning 143, given that you mostly ride park. The only thing that makes me think twice about saying 143 is that you used to ride a 148.5. But, I’d still be leaning 143, given your specs and how you spend your time riding. Of course 146 would give you better float in pow, so that’s the only other thing to consider, but it doesn’t sound like you’re in pow that often?
Hope this helps and happy holiday’s to you too!
Josiah Fisher says
Hey Nate, Iβm currently looking at getting a new board, I would say Iβm a beginner to intermediate rider. Iβm 5β11β and 170 lbs and wear a size 10.5 boot, would you say a 156 to 158 would be good for me? my style of riding is mostly carving and all around cruising and Iβm looking at getting into jumps as well. One board I have been looking at is an Arbor westmark camber in the 157 midwide. Thanks
Nate says
Hi Josiah
Yeah size-wise, I would say 156-158 is a good range to look at.
The Westmark Camber might be doable but I’d say it’s borderline in terms of high-end beginner bordering on intermediate level. Size-wise, 157MW is maybe the best size for that board, however the 156 is also a possibility. The 157 is what they call a mid-wide, but it’s as wide as most other brands wide boards in around that 157 length. And the Westmark is quite wide at the inserts versus the waist. I think the 156 is doable width-wise (264mm at the inserts) depending on the boot you ride (some are more low profile than others) and your binding angles. The 157MW is bordering on being too wide.
Hope this helps
Dan says
Hey Nate,
Iβm looking for new general purpose board. I ride groomers, powder and trees. Currently I have two boards, an old Burton Process Rocker 157 with Missions and a Niche Story 159 with Cartels. The Burton doesnβt always have the best edge control (not bad), but itβs super easy to control and works in wide range on conditions including trees. The Niche is good board providing youβre at speed, and works in well on hard/icy conditions. I wouldnβt take it in trees, and you have to muscle the turns at slower speeds. Itβs stiff the entire length.
I am 5-10, 163-167 lbs, 10-10.5 boot and ride mostly in Utah. I consider myself intermediate. Iβm considering a Burton Daily Driver that comes in a 155 and 159. Iβm also considering going stepon but not sold. If I went stepon Iβd consider either a Photon or Swath with their RE:Flex.
What do you think? Thoughts about the board? 155 or 159?
Nate says
Hi Dan
Thanks for your message.
I haven’t ridden the Daily Driver yet, but I literally have one sitting next to me ready to take out. But won’t be getting it out until Tuesday.
On paper, given what you’re describing, I think the Daily Driver would work. For your specs, particularly given you like to ride trees a lot, I would be leaning 155.
My prediction is that it will be better than something like Process Rocker in terms of edge-hold in hard/icy conditions, but not to the same level as something like the Story.
Hope this helps
Dan says
Thanks! Iβll look forward to your review of the Daily Drive
Dan says
Hey Nate, Did you have a chance to take the Daily Driver for some turns? If so, any initial thoughts?
Thanks!
Dan
Nate says
Hi Dan
Yes, I have taken the Daily Driver out! And I liked it. I rode the 155.
I would say it’s around a 7/10 in terms of flex (bordering on 7.5). Not easy to butter/press and not super forgiving of skidded turns. You can get away with it to an extent but can punish you a little. It’s not super nimble at slow speeds, but it’s not bad either, particularly for its flex. Really nice on a carve and nice and stable at speed. It’s a more smooth feeling ride than a snappy one. Stomps landings on jumps and has a good bit of pop. Not super hard to access that pop, but you’ve got to put a little bit in, as is typical of stiffer boards. Fun in powder and smashes through crud well. Not amazing in trees, but not bad either. It’s got what I would call a semi-locked in feel and the edge-hold in hard/icy conditions certainly better than something like the Process Rocker, but nothing like the likes of the Niche Story.
I’d say the 155 Daily Driver would be in between the Process Rocker 157 and Story 159 in terms of stiffness and feel, but closer to the Story for sure. I didn’t feel like I had to muscle turns at slow speeds on the Daily Driver, but overall it did prefer to be ridden fast versus slow. The Story in 159 for your specs is, IMO, quite a beast. In the 156 I think it would be more manageable at slower speeds for you. If you did go Daily Driver I would go with the 155. And that would give you a bit of balance between your current boards. Not going to be as easy to maneuver in trees as the Process Rocker, IMO, but should be easier than the 159 Story.
If you ended up going Step On, I would go for Photon. It would be a good flex match for the Daily Driver, IMO. The Swath a little soft for it, I would say.
Dan says
Nate – That is an incredibly helpful review, youβve got me dialed-in and potentially saved me both some money and time. I will not pull the trigger on the Daily Driver without demoβing first.
Thanks again!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Dan.
nick says
hi nate, im 5’10, 135 pounds and wear a size 9 boot. I wanted to get the 2020 version of the CAPiTA Horrorscope and the only sizes that seem to be left for that model is a 149 and a 153. I was leaning more towards the 149 which has a weight range of 90-150 vs the 153 of 110-170. Do you think the 149 will be good for all around riding and not too squirly?
Nate says
Hi Nick
Thanks for your message.
I would say 149 would be a really good length for your specs for this board, if you were doing mostly freestyle. For all-round riding I would be looking more at 151 or 153. 151 probably ideal, but 153 certainly doable. Since you’re looking for all-round riding, I would be leaning to 153 over 149, but if there is a strong freestyle focus in your riding, then 149 would be a good size.
Hope this helps
nick says
thanks for the response! after looking around, I was drawn to the Bataleon line up, in particular, the wallie and disaster. In my last comment, I didn’t mention that although I want a board that will be good for all mountain, and be able to ride some pow, I would say I will be riding park probably 60-70%. Would you still recommend 151 for the go to size compared to a 148?
Much appreciated man, thanks.
Nate says
Hi Nick
With 60-70% park, that’s a tough call. The 151 would certainly suit you better in pow and for stability at speed, but 148 would give you that lighter, easier to spin, easy to throw around, pop etc, easier to butter and jib with. I would say your all-mountain size is 152 give or take, and your purely park size 3-6cm smaller than that. So, it’s a really tough call. Since these boards aren’t that well suited to powder or speed (IMO, on paper, as I don’t test Bataleon gear currently), going to 151 would give you a little bit more in those areas, where these boards would be weakest at the slight sacrifice of how they go in the park. Also, if in the park, you’re hitting big jumps quite a bit, then 151 would give you a bit more stability for those. Just not quite as suited for more playful/creative jibbing/buttering stuff.
nick says
Ok sounds good, gives me something to think about. Thanks for your input and the info!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Nick. Happy riding!
Vanessa says
Hi!
I’m looking at the K2 first lite as my first board. I’m a bit confused at what size would be the best for me. When I went to the store, the sales person only made me stand with the board and told me that the one that comes around my chin would be the right size. Reading this site and many others, that doesn’t seem totally accurate… I’m an absolute beginner, 5’3, 110 lbs, size 7 (women) boots. Just looking to get down the mountain, not doing any fancy tricks π I’m hesitating between the 138 cm and 142 cm.
Any help would be appreciated!
Nate says
Hi Vanessa
Thanks for your message.
That’s the old way to do it and the lazy way. Makes it very easy for sales people (or at rental stores) to quickly decide on sizing. And also I think there’s some stigma around asking for someone’s weight, that still makes people do it the old way. But height is the least important factor for sizing, IMO. Weight, boot size, ability and riding style way more important.
For you, as a beginner, I would be leaning towards the 138. If you were a more advanced rider, I would say closer to 142 is better, but as a beginner it’s a good idea to take off 3-5cms, IMO. So, whilst the 142 wouldn’t be completely wrong for you, I would go 138.
Hope this helps
Vanessa says
It does, thank you! That’s what I was leaning toward, after doing a bit of research, but the salesman told me it was too short for me and that made me insecure about my choice and hold off the purchase.
Thanks again!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Vanessa. Happy riding!
Jess says
Shoot, I think I made a mistake in buying my new board this year π I had a GNU board 10+ years ago, my first board ever, I think it was men’s, it was rather stiff (I’m a woman) and it was a 147. Never felt right. Snowboard lengths back then were determined a bit different.
I ended up buying a new board real fast this year and couldn’t easily find a size chart and the first site I went to still gave me about a 147 but having done several other size charts, I think I should have gotten a 144.
I got a K2 Spellcaster women’s 147, camber twin medium flex 5/10. I ride on ski hills, hit the park (jumps/mounds only so far) sometimes, I’m an intermediate, do little pops here and there, ride at about a 20-30km/h speed max, finally understood carving with my new board. I think I should have gone with a 144. I’m between 5’3-5’4″, around 117lbs (no gear on). I finally found the K2 catalog and in there, the size chart is buried (not on their product page though).
I think I should have gotten a 144 :\ Please tell me I didn’t f-up!
Nate says
Hi Jess
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, IMO, 144 would have been the better size for you, based on specs – and on how you ride, ability and everything.
But the one saving grace is that you’re used to that kind of length – and you’re used to it in a stiffer board by the sounds of it. So, even at the same size, but in a softer easier going board, it’s going to be better suited – and if you were riding a men’s board, then chances are that it was also too wide for you – so your 147 is probably overall smaller. So yeah, I think 144 would have been more ideal, but if you’re feeling comfortable on the 147, then I think you get away with it. If it was easy to exchange, then I’d look at getting the 144, but if not and you feel comfortable, it’s still sounds like a more suitable ride than you had previously.
Hope this helps
Jess says
shoot, good to know for next time I suppose, the 144 was available too when I was purchasing but with COVID restrictions and stores being closed and all, I just got the 147 and didn’t think much of it. And it isn’t possible to return it or exchange it :\
I’m also a size 8 boot (Nitro Crown TLS) if that makes any difference
Is there any advantage to this longer board? Would I have truly felt much difference between the 144 and 147? Will it make it that much harder if and when I eventually progress to some more park tricks and or spins?
There is also a lot of other specs I wasn’t aware of in choosing boards (effective length, the radius) – the 144 is still “better” given my riding style?
So strange because I’m pretty sure back in the day when I purchased my first board yearssssss ago, choosing board lengths was very different. I recall 147 being actually on the short side and I still had that in the back of my mind.
Thank you again! This site has been very helpful and detailed and I appreciate how you’ve gone through so many of these comments to help us all (Just wish I found this sooner >.<)
Nate says
Hi Jess
With 8s you are good on either the 144 or 147.
I definitely notice a difference from 3cm. It’s not massive, but it’s definitely noticeable, IMO. The longer version will make it harder for butters, presses and spins. It’s on a relatively subtle level, but still definitely noticeable.
Back in the day board length was based mainly on height, which is kind of strange, when you think about it. The board feels your weight on it, but it doesn’t feel your height. Sizing also depends largely on riding style. E.g. if you wanting to bomb most of the time and/or ride in deep powder, then going longer makes sense as it helps with stability at speed and float in powder – but typically at the detriment of maneuverability at slower speeds, butterability, etc.
If you were mostly riding fast and in deep powder, and more big mountain, then 147 would be in range for sure and you’d then likely go for a freeride board too.
But it’s also important to re-iterate that what you’re used to riding also plays a part. If you were coming in cold, I would say definitely go 144 or smaller, but given what you’re used to, that should also influence your decision – and since you’re used to riding longer, I think you’ll be fine on the 147. If you really struggle in the park, then later on you could try to pick up something cheap that’s shorter. In that case, I would probably go even shorter – like closer to 140, and use it as your dedicated park/freestyle board.
Jess says
the crappy thing is I just checked and I had actually written the snowboard shop on FB messenger with my weight and height and asked if the K2 spellcaster 147 was good for me, and they must have glossed over the 147 and just said yes it’s a great board and it’ll suit me
Tom says
Hey there,
All the information here is great. I’ve been riding the same board since I’ve been in high school and it is time for an upgrade, but I’m a little lost when it comes to sizing. I am an intermediate to advanced rider who spends most of his time in the park or on groomed trails. Now I haven’t grown much taller since high school, but have grown a bit the other way. At 5’5″ and 160lb I am looking at a board between 148-152. I am worried that the lower end I may be a bit heavy for, but the higher end I may be a bit short for. I also ride most often in the northeast in less than ideal (icy) conditions. Any direction would be super helpful!
Nate says
Hi Tom
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, I would be looking at at least 150 and up to 154, depending on how much time you spend in the park versus groomers and also how you like to ride the groomers. If you tend to like to bomb the groomers and lay down deep carves and in general ride quite aggressive, and don’t spend that much of your time in the park, then I would be erring on the longer end of that range. If you’re a little more casual or prefer to find natural features on the groomers (side-hits etc) and not straight line bomb it that often, and/or if you spend quite a bit of your time in the park, then I would err on the shorter end. You could even go as short as 148, then if you’re predominantly in the park and pretty casual/freestyle on the groomers.
How you spend your time will also depend on the board you get too. If you’re more of the freestyle/playful type riding, even when on groomers, then I would be looking:
>>My Top 10 Menβs Freestyle Snowboards
If you like to ride a little faster/carvier on the groomers, then:
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
Hope this helps
Tom says
Thanks, Nate. That helps a lot.
Nate says
You’re very welcome Tom. Happy riding!
Andres vega says
Hey Nate, Iβm looking at the ride agenda but canβt decide on the length of either 152 or 155. Iβm a beginner rider, 5β5 160lbs. And size 9 boot, looking to figure out which would be best for me.
Nate says
Hi Andres
Thanks for your message.
As a beginner I would go 152 for your specs. And if you keep the board in the long run, that will be a great size for you as a park/freestyle board. And if you don’t get into park/freestyle, it’s something you can sell if you decide to upgrade later.
Hope this helps
Alicia says
Hi Nate!
You are amazing for answering all these comments. I wanted to buy a board myself and needed some help. I am 5’7 around 150 lbs female. Was wondering what length to get and if you had recommendations of boards for around a beginner level 4. I usually go to Big Bear or Mammoth in California.
Nate says
Hi Alicia
Thanks for your message.
At a beginner level 4, I would say probably around 149-152, depending on the style of board you went for. If you don’t have any specific style of riding that you’re leaning towards or want to keep things versatile, then I would go either all-mountain or all-mountain-freestyle. If you think you want to get more into freestyle/park riding, then a freestyle board would be a good option too. The following is a list I created for that high-end beginner to low intermediate:
>>Top 10 Women’s Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this helps
Jack says
Hi Nate,
Thanks so much for the instruction and guidance!
I am 5’10” and 155 lbs with size 7 men’s boots. I am looking for a powder (and probably sometimes all mountain) board and I found Arbor Clovis Women’s 152cm (24.2 waist width, 90-174lbs suggested weight) seems to be an ok fit. This is the longest size they have. My only concern is that the length of the board seems to a bit short. I usually ride on a 155cm Arbor Swoon Camber. Hope to know your thoughts! I would also appreciate if you have any other recommended powder boards for my boot size.
Really appreciate your help.
Best,
Jack
Nate says
Hi Jack
Thanks for your message.
I think the width on the Clovis would be great for your boot size, but the length is getting a bit small, particularly if you’re looking for powder float. I would try getting closer to that 154-157 range.
I think the NS Lady West 156 and the Jones Women’s Flagship 155 would both be great options. Or you could also look at the Burton Family Tree Sensei 156. The Sensei is designed to be narrower.
Hope this helps
Jack says
Thank you for your reply Nate! I did consider Jones Women’s Flagship. But after looking at your review, the 8/10 flex scares me a bit as I am an intermediate rider still. What do you think?
Thanks again and have a great weekend.
Nate says
Hi Jack
I think in reality you’re probably going to feel it at around a 7/10 flex. Similar with the Lady West.
Sean says
Hello Nate,
Thank you for all the great information & tips. This page has been very resourceful. I began to snowboard in my much younger years and had over 15+ years off. I would consider myself somewhere in between an intermediate snowboarder. I just recently took my 15 y/o son up to the mountain for a weekend for his first time. He did great and loved it!. I am now interested in getting us some gear. I am 5’11”-190lbs-Size 11 and my son is 6’3″-190lbs-Size 11. We are both all mountain freestyle riders. What size boards would you recommend? Also do you have any recommendations for first time boards, boots & bindings? I’ve taken an eye to the Step On bindings. Thanks again for all the great help!
Nate says
Hi Sean
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, for you, I’d look in that 156-159 range and for your son, similar. Maybe 157-159. He’s a little taller, and I do like to take height into account, but it’s the least important factor, and given that he’s less experienced (easier to go with a shorter board), I think it evens out to a similar length.
In terms of the board, I think the following would be a good bet to look at:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Given that you describe your style as all-mountain-freestyle, the Capita Outerspace Living, the YES Typo, NS Snowtrooper or Burton Process Flying V (the last 3 listed as all-mountain but you could also argue them to be classified as all-mountain-freestyle). If you encounter icy conditions quite often, the Typo and Snowtrooper would be my picks there.
If you wanted to go a little more advanced, you could also check out:
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
But those would be a steeper learning curve.
Hope this helps with your decision
Johnny says
Hi Nate,
Was hoping you can give me some expert advice on my first board purchase. I would consider myself and advanced beginner, 6’1″, 170 pounds, having a size 12 boot, with the goal of riding mostly groomed hard snow, occasional night time icy, in the Eastern US-not much powder. Not into too much freestyling, just keeping up with my kids on the trails. I found a couple of boards but was debating on the right size. I usually ride -15, 15 duck stance, and sometimes switch riding. I would rather have a one board quiver, a board that will help me progress and keep. What do you think about:
Nitro Prime 158cm (256 waist width) flat camber w/rocker tails (new) directional twin, extruded base
Nitro Prime 156W (268waist width)
Nitro Prime 159W (270mm waist width)
Fifth Element Grid 158W (261 ww), directional twin, flat camber w/rocker tails, extruded base
Fifth Element Raven Supreme 155W, 158W, (width unknown) true twin, flat camber w/ rocker tails, extruded base
others I’m considering:
Public General 157 cm (251 waist width) flat camber w/ rocker tails (new) directional twin, sintered base
Yes Libre 156W (256 waist width), hybrid camber (used) directional twin extruded base
Rossignol OneMag (older model) 156cm (253 waist width) sintered base (used), intermediate/advanced
I am leaning more on the Nitro and Fifth Element boards due to lower price and my lower experience level. The others are more expensive but have positive reviews and popularity. The Rosignol OneMag says advanced to expert, but had positive reviews for harder snow riding
I just want a good board that I can enjoy and progress on without having to buy another any time soon.
Your recommendation is highly appreciated.
Nate says
Hi Johnny
Thanks for your message.
I don’t test Fifth Element or Public boards and really don’t know anything about them, so I can’t really comment there.
The Nitro Prime is a very good option as a beginner board, IMO. It’s one that you might potentially feel like you grow out of quite quickly though, in terms of progression. That would be the only question mark on that one. Otherwise a great option.
The Libre, IMO, is a great option for that high-end beginner to low intermediate rider that wants something to last a long time through their progression.
The One LF (previously called the One Magtek, so I’m guessing it’s quite an old model) isn’t what I would consider Advanced to Expert personally, but also not really high-end beginner either. I would say Intermediate to Expert.
Size-wise, I think something in the ranger 156-158 would be your best bet – and with 12s, I would go wide for sure.
So if you went Nitro Prime, I would go 156W. 158 will likely be too narrow.
The 156 Rossi One will also be too narrow, IMO.
The 156W Libre would be my pick of those options for you (also good in hard/icy conditions).
Hope this helps with your decision
Johnny says
Thank you very much for taking time to help me out.
If I went with the 156W instead of 158 in the Nitro, would it still be stable enough at speed when carving the hills?
Nate says
Hi Johnny
Won’t be quite as stable at speed at least not when carving, but for your specs, I still think it will be enough. Note though that this board isn’t one that will be super stable at speed anyway. It’s just the reality of a softer flexing board. Typically makes the board easier to handle at slower speeds, but not as stable at high speeds. But up to certain speeds, it should be stable enough in the 156W versus 158.
Matt Overholt says
Hi Nate,
I’m a beginner snowboarder, 5’10, usually somewhere between 175-180 lbs. I’m looking at the K2 Standard board and I can’t decide the length I should go with. I’m leaning towards either the 152 or 155, but I was interested in your advice. I imagine that my future holds mainly just riding with hopefully learning a few basic tricks and jumps as I progress. Any advice would be appreciated.
Thanks,
Matt
Nate says
Hi Matt
Thanks for your message.
I think the 155 would be just right. The 152 a bit too short, even as a beginner. I would go 155. But just to make sure it’s an appropriate width, can you also let me know your boot size.
Matt Overholt says
Should have included that: boot size is size 9. Thanks for the quick response!
Nate says
Thanks Matt. 155 would be a great width for 9s, so definitely 155, IMO.
Maria says
Hey Nate,
This was super informational! Iβm a very beginner snowboarding but really looking to pick it up more frequently and improved. Iβm 5β6ββ around 140-145lbs and Iβm not really sure on my riding style yet. Iβm looking to get the Nitro board (if I can find it online) but unsure of what the best length for me would be. Also looking to pair the board with the Union Rosa bindings. Thoughts? Any recs are welcome, or if you think another board or binding would be better, too!
Thanks so much for all your help!
Nate says
Hi Maria
Thanks for your message.
If you’re referring to the Nitro Lectra, then that’s a great beginner choice, IMO as is the Union Rosa for beginner bindings.
In terms of size, I would look at the range 144-147, so for the Lectra, the 146 would be a great option. If you can’t find the Lectra, also check out, for more options:
>>My Top 10 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
The style of each board is labelled, so if you want all-mountain (which is a good way to go if you’re not sure of style yet – or all-mountain-freestyle) you can see which ones I would classify as being that.
Hope this helps
Pablo says
Hi Nate,
first of all big thank you for shedding some light on the marketing BS of snowboarding brands
I hope I can ask you a quick opinion on the following matter. I tested today a (158 Wide) Burtom Custom Camber board that I really really liked. I (38M) am a 5’9″ (175cm) 160lbs (73Kg), so I’d be in the 154-157 range.
The thing is that, due to my boot size, 11-12 US, the board setup would be a wide one. On this setup, there is only the 154W and 158W sizes, the latter being the one I tested. I want to buy the board and now I wonder whether I should get the smaller one?
I am an beginner-intermediate rider, I do mostly groomed slopes with medium-hard/icy snow, I like some carving, none of park, but also would like to get into a bit of buttering tricks and small jumps (a la Ryan Knapton style). For the carving riding style I think the 158W would be better (more stable, more edging -plus is also the one I tried and loved-), but for the buttering part I think the 154W would be more approapiate?
Any help much appreciated! Thanks!
Pablo
Nate says
Hi Pablo
Thanks for your message.
It’s certainly a tough call. For your specs and given that you’re at that beginner/intermediate level, I would be leaning 154W for you. But given that you’ve tested and liked the 158W, that does give reason to look at that. And yeah you’re certainly right that the 158W will be more stable and better for big carves and the 154W better/easier to butter and easier to pop with.
Another thing to consider is the width. If you’re in 12s, then the 154W is potentially still too narrow for 12s, even though it’s a wide board. It’s not that wide. It would be a great width for 11s. But if you end up in 12s, then I think the 158W would be the better call, because the 154W could potentially cause some drag issues with 12s if you’re going to be really leaning into your carves.
Purely on specs and how you describe your riding I would say 154W. But from your experience with the 158W and the width factor, there is certainly some argument to going 158W, too. I think if you end up in 11 boots, then I would still go 154W. But if you end up in 12s, then the 158W is probably the better option.
Hope this helps
Robert says
Hi Nate,
I am 5’7, weigh 165 pounds, and wear 9.5 boots. I am an intermediate/advanced rider. I am an all-mountain rider and enjoy floating on pow, groomers, and trees. I would like to be nimble in the trees as well as be creative along the groomer edges. I do not spend much time in the park. I am very interested in the Hometown Hero, however the sizes within my range are 152 and 156. I have been riding a 154 Custom for years and have no issues with it (I admittedly have not tried other boards). I am also considering the Custom Camber or Flying V 154 if 154 is just the perfect size.
Looking forward to your thoughts!
Robert
Rob says
Sorry, I thought my comment had deleted so commented again! Apologies.
Rob
Nate says
Hi Rob
All good. Been happening a bit lately. I got both messages (just have to moderate first). Thinking I will add a note next to the comment box.
Nate says
Hi Rob
Thanks for your message.
I would go 156 for you for the Hometown Hero. It’s a little wider than the 154 Custom and a little longer overall, but they have a similar effective edge. Having ridden the 154 Custom Camber and the 156 Hometown Hero, I did find the 154 Custom to be more nimble. I would likely ride the Custom more in the 156 if I was to get it, but that was the only size I was able to test. So, if you didn’t want to loose maneuverability, then sticking with 154 Custom might make sense. The 156 Hometown Hero certainly isn’t a slouch in terms of maneuverability at slower speeds for trees etc, but not quire as nimble as the 154 Custom, in my experience.
I don’t think the 152 would be completely wrong for you, but it would be on the shorter side, IMO. You would certainly gain a lot of maneuverability over the 156 – and you would, IMO, gain maneuverability over the 154 Custom – but you would sacrifice in terms of stability at speed and float in powder. And you would be going almost 4cm shorter than the 154 Custom in terms of effective edge.
Custom Flying V more maneuverable than Custom Camber and better in powder. You do give up in terms of edge hold in hard/icy conditions, you give up stability at speed, give up pop and give up carving versus the Custom Camber though.
Hope this helps with your decision
Rob says
Thanks Nate this was very helpful. I went with the 156 Hometown Hero. I think the more focused camber profile fits more with my riding style, and I’ve been riding a Custom for years and am looking forward to something new and maybe a bit more technically focused rather than the “pretty good anywhere” board. Thanks again!
Rob
Nate says
You’re very welcome Rob. If you think of it at the time, let me know how you get on, once you’ve had a chance to get it out on snow. Happy riding!
Roxanne says
Ok this blog is an awesome find. Iβm actually trying to do my best for my daughter. My daughter is currently 54β tall and 63#. She is currently riding a used fairly beat up Rossingol 106cm board. I have no idea of its shape-guessing flat. She is able to consistently turn and stop and likes the park stuff but also likes to just ride. She can do some small jumps and is starting to carve some. Not sure what she will end up preferring but I would lean park because she is also a skateboarder. We go in both MN and CO. I was thinking the Jones Prodigy (mainly because my husband has this brand and likes it but we are open to other brands). My best guess for size would 120 or 125 for next year. Thoughts? Advice? Is 20cm too much of a jump? Would she be able to ride a 125 for 2-3 seasons then jump to 140 or so? Also I want my younger son to eventually get the board though at less than 50# and only 48β tall-heβs probably ok for a bit on his 100cm board. Heβs about the same level she is.
Nate says
Hi Roxanne
Thanks for your message.
Disclaimer, I don’t have a lot of experience with kids gear, but I would say 120. It will be a little easier of a step up in size to get used to versus going to 125. I think she will still be fine on the 120 for 2 seasons. But if you could also let me know your daughters boot size, that would help too, just to make sure that the board will be an appropriate width. I know that’s a moving target with kids, but just so it’s not going to be massively too wide or too narrow.
In terms of the board, Jones is a great brand, IMO, but if she’s leaning towards freestyle stuff, then the Prodigy isn’t ideal. It’s quite directional – going for something twin would be a better bet, IMO. Unfortunately Jones don’t really do twins, even in their youth line. Like I say I don’t have that much experience with kids gear, but from a quick search some twin options, that come in a 120 (or close to):
– GNU Recess
– Capita Scott Stevens Mini
– Lib Tech Banana Blaster
– Never Summer Kids Bantam
– Never Summer Kids Starlet
– Arbor Helix
– Salomon Grail
– Salomon Grace
The Prodigy wouldn’t be a wrong choice, by any means, but just if you wanted something better for freestyle/riding switch.
My son is about the same specs as yours and he has a 100. We’re going to keep him on that for another season, then start next season with a 115 most likely, maybe a 120.
Hope this helps
Roxanne says
Yes THANKS for the brand suggestions. She wears a kids 4 boot now, but I honestly think it will fit another year. We probably wonβt get a new board until next season as our last day in CO this season is Friday and the 106 will be ok for the short hills of MN.
Nate says
You’re very welcome Roxanne.
Yeah, if you’re looking for next season, depends on how much she grows, on whether to go up to the 125, instead of 120, but at this stage I’d say 120. And depends on what size boot she’ll be in. I would be happy to update any sizing suggestions closer to the time you buy. I’m always here – just send a message.
Jonathan says
I currently ride a very super soft board at 156. I am 5’10 205lbs and the board is super playful and a lot of fun. I am wanting to get another board that is middle of the road stiff (5-6) and something I can hit features, side hits and groomers. I like the fact that I can maneuver the 156 a lot better than the 158/159 I used to ride. I was thinking of a 154 but am worried that it too small. Any comments or thoughts?
Nate says
Hi Jonathan
Thanks for your message.
156 is already pretty short for your specs, IMO, even if you’re looking for that softer more playful option. I probably wouldn’t go as short as 154 for you, particularly if you want this to be a stiffer option. A 154 in a 5-6 flex will likely feel a lot softer than that for you. Certainly if you like going shorter, then sizing down a little is fine, but I probably wouldn’t go shorter than 156 for you – unless it’s a really wide board and sizing down makes sense for your boot size.
What was the 158/159 that you used to ride. It might be that it was a stiff board – or too wide for your boots or something like that that made it harder to maneuver? But yeah, in any case, I would probably not go that as short as 154, if it was me.
Hope this helps
Loic Van Durme says
Hi Nate,
Thank you very much for this beautiful guide!
Iβm a 20 year old boarder from Belgium and iβm about to buy a new board βBataleon The One 2020β. Iβm 181cm (just over 5β11) and about 85kg (just under 190lbs). There are two size options left, a 158 and a 154 (my recommended size is 160). Since money is an important factor for me, Iβm leaning more against the 154 (which is a 100 euros cheaper).
I too lean most to an all-mountain-freestyler. What would you recommend me doing? Iβm doubting a lot because I do want the bord to be very good on-piste tooβ¦ Should I take the 158 instead?
Anyways Thanks ahead for your reply!
Kind regards, Loic
Nate says
Hi Loic
Thanks for your message.
I would go 158 if I was you. It’s a good all-mountain-freestyle size for your specs, IMO. If you were getting a purely park board, then you could go as low as 154, but you would also go for a different type of board then. For outside the park, the 154 will be too small for you, IMO.
Hope this helps
Iason Terezis says
Hi Nate,
I am an intermediate rider that likes to hit mainly jumps of any size in the park with some boxes but love going off piste into trees and powder whenever it’s available. I am also an aggresive rider that likes to carve and go fast on my groomed runs. I am currently looking to get the Kazu Kokubo pro 2021 and cannot decide if I should get the 154 cm or 157. I am a 5’8″ 180-185lbs college athlete.
I am leaning more towards the 154 cm to have some more maneuverability in trees as this is one of my favorite things to do but I also love jumps and hill bombing. I very occasionaly get powder days where I live. I know that the 157 cm is in my weight range but would my overall maneuverability be be much less in trees etc. if I went with the 157 cm?
My current board is a 154 cm Arbor Foundation that I got when I was in highschool and about 15 lbs lighter.
Thanks for the great informational site, I think its the best on the internet.. Cheers!
Iason
Nate says
Hi Iason
Thanks for your message.
Certainly would get more maneuverability in trees with the 154, but I would still go 157. You should still get good maneuverability at 157 – and I think for your specs, that you will get more benefit from the increase in float and stability at speed and landing platform for larger jumps than the amount of agility you would loose. If you were just bombing and in open terrain powder, you’d probably be able to go 160. So I think the 157 is going to be the good middle ground for everything you want to do.
But just to confirm this, can you also let me know your boot size.
Hope this helps
Patrik Leskovsek says
Hey Nate, I am an intermediate rider am just about 180cm tall (5’9″) and weigh in at 70kg (154lbs). I have my eye on the YES Basic, cause it sounds like it ticks most of my boxes, and I want a board that can basically do everything from park to powder and get some decent speed during carves. What I can’t decide on is either 155 or 152 (those are the only 2 options). All and all I would think it doesn’t make much of a difference but still, I feel like it will. I am leaning towards 155 to get some more stability. What do you think? I would love to get an input from you. All the best!
Nate says
Hi Patrik
Thanks for your message.
Definitely makes a difference. You’d be surprised how much difference 3cm can make. I would go 155 for the Basic for your specs. If you were riding more park/freestyle with it, I’d say 152, but for how it sounds like you want to ride it, 155 for sure.
Hope this helps
Allison says
Hi, Nate! Thanks for all the great info and replying to everyone’s questions. I snowboarded last year for the first time, 4 days on a 151 Salomon Ivy board with size 8 boots (borrowed gear). I am 5’6″ 118 lbs and size 7.5 boot. By the end of the 4th day I was more comfortable linking turns but would still sometimes catch an edge. Also, I kitesurf and had a hard time remembering to put my weight on front foot when initiating turns. I fell riding off the chairlift on day 3, and wasn’t confident riding flat or cat tracks. I could do a 180, but was too scared to do a 360 (not jumping, just riding/sliding). I had fun overall and am going to Colorado again for 8 days in January (COVID willing). I need to build confidence and get comfortable/smooth linking turns and riding cat tracks and riding blues. I am 49 so not as fearless as I used to be! I have no interest in park, but eventually want to do butter tricks, ollies, surf the lip, etc. I can see myself riding groomed, getting powder on powder days, nothing off-piste yet. I rode switch some of the time and want to learn both.
My question is, what board would you recommend, and what size? Price is of less concern than getting the best board for my level and interests. I want a forgiving board that is easy to turn, holds an edge, is stable at speed (just for greens and blues for now), not too squirrely on flats.
I read your top boards for women beginners and have been leaning toward the arbor ethos because of the 3D base and traction tech. My only hesitation is if the rocker will make it harder to ride off the lift and flats/cat tracks. But I love everything else about what I read.
I was looking at the Nitro Lectra but wasn’t sure how it would be for riding switch. I was looking at the GNU gloss, but a review by The Good Ride said it was hard to turn and she wouldn’t recommend it for beginners. I don’t think the Burton Stylus will fit with my 4 screw bindings. I like the Jones Dreamcatcher, but may be too advanced for where I’m at.
From the size chart I’d be a 145 or 146. Should I get a 144?
Thank you so much for your time!
Nate says
Hi Allison
Thanks for your message.
Firstly in terms of size, as a beginner, I would be looking at something around 141-143. At 144-146 wouldn’t be unrideable, as you know from riding a 151, but ideally I would look at that 141-143 range.
For something like the Stylus it would depend if your bindings are channel compatible. A lot of bindings these days are, but certainly not all. And for some you would have to get a separate disc and screws.
The Ethos, and other Arbor rocker boards aren’t as squirelly as other all-rocker boards. Just the way their system rocker works, it does make them feel more stable. Still have that rocker feel to them and not going to be ultra stable feeling or anything but just not as loose feeling as some all-rocker boards can be.
If you wanted the best setup for riding switch, the Lectra isn’t there, but it’s also not terrible for riding switch.
From what you’re describing here, I think the Emoticon (143) is also worth strongly considering. And also the Never Summer Infinity (142).
Hope this helps
PS: Also note that stability in this context is a feeling of stability underfoot, not so much stability at speed. These aren’t the kind of boards that will be stable when really bombing on them. But some feel more stable at slower speeds than others.
Allison says
Thank you so much for taking the time to reply! I liked the review of never summer infinity, but I had put that aside because I thought camber between the feet made the board easier to catch an edge. I am just learing about board text though. Is that not the case?
Before I saw your response I started looking at k2 first lite. I was thinking a flat to rocker might be most catch free, stable on flats board.
But you have so much more experience. Of the three (arbor ethos, k2 first lite, never summer infinity), which do you feel is most catch free, easy to link turns, and stable on flats?
Allison says
I just read more on the Yes Emoticon and it seems like an awesome board. I added it as the 4th board on my shortlist, but like the infinity had it pegged as an intermediate board.
Nate says
Hi Allison
The Infinity has rocker between the feet and camber towards tip and tail. In some cases this can feel catchy if you’re not used to it, but in the case of the Infinity that camber is very subtle and has flat sections before the contact points too. The Infinity probably is, strictly speaking an intermediate board, but it’s what I would consider something that’s high-end beginner going on intermediate suitable too. If you feel like high-end beginner is a bit of stretch, then the other 3 are safer bets.
The Emoticon you could potentially say is bordering on intermediate too, but I would consider it beginner friendly enough for a beginner.
Flat to rocker does tend to be quite catch-free, but a Hybrid Camber (camber between the feet and rocker towards tip and tail) if it’s a hybrid rocker with more subtle camber and healthy amount of rocker, can be just as catch free – as can Hybrid Rocker (rocker between the feet with camber towards tip and tail), like the Infinity, again, if it’s more subtle camber and good amount of rocker.
Harrison says
Hey Nate!
Thanks for all the insight, super helpful.
Iβm really contemplating getting the super DOA, but am struggling with the size I should go with. Iβm 5β11, 180-185lbs, size 12 burton boas. Advanced rider, try to find powder and good tree runs all day, and constantly search for anything to jump off and spin on (every side hit and park jumps). On bad snow days I donβt mind sticking to park jumps most of the day. Currently have a 157 burton process, but it just feels awkward turning in the trees, so planning on selling it if I find something better.
Do I need to go with a wide for the super doa? That would leave me deciding between 155w and 158w. If not, what size would you suggest? Stuck feeling like the ideal size would sit somewhere in between those two wide sizes.
Thanks for the help!
Nate says
Hi Harrison
Thanks for your message.
With size 12s on this board, I would recommend going wide. As for the length, I think the 158 is probably the more natural length for your specs, however, since you mostly like to ride tress and sidehits, I would be leaning 155W. For open terrain powder, the 158W would give you more float – and would give you more stability at speed, and might even be better for really big jumps. But for trees, small to medium jumps and spins, I would be more inclined to go 155W. And overall, that’s my instinct for you. Unless you like to straight line bomb more than what I’m picking up from what you’re describing.
One thing to note, is that I didn’t find the Super DOA super maneuverable at slower speeds – like for technical trees. That was on the 158. I’m sure the 156 would have been better for me for that, but just wanted to note that. It’s not like a tank at slower speeds, but I did find it preferred to be ridden fast. For more you can check out my Super DOA Review.
Hope this helps
Harrison says
Thanks a bunch, thatβs super helpful.
Iβm not deadset on the Super DOA, but was drawn to its light weight and ability on sidehits. Do you have a board in mind thatβs more suitable for what I described and can fit my Sasquatch feet? Im glad you brought up maneuverability because thatβs the main reason I feel like parting ways with my process (just feels difficult to whip the tail around on quick cuts). Also, I try to stay away from rails and the biggest jumps in the park. Definitely want more emphasis on the all mountain part of the board than the freestyle. Iβve been checking out your lists and am also looking a good bit at the mercury. Maybe the 157? Thanks again for all the help
Nate says
Hi Harrison
The Mercury is also something that’s not super nimble at slow speeds either. Again, it’s not a tank or anything, but just because you’ve mentioned you want to improve that part of your ride, it’s worth mentioning. With 12s, you’re certainly more likely to get quicker maneuverability out of something like the 157 than I did. But there’s also a reasonable chance of boot drag on that size. Is your Process the 157 or 157W. If it’s the 157 I am a little surprised you haven’t run into issues with boot drag on that. But if it is the 157 and you haven’t had any boot drag issues, then you could go narrower than what I would typically suggest for 12s, but yeah in any case I think the Mercury isn’t ideal.
If you wanted to go Capita, then the Asymulator is nice and quick edge to edge and I think that’s worth checking out for your riding style. However, it doesn’t really have a size suitable for your boot size, IMO, but taking into account if you think you can go narrower, I think that option would work. Not great for powder, but neither is the Super DOA, IMO. The Outerspace Living a little better in powder. Not as dynamic a board as the Asymulator, IMO but still good and better in tight spaces than the Mercury/SuperDOA, IMO. The Supernova is another step up in powder, and quick edge-to-edge, but less suitable for 180s, riding switch etc. As well the Kazu and Navigator would be in the same camp as the Supernova but even more suited to powder/trees, IMO. Something like the Kazu is good for jumps too, and this is the board I thought of. The only downside is that not amazing riding switch, but if you were willing to sacrifice a little there, then it would tick all your other boxes, IMO.
But if you’re looking for that “do-it-all” kind of board you could also check out:
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
>>Top 5 Aggressive All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
>>Top 6 Aggressive All Mountain Snowboards
Alex says
Hi Nate,
Im `182 cm tall, 76 kg in weight. I recently bought a Ride Wild Life. The shop only had the size 160, but I really like the graphics, so I bought it. I am now having second thoughts that its too big for me. I am 182m 76kg. Should I be worried? I ride only groomed resorts mainly. Not interested in park or jibs right now. Just want to cruise,
Low intermediate. The board is supposed to be pretty mid flex (slightly on the lesser side). Im wondering if its going to be too much board for me to handle, or if I should be ok.
I am literarily loosing sleep over it.
Thank you , any help will be much appreciated.
PS. According to the size chart on the Ride site, I am right in the middle if the range for 160.
Nate says
Hi Alex
Thanks for your message.
I don’t think 160 is way off. I would say 159 is about right for you at an advanced level, so if you were at a more advanced level, then the 160 would be all good, IMO. However, at a low intermediate level, I would have recommended the 157. Ideally, I think the 157 would be better. The 160 is not so big for you that it’s undoable, but if I were to recommend the size I would have said 157.
The Wildlife is a nice easy going board, so I think the board itself is the right choice for what you’re describing, and whilst the 160 isn’t the wrong size for you, ideally I would say 157.
Hope this helps
Alex says
Nate, thank you so much for your answer and help.
I am definitely not advanced, probably not even intermediate yet if we are honest. Have not been riding for a number of years after breaking my hand twice. This year I decided I want to get back to it. So my main aim is to progress and enjoy myself doing it.
Therefore, if you were me, would you:
a. Keep the 160.
a. Go through the hassle and embarrassment of returning a second snowboard and get something like:
– 2019 K2 Raygun 157 (Can get the best deal on this. I originally bought this and then exchanged for the Wild Life)
– Burton Process 155
– Capita The outsiders 154 or 158 (also can get a good deal)
– Never Sumer Snowtrooper 157 (ok deal for a NS)
– Jones Mountain Twin (If I can find it) 157
– Arbor Foundation / Element / Relapse
Or any of you recommendations?
Thank you again. You help is very much appreciated!
PS. Foot size 41.5 EUR
Alex says
Also just wanted to add Ride Manic to that list of possibilities.
Thank you!
Nate says
Hi Alex
If it was me, I would go through the hassle of returning it, just because that’s one bit of hassle for potentially a better snowboarding experience everytime you go up. Now, like I say I don’t think the 160 Wild Life is undoable for you, but I think something a little smaller will help you to progress and get more enjoyment, particularly to start with.
From those options, the Raygun 157 and Manic 157 sound like they would suit you well. The only question marks are whether you might outgrow them too fast. The Mountain Twin is a little more advanced. Certainly intermediate friendly, but if you feel you’re not quite there? It’s doable but there’s a question mark there. Certainly something that you wouldn’t have to upgrade potentially ever, so there’s that.
The Process Flying V 155 is also a good option I think – but if it’s the Process Camber, not as suitable. Again doable, but even though it’s purepop camber and not full camber, some people can still find purepop camber to be a little catchy.
The Outsiders is a more advanced board, I probably wouldn’t go there. It’s not super advanced but might just be a step too far.
The Snowtrooper would be a great choice, IMO. If it was the 156. The 157 is a 157X. So it’s a wide board. With your foot size, I definitely wouldn’t go wide. If you can find the 156, then definitely a good option, IMO.
The Foundation is one that you might grow out of too fast, potentially. The Element Rocker is definitely an option though, IMO. I think that would be suitable in the right size. The Relapse is more of a freestyle/park board.
Alex says
Nate, you are a rockstar!
Thank you for such a comprehensive answer.
If the shop will accept the return, I will go with the 156 Snowtrooper 2019 or process flying V (although more then I planned to spend, but I guess Im paying for higher quality).
If it is just an exchange, I will have to go with the 156 Raygun or 157 Manic.
I already ordered a pair of 2020 Union Strata bindings and looking at the K2 Lewiston boot.
Cheers from Kyiv, Ukraine! Very very much appreciate the help!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Alex. Happy riding!
Caden says
Hi Nate!
Thanks for all the help you give people.
I am looking to purchase a board for the upcoming season and am confused on what size I should get. I am 6’0 and 164 lbs which puts me at a 158 cm board for my standard length. I have only snowboarded a few times but I have been wakeboarding for quite a while so I wouldn’t consider myself a beginner but maybe not an intermediate either… I want a board that can be used for trick riding but am unsure how much I should go down on the board size to achieve that.
Thanks for the help in advance!
Caden
Nate says
Hi Caden
Thanks for your message.
Given all the info, I would say to go down to at least a 156. And how much further down would depend on how much you’re riding is going to revolve around tricks. If you were going to be doing a lot of butter tricks, with jibs and not really hitting big jumps or anything – and you weren’t too concerned about riding fast or anything like that, then you could down to more like a 153/154. But if you wanted it to be able to be ridden for tricks but still wanted a bit of stability at speed or wanting to hit big jumps at some stage, then more like 155/156.
Hope this helps
Miguel E. Diaz says
Hi Nate!
I’m 5’7″ and 145lbs. I’ve been riding the Jones Aviator 156 for past two years and love it for bombing fast and grip on ice. I don’t like how sluggish I am in trees or bumps and how much effort is required to jump.
I tried the Salmon Assassin Pro 156 last year and loved it. It was only a little less damp at speed and little less grip on ice but jumping and turning on bumpy terrain was much less work for my legs.
I didn’t get to try the 153.
So, do you think I should I get the 156 or 153?
I’d like to make this my main board that can do speed and grip on ice without compromises of Aviator but I then again I do have my Aviator for that if really needed.
thank you!
miguel
Nate says
Hi Miguel
Thanks for your message.
For your specs, I would go 153. Know it’s a tough choice, given that you’ve tested the 156 and liked it. Because of that I wouldn’t say 156 is wrong for you. But purely based on specs the 153 the better size for you, IMO. Being 156 is potentially one of the reasons you’re not enjoying the Aviator in trees/bumps. The 153 Assassin will be less stable at speed than the 156 and maybe less suitable for big carves and in powder, but will give you even more maneuverability in trees and easier to jump. Since you already feel the 156 is better in those areas than the Aviator, it’s not a no-go, but I would be leaning 153 for you.
Hope this helps
Miguel E. Diaz says
Thank you! That’s a good point about the Aviator 156. Very helpful! I’m ordering today!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Miguel. Happy riding!
Leo Gonzalez says
Hi Nate,
I am 5’9 260 and your chart suggests I ride 164 do you think a 158 would be too short for me? I am little bit concerned with the 164 would be too long for me.
Thank you in advance for you help!
Nate says
Hi Leo
Thanks for your message.
You could go shorter than the 164, if you feel like that’s too long for you. Personal preference certainly comes into it. And if you’re not an advanced rider that would be another reason to ride a shorter length too. However, I would probably still try to be 160+ for your specs. 158 might be getting a little too short – unless you’re riding predominantly freestyle/park or spending most of your time in the trees. Otherwise, I would try to go at least 160.
Hope this helps
nico says
Hey Nate!
So im looking for some of your guidance. I am in between board sizes right now. I was looking at the Bataleon Boss either the 157 or 156W even the 159. Im 5’11 170lbs with a Mondo of 28, I think a boot size 10.5. Anyway Im an all mtn boarder that wants to start dabbling in some freestyle. I mostly board in the East Coast and usually on groomers but everyday is different. Im just split on what board to get due to my specs.
156W 264 width
157 253 width
159 256 width
Nate says
Hi Nico
Thanks for your message.
I don’t test Bataleon boards, so I don’t know how wide they typically are at he waist versus at the inserts, but in terms of length, I would be leaning towards 157, mostly because you’re looking to get into some freestyle. As a all-mountain size at an advanced level, I think around 159 is good, but if you’re just starting out with freestyle stuff, the 157 will make things easier there.
In terms of fitting width wise on the 156, if you have 10.5 boots. It’s borderline, but if you’re riding with +15/-15 angles and have low profile boots, I think you should be fine (assuming the difference between width at inserts and waist width isn’t a really small difference) there. If you carve really aggressively that’s something else to take into account. If you really like to lean into your carves, then going wider is often a good idea. But if you can get on the regular width I would try to.
If you can answer the following, that would help:
What is the make/model of your boots?
What are your binding angles?
How hard do you like to carve?
Hope this helps
James says
Great site.
I’m an intermediate rider, spending most time at tahoe and crystal mountain in washington. i’m looking to buy my first board, lib tech cold brew c2. I’m 5’11, 155lbs, 9.5 foot on measuring tape and i typically wear 10-10.5 sneakers. I should probably get 156 size board and 9.5size boot right?
Thank you for your help!
Nate says
Hi James
Thanks for your message.
For your specs, I would look at a range from 154 to 156, as an intermediate rider. For the Cold Brew, being on the wider side, I would probably be leaning more to the 153, than the 157 for you. It’s a close call between those sizes, but because of the width, I would be leaning that way, though either could work. For reference, the 157 will be more stable at speed and float better in powder, but won’t be as agile as the 153.
In terms of boot size, if you have feet measuring 27.5cm, then you might be 9.5 or you could be 10 or even 10.5, depending on the brand. My longest foot is 27.3cm and I fit best in a 10 for most brands but in a 9.5 for some and a 10.5 even for some. It depends on your foot too, but from my experience talking to most people, for most brands, usually 1/2 size larger than the mondo suggests. For more, check out:
Sizing Snowboard Boots: The Different Brands
Hope this helps
Branden says
Hello Nate,
I would love your opinion the right board for me. Im 6’4″ 240lbs and Im currently riding a burton custom flying V in the 158W. Id rate my skill level as tad more than intermediate. Im looking at going the 2020 burton in either a 162W or a 166W flying v custom as Id like to get more speed in trees on powder days. Will I notice the small jump up to the 162W?
Nate says
Hi Branden
Thanks for your message.
Would definitely notice the difference between 158W and 162W. I notice the difference even 2cm in otherwise exactly the same board. However, for your specs, I think the the 166W for your specs, if you’re going to go with another Custom Flying V, is probably the most appropriate size. Of course if you’re riding trees a lot, then sizing down a bit does make sense. The 162W would give you some more speed/stability at speed vs the 158W, but remain more agile than the 166W. The 166W would of course give you more stability at speed/float in powder, but if you’re riding trees a lot, then you might prefer the balance between agility and stability of the 162W.
Hope this helps with your decision
Branden Gardella says
Fantastic thanks for the advice!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Branden. Happy riding!
Remon Simionas says
Hi Nate
I’m looking for a Snowboard and I’m having trouble choosing one. I found you on the net and I read your opinions. The more I read the more questions I have … :))
I am 181cm tall and 80kg. I only snowboarded once, so I’m a beginner. I read your list of what snowboards you recommend for beginners and considering that I would be one of those who know me so well in the all mountain direction. It also matters what it looks like, so I chose the second place Rossignol Circuit from the list. It’s just that the board is only 155 or 160. Which should I take and if I should take it directly with the connections recommended by them, namely BATTLE BK / RED M / L? What would you think?
Nate says
Hi Remon
Thanks for your message.
As a beginner I would recommend the 155 over the 160 for your specs. But it also depends on boot size. If you can let me know your boot size, then I can give a more accurate opinion.
In terms of bindings, I haven’t ridden Rossignol bindings before so I couldn’t say for sure, but on paper, they look like they would be beginner appropriate and would be a good match to the board.
Hope this helps
Remon Simionas says
Thanks for the answer…
I forgot to tell….size is EU 44.
I already ordered the 19/20 model from Rossignol Circuit in 155 but with pay later option…(I am for the moment in EU/Austria and i can return it easily if it’s not ok in size ) There is also a wide version in 156 but on the Internet page a red that till 44EU should be good not to take in wide…the wide in 156 is already bigger than the 160 (your opinion?) At the Bindings I think I will opt for Freestyle from Burton as well as the shoes also from Burton the Moto…but here’s another question with ot without BOA? because it come just with on not two Coliers and on guy in a shop told me it would be better without because just on BOA adjustment ist not good.. :(.
The Salomon Sight maybe is also good but I don’t like the way it looks at all.
Nate says
Hi Remon
Thanks for the extra info.
With an EU44 Burton, I would be looking at the 156W for the Circuit. You probably get away with the width on the 160, as a beginner, but as you progress, as you start to carve on the edges, you could start risking bootdrag on the 155. You’d probably be OK for now, but there is some boot drag risk there, particularly as you progress. EU44 (equivalent of a US11 for Burton – sometimes a 10.5 for other brands) is borderline depending on the board and the boot. And there isn’t really a blanket rule on which size to go wide and which size to go not-wide – as wide boards differ in width, as do regular width boards. It’s best to look at it on a case by case basis, and in this case, I think the 156W is the most appropriate size for you.
In terms of the 156W being bigger than the 160, I wouldn’t say so, no. The surface area is probably similar, but the effective edge is much less on the 156W than on the 160 – in fact the 156W is the same effective edge as the 155 for the Circuit. So certainly wouldn’t feel as long/big as the 160. A wider board can feel bigger than it is for sure – but that’s usually only the case if the board is too wide for your feet. In your case, assuming that your foot size corresponds correctly to the boot size, then your feet should work well with the 156W width, IMO. But if when you do get your boots, you find you can fit into a smaller size, then you might be OK on the 155.
In terms of boots, a single Boa boot does lack in adjustability for sure. Sometimes that’s not that big a deal, when you’re a beginner and if the boot fits well without having that adjustment, but that’s not always the case. If you wanted more adjustability then the Speed Lace Moto would be a better option and the Traditional Lace option would give you even more adjustability. Boa is the easiest to lace up, but you’ll get used to the other systems pretty quickly, if you wanted more adjustability (and they’re also cheaper).
Brandon says
Thanks for the article. I am 6’2, 205 lbs, with a size 12 boot. I would consider myself intermediate moving to advanced rider. Im more of an all-mountain guy, barely any park… mostly groomers, pow, and freeride stuff.
I am planning on buying the Jones Frontier board in either a 161w or 164w but can’t decide what size would be best for me? The Jones sizing chart seems to put me closer to the 164w but that seems pretty big? Thoughts?
Nate says
Hi Brandon
Thanks for your message.
You should be fine for either width-wise, so it’s just down to length. I would be leaning towards the 164W for you. For a couple of reasons. Firstly, because the Frontier is a board that can be ridden a little longer. As in, it feels a little shorter than it’s size versus the average board. And secondly, because it sounds like you’re mostly riding fast and carving and riding powder, so going a little longer makes sense there too.
161W wouldn’t be wrong for you though. It’s certainly still doable for your specs and would have some advantages over the 164W. If you had just really progressed into the intermediate phases, then I would have maybe leaned more towards 161W, but since it sounds like you’re a solid intermediate rider, bordering on advanced, then more leaning to 164W.
But some things to consider, in case I’m reading your riding style a little wrong:
The 161W will be more maneuverable/easier to manage at slower speeds, better in trees etc. But not as good as the 164W in terms of stability at speed, float in powder or for big carves.
Hope this helps with your decision
Matt says
Hello,
I am 29 years old, 5’9″, 170lbs, boot size 10. Ive been riding for 20 years and ride 80% park, 20% all mountain. I currently ride a Rome Artifact Rocker 147 but am looking to size up for a bit more of an all mountain board. Im looking at the Rome Gangplank but cant decide between the 153 and the 156. What would you suggest seeing as i mainly ride park?
Nate says
Hi Matt
Thanks for your message.
Given that you mainly ride park, I would go 153. Note that I haven’t ridden the Gangplank, so I can’t say specifically for that board on experience, but based on the specs of the board, your specs and your riding style, I would go 153 for you. If you were 80% all mountain, 20% park, I’d probably go the other way, but since you spend most of your time in the park, I’d go 153.
Hope this helps with your decision
Hannah Joseph says
Hi Nate,
I would like to get my daughter a new snowboard. She is 5’6″ about 115lbs, 15 years old and has been snowboarding since she was five. She enjoys going very fast on groomed runs, and jumps off the side (sorry not sure what the proper name is for that!), plays around in the park with her brothers but isn’t really serious about that. I was thinking of getting her the Burton Feelgood, but not totally decided. The Burton site recommends a 142 based on her weight, height and boot size but all the other size charts say she should go with a 146 so I am confused. She currently rides a super old Morrow 146 (that she loves, although I am not sure why because it is really heavy!). Would you help me decide on size please (also open to ideas on boards though). Thank you.
Nate says
Hi Hannah
Thanks for your message.
It’s a tough call between those two sizes for sure, and I can see your dilemma there. I think for right now, that the 142 is probably the better size, for your daughter’s specs. If she’s still got growing to do, then 146 might end up being better in a couple of years, and not far off being suitable right now. I don’t think the 146 would be wrong for her, but I would be leaning towards the 142 for right now, particularly given the stiffness of the Feelgood.
I think the Feelgood would be a good choice for how you describe your daughter’s riding, assuming she is at an advanced level, which it sounds like she probably is. Just because the Feelgood is the kind of board you want to be advanced to ride it well. But if you wanted to look at some other options, you could also check out the following:
>>My Top 6 Women’s All-Mountain Snowboards
>>My Top 5 Women’s All-Mountain Freestyle Snowboards
Hope this helps
Nadir says
Hey Nate, thanks for this comprehensive article! It’s incredibly helpful to us newbies, as well as seasoned borders I’m sure.
About sizing, I’m 5’8 and 140lbs (although looking to gain 10lbs over the next year, it’s bulking season). I wear a size 9.5 in K2 Market Boots, and am looking at getting the K2 Standard.
I’m thinking of getting the 152cm board. I’m assuming that’s the better option than the 155cm. I’ll be using it at resorts. Is this correct?
Thanks again man.
Nate says
Hi Nadir
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, the 152 would be the better size for you, for sure, IMO. And I think it would be a good size – both in terms of length and width, for your specs and as a beginner. I think something around 149-151 would be a good bet, but given you’ll be putting on 10lbs, I think 152 is spot on.
Hope this helps
Evan says
Hi Nate,
Amazing article and site in general! I’m a beginner who has snowboarded ~6 different trips and generally been on a 159 board. I’ve only on my latest trips been better at getting on my front edge and thinking this size is probably too long? I’m 5’11” and about 165lbs and slim, and a US10.5 boot (Burton Jeremy Jones) and I’m looking at the arbor foundation, what length do you think would be best? I’m a bit nervous about going smaller than what I have in the past but looking to advance better this year!
Nate says
Hi Evan
Thanks for your message.
For the fastest progression, I think it would be a good idea to size down a little. Something 155-157 would be a good range to look at for you, IMO. So for the Foundation, the 155 would work well for fast progression, IMO. The 158 is doable though, if you were really worried about going too short. But for the fastest progression, I would say 155.
Width-wise, you should be fine on either. At around that 251mm waist width for 10.5s, it depends on the board. But Arbor boards typically have a reasonable amount of difference between waist and the width at inserts, so I think you would be fine on the 155 for your boots.
Hope this helps with your decision
Christian D'Cruz says
Hi there this will be my first year snowboarding. I’m 175 lbs, 6″0 male, size 11.5 boot. Very athletic in general so I’ve been recommended a mild camber to rocker board (believe that’s the hybrid camber equivalent). Any recommendations on size of board both length and width would be appreciated.
Nate says
Hi Christian
Thanks for your message.
As a beginner, with your specs, I would typically recommend something around 155, 156, in terms of length, but given that you are athletic, you can go a little longer than that. Anything 156 to 158, or potentially even 159 would be a good length range to look at, IMO.
In terms of width, you’ll want to go wide. You may not need the extra width to begin with (as you probably won’t be getting that high on the edges to begin with) but as you progress, you could experience boot drag, if you go regular width.
For more precise sizing, it will depend on the particular board. If you have any specific boards you’re looking at, I’m happy to give you my opinion on sizing.
If you’re looking for the fastest progression and happy to upgrade your board after not too long, then I would look at something like:
>>My Top 15 Men’s Snowboards for Beginners
There are some hybrid camber options in there.
Or if you want to take a bit of a step up and get something that can stay with you for longer, but might take a little more effort to get started on, you could check out:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Again, some good hybrid camber options in there too.
Hope this helps
Matthew Ulbin says
Hey Nate,
I’m a 5’10” 180lb 11.5 boot advanced rider. I like mogels glades and steeps .Out west i like bowls and wider shutes.
I have a 157mw 260mm width lib trs. I am looking into getting a directional camber free ride board that can carv on the east coast and float in powder out west.
I like the Libtec Brd but the 162w 265mm width seems too long and the 159cm 255mm seems too narrow .
What would be a better fit a board that’s a little long or one that’s a little narrow?
Nate says
Hi Matthew
Thanks for your message.
I haven’t ridden the Brd, but based on other Lib Tech boards, the difference between waist width and width at inserts isn’t that much, so I would say the 159 is too narrow. I wouldn’t risk it. Totally get that you don’t want to go too wide/long, if you’re riding a lot of moguls and glades, but I think the 159 would be too risky in terms of potential drag issues. If you had to choose between the 159 Brd and 162W Brd, I would say 162W. However it is probably on the big side, when you combine the width and length, based on your specs and how you describe your riding. Some other options that would fit what you’re after, IMO:
– GNU Mullair 159W
– Yes Pick Your Line 160W
– Lib Tech E Jack Knife 159W
– Jones Flagship 159W
– GNU Antigravity 159W (if you wanted a cheaper option)
Hope this helps
PS: Thought I had already replied to this, but not showing up, so apologies if this is a double up
Riley says
Hey Nate,
Wish I had found this two years ago. Iβm 5β10 145 and got a lib tech TRS 159 and have loved the board, but didnβt know a shorter board could have suited me better. However, I just ordered a 150 orca 2021 and am super excited for a short wide board.
I also have a beginner friend whoβs board shopping and is maybe 6β2 230lbs and weβve been looking at a lot of 162Wβs. Would you recommend going longer?
I love the articles and have been flying through them, keep it up!
Thanks π
Nate says
Hi Riley
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, I probably would’ve recommend the 154 for the TRS for you, but sounds like you’re stoked for the Orca. What’s your boot size, out of curiosity?
I think something around 162 would be a good bet for your friend, if he’s a beginner. Anything 161-163 would be a good range to look at as a beginner. As a more advanced rider, he could move up to like 165, 166, but for now, I wouldn’t go longer than 163. I’m assuming his boot size warrants a wide?
Hope this helps
J says
Hi Nate
Great article. Trying to decide on the 152 or 156 Board size for the 2021 Jones frontier. Iβm intermediate/advanced rider that rides mostly all-mountain terrain. Weight 160lbs; height: 5β7; boot 8.5. Can you let me know your thoughts on board size?
Thanks
J
Nate says
Hi J
Thanks for your message.
That’s a tough one. Given that you’re mostly all-mountain and not really doing any freestyle, assuming I have that right?, I would be inclined to lean towards the 156 for your specs, especially given that the Frontier is a board you can ride on the longer side. But with 8.5 boots, the 152 would be a better width, and not way off in terms of length. If it was a different board and you were more freestyle focused, I would probably be more inclined to say 152, but for this board and your style, I would still go 156. It’s on the wider side for your boots, but I think it would work best overall.
Ordinarily I would say up to 156 for your specs for an all-mountain length, and with the boot size probably size down a little, but given that the Frontier rides a bit smaller, the 156 is going to feel a little shorter, so I think it works overall. Hopefully that makes sense.
Jacob says
Hi Nate,
Great article with a lot of insightful information.
Iβm a beginner/intermediate rider on a budget, so my brother just gave me his old but lightly used Burton Tough Cat 158.
Iβm wondering if I can make this work as an all mountain downhill/freestyle board or if I should just bite the bullet and get a new one. Iβm between 5β7-5β8 and weigh about 165 lbs.
Thanks in advance for your help and advice with this.
Nate says
Hi Jacob
Thanks for your message.
I would make the investment in a more suitable board if I was you. I haven’t ridden the Touch Cat, but based on other similar Burton boards and on its specs, looks like it’s going to a. be too stiff/aggressive for that beginner/intermediate level and b. it’s very much a freeride board, not really suitable for doing any freestyle on, particularly if you’re not already an experienced freestyle rider. For the sake of your progression, I would go for something more suitable.
Also size-wise, I’d say it’s too big. I would be looking at 153-155 for your specs. The combination of size/flex and camber profile it’s a board that ride you more than you ride it.
You don’t necessarily have to go brand new, certainly not brand new season. Going past season makes sense if you’re on a budget. It means there are less options and harder to find the right option in your size. But if you have a few potentials in mind, you should be able to find something in a 2020 model or even 2019 or 2018 model in the right size. Or you could go used, but still do your research on the appropriate board, before buying used.
I would check out the following for some good options for you ability level:
>>Top 10 Intermediate Snowboards
Or if there are any boards that you find that you think might be suitable and want to run them past me first, I would be happy to give my opinion.
Hope this helps
Jacob says
Thanks for the advice Nate!
I found a Burton Custom Flying V from 2020 with a decent price tag…thoughts?
Nate says
Hey Jacob
I think the Custom Flying V would work. Definitely doable, depending no the size and definitely a better option for you at this point than the Tough Cat, IMO. What size did you find?
Jacob says
Hi Nate,
I found a 154, which is just above what you recommended.
Nate says
Hi Jacob
The 154 is just right in my opinion (I recommended a range of 153-155 and the 154 is within that range). So yeah, I think that’s a good option.
Arty says
Hello Nate,
Cheers from Ukraine,
First of all, I want to appreciate the job you are doing by keeping your articles up to date and being active in the comments. That’s really nice.
I am 182cm 74kg (5’9″ 164 lbs). Skill level lies somewhere between of intermediate to advanced I would say. Usually riding downhill in the resorts area, like the speed, like to jump off of natural bumps/sides etc. I’ve been riding rent boards 155-157 size before. I was fast on learning so I decided to get my own now. Got new Burton Process 2020 (Camber) 159. After a lot of researching decided that it should be good versatile allmtn board for me. Haven’t tried it yet but for some reason have a feeling that I went to far with the length. I am concerned that my weight is closer to the down side of the Burton’s chart for 159.
What do you think will it still be good for my parameters or should I try to sell it and got a shorter one instead?
P.S. Amazing article and web site. I wish I had found it earlier.
Nate says
Hi Arty
Thanks for your message.
Yeah, IMO, I think the 159 is a little big for you. I would be debating between the 155 and 157 for you. I think the 157 is probably the best bet, given you like to ride fast. But you do also like little jumps, so the 155 is doable.
The trade off is as follows:
– 157 subtly better for float in powder and stability at speed
– 155 subtly easier to butter, better for riding in trees/more maneuverable at slower speeds, and riding freestyle in general
Depending on what you value more, would be between the 155 and 157. But yeah, if I was you, I would try to get one of those 2 sizes rather than the 159.
Hope this helps
Anhthu Nguyen says
Hi Nate!
I tried snowboarding for the first time last year and loved it! I either borrowed my friends board or rent one, but I never remembered the size of the board. I am looking into buying my own now but I’m stuck on sizing. I’m 5’4 and about 120 pounds. I looked at the provided chart and my standard size is 145, so I took 3-5cm off because i’m a beginner. I’m just not sure whether I should get 140 or 142. Also do the boots and bindings have to be from the same brand as the board? I was looking at all mountain boards as my first one but then I get confused with terms like camber and such. Thank you for taking the time to read this!
Anhthu Nguyen says
I also don’t know what brands are good. I was in between a K2 and Bataleon.
Nate says
Hi Anhthu
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise anything in that range 140-142 would work fine for you. Don’t need to be exactly on one or the other. It will depend on the exact board, but as long as you’re close to that range, you should be fine.
In terms of brands, there are lots of good brands out there. As a beginner I wouldn’t be so much looking at brands but more looking at a board that is suitable for your current level of progression. Getting the size right is the first step – but there are other things to look out for. You can check out the following for more:
>>How To Choose The Best Snowboard For A Beginner
And if you don’t want to have to think about it too much, check out the following, which have been chosen specifically as good beginner boards.
>>My Top 10 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
Hope this helps
M says
Hi there. Iβve been riding since I was 7. Used to hit rails and boxes but as of the past few years Iβm strictly mountain. No powder runs where I go in Ontario, but I do plan on taking a trip out west every few years so I want to be able to use my board for that as well.
I like to go very fast, but still be in control of my board.
Iβm going to buy the Burton Feelgood Flying V and trying to decide between the 146 or 149.
Iβm 5β4β / 135 pounds / size 8.5 womenβs boot.
Thanks for your help!!
Nate says
Hi M
Thanks for your message.
Can definitely see your debate in sizing there. Tough call between those 2. Neither would be a wrong choice, but I would be just leaning towards the 149 in this case. The main reason I’m leaning that way is that you like to ride fast and sounds like you aren’t doing any freestyle stuff anymore. The longer size will give you a bit more stability at speed and more float in powder.
I think the Feelgood Flying V is a good choice mostly. My only hesitation would be the edge hold in hard/icy conditions, given that you’ll mostly be riding in Ontario. If you’re sold on the board, I think it’s going to do the job for you, but that would be the one thing to think about. If you’re wanting to stick to Burton and aren’t riding any freestyle, you could also consider the Family Tree Story board. It’s more directional and a little stiffer – but if those things aren’t an issue for you, I think that would work. But yeah, if you’re sold on the Feelgood Flying V, I don’t want to talk you out of it or anything, just wanted that to make sure you’d considered the edge hold in harder conditions.
Hope this helps
Chris says
Hi. I’m trying to decide (splitting hairs) between an Ultrafear 151 and 153. I’m 5’10” and 140 lbs. I ride 100% park, but only ride small/medium features (20ft – 30ft jumps for the most part, never anything over 40ft).
I like soft, buttery boards, but still want to feel stable on jumps. While my board feel preference leads me toward the 51, I question whether there will be any real noticeable loss of stability on jumps.
Thoughts? Opinion? Advice? Thanks for your time!
Nate says
Hi Chris
Thanks for your message.
I would be leaning 151 for you specs. Definitely get the debate though, in terms of that stability for jumps. The 153 would certainly give you a little more stability, but it will likely be a subtle difference for you, and you’d gain that little bit of stability at the cost of the board not feeling as buttery or agile. That said, the 153 certainly isn’t going to be hard to butter or un-maneuverable or anything, but my instinct is that the loss there would be greater than the gain in stability going 153, for your specs.
So yeah, I don’t think either size is wrong for you, but for your specs and riding 100% in the park, I would be leaning towards the 151.
Hope this helps with your decision
Brandon says
Hey Nate,
I went on my first snowboarding trip last year and fell in love, picked it up fairly quick and I’m having a little trouble trying to find the perfect board. Of course I’m working on just perfecting the basics for now, but eventually id like to work my way into all mountain freestyle, small natural jumps, butters, rip groomers, etc. Just a great all around board.
Ive had my eye on the Gnu Money because I feel it is very versatile/playful, but id like your imput before making my purchase. Im open to recomendations if you have any other board in mind.
Im 5’9, 175-180 lbs, size 9 shoe. (Not sure on a size either)
Thanks !
Nate says
Hi Brandon
Thanks for your message.
I would say the Money is a good option for a high-end beginner rider. Not pure beginner, but since you’ve picked it up quickly, then I think that would for you. And particularly given that you’re looking to go for an all mountain freestyle board to get into that sort of style as you progress, and that you want something playful, then definitely suitable, IMO.
Size-wise, I think the 156 would be the best size for you. In general something around 154-156 would be a good length range to look at for you, IMO.
Hope this helps
Will says
Hi Nate,
Great read! I’m 6ft 3in, about 81kg and looking at upgrading my board after spending a season in Revelstoke riding a 156w Rossi Circuit. After about halfway through the season I found the Circuit a tad too soft and too unstable at speed due to being mostly rocker, so am looking at getting something with an all-mountain cam-rock profile and mid flex. I mainly ride groomers but really started getting into side-hits and a bit more powder towards the end of the season. I’m looking at either the 159w Salomon Assassin, or the 159w Capita DOA for next season, but am wondering what would be some other boards to consider?
Cheers!
Nate says
Hi Will
Thanks for your message.
Both are definitely options for what you’re describing – and I think it’s a good step up size-wise at this point too. I’m assuming you need a wide board.
The Assassin, IMO would be the more appropriate option, mainly because it’s a little better in powder, IMO, and since you mention powder.
For what you’re describing, you could go either all-mountain-freestyle (which is what I would consider the Assassin to be) or all-mountain. Depending on whether more freestyle stuff, like side-hits, or powder are more of a priority. Check out the following for more all-mountain-freestyle and all-mountain options.
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
Hope this helps
Cully says
Hi Nate, Iβm about 5β7-5β8 and still growing, and around 130 lbs. Iβve decided on the Scott Stevens Pro snowboard from CAPiTA, and mostly ride park, but love to rip the whole mountain. I think Iβm deciding between a 151 and a 153, what do you think? Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Cully
Thanks for your message.
I would go 151 for sure. Even that’s on the bigger side for you right now. But given that you’re still growing it might be a good compromise between having something that’s perfect right now (which would be a smaller size, IMO) and having something that will still be good for when you’ve grown a bit more. IMO the 153 would be going too far, in terms of how long it would take to grow into it and how it would ride for you now. I think the 151 will be fine for you right now, even if not ideal, but the 153 probably just going to take too long to grow into, and not going to work that well now, IMO.
Hope this helps
Carl says
First off, awsome article. The information is great and will hopefully help me choose my next board
I started snowboarding about 4 years ago – I was 73kgs 6 ft 1 and a newbie. (Never been in snow before coming from South africa)
I purchased a 2017 Burton Ripcord 158W to get into the swing of things and this board has been amazing. Learned the ropes and all the jazz, however i am a fast learner and my riding has progressed quickly to the point where i find myself off piste mostly. My only issue is that im now 82Kgs and on the hunt for soft pow instead of groomed slopes…My trusty Flap top Ripcord feels like a bus without wheels in the softer snow.
So thanks to this article, it seems i need to be on a free-ride board no shorter than a 162cm wide…due to my ship sized feet.
Nate says
Hi Carl
Thanks for your message.
Yeah certainly sounds like you now need an upgrade from the Ripcord. And a size up would be a good idea too. How much you want to size up will depend. I like to take into account where you’ll be riding, what size you’re used to and ability, as well as specs. I would say 162 is a good starting point – and that’s what the chart is all about, finding a starting point – and you might want to go up or down from there.
For freeride boards it’s often the case that you go a little longer and part of that reason is that freeride boards tend to have quite a lot of nose, outside the contact points, and that extra nose, which predominantly only comes into play in powder, doesn’t effect the general size feel of the ride on groomers. Another reason is that people who are typically getting freeride boards are looking for a good amount of stability at speed. That’s got to be tempered by the terrain you’re going to be riding though. If you were just gliding over soft fluffy powder in a straight line with no obstacles on the perfect slope without any speed checking, then you could go as long as you wanted of course, but if you’re going to be riding trees, or have other obstacles – areas you’ve got to stop in a hurry for to check out what’s coming next, etc, then of course that’s going to affect your ride. In fact, if you were going to be riding mainly trees of piste, then I would say to size down a little from that 162.
Also that number is assuming an advanced level. If you identify as advanced, then that’s a good starting point. If you were to identify as more intermediate, then it would be a good idea to take a couple of centimeters off.
Lastly, given that you’re used to a 158, I wouldn’t jump up too suddenly in terms of size. You still want to feel like you’re fully in control of your board and still want it to be fun (I assume!). Going to a freeride board, even if you go for a softer flexing one, it’s going to be stiffer, and have a more technical camber profile than the Ripcord. So, in other words is going to be a lot more board, even without sizing up.
So with all that in mind. I’d say you probably want to be looking at at least 159, 160, and up to 162-164, depending on some of those factors. If you could let me know your estimated ability level, the terrain you most often ride (is it mostly open terrain, or more often trees, an even mixture, that kind of thing), and then can make a more precise range of sizes to look at. These things will also help determine the freeride boards you should actually look at. There is quite a range of different options within that category.
In the terms of the board you go for, check out the following for some options, if you haven’t already.
>> My Top 10 Freeride Snowboards
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Cassie says
Hey Nate,
I haven’t been able to find any women’s boards that fits my size – I’m 4’11, 86 lbs and have been riding rentals for the past 2 seasons but looking to get my first board. I’m about entry intermediate and have been tossing up between the Never Summer Proto (mini) – 137 and the Burton Yeasayer Smalls – 134 (what all my rentals have been). Which do you think will be the better board? I’m leaning towards the NS Proto because I would prefer a more stable board but I’m not sure if the board would be a bit too long.
Thanks in advance!
Nate says
Hi Cassie
Thanks for your message.
I would say something around 133, 134 would be a good length to go. 137 might feel on the bigger side for your specs. Can you also let me know your boot size. That would help for sizing. The Proto Mini could potentially be on the wider side for your boots too (or potentially the Yeasayer too narrow – but yeah if you could let me know your boot size, that would be great.
Are you open to other options? If so, can you describe your riding style/preferences. i.e. do you just like to ride the groomers? ride trees? powder? ride freestyle? (or interested in riding freestyle at some point). If you’re open to others I can have a look, but between those, I would be leaning towards the Yeasayer Smalls, mostly because I’d say it’s a better size. \
Hope this helps
Cassie says
Thanks for your reply Nate, really appreciate the advice. I’m a US 5 for boots (Mondo – 21.5) so don’t think I’ll have to go for a particularly wide board.
Definitely open to other options! I would say just groomers at this stage, and an all-mountain board would be my preference so I can experiment with all other styles. I was leaning towards the Proto Mini because I wanted something a little bit firmer that would hold out as I progress that isn’t overly aggressive, but would also provide enough stability and be able to handle the speed.
Nate says
Hi Cassie
The Proto Mini is going to be quite wide for your feet/boots, IMO, so going that bit longer and also going to that width, I think that combo overall is going too big to be ideal overall.
But here are some other options that are a little firmer flexing and more intermediate + level boards that you could look at:
– GNU Young Money 135 (still the combination of width and length is on the slightly larger side, but a better overall (shorter and narrower) size than the Proto Mini. You could almost go to the 130
– Jones Prodigy 130 – unfortunately the sizing jumps from 130 to 140, so there isn’t an in between size.
– Burton Yeasayer Smalls 134 – this is still an option. It’s still not overly soft flexing, but it’s just missing camber in it’s profile, which you might want for that extra stability at speed
– GNU Gloss 136 – this is a women’s rather than kids board. It’s a couple of centimeters longer than what we were looking at, but I would say it’s doable as it is a quite narrow option and would be the best option width-wise of everything so far.
– Jones Discovery 132 – this is a slightly more directional option than the others. So not as good for riding switch or learning freestyle tricks on. But it’s still not ultra directional, so if you weren’t thinking that freestyle or riding switch would be in your near future, it’s definitely an option
Cassie says
Thanks Nate! This is really helpful. I was thinking of pairing either the Proto Mini or Yeasayer with the Union Milan bindings – do you reckon they’d work for any one of these boards?
Nate says
Hi Cassie
I reckon the Milan (size small) would work well with either of those boards
Frank 0020 says
Hi, my daughter is 5 2 105 lbs. Intermediate low directional cruiser. Feet 6.5 men’s size boot. She has a:
142cm K2 bright light.. min stance width 19 inch. Is this too long brand new board. ??
140 Burton punch was doing ok on it
138cm morrow.generation. never tried it boys
I think the stance width is too long on the K2 . She looked like a beginner on it. Did I buy it too long? She only rides a few days a year?
Is the stance width too wide?
I have Burton reflex 3x to 4x adaptors so I can’t slide the bindings narrower than 19 inches. The stance width seems so wide. I am 5 6 and my stance width is 19cm. She is 21, so she may chunk up a bit in about 5 years. 5 -10 one we are skinny lot.
Thank you
Nate says
Hi Frank
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, I think it’s a little long for your daughter. For her specs, I would say 140 max, as an advanced rider. I would say more like 136-138 as an intermediate rider, to be ideal. 142 isn’t giant for her, but it is on the big side – and the width is on the wider side for her foot size too. It’s within a good range, but on the wider side of that range – and since it’s also longer than ideal, IMO, then overall it’s on the big side.
The stance width seems quite wide, for that to be the minimum, on a 142. I would say probably 17″-18″ is good width for your daughters height, but it does come down to personal preference. Some people prefer a wider stance (usually more for freestyle, but some prefer it for anything too) and some prefer a narrower stance. Mostly it comes down to what you feel most comfortable with, but if I had to suggest a stance width to try, I would say to try more like 18″. If 19″ feels too wide for her, then that’s something that will add to the fact the board might be slightly too big for her, IMO.
Looks like the reference stance on the 142 Bright Lite is supposed to be 19″. Reference stance is usually at the 2nd and 4th holes from the center. Even with Burton ReFlex you should be able to move them to the 1st and 3rd holes. That would give you the narrowest stance and should be around 17.5″ stance then. It might be that she still finds the board too big, but it might be enough to make it more enjoyable to ride?
Hope this helps
Murphy says
Hi Nate,
Sorry, my previous post left out some details. So I’ll just redo it all!
To start out, my weight is 132lb, little over 5’7″, street shoe size is 8-8.5.
Currently have a Never Summer Infinity 154, which I feel may be too long. Picked it up some years ago when I didn’t know much about snowboard specs in relation to skill, weight, height, style, etc. So now I am looking to get at a new board that fits me and my style. I would say I’m Intermediate-advanced. I’m looking for an all mountain board since I like to just hit up everything! Currently eyeballing Yes Standard and Mountain Twin (Either 149 or 151?) and pairing it with Union Atlas bindings (medium?). Just wanted you thoughts on which size you think would be best for me, or if you have other boards to recommend on top of those.
Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Murphy
Thanks for your message, and the extra details.
Length-wise, generally speaking, I would be looking in the range 148-151.
For the 2 boards you’re eyeing up, I would say:
– Mountain Twin: 151
– Standard: 149
You could go 151 for the Standard, but it’s getting quite wide for your boots and going at the higher end of the scale and being wider, I think the 151 is just on the big side. I know you’re used to a 154, but the Infinity is a good bit narrower than both these boards.
Hope this helps
Murphy says
Appreciate the advice. Would medium bindings work for either boards and my shoe? I noticed size 8 shoe is between small and medium bindings.
Nate says
Hi Murphy
For most binding brands medium should be fine for your boots. For Union, Medium should be fine for your boots.
In terms of for the boards, Medium Atlas should be a good fit for both. And for most bindings medium should fit fine with the boards. I would be careful with some Union’s though. The Strata, for example, has quite a long base plate (and a lot of NOW bindings), so I would be careful going for Medium in some cases, where they might be too long for the width of the board. But for the Medium Atlas, you should be all good, in terms of boots and boards.
PHIL says
Hey Mate
Awesome info, just wandering if you had any insight into my dilemma
Getting into free riding now & going ahead with a K2 Simple Pleasures, only thing is deciding what length, a 51 or 56?
Mixed opinions from lots of people in the industry, some are saying defiantly the 51 & others are saying defiantly the 56
I’m 5’11” 175 lbs with US12, being an advanced intermediate, what are your thoughts
Cheers Phil
Nate says
Hi Phil
Thanks for your message.
I haven’t ridden the simple pleasures, so I don’t know personally how it feels, but based on specs, it’s something that I wouldn’t be definitively going either way, but I would be (only just) leaning towards the 156 for you. The main reason, is that the 151 isn’t going to be overly wide for your boot size, so you would be sizing down but not going necessarily that narrow. The other reason is that, although K2 says to size down 5-7cm vs what you’re usual length would be – and perhaps your usual length is around a 158-160? – putting the 156 at only 2-4cm less than that – however, given that you have size 12 boots, I don’t think you need to size down quite as much as they recommend.
The 156 is still sizing down a little for your specs, IMO, and is going to be wide even for 12s, so that size down in length is a good idea – and these types of boards are designed to be ridden shorter. So, I think you’re fine there.
There are arguments to going 151 though, which is why I don’t think it’s definitive. If you want the ride to feel more surfy, be more maneuverable and be better for riding trees, then the 151 is going to perform better in that case. And you are still certainly within the weight range for the 151. And if you see your normal size at around 158, then it’s right on that 7cm shorter. Now, I think that’s going to the very shortest of sizing down for this board that you’d want to, given your boot size, but it’s not out of range, IMO.
If you want the board to have more stability at speed and better float in powder, and you see yourself riding more open terrain than trees, then I would be more confident to say 156.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Phil says
Awesome, thanks for that Nate, just needed confirmation, as the board shop I’m buying from, thought I might over flex the 51
Keep up the great work & hope your season is going well
Cheers again
Phil
Nate says
You’re very welcome Phil. Happy riding!
Bike says
Hey Nate,
See your helping people out, need your opinion. I am 5’11 weigh 160 and have size 12 boots. I have switched from 151 to 156 then to 148. Now I have a 151 lobster jib board and still no success. Trying to find a board I can be comfortable on in park. I just want to be a park rat and be comfortable when riding. Also when I am hitting kickers I always tend to land almost like doing a wheelie feel like board size has something to do with that, but idk. Never have been comfortable hitting rails and always am changing binding angles. I don’t know wether its me or I am doing something wrong.
Nate says
Hi Mike
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, if you’re looking for a board that’s going to be strictly for or predominantly for the park, I would say that something in the range 152-154 would be a good bet.
But it also sounds like there could be some technique things there to work on. In terms of landing like doing a wheelie, you might have your weight too far shifted on your back foot. I’m not an expert on teaching technique, but try to make sure you pop evenly off both feet, and have your weight evenly distributed and centered on the board. It can sometimes help, if you can, to take videos of your jumps. It’s sometimes easier to see what’s happening with your technique than it is to feel it. And of course, taking a lesson is always worthwhile, IMO. Good instructors can quickly find what you can tweak in your technique and give advice for how to fix it. Same goes with for your jibbing.
In terms of the board, don’t test Lobster boards currently, so I’m not familiar with it, but given that it’s a jib board, I imagine it would be good for jibs, but that’s just an assumption. That doesn’t necessarily mean it’s good for jumps. But in terms of what you’re describing, I think it’s more likely to be a technique thing with the jumps anyway. Hard to know for sure, but based on what you’re describing, that would be my guess. But again, I’m not an expert on teaching technique.
Hope this helps
Ana says
Hi Nate- so glad I have come across your website, thanks for sharing all this great information!
I am a beginner at 139lbs and 5″ tall. I decided to get my own board and equipment and had been on the look out for a used women’s board. I came across a Women’s Burton Troop 146cm in great condition for a great price and decided to go for it. I had done some research in terms of sizing but had not come across your website yet- now that I have, I am slightly concerned this board might be too long for me. A few weekends ago I rented a board and was given a 135cm Elan board- the guy said anything longer would be too long. To be honest, that was my worst day riding; I felt I had no control over the board and it was super heavy/stiff/uncomfortable. I don’t remember the size of the previous boards I had tried but they were definitely longer, lighter and were all Burton’s.
What are your thoughts considering my new board and size? I will have the chance to try it this upcoming weekend but wanted to know if there is anything I should watch out for or keep in mind in case I need to buy a new one. My main concern is finding a board/size that will provide stability and help me build my confidence while progressing!
Thank you so much!!
Nate says
Hi Ana
Thanks for your message.
As a beginner, I would say something roughly 141-143 is probably the best range for you to look at, so I think the 146 is a little too long. It would be a good size for you as a more advanced rider though, IMO.
135cm is definitely too short for you though, IMO. Sounds like the rental guy was going purely off your height, which is a very quick way to do it, but inaccurate. That’s how sizing used to be done, and how it’s often still done in rental places, because it’s much quicker for them to size you that way. Though a shorter board should actually feel less stiff. But if the board was quite stiff to begin with, then even going that small it may have felt too stiff. Smaller boards are typically easier to control/maneuver, which is why going a bit shorter is a good idea when you’re starting out. But going too short and they can become really unstable, so there’s a balance. I think 146 is slightly too long to be ideal for you, but I would sooner see you on a 146 than a 135.
But size certainly isn’t the only thing to look out for in a beginner board. Flex, which we touched on, is a big factor. Camber profile is the other main thing. Get size, flex and camber profile right and you’ve got most of the pieces for getting a good beginner board that’s easy to progress on. I’m not familiar with the Troop but looking up the specs, it looks like it’s a really good flex for a beginner board, so that’s good. And size I think is manageable at 146, if not ideal. The biggest thing for me with it is that it looks like it’s traditional camber. Some people, particularly beginners can sometimes find that traditional camber can be quite catchy. If you don’t find that and find that it’s fine to ride, then there’s no issues. But that would be my biggest concern.
>>More about finding a good beginner board
Hope this helps
T says
Hi Nate,
I’m about 174cm and weigh about 83kg, boot size 9.5US. I just moved out of the beginner zone and now entering the intermediate where I would like to progress in my snowboarding ability. So far, in my riding I really enjoy the all mountain freestyle aspect. Love groomers, off-piste, carving and using the mountains natural feature to do jumps, maneuvers, tricks, side hits etc. Currently I’m looking at the Capita asymulator, and don’t know whether to get the 154cm or 156cm board?. I like this board as it seems like a one board that can do it all. Your thoughts will be much appreciated
Nate says
Hi T
Thanks for your message.
The Asymulator is a really fun board. Apart from not being that great for powder, it’s a very versatile all-mountain-freestyle ride.
Size-wise, I would go for the 156 for your specs/what you’re describing.
Hope this helps
Joris says
Hi Nate,
I’m currently looking to replace my old board (of 160cm) that I bought used some five years ago. This will be the first time I’m buying a brand new board, which I plan on to use for some time (I’m 21 now).
I consider myself an intermediate rider who mainly rides groomed. I’m 184cm and weigh about 81kg. Right now I’m looking at the Nidecker Escape, but I can’t decide whether to get the 162W or the 165W..
As of now I’m mainly going for speed on the slopes. I am thinking of getting a bit more into doing jumps and tricks, but this will not be my main style.
Which length would you recommend? According to the chart I should go for the shorter size, but I fear that going for the shorter one, I would miss out on stability on high speeds or that getting to high speeds becomes more difficult.
Nate says
Hi Joris
Thanks for your message.
As an intermediate rider with your specs, I would usually say more like 158-160 in terms of length. However, since speed is your main thing, then going up to 162 isn’t too much of a stretch and will help with stability at speed. But I wouldn’t go as long as 165, with your specs. That’s getting pretty big. Even if you mostly like riding speed, there are times when you can’t charge all the time, right, when the 165W might feel a bit like a tank. I think the 162W is already bigger than what I would typically recommend for you, so I wouldn’t go longer than that, if I was you. In terms of going wide, I assume you know you need a wide board right?
If you were doing more jumps/tricks at the moment, then I’d say go down to 159W, but since that’s not your focus, I think you’ll get away with the 162W.
However, if you don’t need a wide board – and I wouldn’t go wide, unless you need to – then the 159 is probably the only option, if you’re set on this board – as it looks like they only do wides longer than 159 in the Escape.
Hope this helps with your decision
Joris says
Hi Nate,
Thanks for you reply!
Yeah the wide was already a given. I don’t know why, but I had the (misplaced, apparently) feeling the 162 was on the short side for my specs and style. Thank you for clearing this up!
As for the 159, I agree with you that this would be suitable if I would really start spending my day in the spark, but I don’t see that happening anytime soon. Also, currently I’m riding a 160 board and I have ridden 163 before, both of which I never had to feeling that they were too big.
In any case, thanks for helping me realise that 165 is just too big
Nate says
You’re very welcome Joris. Hope you have an awesome season!
Chris says
Hi Nate my name is Chris Iβm a beginner snowboarder who likes to go fast and I mainly go to two ski resorts near me Iβm 6β6 215 pounds and am Iβm trying to decide between burton instigator flatboard 160w or 165w
Nate says
Hi Chris
Thanks for your message.
For your specs, as a beginner, I think the 165W is your best bet, particularly as you like to ride fast. The 160W is getting on the shorter side for you, IMO. It’s doable – and would be very easy to learn on, but you might find it wanting in terms of stability at speed, particularly as you progress. If you’re on smaller resorts, then sizing down is often a good idea, but even if that’s the case, I think 165W is the best option for you.
Hope this helps with your decision
Kyle says
Nice article. Iβm 6β0 with fluctuating weight 152-160lbs with a size 10 boot. Advanced rider but havenβt bought a board in many years. Iβm looking at the 2020 GNU Headspace 152 and the Bataleon Blow 153. I usually ride a Forum RE:MX 158 but am heavily focusing on jibbing/park/buttering/tree riding
Based on my specs, would you say 152-153cm is too short? Comes down to a couple of inches and some change but I donβt want to feel like Iβm riding a kids board.
Nate says
Hi Kyle
Thanks for your message.
I think you could get away with something that short, if it’s going to be predominantly or solely used in the park and for trees. Just don’t expect it to give you much in terms of stability when you try to ride it at speed – and don’t expect to be able to lay down any big, deep carves or have anything like decent float in powder (not that those boards are made for that anyway). If you keep that in mind, I think they will work. I’d say you’re all-mountain size is around 157-159, and for a park specialist board, I would be happy going down 4-6cm. So, I’d say something around that 152-153 mark is the shortest I’d go for you, but given that it’s going to be your park specialist, I think that could work. And assuming you were keeping your Forum 158 for when you were wanting to get out of the park/trees, those sizes would be a good compliment in your quiver, IMO.
Hope this helps with your decision
Ying says
Hi Nate,
I’m 5’3″-5’4″ about 127 lbs(without gear). I considered myself a lower intermediate rider. My shoe size is 7, I bought the Felix BOA Snowboard Boot. I’m checking on Burton feelgood flying v, and currently struggling between 142cm and 164 cm. Most of the time I go for the all-mountain. Will 164cm too long for me? If I go for 142cm, will it a little shorter for me in the near future? Which one do you recommend?
Thank you!!!
Nate says
Hi Ying
Thanks for your message.
It’s a close call, but I would be leaning towards the 142 for you. As an low intermediate rider, that’s certainly going to be the best size for you, for right now, IMO. But shouldn’t become too short, even as you advance. At least not for a considerable amount of time. I think it’s also the better width for you. Finally, taking Burton’s weight recommendations into account (I take manufacturer’s weight recommendations with a grain of salt, but I do take them into account, and they can work as a nice tie breaker if sizing is close) I think that also favors the 142 over the 146.
So, whilst the 146 isn’t a bad choice, and I think it could work for you, I think the 142 would work better overall.
Hope this helps with your decision
Ying says
Thanks for your suggestion Nate. I tried 146cm three times, Iβm getting used to it now compared to the first day. Should I stick with it or do you still suggest I go for 142cm?
Nate says
Hi Ying
If you think you can feel comfortable on the 146, you could stick with that. In theory, I think 142 is the slightly better choice, but 146 isn’t too far off either, so if you feel comfortable on it, it’s definitely an option.
Josh says
Hi, good stuff here! I could use some help: I’m 5’8″ and 155 with 10.5 boots. I’m an advanced rider, grew up in the park but now in my 40s I mostly just try to ride pow, but still want an all mountain board so I can take a chill lap through the park every now and then and blast a few kickers. I’m looking at the LibTech Jamie Lynn Dagmar, and am trying to decide between the 157MW, and the 160. The width measurements are all pretty close to each other (about .2cm more in the 157MW), seems like the biggest difference is the 2cm extra effective edge in the 160. Would like your input if those extra 2 cms are going to noticeably help in the deep pow and worth the maneuverability I might lose while cruising groomers/park, or if I should stick with the 157 which is technically more suited to my height/weight? Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Josh
Thanks for your message.
I think the 157MW is your best bet. The 160 will float better in powder – just because of slightly more surface area overall, but I think the maneuverability lost outweighs the powder float gained in this case. For your specs, I think the 157MW is going to be a better overall balance between factors.
Hope this helps with your decision
Vaidas says
Hello, i am thinking about Capita Super DOA between 156 (waist width 25.2) and 155W (waist width 25.8).
I am somewhere between intermediate to advanced rider. 70% all mountain, 30% park.
I am 180cm height and 83 kg weight with 28,5 cm foot length (just measured), strange because my Burton Imperial boots are 295/44.5eur/11.5us (written on boots). Before i had much smaller boots by 1 size or 1,5 (one and a half Ride). It seems like Burton oversized these boots. Probably these Burton boots will not fit for board 156, but maybe it could be a solution to buy other brand and one size smaller boots for example Ride (my foot can fit in one size smaller Ride boots). Or it will be on the edge to catch heel or toe edges?
So the question is, should i be okay with 156 or i should go with 155W?
Is there a big difference between wide and regular board? Always i was thinking that if there is a possibility it’s better to chose regular board, because it’s easier to control.
In advance, thank you for your comment.
Nate says
Hi Vaidas
Thanks for your message.
A lot of boots I don’t fit in my mondo-print size. I have 27.3cm feet and the only brand I fit in for a 9.5 is Adidas. For most others, I need a 10 and in some cases a 10.5. So, I’m not too surprised you’re in an 11.5 Burton with 28.5cm feet. That said, the 11.5 Burton will likely be too big for the 156. It would be risking boot drag. The 155W should be fine, but even then is running potentially a little narrow – it’s not an overly wide board. I think even with 10.5 Ride boots, you would probably be better on the 155W. You could probably squeeze on the 156, but the 155W would give you more leeway. If you’re someone that likes to carve quite deep, then I would go 155W, even on 10.5 boots. If you tend to ride less aggressively, then you should be fine on the 156 with 10.5s. On the 155W, if you ride aggressively, then I think even that will be too narrow for 11.5s. You’d possibly be OK but there’s still some risk there. If you ride less aggressively, then the 155W should be fine for your 11.5s.
But yeah, with 28.5cm feet, I don’t think you’ll have any issues in controlling the 155W – you should be able to get plenty of leverage on those edges. Wide boards are only harder to control, if your feet are too small for them. For your feet, you should be all good with that width of board. With your specs, you could even look at the 158W. If you prefer shorter boards, then the 155W would work, but you’re in range for the 158W too.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
PJ Panaceck says
When buying a powder board is finding the length similar? My son rides 153 Capita Scott Stevens Pro and Never Summer Fun Slinger. He is looking at the Capita Spring Break Slush Slasher for xmas. I am clueless on which length to buy him and should I stick to what his other boards are?
Nate says
Hi PJ
Thanks for your message.
Definitely get that it can get confusing! And the answer is that it depends. Some powder oriented boards are designed to be short wide (like the Slush Slasher – more on that later) and others are regular width. For regular width powder boards, you want to size a little longer than you normally would. The effective edge is usually shorter on a powder board because they usually have long noses – and that extra length is outside the contact points, so only really comes into play in powder. Overall having more surface area helps with float in powder plus a number of other factors (like long nose, wide nose, short narrow tail, rockered nose, setback stance etc). So that’s probably more than you needed to know! But yeah with a regular width powder board, usually at least a couple of cms longer and for a short/wide, where you are getting that surface area from width, rather than length, you tend to go shorter (which makes them great option for riding powder in the trees).
The Slush Slasher is a short wide, so I would say go at least as short as the 147 and potentially even 143. I can give you a more accurate size recommendation. I would just need your son’s height, weight and boot size. But yeah, for that board, which is particularly wide, you’re probably looking at at least 5cm shorter and up to 10cm shorter.
Hope this helps
PJ Panaceck says
Thank you for your help.
Nate says
You’re very welcome PJ. Good luck in your search
Byron says
Hi Nate,
You have helped me in the past when I bought my first board a few years ago when it came to finding a board for my foot size. Iβve now done 4 seasons and love it.
I normally ride a 150 and just bought another 150 (Never Summer Maverix LT) which has the perfect waist width for my smaller feet and they say the board can be ridden as if you are riding a board 10cm up or down.
My main concern now is. Last time I got on my old 150 I was 64kgs now Iβm 73-74kgs. I am 5ft5. Iβm a bit worried Iβve made the wrong decision getting another 150 and that it may be too small..I plan to lose weight so if I do lose it the size will be perfect again.
Your thoughts there?
Nate says
Hi Byron
Thanks for your message.
I think you should be OK still on the 150, even with the extra weight. With your specs, at 64kg, 150cm is bang on, IMO, for an all-mountain size at a relatively advanced level. But looking back at old messages for your foot size, I think even the Maverix LT 150 is on the slightly wider size – not overly for sure, and still within a good range, but at the wider end of that range, IMO. At 73kg, you could add 3-4cm for sure, but I think with it being on the wider end of your range, then sizing down a little isn’t a bad idea. So yeah, I think it’s still fine for your new weight, and would be even more fine if you were to drop a little. So yeah, I would be happy with that size for that board, for your specs.
Hope this helps
Byron says
Really appreciate the reply Nate thank you again.
But difficult to find a board that I like that fits my foot whilst being short and carry a bit too much weight. Considering I do tree riding mostly the shorter 150 should be easy enough to throw around. I just have heard such good things about the Maverix for trees that I just had to get one.
Thanks again for your help and putting my mind at ease.
Nate says
You’re very welcome Byron. Hope you have an awesome season and your Maverix treats you well!
Darren says
Hi Nate
Love the site, and the info has been really helpful in trying to find a new board.
I have just bought a Yes Emoticon 143cm for my wife but I’m worried that it’s a little bit on the long side for her
She’s 5ft and approx 125 lbs.
I was really keen on it as she’ll want something that turns easy and she always struggles in ice and we seem to end up riding plenty of icy conditions.
If she doesn’t like the Emoticon do you have any other boards that would be suitable and what size should we be looking for?
Emoticon is toward the top end of our budget.
Thanks
Darren
Nate says
Hi Darren
Thanks for your message.
For your wife’s specs, I think around 143cm is a good size, for an all-mountain board at an advanced level. If she’s an advanced level, then I think it will be fine. But if she’s more of a beginner, or even like low intermediate, then she might prefer something more like 139-141. Doesn’t sound like that much difference but it does make some difference. But if you have the ability to ride it to see if she likes it first, then there’s certainly no harm.
Some good alternatives – also good in icy conditions and easy turning, but in smaller size:
– GNU Chromatic 141
– GNU Gloss 140
– Arbor Poparazzi Rocker 141
Those are the only ones that come to mind in that price range. The Rossignol Frenemy would also be a good option, assuming at least an intermediate level, but the smallest size is 144.
But yeah, I think she’ll probably be OK with the Emoticon in 143, but if not, those are some good alternative, IMO.
Hope this helps
Darren says
Thanks Nate,
Some great suggestions there, the GNU boards look like they might be perfect for her.
She is more of a low intermediate so the Emoticon 143 might be a bit long for her, although she will spend almost all her time on groomers.
A friend also suggested Salomon Rumble Fish and I have found a 2019 board in 140cm that comes in well below budget so might look into that.
Thanks again for your advice Nate
Darren
Nate says
You’re very welcome Darren.
Yeah the Rumble Fish is an option for sure. It’s just a little more advanced versus the other 3 I mentioned, but if you’re wife is low intermediate she should be all good on it. I didn’t mention it due to the price, but if you can get the 2019 model for cheaper, then that’s definitely an option too.
Hope you and your wife have an awesome season
J says
Hey Nate, appreciate the detailed post! Big fan of the site.
Last year I got a 158W Capita DOA after some research. Iβm 6β2 and 200lbs size 12 boot. Based on your article though I should prob be on a bigger board. Only got a 4 day trip to breck last year with the DOA and honestly it was fine. Iβm somewhat advanced. I do like 70% mountain and 30% park.
Only part that was sorta sketchy was bombing a groomer at ~35 MPH…board got a little wobbly. Didnβt hold great on morning ice (but what does).
So…question is: do you think it makes sense to sell this board and get a slightly larger one? The board was super fun and overall no issues, but your post on sizing makes me paranoid that Iβm missing out on benefits of a bigger board!
Thanks again dude. Keep up the site!
Nate says
Hi J
Thanks for your message.
I wouldn’t mind that size for you, if it was predominantly a park board, but for as an all round board, with a 70/30 split, I would say the 161W would be the better size all round.
And with that larger size you would definitely get improved stability at speed. You would sacrifice a little in terms of park, IMO, but gain in terms of stability at speed, float in powder and for hard carves. I’m not too surprised you liked the board in that size for everything but higher speeds. A longer board would certainly give you more stability at speed – that’s the main thing.
Hope this helps with your decision
Dee says
Hi, I am an intermediate snowboarder who mostly snowboards in Japan – I am keen to improve mainly my riding thru trees, pow, freeride and switch. Dont mind a little park to practice some board slides and small jumps every now and then. I’m thinking of getting The Equalizer – would you recommend a 142 or 146? I am 5″3, 110lbs.
Nate says
Hi Dee
Thanks for your message.
I would go 142 for you, for sure. I think the 146 would be too long for your specs, especially given that you’re wanting to ride through trees. Even the 138 would be doable for you but I think 142 is still probably the best middle ground between float in powder/stability at speed – and maneuverability/park. But I would be debating between 138 and 142 – and lean towards 142.
I wouldn’t say the Equalizer is ideal for switch or riding the park, but certainly doable if those things are secondary for you vs trees/pow/freeride.
Hope this helps with your decision
Dee says
Thank you so much Nate! Yes it does, very much. Switch and riding park are secondary for me so that’s good to hear!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Dee. Hope you have an awesome season!
Asel says
Hi Nate,
I am happy I finally found this website, thanks a lot for your work!
I am a beginner in snowboarding, beginner level 4 based on your table. I am a female with height:169cm, weight:54kg and feet EU size 39.
The funny thing is, I live in this country where snowboarding is becoming popular just last 4-5 years and we don’t have much professionals who can guide correctly. The reason I am mentioning this is because I learned snowboarding with the board that the renting place gave me, it was Salomon Craft rtl16 with the size of 152cm. Now after surfing your website, I understood that this board was definitely much larger than what I was supposed to get. It was very hard at the beginning, but on the other side I’ve come to level 4 in one season actually and I started very much enjoying riding it closer to the end of the season. I just ride in slopes in mountainous terrains, with fresh snow sometimes, nothing special. Now I am thinking of buying a board myself but now I have a real dilemma, especially after surfing here. I was hoping to buy Rossignol Frenemy 153 because I was thinking maybe I should go with boards particularly for ladies and one cm doesn’t matter, but after reading your posts I am starting to think that maybe I should go smaller to become more confident and move to the next level? For the smaller sizes here I found only Salomon Wild card 150 (which has bigger weight requirement as I found 60-90kg), Burton Stylus 152, 147, 142 and Ride Compact 150, 147, 143. What do you think, should I go smaller size with my features or should I stick with 152? Also would it matter to have women’s snowboard vs for instance Wild card in this case?
Many thanks and looking forward to hearing from you.
Nate says
Hi Asel
Thanks for your message.
As a beginner I would usually recommend going for something around 142-144 for your specs – and maybe more like 143-145 given that you’re a high-end beginner. So, in my opinion 152 is too long. But since you are used to riding a 152, going as low as that might take a bit to get used to. But I would still not go much longer than 147. Maybe looking at 146 to 148 is a better option.
The biggest issue with going for a men’s board is that they are often too wide. For your foot size, I would go no wider than 243mm at the waist. I’m not familiar with the Salomon Wild Card (is it a rental board?) and can’t find much info on it, so I’m not sure how wide it is, but that would be my biggest concern for you. But also at 150 I think it’s a bit long for you too.
From those options, I think the Ride Compact 147 is probably your best bet. I’m guessing it’s a 2017 or earlier model, since from 2018, they no longer do a 147. But that’s definitely no biggie, it was still a good beginner option back then. The Stylus 147 would also be a good option, but the thing in favor of the Compact is that it’s a more all-mountain board which suits how you describe your riding more so than the Stylus which is more freestyle focused. You can certainly still learn on something like the Stylus and don’t have to ride freestyle on it, but if you have no interest in riding freestyle in the future, then the Compact is a better option, IMO. If you do have an inkling towards freestyle riding, then the Stylus would be a great choice.
Hope this helps with your decision
Cameron says
Hi Nate,
Thanks for putting together such an awesome site. After taking some time off for a few years, I got back into riding last year. I did a trip to Whistler and realized that I needed all new everything. My boots were in really bad shape, and it really contributed to a lot of pain during my trip. I came home and revaluated everything, including my stance, thanks to you.
So far, I’ve used the information from your site to do some off season shopping. First step was get a pair of Ride Deadbolts, followed by a pair of K2 Lien AT bindings. Now I need to upgrade my board.
I do most of my riding in Vermont. So that means lots of groomers with the occasional powder day. I consider myself a strong intermediate rider that can handle steep, icy, and even powder. Last season I started getting more time in the trees (getting better), and I forced myself to do moguls too. But it feels like my board isn’t nimble at all, and feels like a boat when turning sometimes. I think part of my problem is that it might be too long, and to old.
The board is a 2010 Ride Fleetwood 165 that is actually pretty good for carving on hard pack as well as in powder conditions. I’m 6’0″ and 215lbs, so I’m a bigger guy. I don’t do park at all (I’m 42), so I think I’m looking for more of a freeride or all mountain board.
What do you recommend?
Nate says
Hi Cameron
Thanks for your message.
Length-wise, I don’t think 165 is miles off for your specs, but I think coming down a little in length from that is a good idea. Something around 162, 163, would be a good bet, IMO.
In terms of width, can you let me know your boot size. Given that you had the Fleetwood (which is a wide board) I’m guessing you need a wide board, but just want to make sure.
If you haven’t already check out the following:
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
>> My Top 5 Freeride Snowboards
I’d say stick to something max 7/10 in terms of flex (and minimum 5/10) both in terms of your ability level and how you describe your riding. Going too stiff can make a board difficult to turn quickly, particularly in tight situations at slower speeds, like in trees and moguls in some cases. Going shorter also helps there, so if that’s the main factor then you could even take a couple more centimeters off. But don’t go too soft either, because then it starts to effect your stability at speed and carving, which is why I’d say no softer than 5/10 and even then. I think the sweetspot for you is 6/10 or 7/10 in terms of flex.
Since you’re used to traditional camber with your Fleetwood, I’m thinking nothing too different, unless you feel you’re looking for wholesale changes. But if you want to keep some sort of familiarity, then I think hybrid camber is a good way to go. Essentially that means camber between the feet and under the bindings (usually depending on how big the camber section is) and then rocker towards tip and tail. That rocker can help increase edge to edge and is just a bit more forgiving than full camber. If you wanted a big change then you could look at some Hybrid rocker options (Rocker between the feet and camber underfoot and towards tip and tail). This is usually a looser feel but often leads to quicker edge to edge transitions.
Let me know if you want to bounce any particular boards off me after checking out those lists and we can see if we can narrow it down further for you
Cameron says
Nate,
I wear 11 in street shoes but was able to size my boots down to 10.5. I used to have a Burton Baron and I remembered having issues with toe drag, hence why I got the Ride.
For boards, I’ve been looking at the Yes PYL, Capital Mercury, and the Jones Mountain Twin. They all appear to handle speed well, have good edge control, and quick turn initiation. With the PYL, can you still Ride switch with that setup?
Nate says
Hi Cameron
Yeah 10.5 is definitely on the cuff. Some rider’s wouldn’t have any issues with toe drag on regular width with 10.5s and some do. Without knowing the specs of the Burton Baron, but assuming it’s not overly narrow, then going wide again might be prudent. Ride boots are quite low profile though, so that does give you a bit of leeway. Going narrower would also help with quick turn initiation, but obviously boot drag is a bigger issue, so want to make sure that doesn’t happen. It’s likely that the boots you were using on your Burton Baron would have had a much larger profile, but still hard to say. That said, the Fleetwood looks like it’s really quite wide (270mm waist from what I can tell). So going for something wider, but not that wide would have it’s advantages with edge to edge transitions for sure.
You can ride switch on the PYL. It’s not a natural switch rider but it’s doable. It’s not as good as the Mercury or Mountain Twin riding switch.
The PYL size-wise, I would say it’s a weight up between the 160W, 164w and 165. Even though we were talking about sizing down, the PYL has less effective edge compared to overall length than something like the Fleetwood, so even riding the 165 would feel smaller than your current 165. If you wanted to go quite a bit shorter then the 160W is doable, but I’d probably be leaning towards the 164W or 165. The width at inserts is likely to be roughly:
PYL 160W: 270mm at front insert 267mm at back insert
PYL 164W: 275mm at front insert 272mm at back insert
PYL 165: 268mm at front insert 265mm at back insert
Front and back insert measurements are different because of the taper of this board. For reference, the Fleetwood would be roughly 281mm at the inserts. That’s a much rougher guess, based on other Ride boards I’ve ridden but you can test it out yourself. The Width should be measured on the underside of the board, at reference stance. So any of those sizes would give you a narrower ride, but should be too narrow.
The Mercury 161, which would be the only size I would really consider for you, is roughly 267mm at the front inserts and 268mm at the back inserts. It’s slightly wider at the back because of the slight setback stance (so the back insert is at a slightly wider part of the board) and it has no taper. Again, this is considerably narrower than your fleetwood, but still wider than the average regular width board – and I don’t think you would have any issues with Ride 10.5s on this.
The Mountain Twin. Between the 161W and 164W. Again, even though the 164W isn’t much shorter than your current ride, it’s considerably less effective edge than your current ride, so should feel a lot smaller than the 1cm difference suggests. The 161W is roughly 272mm at the front insert and 273mm at the back insert. So plenty wide enough, IMO, but still coming down in width vs the Fleetwood. The 164W is roughly 274mm at the front insert and 275mm at the back insert.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Cameron says
Nate,
Thanks again for this detailed analysis. I am going with the PYL – I think it’s going to be a terrific upgrade from where I am now. It looks like the 164w and 165 have the same amount of effective edge, but the 165 has a larger sidecut radius. Which is the better board for me? I am still thinking about the 160w, but will I still have decent float for when I have powder conditions? Their site says the 160w is more for riders up to 210lbs, and I’m on the upper upper end of that range.
Nate says
Hi Cameron
You would certainly get more float out of the 165 and particularly the 164W vs the 160W, but the 160W would still float well enough, just for the way the board is designed, but yeah certainly not to the same level as the longer options. The PYL has more powder friendly specs than the Fleetwood, but in 160W is much smaller, so that might even out to about what the 165 Fleetwood is – given it’s large surface area from the width and the extra length. Hard to say for sure, but I don’t think going 160W PYL would float worse than the 165 Fleetwood.
That said, I think I would be leaning towards the 165 for you. I think with 10.5 Ride boots you shouldn’t have any difficulty width-wise with it, and that extra narrowness over your current board will really help with nimbleness. That and having less effective edge, should make it feel like a smaller, and certainly more nimble ride. I don’t think the 160W or 164W would be bad choices for you, but based on all the info, I would be leaning towards 165.
Joe Cornish says
Hi Nate
Awesome site and sooo helpful. Thanks so much.
After a lot of deliberating I have finally decided to pick my self up a 2020 YES Standard, but argh what size should I go for? I’ve narrowed it down to either 159cm or 162cm.
I am 6ft, I weigh 14stone (but hoping to lose a bit of weight at some point), I’m shoe size 9.5UK but might get some new boots this season and am thinking of going for 10UK. I’m looking at getting some Burton Mission bindings (size L, do you think these’ll be too big?).
My ability level is Intermediate level 5 (using your Ability scale).
I snowboard once a year for about a week in Europe, so want something fairly easy to just step on and go each year but also not going to hold me back or be too much for me. I’m also confident at riding fast so don’t want anything to slow me down or to have much chatter.
I was going to get the YES Standard 159cm, but now I think I fit better into the 162cm weight range but 162 it just seems so big! I normally ride or rent a 159cm which generally feels fine but ultimately want to get the right size for what I want as I’ve never been told and just used the old, it lines up with your chin method and stuck with 159cm from there.
Help π What do you think?
Super thanks
Joe
Nate says
Hi Joe
Thanks for your message.
Firstly size-wise. Generally speaking I would say around 162cm in terms of length for your height/weight, as an advanced rider. But there’s a lot of room for interpretation when it comes to length, beyond just height and weight. For example, how wide the board is for your foot size, the types of riding you’re doing, what you’re used to riding and just personal preference sometimes comes into it too. As an intermediate (level 5), I would use around 160, 161 as a starting point.
Given that you like to ride fast, then going longer helps in that respect – longer typically means more stability at speed & better float in powder, all else being equal. Going shorter usually means more maneuverability at slower speeds, shorter/sharper turning, better for buttering, flat-land tricks, jibs, spins etc.
Given that the Standard is a wider board, then sizing down a little can be a good idea, if it’s on the wide size for your feet. The Standard 159, is likely to have a width at inserts of 275mm. Given that you have UK9.5 feet (even if you go for UK10 boots, it’s the feet that are applying pressure to the edges, ultimately. For me that’s just on the wider side for your feet – not ultra-wide by any means, but certainly on the wider side. So, given that, sizing down a little, is a good idea, IMO. And definitely not too narrow for UK10s.
Based on everything, including that you’re used to 159, I think that the 159 is your best bet. The 162 will give you more stability at speed for sure, but it’s also going to be quite wide for your feet and with that extra width and extra length, might feel quite big.
The Standard, in my experience is certainly that kind of board that you can just step on and ride without having to warm into it much. And I feel comfortable riding it at speed (I rode the 156 – 6’0″, 185lbs, US10 boots). I wouldn’t say it’s the dampest board in the world, but it’s relatively damp. It’s snappier/livelier than it is damp, but it’s not super chattery either.
Hope this helps with your decision
Joe Cornish says
Hi Nate
Thanks so much for your reply. I just wanted to ask quickly before I buy the Yes Standard 159cm, is there much difference between this board and the new 2020 Jones Mountain twin? that was the other board I almost went for before deciding on the Yes Standard. Given what I’ve said above would you still suggest the Yes Standard was the best choice over maybe the Jones Mountain Twin 160cm?
Thanks Nate
Kind Regards
Joe
Nate says
Hi Joe
The Mountain Twin would certainly fit the bill as well, from what you’re describing. The main differences between the Standard and Mountain Twin, IMO:
1. The Standard is more buttery. It’s softer tip and tail than the Mountain Twin, which is a little more challenging to press on. Not sure if that’s a factor for you or not. Overall flex feels about the same. But the Standard is maybe a little stiffer between the feet and softer tip and tail.
2. The Standard just feels a little more snappy/poppy to me. The MT isn’t pop-less but the Standard has a bit more in that regard.
3. The dimensions: The Standard is wider overall than the regular width MTs. In saying that the MT is quite wide at the inserts vs the waist as well. Part of that is due to a wide reference stance – 600mm (23.6″) – and of course, if you were to bring that stance narrower than reference, then it wouldn’t be as wide at the inserts in a narrower stance. The 160 MT at reference is likely to be around 269mm – so not as wide as the 159 Standard, but still should be fine for your boots, even if you’re in UK10s. Effective edge on the MT 160 vs the Standard 159 is really close, so that’s not really a factor, IMO. And sidecut radius is relatively close too. Though with the slightly deeper radius on the Standard it does lend itself to slightly tighter turns but there isn’t a huge difference there.
But yeah, the MT would suit what you’re describing, and it’s a relatively similar board, but there is enough different about it as well.
Joe Cornish says
Argh Nate
Thanks you so much for your reply. Thought I’d give you a quick update. I went to buy the Yes Standard and they’d sold out of 159cm! I’m now looking at the Mountain Twin. Would you still think the 160cm Mountain Twin would be ok for me?
Many Thanks
Joe
Nate says
Hi Joe
Hate it when that happens! You finally make a decision and then it’s not available.
But yeah, for the MT, I would say the 160 is the best bet for you. You could ride 162 as well for the MT, that’s definitely an option, if you think you prefer longer boards, but at an intermediate level, and if you were to drop some weight, as you mentioned in a previous reply, I think the 160 would be your best choice.
Chris says
Hey Nate!
Excellent write-up and super informative. I’ll be reading through the rest of your guides in the future.
I’m 6’2″, hover between 180-190 (right at the 180 mark currently and will likely stay that way this season), and have a boot size of US 11. This season will be my first time ever snowboarding and I want to make sure I’ve got everything figured out before I start pulling the trigger on things.
I’ve been browsing around the last few weeks and found a pretty good deal on a 2019 158MW Arbor Element. I don’t want to purchase something just for the sake of it being on sale, but wanted to see if that size would fair well with my novice status, boot size, and weight.
I’ll be doing a lot of basic slopes to get my bearings, and will learn my personal preferences as I go.
Appreciate any advice you can bestow upon a newbie! Thanks again.
Nate says
Hi Chris
Thanks for your message.
Size-wise, I think the 158MW Element would work well for your specs, as a beginner. So, size-wise a good call.
In terms of being a good learning board, it’s a decent option, without being ideal. It has a nice easy going camber profile which will help with turn initiation and linking turns in the early days. But it’s just that little bit stiffer than ideal for a beginner. Preferably I like to see beginners on something soft to medium soft (up to 4/10 flex – with 1 being the softest and 10 being the stiffest). The Element is more medium (around 5/10 flex) – so not far off, and wouldn’t be the worst to learn on, but if you wanted a less steep learning curve and a board that would give you faster progression/confidence, then going a little softer is recommended.
From Arbor something like the Arbor Foundation or Arbor Formula Rocker are the best beginner board bets.
Also check out the following for more options:
>>My Top 15 Men’s Snowboards for Beginners
But yeah, the Element is doable, so you would be OK to learn on it, just not completely ideal.
Hope this helps with your decision
Clint says
Hi Nate,
Have my eye on arbor element. Cant make up my mind between 158MW, 159 and 161.
I’m 6’1 fluctuate between 195-205 lbs. My boot size is 11, however I have 11.5 boots because they were best deal at the store haha (however, these are pretty slim so the length on them are almost as long as some 11s).
Bit of a background, I mess around on everything when I’m on the mountain. I usually look for the more forgiving side of things when I’m snowboarding since I only snowboard about once a year (unfortunately). I am an avid surfer, so I like being playful and smooth.
Thanks,
Clint
Nate says
Hi Clint
I would say 161 or 162MW for your specs, if you were riding more aggressively, but since you’re looking for a more forgiving feel, then I think going a little smaller is a possibility, but it’s pushing it. I rode the 161 Element (2019 model) and it measured 265mm at the inserts. That’s on the narrow side, but doable for 11s. So, if you have low profile boots and aren’t riding too aggressively, then that should be fine. Going to the 159, it’s only 1mm narrower, so I think you’d get away with it too. I find I’m comfortable with anything down to 255mm at the inserts (with size 10s) with 11s, I think I would be comfortable down to 265mm. So those boards are right on the edge of being too narrow, but maybe not crossing it.
For reference I’m 6’0″, 185lbs, size 10 boots. I would have preferred the 159 personally, over the 161, but you’ve got a little bit of size on me. So yeah, if you want to keep things narrow, then I’d be going between the 159 and 161 – assuming you’re not going to be euro carving or anything, I think you should be fine width-wise on those. Just because you like to keep things more forgiving, I would be leaning towards the 159 for you, but the 161 would definitely work too.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Clint says
Great Nate. Thanks for the info. Just what I needed ! Appreciate the help!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Clint. Hope you have an awesome season!
Esther says
Hi Nate!
I’m a 169 cm female. I weigh roughly 135 pounds and I usually ride a 148.5 board. I’m fairly intermediate all mountain rider. I don’t do a lot of park riding although I’d like to get into it a bit more. I do enjoy going off some natural features. I also live one the east coast so it’s icy most of the time, but I do go powder hunting whenever I get the chance. Anyways. I’m buying a new board. I’m thinking the Velvet GNU, however really set between the 147 and the 150. I like riding fast when I can, and I think the mid flex is in favor of that. I’ve ridden 145 and 146 cm boards in the past, in powder and moguls and between the trees non-the-less, yet these were obviously very tiring and too short in my opinion for the type of riding I was doing. I’m just really in the middle b/c I’m afraid the 150 will be too long? I also don’t want to feel like the 147 is too short either. Do you know what I mean?
Nate says
Hi Esther
Thanks for your message.
Usually I would say, as an intermediate rider with your specs and looking to ride a bit more freestyle, and given that you like to ride moguls/trees, to go 147. But there’s a lot of factors to consider. Since you’re used to a 148.5 and you’ve found you didn’t get on with shorter boards in the past, that pushes more towards the 150. But I would need more info about those other boards.
Shorter would certainly be more work in powder – but for moguls and trees, usually shorter is better. Longer is certainly better for speed though. Without knowing the specs of the other board you rode it’s hard to say though. They might have been stiffer? More or less effective edge vs the overall size. If they were twin boards that would affect how they rode in powder and their camber profile would affect powder, as well as turning etc. So it’s quite hard to say.
Can you let me know what you’re current board is. If it’s got considerably more effective edge than the 147 Velvet, then it’s probably going to be better going 150, but if not, then I would be more likely to go 147. If you can get back to me with that info, that would help in making a recommendation.
Esther says
Hi Nate!
Haha. Powder trees. I agree on the shorter end for the trees though. Although I was sinking.
I had an old Morrow Sky, that was the 48 board, it was a true twin, flat bottom. I don’t remember the flex.
The shorter boards were both K2. The they were both camber and true twin. Mid flex I think. I borrowed these from friends to try them out. The main problem is on powder days, even though we don’t get them every other day here on the east, I sank hard. Especially trying to get to lifts. And had to adjust my stance and set it back as far as it would go.
tsk tsk tsk. I REally want to go for the Velvet. The Bnice is working its “That 70’s Show” Vibes and I like it, but there’s just something about the Velvet.
-E
Esther says
The last board I owned was the Morrow. Got rid of it when I moved south. It was a bit old too. But yeah, just been going north for a couple years now and really want to get another board instead of hoping on everyone else’s.
-E
Esther says
Sorry I keep replying in multiple messages.
The effective edge of the 147 is 1070mm and the 150 is 1100mm. So 3 cm.
The 48 for the Bnice even though I know it’s not the same board, it’s got a similar rocker type. and its effective edge is 1120 for comparison.
Nate says
Hi Esther
B Nice vs Velvet
The B Nice has more rocker in the profiles, and very little almost non existent camber. Whilst all that rocker helps for float in powder and makes for easy edge-to-edge transitions, it’s not that great for stability at speed or for carving. And the B Nice is a rather soft flexing board too – which is also not great for speed/carving. It does have that extra effective edge, which helps for speed but those other factors kind of cancel that out. In trees in powder, it would be fun for sure, but when trying to ride at speed it’s going to feel wobbly, and given that you’re intermediate and like to ride at speed sometimes, I don’t think it would be that suitable. And even though that rocker helps in powder for sure, it’s still a true twin board with a centered stance, so it’s not going to be amazing in powder. The Velvet certainly better for speed carving, having a slightly stiffer flex (though I’d say still on the softer side of medium) and having a bit more camber in the profile. Still not overly camber dominant, but more than the B Nice. Not going to be great in powder still though, also being a centered twin. Going 150 vs 147 would give you a bit more float – but also make it slower to initiate turns in trees etc. But because it does have less effective edge vs something like the B Nice, that does mean you can go a little longer without sacrificing too much maneuverability because more of that length is outside the contact point.
From what you’re describing, I would certainly go 150 Velvet before I went 148 B Nice.
Note that anything twin/centered is only ever going to be so good in powder. You could look into a slightly directional, slightly setback board. Nothing too crazy if you’re looking to get into some freestyle/park riding, but something subtle there could help with float.
If you’re really set on either the Velvet or B Nice, then I would go Velvet, and if you want that extra float, then 150 – which is going to still fine to ride otherwise, I would say, but maybe not quite as good for learning freestyle/park. Or if you’re open to other suggestions, you could look into something from like the Never Summer Infinity or Rossignol Frenemy or Capita Paradise (still twin/centered but with a bit more nose and tail). And you could also check out this list – though the 3 that I think would be most suitable for you, I did just mention there.
>>Top 10 Women’s Intermediate Snowboards
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Esther says
Thanks! Yes I was just looking into those these past few days as well!
Matt says
Im 163lbs 6ft size 9 want to but the 2019 architect Endeavor 150 is that going to be to small endeavour specs page makes it seems to say it wonβt be ?
Nate says
Hi Matt
Thanks for your message. Whilst the Archetype is a little wider, and whilst you’re technically within the weight recommendations, I think it’s still too small for you, personally. I think 154 would be a better size for you. You would fit on the 150 width-wise, but I think you’ll find it quite small. You could ride it but you would likely get a different feel from it than what’s intended for. It would feel softer and more playful than in a longer size and loose some stability at speed and float in powder. Whilst weight is the most important factor, I would still say at your height, that you would want to be more in the lower to middle end of the weight range, rather than the high end, if that makes sense.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Sven says
Hi Nate,
i want to buy a GNU Hyperkyarve and canβt decide between the 154 and the 157.
Iβm 176cm (wearing socks) , 78kg , boot size 8,5. Since deep deep pow is rare in my region i ride a 154 Skate Banana for park, butter, trees, groomers and everything else. For a bit more (carve) stability and still having fun at freestyling , should i stick with 154 at the Hyperkyarve or go for the 157?
Thanks in advance!
Nate says
Hi Sven
Thanks for your message.
I think for that style of board, for your height/weight specs, that 157 would be your best bet – and would be a better compliment to your 154 Skate Banana in your quiver, IMO. The 154 is better suited to your boot size (I’m assuming US sizing) – and sizing down to that is certainly an option. But I would be leaning towards the 157 as a better quiver compliment with your Skate Banana. However, if you’re getting it to replace your Skate Banana, then the 154 does then become more appealing.
Hope this helps with your decision
Sven says
Very useful hints.
Thank you Nate!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Sven
Ride Like a Girl AUS says
Hiya Nate,
I am going up for a demo day next weekend and have a list of boards that I hope to try but I want to try to narrow it down.
Currently I ride a 2008 (yes, she’s an old girl) Roxy Sugar, 156cm Camber and a 46cm stance with 2 cm set back. The problem I have with her is that my stance is a little two short now that I have gone from beginer to a intermediate to advance rider. I have always riden with maxed out stance width and there is no room to play around with a set back stance for the powder we do get in Australia (took her to Japan and she was fine on the groomers but hit a powder patch on the side of a run and spent 10 minutes digging myself out as an example).
I don’t ride park but I do want to learn how to do little freestyle all mountain jumps, butter and carves. I would also like to learn tree riding as we have some pretty fun side country here is Aus. Based on that I have been looking at directional boards with good pop so the hybrid rocker/camber profile and a mid flex.
I’m 6 foot and a curvy girl (auto immune means my weight fluctuates and I have no idea how much I weigh currently). I know that I want to stick to 156 or a little higher. Don’t feel I need anything over 160 as I like shorter turns.
Of the following list which do you think I should try from best to worst or if you have any suggestions that aren’t on the list that would be cool also.
*my on paper favs so far.
GNU T2B
GNU WHIP *
CAPITA BIRDS OF A FEATHER
SALOMON SIGHT
SALOMON CRAFT
JONES TWIN SISTER *
JONES FLAGSHIP *
JONES DREAM CATCHER
JONES FRONTIER
Nate says
Hey
Thanks for your message.
I would cross of Birds of a Feather for a start – just because it’s a centered board and not great in powder, so to me it doesn’t sound like something that would suit what you’re describing. The Salomon Craft the same – it’s a true twin and sounds like you want something directional.
The T2B isn’t completely twin, but it’s not that directional either, so I wouldn’t make that a priority.
The Sight is directional, but it sounds like it would be too beginner for you.
The Dream Catcher/Frontier would definitely work for what you’re describing – so I would definitely get on that/them. The Dream Catcher only goes to 154, but I would still try that and see what you think. To go to 156, you would need to go Frontier – so I would try that too and compare.
The GNU Whip is a little stiffer than medium on paper, but GNU tend to be a little softer than they’re stated flex, in my experience, so I think that would be worth a try.
The Flagship also stiffer than medium, and in my experience feels significantly stiffer than medium. You could try it anyway if you wanted, but certainly not medium flexing.
The Twin Sister would be worth a try too – it’s not as directional as Dream Catcher/Frontier but still a little directional and very versatile.
So I would say, in order:
JONES DREAM CATCHER
JONES FRONTIER
GNU WHIP *
JONES TWIN SISTER *
JONES FLAGSHIP *
GNU T2B
CAPITA BIRDS OF A FEATHER
SALOMON SIGHT
SALOMON CRAFT
Hope this helps
Ride Like a Girl AUS says
Awesome,
Thank you very much.
Nate says
You’re very welcome. Hope you have/had fun at the demo day!
Jarod says
Hey Nate,
Do you think the width of the board matters? I’m the same weight as you, should I get a 155w for freestyle, which would maybe feel slightly larger?
Or should I stick to something 156w-157w (I want to ride the mountain a bit also).
Thanks,
Jarod
Nate says
Hi Jarod
Thanks for your message.
Yeah width definitely matters, IMO. For a few reasons – a. getting leverage on the edges of the board b. boot drag and c. stability on landings and d. surface area for powder.
With 11.5s though, I would say you’ll definitely need to go wide on most boards.
If you were using it predominantly as a powder board and had something else for riding faster, then I’d say 155 would be absolutely fine. If you’re using it as you’re only board and something you want to ride the mountain on too, then I would go at least 157W for you.
Going shorter for wider boards is a good idea, if you’ve got smaller feet – as going a little shorter can make up for the lack of leverage on the edges (to bring back some maneuverability). But if a wide board is already a suitable width for your foot size, then I wouldn’t go too short, if that makes sense.
Hope this helps
Becks says
Hi Nate,
Thanks for this post, it’s really great! Learned heaps.
So I picked snowboarding in about 3 days. I had a rossignol 151 I think. I did a season on weekends then I haven’t been back at it for like 6 years! I want to buy another board and kit. I have put on a little weight and am currently loosing it, not sure how that works with choosing a board. For an all mountain board it says 151 i think for me. I am 161cm and weigh 72kg but my more usual weight is 67-68. I was intermediate… should I go bigger now or because I haven’t done it in ages, stay smaller? Also, I have wide and flat feet. I had burton boots and my feet would get so sore, just ache so bad all over… I have done a lot of reading and research and think Burton, Thirty Two and Salomon are the widest but all the research speaks about guys and not women… help? I take it that I shouldn’t buy my bindings until I have chosen my boots? Cheers
Nate says
Hi Becks
Thanks for your message.
Firstly, in terms of boots, ideally you would choose those first, and then you can match the board and bindings to the boot size. But if you know pretty close to what the boot size is going to be you could take an educated guess on bindings. But yeah, ideally you’d choose the boots first.
I don’t have wide feet and though I’ve researched it a lot, I’m guilty of not knowing whether it translates to women’s brands. But you could check this out for some ideas (but admittedly is male dominated input):
Wide Snowboard Boots for Wide Feet
Sizing Snowboard Boots: The Different Brands
Burton and Salomon both have wide options for men’s boots, but not for women’s. Salomon boots (the non-wide options) tend to be narrower than most, so they’re probably not the best bet. Burton boots do tend to be a little wider, even in non-wide versions (and also have “Asian-fit” options, which are also wider), but if you haven’t had a good fit with them in the past, then it may not be the best bet. Thirty Two definitely worth trying. If at all possible it’s best if you can try on before buying to make sure the fit feels good. For flat feet, I would say the best thing to do is to go for a custom footbed insole. If you can get the width right, I think that would go a long way to finding comfort.
Length-wise for your board, I would say for your specs (assuming 161cm and 68kg) – I would be looking at something around 147 to 149 at an intermediate level, ideally, IMO. For your current specs, 149-151 but I would size for the specs that you are likely to be for most of the time you have the snowboard.
Hope this helps
Jeff says
Hi Nate thanks for taking the time to answer questions. I am 6β1β 170 pounds(tall and thin) boot size 11.5 . I did a demo on the 2019 Rossignol Templar size 158 and liked it a lot. Only problem is that I had some minor heel out so wanted to buy either the 156 wide 259 waist or the 159 wide 260 waist, more worried about length of board. I like a little bit of everything all mountain, free style, park. I am almost thinking to buy both sizes 156 park 159 all mountain but they are only 3cm apart and the 156 wide says 130-170lbs so I would be max on that one and 159 wide says 140-200lbs. Wondering your thoughts on it. I would consider myself intermediate-advanced Thank you.
Nate says
Hi Jeff
Thanks for your message.
Not surprised that you got a bit of drag on the 158 with 11.5s, so yeah going wide is a good call.
You could definitely ride both 156W and 159W with your specs, and I wouldn’t be too concerned about being at the top of the weight recommendations for the 156, especially given that you’re wanting to ride freestyle and park on it.
Pros of going 156W is more nimble at slower speeds, better for freestyle/park (apart from like super large jumps), more butterable. In terms of edge-to-edge speed, the 156W is going to be more similar to the 158 vs the 159W.
Pros of going 159W include more stability at speed, better float in powder and better for long arcing carves.
The 156 is likely a very similar surface area to the 158, possibly even a little more because of that extra width. So in terms of powder, the 156W would be very similar to the 158 – and the 159W a step above.
Because you mention park and freestyle, I would be leaning slightly towards the 156W, and if you ride trees a bit, then that gives another tick in that direction. But if you want to maximize powder, speed and carving, then 159W is certainly within your range too.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Jeff says
Went with the 156W, have a binding recommendation based on what I said? All mountain, free style, park? Thanks
Nate says
Hi Jeff
I would say go for something with around a 5/10 flex or 6/10 flex. That should be a good match with the board. In terms of then being good for freestyle, I would make sure to get something that’s got good board feel/butterability. The following lists have some options with those specifications, if you want to check those out.
>>Top 5 All Freestyle Bindings
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
If you have any other questions after checking them out, let me know.
sam says
Hi Nate,
In the market for a camber dominate park board. Have some question about sizing. I’m 6’1 175lbs 10.5 Vans Boot and ride both medium jumps and intermediate jib features. Would a 155cm 25.5mm GNU headspace be too small? Do I need a wide board?
Thanks
Nate says
Hi Sam
Thanks for your message.
Given that you’re going to ride it predominantly in the park (by the sounds of it) I don’t think 155 is too short. I would go longer for an all-mountain board for you, but as a park board, I think 155 would work well. Should certainly be fine for medium jumps and intermediate jibs, IMO.
In terms of going wide, with 10.5s you’re right on the cuff. With Vans that gives you a bit more leeway (as they’re quite low profile) to go regular. For the Headspace specifically, I’d say you’d be fine on the regular width. If you were going to be using it for big aggressive carves and riding with a quite a straight back binding angle, then it might be a little narrow – but in the park – assuming you’ll be riding with close to a mirror duck stance and not going to be using for any euro carving or anything like that, I’d say you’ll be perfectly fine.
Advantage of going wide, is that it would give you a more stable landing platform. But you would loose a bit in terms of nimbleness.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Tom D says
Hi Nate,
I’m toying up between the 153cm and 156cm 2019 Salomon Assassin.
I’m 5’9 65kg size 8.5 boot
Coming from an old Ride Profile 156cm and mainly looking for an all mountain board that I can also have some fun on when with my kids on easier slopes (40+ rider). Not doing park, rails or big jumps.
Would it make much difference which I go with?
Tom
Nate says
Hi Tom
Thanks for your message.
I think you would be the perfect fit for the 153 with your specs. However, since you’re used to riding a 156, you could certainly ride the 156 too.
The main differences, which would be noticeable but relatively subtle:
The 153 will be more nimble, faster edge-to-edge, better in trees, and better for freestyle type stuff, if you’re doing smaller jumps, side hits, ollies, butters, spins etc. Better for riding slowly with the kids – more maneuverable at slower speeds.
The 156 will be more stable at speed, better for big carves and float more easily in powder.
Hope this helps with your decision
alejandro says
Hi!
I want to buy the gnu space case and I have doubts between the 153 and the 156 … I accept recommendations…
Im 5Β΄8Β¨ -170 lbs – 9 boots, intermediate level++ and 40 years
I actually ride with skate banana 152 2012-13
and nitroT1 156 2006 aprox (tradicional camber)
With the C2X I need more size or less??
Im all terreain, but more in park, flat tricks, butter and no big big jumps…
thanks! and srry for my english
Nate says
Hi Alejandro
Thanks for your message.
I would be leaning towards the 153 for you. For an all-mountain board, I’d say 156 would be better. But for a freestyle board that you’ll be mostly using in the park and for freestyle, then I think the 153 would work well for your specs. You could certainly still get on with the 156 but the 153 would be my pick for you, in this particular case.
Hope this helps with your decision
Curtis says
Hi,
I’m a male, 168cm tall, weight around 65kg, wear size US 8 boots . I have seen a used 2018/2019 Capita DOA 148cm board for sale and really interested in buying it.
I am after a shorter board as want to do more freestyle and park with this board. Do you think 148cm DOA would fit me? I m a bit concern about the bindings wouldn’t fit (will probably get a size M of either Union Force or Burton Malavita).
Regards,
Curtis
Nate says
Hi Curtis
I think 148 would be a really good length for the the DOA, for your specs.
Width-wise, it’s also a really good width for 8s, IMO.
In terms of bindings fitting, you wouldn’t have any issues with either of those on there, IMO. The measurements on the footbed for those two bindings are as follows (both based on 2019 models of those bindings):
– Malavita Medium: 22cm with no gas pedal extension and 23.7cm with gas pedal extension
– Force Medium: 24.4cm with no gas pedal extension and 25.1cm with gas pedal extension
With the 244mm (24.4cm) waist of the DOA (which would be roughly 25.2cm at the inserts – based on measuring a different sized DOA). So should be fine.
Hope this helps
Will says
Sorry, one more question. Should I go with a West X or should I stay with the non-wide West? I see the waist is 256 vs. 266. Thanks.
Will
Nate says
Hi Will
Thanks for your messages.
Certainly the 160X or 162 non-wide would be more nimble vs the 164X.
The 162 has a 256mm waist and I would predict around 264mm at the inserts, which is pretty narrow for most 11s. If you’re on low profile 11s and ride with +15/-15 binding angles or similar, then it’s doable, but it’s on the narrower side and would be risky with other angles/boots. This also depends on how aggressive you like to carve as well. The more aggressive you carve the wider you will need. I think going for the wide (predicted around 274mm at the inserts) is probably your best and safest bet. I ride 10s and don’t like wide boards, but anything up to around 265mm at the inserts work fine for me – so with 11s, that would translate to 275mm.
Between the 160X and 164X.
The 160X will be a more nimble, easier going ride. When you do go in the trees you will appreciate this size. And if you’re riding more on the casual vs aggressive side, this will be an easier going board to ride. But it won’t be quite as good in terms of stability at speed, float in powder or for big arcing carves vs the 164X.
Hope this gives you more info to go off for your decision
Will says
Thanks, Nate. I went with the 160. We’ll see how it goes.
Nate says
You’re very welcome Will. Hope it goes well for you. Happy riding!
Will says
Hey Nate:
I’ve been riding a 2006 or 2007 Burton Canyon 162 forever and finally looking to upgrade. I’m 6’0″ 220 lbs size 11 boot that lives in the Midwest and does mostly freeride out in Colorado for a few days per year. I’m almost 40 so besides when by buddies bring me to the trees, I’m mostly on groomer, so just freeride but I hold my own fine on the black diamonds. I’m looking at a Never Summer West X and caught between a 160 for maneuverability and a 164 because of my weight. I realize the board is going to be more maneuverable than my Canyon for sure, so I’m not sure it matters. What do you think?
Thanks.
Will
Will says
Correction. My Burton Canyon is a 164.
Kimberly Boettger says
Hi Nate,
I was shopping for a new board and found your work. THANK YOU SO MUCH! You have helped me immensely. You have an unbelievable amount of knowledge, display it so clearly, and seem to have covered every topic imaginable.
I’m looking into the Jones Dream Catcher, but I am struggling to decide whether I should go for the 145cm or 148cm. I am a female, wear US size 6 boots, weigh 115lbs, and am 168cm tall. I’d say I’m an advanced/expert rider…definitely a solid level 5 by your definition. I spend most of my time on tight tree runs, moguls, chutes, in bowls, and looking for powder, but also like trying small jumps, tricks, and boxes.
I’ve been told that the Dream Catcher can feel a bit shorter and was therefore recommended to get the 148cm. While I’m fairly tall, I also don’t weigh much and have smaller feet, so it is important to me that I can manoeuvre the board easily through tight and fast turns…which led me to consider the 145cm. BUT, I also don’t want to sacrifice stability and float (although we don’t get a huge number of powder days up where I am).
I know either choice would probably work, but would love to hear your input.
Thanks again!
Kim
Nate says
Hi Kim
Thanks for your message.
Usually I would say with this board, as an expert rider, that you could ride the 148. It is a board you can ride a little longer. But it’s also a wider board – even wider at the inserts than most boards compared to the waist. I recently had the 148 in my office, and it measured 255mm at the back insert and 253mm at the front insert. With size 6s, your feet (which are ultimately what put pressure on the edges) would be well inside the edges, which makes it more difficult to apply pressure to the edges making a board feel heavier and slower to turn. Now, the Dream Catcher does also have quite a wide reference stance – and that’s measured at reference stance, but even on a narrower stance, it’s going to be quite wide for size 6s.
Usually I would say that around 144, 145 would be a great size for your specs and ability – but for this board this would be sizing down just a little. But being wider, sizing down can bring back some of that agility that is lost by being wider. I would predict that the Dream Catcher 145 would be around 253mm at the back insert and 251mm at the front insert. This is still quite wide and even if you brought the stance in it would still be quite wide for 6s, IMO. So the 145 is still wide for you but since it’s shorter, it would be the better size overall, IMO.
Some other, slightly narrower options to look at that would suit what you’re describing, IMO, would be:
– YES Hel Yes 146 (239mm waist but predicted width at inserts more like 245mm for that board – still wide for your boots and maybe the combination of length and width is getting on the big side but certainly narrower than the 145 Dream Catcher – and you’re getting a lot more effective edge (111cm vs the 107.3cm on the Dream Catcher).
– Never Summer Aura 146 (235mm waist – predicted width at inserts around 243mm – again still wider than ideal, but better. And again you get a lot more edge (potentially too much) – 112cm)
– Capita Jess Kimura Pro 146 (235mm waist – predicted width at inserts around 244mm. Effective edge 109.4cm)
– Capita Jess Kimura Pro 142 (229mm waist – predicted width at inserts around 238mm. Width wise this is the best option for you, IMO. It’s going a little shorter so you’d have to decide if it was too short. With effective edge of 106.2cm it’s almost as much as the Dream Catcher 145cm. Advantage to going smaller like this is that you would get a more nimble board – especially with it also being narrower, so would work really well with trees, moguls and jumps, tricks and boxes. But it would sacrifice a little in terms of float in powder and stability at speed). And even though that’s by far the narrowest option, it’s still on the wider side for you – with size 6s, you’ve likely got feet around 230mm – so with the 238 width at inserts your feet are still going to be inside the edges (but within a good range, IMO) – so going shorter isn’t necessarily a bad thing in this case – the only thing that I would be considering here is if it’s enough effective edge for you.
There aren’t many narrower options that I can think of in that kind of length, that would suit your style of riding (though I’m sure there are some, but not that I can think of). That’s not to say that the 145 Dream Catcher wouldn’t work but I just wanted to give you some other options to consider. I think the Dream Catcher really suits what you’re describing, but just whether the sizing suits that well. But yeah I would say 145 Dream Catcher over the 148 for sure.
Hope this helps
Dieter says
Hi Nate,
Iβm just looking for a new board and found your page.
Nice work! Thanks a lot!
BUT:
I really wonder because it seems as if I’m riding my boards much too long.
With 1,80 m and my 66 kg I used these boards
– Supermodels 164
– Eldorado 159 (when I remember right)
– F2 Supersonic 164 & 161
– F2 Respect 164
– Swoard Dual 163
I think I know a good bit about carving and wood say they all worked really fine for me on all kinds of tracks and also in the backcountry. Still having both supersonics I can say that the longer one always was my favourite. You think everything should have been more pleasant using shorter ones? π
I’m riding since the early 90s in Europe, coming from the hardboot-section why I usually rode high angles. Due to problems with my back I started duck-riding (21Β° / -15Β°) this year – my back loves it. But now I need a wide board the avoid toe-drag; I nearly decided for wide magnum β boards over 270 mm are pretty rare. After reading all these tables I would go for a 159.
Bad idea? Thanks for your thoughts and comment
PS: no tricks accept 360s when I find a matching edge
Nate says
Hi Dieter
Thanks for your message.
Board sizing used to be done purely on height, so likely you were used to those sizes if you’ve been riding since the early 90s. And once you’re used to a size, that definitely plays a part in choosing future sizes. Since you’re used to riding longer, then going around 156 (which is what I would otherwise recommend for you) is probably not a good idea in your case. But if you’d never owned a board before then that’s what I would recommend. But personal preference also comes into it. If you prefer to have your board more stable and more carvy and aren’t as worried about it being nimble or for riding freestyle, then going longer is fine. But also with technology improving, boards are becoming more stable without having to necessarily be ridden long to be stable, so that comes into it too. I think people typically rode longer boards back then, so coming from that background, that’s what you’re used to.
All that said, if you’re going to go for a wide and aren’t used to wide boards, then sizing down a little bit isn’t a bad idea. In which case the 159 might be a good option for you for something like the Magnum, rather than going into the 160s.
But if you could also let me know your boot size and the make and model of your boots, that would help to see which width would work best for you.
Hope this helps
Michael Pawlenko says
Hi Nate,
Iβm having a little dilemma. Iβm like 180-185 lbs and like 6β1 3/4β with a 10.5 boot size.
Currently I have a pretty stiff mountain board (Flex: 8/10) which is a 160 and I remember it feeling kind of big to me (for jibs & spins atleast) but itβs good for itβs purpose. I just bought a bunch of new gear, board included – for the purpose of majority park/freestyle & the occasional groomed runs. The board I got is the Salomon The Villain 2019 – 155W but my conscience is telling me I shouldβve gotten the 158… My thought process was that based on how big the 160 felt that a 155 would be appropriate for freestyle, and that a 158 was too close in size to the 160 that I already have… What are your thoughts? Itβs eating me alive and I have to make the decision soon because I would want the right size before my trip. Also what is your opinion on stance width and angle? Iβm experimenting with that – Iβm running -15/+15 angle and in the middle of the standard 4 bolt mounting.
Thanks again,
Michael
Nate says
Hi Michael
Thanks for your message.
Since your using it predominantly for freestyle riding, I think the 155W can work for you. I wouldn’t suggest that length as your daily driver, or do everything board, but as a board that you’re going to be riding predominantly freestyle, I think that will work. And with that extra bit of width that offers you a good platform for landings – and in that sense makes up for some of the disadvantages of going shorter. And given that you already have a 160 for other things, and that you find that quite big, I think it’s a good compliment to your quiver. The Villain will also be softer, and feel a little softer again, going with the smaller size – but that’s often a good thing for freestyle, and it’s also another thing that makes it a good compliment vs the board you already have, IMO.
In terms of angles, I like +15/-15 for freestyle riding. Especially if you’re going to be doing 180s or 540s or the likes, where you’re taking off and landing switch. I like the feeling of feeling the same both ways for freestyle riding in particular.
The other thing with the Villain is that it does have a 120.5cm effective edge on the 155W, which is a lot of effective edge for a 155, so it won’t feel that short, I would say.
Stance width: I would probably look to go a little wider than reference – just because of your height and because a lot of people (myself included) like to go with a bit of a wider stance for freestyle riding, as it offers a more stable feel. Reference on the 155W is 56cm, but you might want to go out to 58cm or 60cm (depending on how adjustable your bindings are stance-width-wise). But this definitely isn’t a must and I find the best way is to experiment and see what you like the feel of the best. Also see:
>>Snowboard Stance Setup
Hope this helps
Ashley says
Hi Nate,
I am looking to purchase my first snowboard where I can continue to improve my skills and ride long-term. I feel as though I am in between the beginner level 3 stage – the intermediate level 4 stage. I was looking for an all-mountain board and considering the Rossignol Frenemy as an option, especially since I live on the east coast where it can get pretty icy. However, it appears as though the smallest size is 144cm. I am 5’2″ and range from 115-120 pounds. I am a size 6 boot.
Do you think this board would be too big for me?
If so, based on my height and weight, what size board would you recommend?
Would you recommend any other boards instead?
Thank you for your feedback!
Ashley
Nate says
Hi Ashley
Thanks for your message.
I think the Frenemy is a good option, but the 144 is the smallest size, as you say, and I think it’s probably just a little long to be ideal. Not far off, but I would be trying to get something between 140 and 142, if you can.
Check out the following, for a list of boards that I consider really good for beginner going on intermediate riders:
>>Top 10 Women’s Intermediate Snowboards
In terms of hard/icy conditions, the Roxy Ally, YES Emoticon and Rossignol Frenemy are probably the best, but the Arbor Poparazzi, GNU Velvet, Salomon Rumble Fish and Never Summer Infinity not too far off either.
Hope this helps
Ashley says
Thank you for your feedback!
I was really set on the Frenemy but since the Frenemy is probably too long for me, I have been looking at other options. I have been considering the Never Summer Infinity, GNU Velvet, and the GNU B-Nice. As I mentioned before, I am probably in the early intermediate stages of riding and I am looking for an all mountain board. I am about 5’3″ and fluctuate between 115-120 pounds, size six boot. I want to progress my skills but I also don’t want to grow out of the board too quickly. I also live on the east coast so I do keep in mind icy conditions.
What are the main differences between the boards I listed above? I know the GNU B-Nice is softer than the other two, so I don’t want that to be a problem as I progress to more difficult hills. What would you recommend?
Thanks so much!
Ashley
Nate says
Hi Ashley
If you’re looking for all-mountain, and something that can grow with you, then I would probably cross off the B Nice, just as it’s more freestyle and for all-mountain riding you will probably grow out of it very quickly.
The Velvet and Infinity would be good options though and fit what you’re describing well, IMO.
Infinity is going to be a little softer flexing than the Velvet, though just by a little. The Infinity will be better in powder (if you like the idea of going off-groomer), and just a little more all-mountain oriented, with the Velvet being more all-mountain-freestyle. The Velvet better for riding switch for sure. Everything else fairly similar performance-wise.
Either would certainly work, but I would be leaning towards the Infinity, just because I think the 142 would be the better size for that board for you vs the 139 or 143 of the Velvet.
Hope this helps
Ashley says
Hi again!
I think I have finally decided on the GNU Velvet. I have tried on many boots. The only boots that seem to have been a good fit so far are the Vans Encore. I have also been considering the Burton Limelight, although I do feel some pressure points with them and a little bit of heel lift so I am unsure about them. Might go with the Vans because of how comfortable they felt. Hopefully they aren’t too soft? I think the pair I tried on was the 2016 version…
Now, I have been looking for bindings. I was looking at the Burton Lexa’s. However, I am not sure if they were too advanced for me? (all-mountain early-intermediate rider). I can get them for a good price right now, so the price with them is not a problem. Can I have your feedback? Would those bindings work well with my board and ability level? Are there other bindings you would recommend for the GNU velvet?
Thank you so much!!
Ashley
Nate says
Hi Ashley
The Encore a probably just a little soft to be ideal for the Velvet, but doable. And fit is the most important thing with boots, IMO. But flex is a close second. If you could find the Vans Encore Pro in your size they might be a better bet. Just that little bit stiffer than the regular Encore and a good flex for the Velvet, and will likely fit the same.
The Lexa is just a touch stiffer than ideal for the Velvet/intermediate level, but doable. Ideally, maybe the Escapade or Scribe if going Burton, but if you have a deal on the Lexa it’s not way off.
For some other options, check out:
>>Top Women’s All-Mountain Bindings
>>Top Women’s Freestyle Bindings
Hope this helps
Jane says
Hi Nate!
I’m looking to buy my first snowboard, hopefully one that is suitable long-term as I improve my riding. I still consider myself a beginner (I can link turns), but progressing fairly quickly this season. I ride mostly groomed runs, but once I improve, I want to try out powder and park. I may consider buying specific boards for these if I like it enough, but that would be much further down the line. For now, I ideally want a board that can handle a little of everything.
I’m 5ft. tall, my weight fluctuates between 100-110 lbs. without gear and boot size is women’s 6. I’ve been eyeing the Nitro Lectra and based on your chart, the 138cm would be best. However, this seems to be a rare size and sold out almost everywhere, even with other snowboard brands unless I go with kid size boards. I am wondering if you think the 142cm would be uncomfortably long? Should I stick to looking at boards in the 138-140cm range? For reference, rental shops have mostly been sizing me at 140cm and other less specific charts I’ve found online have given very large ranges that run up to 146cm.
I’d appreciate any advice. Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Jane
Thanks for your message.
It can be hard to find boards in those sizes, but I would try to stay no longer than 140cm, if I was you. You might be OK with some a little longer, and the Lectra is a pretty easy going board, so you’d probably get away with the 142, but less ideal.
Since it sounds like you’re progressing well, and want something that stays with you for a good while, you could also check out the following to see if there was anything suitable in there and if they had anything in that size range.
>>Top 10 Women’s Intermediate Snowboards
GNU Velvet comes in a 139 (with 226mm waist) which would be a good size for you, IMO and good width for your boots. I believe there’s a 139 available currently if you look at the link under that board. But look through the others and see what you like the look of, as some of the others might still have suitable sizes still available.
Hope this helps with your search
Jakub says
Hi Nate,
I bought a Yes Typo 155 with Union Strata M bindings (US9.5 Vance Aura Pro) at the beginning of this season and progressed really fast over the intermediate level, riding every weekend for 1-2 days. I ride all-mountain, groomers mostly, powder if the weather fits, a bit of fun park too, but enjoy the curves and the speed a lot.
I was offered a Yes Basic Decade for a great price and can choose between the 155 and 158 version, and I don’t know which one to choose. I am 178cm, 75kg. I’ll be selling my Typo to a friend who just got out of the beginner level. I know it will help him progress really fast.
According to your table the Decade 158 would be more fitting, but I’ve never before riding anything larger than 155 before. What will be different if I’d go 158 with the Decade?
Will the Union Strata fit for the Decade?
Thanks a lot! Love your page, it’s filled with a lot of useful information. Helped me a lot in buying the Typo and I really enjoy the board.
Cheers
Jakub
Nate says
Hi Jakub
Thanks for your message. Awesome that you’re progressing well!
I haven’t ridden the Decade (but heard really good things about it – and not surprised given the specs and the similarities to the Typo). I would estimate that the Decade would have a flex feel (by my feel) of 6/10 (YES rates it 7/10), based on other similar YES Boards – the Typo I would rate as 4.5/10 (YES rates it 6/10). The Strata is what I would put as a 6/10 flex, so I think it would be a great match for the Decade, so no need to change your bindings, IMO.
Size-wise, it’s a tough call. At an advanced level, you certainly could ride the 158 – and it would give you a bit more in terms of stability at speed, and for hard carves – and for float in powder. But not as good for park riding. The other thing to think about is that the Decade is already a little stiffer, and with a bit more performance – so even in the 155, you should get an improvement in terms of stability at speed. If you feel you would comfortable on 158, then that’s certainly an option (taking into consideration the things I mentioned above) – but if you would be more comfortable sticking with 155, that’s certainly a size within your range too, for your specs.
Hope this helps with your decision
Lo says
Hi Nate,
Very helpful information!
I recently purchased my first board at a local ski shop after years of renting. I really like this Ride snowboard and the guy at the shop sold me a 154cm. For reference I am a 5β3β, 140lb size 7 boot, female. He said based off my weight this would be a prefect size board for me. (Based off of rides recommendation of 115-160+lbs) But now after reading more into it online, Iβm worried it may be too long since the board comes up my eyes.
I havenβt tried riding the board yet but Iβm not sure if I should try returning it for something smaller? Iβm worried I will have a hard time manuevuring the board, but Iβm more of a cruiser and donβt plan on doing any sort of tricks or jumps.
Would you recommend using it and going to a smaller board later on if I do decide to do more park riding?
Nate says
Hi Lo
Thanks for your message.
In my opinion 154 is too long for you. How much too long, would depend on the board, but I can’t think of a board that would be ideal in a 154 for you, unless you were riding deep powder all the time. Even though weight is an important consideration, it’s not the only consideration, IMO. On balance I wouldn’t go longer than around 148cm, depending on the particular board and depending on your ability level. If you can let me know the model of board that you were looking at, I can give you my opinion of what I think would be the best size for you.
I would say that a 154 is also likely to be too wide for size 7 boots too, so it’s going to be long and wide – and probably hard and not that fun to ride for you, IMO.
Hope this helps
Jake says
Hey Nate,
Looking into Never Summer Proto Type II X 161 or 158. I’m 6’0 205 size 12 boot. I’ve been riding for 15 years, I would consider myself an All-mountain rider (intermediate) I mainly ride on the east coast but occasionally come out west. My current board is a Ride Kink 09, I feel like it is too narrow for me. My question to you, can I get away with the 158x or would I find the 161 more appealing to my size.
Nate says
Hi Jake
Thanks for your message.
I think the 158 would work for you length-wise, for this board, which can be ridden a little shorter. Also as an intermediate rider, you might appreciate going a little shorter. So, usually I would say around 160, 161 would be a good all-mountain length for you as an intermediate rider, for this board, the 158 would work, IMO. The downsides to going shorter in this case would be float in powder – it wouldn’t be as good on the 158 for you. But it’s not the greatest floater anyway, so if you’re going to be seeing a lot of powder, then I would probably be looking at a different board, anyway. The shorter 158 will also have a slightly softer flex feel than the 161 for you. Usually going shorter would mean a drop in stability at speed, but with the effective edge on the PT2 being longer compared to overall length, I wouldn’t worry too much about that. But the softer flexing could affect that.
But overall I would still say 158 in terms of length is a good bet, for this board.
Width-wise, I would say that it should be wide enough for you, depending on the profile of your boots and depending on your binding angles. I would be using something similar to +15-15 on this board anyway – as it’s an asym, so binding angles shouldn’t be an issue. But for a more accurate opinion, if you could let me know the brand/model of your boots and also the size of your Kink.
Hope this helps
Tiago says
Hi Nate,
Quite a lot of great info – good work!
I’ve recently bought my first board after years of renting (with all the issues you mention in different articles – getting used to a different board every time, not quite the right settings/board, etc).
After a lot of research and thinking clearly about my own preferences (having ridden loads of different boards over the years), I’ve decided to go for the following gear:
– Burton Ripcord 154 (zero camber) board;
– Burton Freestyle Re:Flex (size L) bindings;
– Burton Ruler (9 UK) boots.
My main reasons for picking all of this gear were to have something of my own that would suit my own riding style. I’ve never been a very “adventurous” rider and would stick to groomed runs most of the time, with a little bit of off piste in powder every now and again. I found that the years that I rented a slightly shorter board with plenty of flex I ended up feeling much more at ease due to the “playful” and more forgiving nature of the board.
I’m about to hit the slopes in a couple of weeks, first Val d’Isere and then Val Thorens in March and wanted to get as much advice regarding the correct set up for the new gear. At the moment I’ve just set it up with a +15 on the front and -6 in the back. As I tend to ride directional 90% of the time I have in the past got the back foot to -3 or even 0 while the front has always been +12 or +15. I’ve set my stance width at 51cm (I’m 177cm tall and weigh 77kg). I’ve also set the bindings back to minimum lean and rotated the backs to be parallel with the board.
Any specific advice (besides trying different set ups to see what feels best) as this will be the first time riding with my new gear?
All your valuable experience and advice would be much appreciated!
Thanks,
Tiago
Nate says
Hi Tiago
Thanks for your message.
In terms of setup a lot of it comes down to feel and experimenting, like you say.
I think those are good binding angles to start with. Once you’ve had a go with them there, I would try something more towards a forward stance, since you ride directional most of the time. To get a feel for the difference, I would try something that’s different enough. Maybe something like +21/+3 or +18/+3 and see how that feels. Take note of what you preferred between that and +15/-6 and then I would try something in the middle (maybe +18/-3 or +15/0) and decide from there which you preferred the best.
In terms of stance width, that sounds quite narrow to me. And with the reference stance on the Ripcord 154, being 56cm, it’s quite far off reference. Again, you could try it at that and then try something wider to see what you prefer. Or you could start at reference stance (56cm) and then try something narrower, and see which you prefer.
Also, check your boot centering to make sure you have relatively even toe and heel overhang. If you’ve got slightly more heel overhang that’s fine (I would go with slightly more on the heel than toe if you can help it – or completely centered, but not more overhang on the toe. It should be quite easy to get centered on the channel system, so it shouldn’t be a problem, just knowing to check that.
The only other thing would be to make sure your toe and ankle strap are centered when you tighten them over your boots.
Hope this helps
Glenn says
Hi Nate,
I’m looking to get a setup after renting/trying friends boards for a few seasons. I would say I’m still at a beginner level closing in on intermediate.
I’m outside your charts for height, coming in 6’6″ and 230lbs. Looking at your tallest chart I’d be on a 167. Though that seems maybe a bit long?
I’ve ridden a 163W custom-x and a 159W joystick. The custom-x felt stable but was a bit difficult to maneuver quickly. Whereas the joystick was easy to turn, but felt a bit wobbly at speed. I would like an all-mountain board.
Anyway, I’m currently looking at the Never Summer Snowtrooper X (I have size 13 boots). And am wondering if I should go with the 160 or 164 given my previous experiences.
Also, do you have boots and binding recommendations for that board? On boots preferably ones with a wider toe box.
Thanks so much for your time and help!
Glenn
Nate says
Hi Glenn
Thanks for your message.
You tried 2 very different boards there and in very different sizes. So, definitely no surprise the results you felt between them. The Custom-X is a very aggressive board and hard to manage at any size if you’re not used to a board like that. And definitely an advanced level board. It’s stiff and has full camber. So I don’t think the size for that was the problem, just the type of board. The Joystick is (was) a much softer board with a much more forgiving/playful camber profile. Add to that the shorter size and being wobbly at speed but easy to maneuver is exactly what I would expect, for sure.
I think the Snowtrooper is a great choice. It’s a great board for exactly where you’re at. High-level beginner going on intermediate. It will be closer in feel and flex to the Joystick rather than the Custom X. But won’t be quite as loose as the Joystick (from what I can tell from what I’ve heard and looking at the specs – not something that I’ve ridden though).
Size-wise, I would go with the 164X for your specs. It would still be sizing down a little from what you could ride (at a more advanced level) but should provide you with more stability at speed and more float in powder and be better for carving. But it should still be maneuverable enough. A lot of the difficulty in maneuverability you felt from the Custom X would have come down to the stiff flex and aggressive camber profile. The softer more forgiving Snowtrooper will be more maneuverable size-for-size. Yeah, going smaller will bring even more maneuverability, but will cost you in stability. I think the 164X would be the best middle ground between the 2.
In terms of bindings, I would look at something with around a 5/10, 6/10 flex. Even though I would rate the Snowtrooper as a 4/10 flex, going a little stiffer on the bindings isn’t a bad idea when you’re a bigger guy. Same for boots.
I would look at the following:
>>Top 5 All Freestyle Bindings
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
>>My Top Freestyle (medium flex) Snowboard Boots
>>My Top All Mountain (medium-stiff flex) Snowboard Boots
In terms of boots with a wider toe box, I would say Adidas are the widest (of the brands that I look at). And they’re also really low profile, which helps when you’ve got 13s. But there are other options also with typically wider toe boxes. Check out the following for more info on a number of brands:
Sizing Snowboard Boots: The Different Brands
Hope this helps with your decision
Glenn says
Hey Nate,
Thanks so much for the reply!
I looked through your reviews of bindings/boots that you linked as well as went down to my local shop and tried a bunch on. I found the Adidas were nice in the toe box, but just didn’t feel right in the heel for me. I did however like the Burton Ruler and Burton Imperial boots. I’m leaning more towards the Imperial just for that bit of added stiffness as you suggested.
For bindings, I am between the Burton Genesis and the Union Strata. But leaning towards the Genesis due to some quality issues Union apparently had in the past with their bindings. Maybe it’s not an issue any longer, but it’s having that bit of peace of mind of going with a brand who’s been doing it forever…
Lastly, when I mentioned I was interested in the Never Summer Snowtrooper to the guy at the shop he suggested I take a look at the Yes Typo. I noticed you had a favorable review of the Typo under your all-mountain boards. What are your thoughts on a Typo 163W for my level? Is it too much board? I see other sites have it listed as a beginner-expert board, so maybe it’s worth considering?
Thanks again for your thorough and knowledgeable responses!
Glenn
Nate says
Hi Glenn
Thanks for your message.
Sounds like Burton boots are the way to go for you if they are fitting the best.
I haven’t had any quality issues with recent Union bindings, so both are options, IMO. But the Genesis is a seriously good binding, so you can’t go wrong there.
The Typo would also be a great option for you, IMO. And the 163W a good size for you too. It’s another one of those boards that’s just beyond a pure beginner but good for a high-end beginner, to low-end intermediate and leaves plenty of room to grow with it too (along with the Snowtrooper is in my list of Top 10 Intermediate boards).
Chris says
Yo Nate,
Found a good deal on a 2013 burton custom x 158 with medium size genesis bindings and need some help.
Iβm 6β, 195lb and size 11 burton moto boots been riding for a long time but havenβt bought a new board since 2004 (burton custom x 164).
You think a 158 will be too small for me? I do want a board that is a bit more nimble and poppy than what I have now.
Nate says
Hi Chris
Thanks for your message.
Usually I would say to go for something around 162 for your specs for this type of board. So usually I’d say go 162 Custom X but since you’re looking for something more nimble, the 158 is certainly a possibility. Width-wise, it’s borderline for 11s. Since you have Burton boots that gives you a bit more leeway, but it would still be pushing it a little if you ride with a straight back foot. But if you ride with a reasonably angled angle on your back binding, then you should be OK. Actually, looking at the 2013 Custom X, it’s quite a bit narrower than the current Custom X. So I would say that it’s too narrow. Though in saying that, the 2004
Also, ideally, a stiffer boot would work better with the Custom X, which is quite a stiff board. Though the board will likely feel less stiff as a 158 as it is as a 164 or 162, for your specs, but still quite stiff. Also, I would match the Custom X with slightly stiffer bindings than the Genesis too, ideally.
But yeah, my biggest concern is that the 2013 Custom X 158, would be too narrow for your boots.
Hope this helps with your decision
Jake says
Nate, Great articles!!! I’m 6’5/275 lb with a size 14 foot. Been riding the Lib Tech 180 Skunk Ape which has fit great but it’s pretty beaten up so was looking at their 172 with a 26.8 waist or 170 with a 28.5 waist. Does the wider waist make up for the slightly shorter board? They also have a 195 with 26.1 waist but that sounds a bit too big(and narrow). I’m more of an all-mountain cruiser(too big for the parks), mostly Intermediate runs with some Experts thrown in. Which would you suggest?? Thanks so much for your thoughts.
Nate says
Hi Jake
The 170, with the 28.5 waist, might be a good option. Since you’re used to a 180, going down to a 170 would certainly be a noticeable drop, but that wider waist does make up for it in some areas. Certainly in terms of stability when flat-basing and for float in powder, the wider board makes up for the length. And then going shorter allows for a more nimble turning board, than would otherwise be the case with a wider board. But for 14s, the 285mm waist isn’t crazy wide, anyway.
The advantage of going for the 172, is that you don’t drop as much in terms of effective edge, compared to the 180, which will be easier to adjust to, coming from the 180. If you’ve been fine with the width of the 180, then you’ll likely be fine with the width of the 172W. But the 170UW would give you a bit more leeway in terms of width, to reduce any risk of drag.
Assuming you’ve been fine with the width of the 180, I think the 172W would be the safer bet, as something that’s more similar to your current board, but I like the idea of the 170 for you, as it would allow you more leeway in terms of width and more room to get lower on carves, if you like to carve it up.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Jason says
So I’m going to piggy back of this post b/c it’s similar to mine. I ride a 168 Nitro Magnum. But it seems to die on my on cat walks and feels a little squirely. I also wash out sometimes on that heel edge. I’m thinking I need a bigger board was was looking at the Skunk Apes. I’m 6’7″ 270 with a size 15 boot. I do wear the Burton lower profile boots that supposedly fit like a 14. Riding style is same as above. Cruisers, crud, pow when I find it. No park. Decent amount of bumps just to mix it up. I was debating between the 170 skunk ape and the 172 skunk ape. But I’m torn between the wider/shorter 170, or the longer/narrower (even narrower than my Nitro) 172. Thoughts?
Nate says
Hi Jason
Thanks for your message.
I think going a little longer could certainly help. With 15s (even Burton 15s), I would be concerned about the 172 being too narrow, so I would be looking at the 170 (285mm waist width). It’s wider than what you’re used to but still a good width for 14s/15s, IMO. And there are some advantages of going a little wider – like better float in pow, and the ability to really get over the edge without any fear of dragging a boot. Wider isn’t likely to lessen the board dying on cat tracks, but the little bit of extra length should help there.
The other option, if you were OK with staying with the same board (all be it an updated version), but in a longer length, would be the 171 Magnum.
Hope this helps
Jake says
Jason,
I just checked out the Nitro. Great waist size for the shoes but effective edge only 1180. The Skunk Ape 170 UW effective edge is 1270 and their 172 is 1310. For the Skunk Ape 180 I have now, it has a 268 waist and I use Burton risers on the bindings with size 14 Burton boots and it has worked fine(though I don’t know how much less response you get using the binding risers). The Burton Custom 170W has nice waist (270) and effective edge (1335) for guys like us. In the end, I’ve ridden Lib Tech for 13 years and they get it for bigger riders. Plus, I had an issue come up and they took care of it right away even out of warranty. They were so great to deal with.
Nate says
HI Jake
Yeah I see on Lib Tech’s website that the Skunk Ape shows 127 for effective edge on the 172, but in their catalog and on some other places I’ve seen it, it looks like it’s 131, which would make more sense to me.
With Riser’s that certainly gives you more leeway, making the 172 perhaps the better way to go, if there’s going to be no risk of drag. Not sure how it effects response as they’re something I’ve never used.
In terms of your stability at speed, extra width only really adds stability for landings and when flat-basing. Usually you wouldn’t be riding flat out on a flat base, so going with more effective edge is usually better for stability at speed – more edge in contact with the snow that way. Assuming you’re going to be on edge at speed, going longer will be better for stability at speed. But certainly for riding powder, that extra surface area (and the 170UW will likely have a good bit more surface area overall than the 172), is going to improve float.
Jake says
One other thing that may change things on this Nate. Just saw that the contact length for both the above, 170 UW and 172 W is 127. Would that mean that for both boards, there is 127 cm making contact with the snow-hence since the 170 UW is wider, there’d be more surface on the snow with the 170 than the 172 ?? If that is the case would the 170 be better for speed for me?? For stability?
thanks for all your help on this, much appreciated!!
Jake says
and on this, the 170 has an effective edge of 1270 while the 172 has an effective edge of 1310.
Jake says
Nate,
Thanks so much for your time as well as insight on these boards and explaining the details on how to read the stats. When spending so much money on a board, itβs nice to know exactly what Iβm getting!! Fantastic site and info. You da man!!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Jake.
Hope you have an awesome season!
Jake says
Ended up going with the Lib Tech Skunk Ape 172. With the risers its fantastic. Rides great and I could probably get away without the risers but I had them previously so just stuck them on. Great board and Lib Tech always stands behind their product. Also tried out there 195 Dough Boy. SO FUN!! A must for anyone. Turned very well and holds an unbelievable edge. Flies down the mountain and through powder.
Nate says
Hi Jake
Thanks for the update. Awesome that the 172 Skunk Ape is working well for you. I can’t even imagine riding a 195, but sounds like it was a blast! Even in the picture it looks gigantic.
Stan says
Hey, Nate, I’m 5’11 185-190 10.5 boot I ride 60% park 40% mountain. I can’t decided between the 156 or 158 DOA?
Nate says
Hi Stan
Definitely a weight up and both sizes would work. I would be leaning towards the 156, largely because of the 60/40 Park to Mountain. And also because I like the 156 for that board (6’0″, 185lbs, US10). Though it’s a very close call, and I do tend to lean towards slightly shorter. Also, with 10.5s, the 158 gives you just that little bit more width. I’d say the 156 would be fine with +15/-15 angles, or similar, but with a straighter back binding angle, could be risking being a little too narrow.
Hope this gives you more info to go off
Stan says
Awesome thanks it gives me a ton to go off. You were talking about the 158 giving me just a little bit more room for my 10.5 boot. I have a couple question’s about bindings. It’s a question I saw brought up a few times on the binding page. Which is better for me with a 10.5 boot a pair of Union M/L or L/XL and which do you perfer the force or the Atlas. The bindings would be going on the DOA. I wear a pair of Burton Moto Imprint 1’s quick lace & just got a pair of 10.5 DC Control BOAs. I’m also curious about your thoughts on the Malavita’s.
Thanks again for the knowledge & help.
Nate says
Hi Stan
With Burton 10.5s, I would say go Medium. With DC is a tighter call, but I would still probably go Medium. I think you should fit the DC 10.5s in there – and the Large might be pushing it for width on the board. It would fit the boots fine, but Union base plates tend to be quite long in their Large size, so there would be some risk that they could be too wide for the board.
M/L and L/XL are Union’s old sizings, but M/L translates to their M now and L/LX translates to their L now.
I really like the Malavitas. They are the control bindings I use for testing, so I’m very familiar with them. They work well with the DOA too, IMO. Although, I think I would personally go with something just a little stiffer overall for the DOA. But they would certainly work with it.
Hope this helps
Dave says
Hi Nate,
I’m currently looking for as close to a quiver killer/daily driver board for my first board. Been riding at least a few times every season and feel it’s time to get my own but need some insight to dial in the perfect ride.
I am 5’8″, weigh 157 lbs, and wear a 8.5 boot.
I would say my skill level is between intermediate-advanced when it comes to going down groomers and steeps. I typically like to ride fast, link carves, hit the side hits/naturals if I can, ride through the trees, and love the rare powder day (even if my back leg is done the next day).
When it comes to the park I’m a beginner. I like to hit the small jumps (15-20 feet) but want to step up my game to bigger jumps and be consistent with 180s and 360s. I’m not good at jibbing. I’d love to improve but the jumps are a bigger priority for me. They’ll come after. Butters and switch are also slowly coming along.
Overall I feel like I split my time 25% in the park (when I ride with friends) and 75% of the time all over the rest of the mountain.
Here are the boards I’m looking at:
Capita DoA 154cm
Capita Mercury 155cm
Capita Outerspace Living 154cm
Jones Explorer 156cm
Jones Mountain Twin 157cm
Would you recommend these sizes or should I go higher? Also any board recommendations out of these would be awesome. I was thinking the DoA or the Mercury were probably the best fits.
Love what you’re doing here.
Nate says
Hi Dave
Thanks for your message.
Between the Capita boards, the DOA would work better for the park than the Mercury, IMO, but not great in powder. Otherwise would certainly work for what you’re describing. The Mercury would be a better option for powder, but as you see powder rarely, it’s not necessarily the most important factor. The Outerspace Living would also work for what you’re describing and would work well for park and better for powder than the DOA but not quite as good as mercury. The Outerspace Living is a more playful/less dynamic option that’s not quite as good for carving/speed, IMO.
The Mountain Twin and Explorer are also better in powder and, like the Mercury, what I would consider “all-mountain” boards, with the DOA and OSL “all-mountain-freestyle”.
For more details, check out:
>>Capita DOA Review
>>Capita Mercury Review
>>Capita Outerspace Living Review
>>Jones Mountain Twin
>>Jones Explorer
Size-wise, I think those sizes look good, except, I would go 154 for the Mountain Twin. You could ride the 157 too, but I think the 154 would be a better fit. For the others, those are the sizes I would have recommended for you.
Hope this helps
Stan says
Hey Nate I left an early comment and got to thinking. Iβm 5β11 (180 cm) 190-195lbs (86-88kg) 10.5 boot Iβm curious is the 156 or the 158 DOA better for me? I ride all mountain and find myself in the park as the day comes to a close. This might sound dumb but are weight charts taking into account the βgearβ your wearing or not? If so with the boots and everything Iβm over the 190lbs weight limit for the 156. What are your thoughts? Which should I ride? Thanks for the help! Your great!
Nate says
Hi Stan
Weight recommendations are typically without gear, according to those I’ve talked to from a couple of different of brands. So, you would fit inside Capita’s weight recommendations for the 156. As per my other comment, I would be tempted by the 156 for more park performance, but the 158 is probably the safer bet, and a little better for all-mountain riding. But personally I would go 156 for that board, to have it more freestyle/park focused.
Celeste says
Hi Nate – Hoping you can help me along with all the others! I am a 5’6.5″ 111 lb female, with a 9.5 shoe size. I am currently debating between the Jones Dream Catcher 145 (23.8cm ww) and 148 (24cm ww). I am hesitant of the 148 because of my weight and my level (I am at a level 4 beginner intermediate level, linking turns very comfortably and looking to progress with this new board). I currently ride an old 146 Salomon that I bought off ebay. Any advice to sway me one way or another? Thank you!
Nate says
Hi Celeste
Thanks for your message.
I think the 145 would be the better length for you. Even though the Dream Catcher is the kind of board you can ride a little longer, I think the 145 for your specs/ability would be the best option.
Width-wise, both options would be cutting it fine, in terms of potentially being too narrow. However, if you ride with binding angles something like +15/-15 (at least with a reasonable angled back binding angle), then I think you should be fine width-wise. With a straighter back binding angle it would be riskier width-wise.
Hope this helps with your decision
Rob says
Hi Nate!
Very informative article, and I’m glad to see that you’re still actively answering these questions. I’m 6’3″, ~195 lbs, 11.5 US boot and just bought a 158MW Arbor Element as my first board. After receiving it in the mail I’m second guessing if it is too short, since my previous rentals were in the 160-165 range.
I would consider myself low intermediate, as I only snowboard once or twice a year. I don’t plan to do park, mostly just enjoy carving groomers or powder if I’m lucky. I was thinking the shorter board could have a more surfy/playful feel, but I also don’t want it to be too squirrely at speed. The Element is fully rockered with a 6 flex rating, and the effective edge on the 158MW seems decent at 1210. Will I be fine with the 158MW, or should I consider upsizing to the 162MW?
Thanks,
Rob
Nate says
Hi Rob
Thanks for your message.
Ordinarily I would say that something between 160 and 162 would be a good range for your specs/ability/style of riding. But, like you say the 158MW does have a lot of effective edge for a 158. Most boards in that 160 to 162 range would have a similar effective edge (that’s being very general, but a lot of boards that length sit in and around that effective edge). The 162MW has the effective edge that I would typically see on boards more like 164, 165. That’s not to say that it’s necessarily too long for you, but it’s interesting to note.
I rode the 2019 Element in the 161 last spring and it did feel a bit long for me. I would have preferred to ride the 159 or possibly even 157, though I think the 159 for this board. I am 6’0, 185lbs (at the time), with size 10s.
Unusually, the 158MW has more effective edge than the 159. I double checked their catalog and website and they’re consistent, and it looks like the other wide models have more effective edge per length too, compared to the non-wide models, so it looks like they do shape the wide models differently.
The 158MW would certainly be more playful and forgiving than the 162MW for you and more maneuverable at slower speeds. The 162MW would give you more float in powder and more stability at speed.
Hope this gives you more info to go off.
Craig says
Hi Nate!
I’m 6’4 1/2 about 195 lbs and a size 12 or 13 boot. I’m pretty set on the Jones Explorer but also considering the Yes Standard.
I want something I can do some moguls and trees in but am worried about giving up all my float. Is a 161W too small for me/ should I go for a 164W on the Jones Explorer?
Thanks!
Craig
Nate says
Hi Craig
Thanks for your message.
I wouldn’t say something around 161 is undoable for you. Particularly if you ride a lot of trees. However, the Explorer is something that I usually recommend to ride a little longer than you normally would, just as it has a shorter effective compared to overall length compared to most boards. So, in the case of the Explorer I would be leaning towards the 164W. And that would give you just that little bit more in terms of width.
For the Standard the 162 would be a good size for you, IMO. For that board, I wouldn’t see any issue with going for that length. In fact the 162 Standard has practically the same effective edge as the 164W Explorer.
I wouldn’t say an outright don’t-do-it, for the 161W and I think you’d probably enjoy it in trees, but overall I would be leaning towards the 164W for you, for that board.
Hope this helps
Jonah says
Great post, I am 5’10” and weigh about 170lbs. I am looking at a DC 150cm freestyle board. I wear size 10 boot. Is this board too small for me? I am a mix of all-mountain and freestyle type of rider. Any suggestions before I make a purchase?
Nate says
Hi Jonah
Thanks for your message.
If it was going to be your dedicated freestyle/park board, then I would say you could get away with it (assuming the width is OK – but without knowing the model, I’m not sure). But as your only board, this is going to be too small for you, IMO. I would be looking closer to around 157, 158 for your specs, for an all-mountain board, assuming a relatively advanced level. You could certainly go shorter for a more freestyle focused board, but if you’re going to be using it for all-mountain riding as well, I wouldn’t go as short as 150, if I was you.
Hope this helps
Ugnius says
Hello, Nate,
Your article is great!
I am 189 cm high, 86 kg weight, my boot size is 47 EU (Burton Moto) size (14 US), level – begginer to intermediate, more all mountain rider, but most happy in a powder.
I am thinking about Burton Ripcorn 2019 snowboard 62 W. What do you think? Is it good for me (length and width)? More worry about widthβ¦
Thank you in advance,
Ugnius
Nate says
Hi Ugnius
Thanks for your message. I replied to your previous message on the Top 5 Beginner Snowboards page, but I’m guessing you haven’t seen it. I have copy pasted it below for you:
Hi Ugnius
Thanks for your message.
I think the Ripcord would be a good option for you, based on what youβre describing. But I suspect that it would be pushing it too narrow for your boot size. You might be fine to begin with, but once you start getting more up on edge, you may well get boot drag issues. Even with low profile Burton boots, I wouldnβt want to go narrower than roughly 265mm at the waist for your boots.
I think the better option for you would be the 160W Burton Instigator. Itβs a reasonable amount wider (265mm waist) and should give you a bit more leeway. Also I think the 160 is a good length for you at this stage.
Hope this helps with your decision
Geoffrey says
Hi Nate,
Great website & amazing advices! Very impressive longevity!
I went through all the messages (very interesting) but still double guessing:
* I am 31 years old
* 6 feet tall (183cm)
* 150-160 LBS (68-72kg)
* 11 US size (k2 maysis)
* Beginner level
** Last time I was on a board I was 20 year old, but in a week I was able to handle the board enough to feel secure on red track
* Eager to try everything: freeride / freestyle
I am hesitating between K2 Standard 56W & 59W:
* I am worried to out grow the 56W too fast.
Thanks in advance,
Geoffrey
Nate says
Hi Geoffrey
Thanks for your message.
I can understand your concern about growing out of the smaller 156 too fast, but I feel like the 59W is going to be too big for you, especially as a beginner. It would be an appropriate length for you as an advanced rider, but as a beginner – going that long – and with it being on the wider side for 11s too, is overall looking like quite a big option to get started on. I would be concerned that it would slow your progress and your technique could suffer. And I don’t think the 156W is overly short for you either. I would say 154 to 156 for you at a beginner level, so the 156 is at the higher end of that specturm, so I would say it would be good to get you to an intermediate level.
The Standard is something, in any size, that you will likely want to upgrade from at some stage anyway, and I feel like going 159W you would want to upgrade anyway but with it you wouldn’t progress as quickly and potentially with a less clean technique if you find that size hard to handle. Whereas, the 156W you should progress better on, IMO. It’s impossible to say for sure, but that would be my prediction.
Hope this makes sense/helps
Geoffrey says
Thanks a lot for your feedback and your time!
He went with 156W, can’t wait to try it π
Thanks again,
Cheers,
Geoffrey
Nate says
You’re very welcome Geoffrey. Hope you have an awesome season!
Ryan says
Hey Nate,
I just ordered the slash brainstorm 154 cm. This is the first snowboard that I have purchased. I spent all last season renting. I’m wondering if I might have been better off with the 151 cm now though? I’m 5’6, 145-150 pounds, boot size 9.5 (US) 23 years old beginner-intermediate. I’m into all mountain riding with more time bombing the mountain and trying to hit natural terrain/powder than the park, but still some time in the park. Do you think I made the right choice?
Nate says
Hi Ryan
Thanks for your message.
I probably would have suggested the 151, but the 154 is certainly a doable size for you. Particularly for when you’re bombing and hitting powder, the 154 should be perfectly fine, but when you’re in the park you’ll likely have preferred the 151. And the 151 would still be fine for powder and bombing for your specs, IMO. So, whilst I would have been leaning towards 151, you’re certainly not way off with the 154 – and the 154 will have some advantages over the 151. If you have no way of exchanging it or really don’t want to exchange it, then you could look at a shorter board specifically for the park at some point down the line.
Hope this gives you more to go off
Joe says
Hey Nate,
I just bought the Jones Explorer 159 cm. Iβm just shy of 6β0, weigh about 180ish, and have a size 11.5 boot. Iβm wondering if I should return the board and step up to the 161w. The guy who sold me the board thought I would be good on the 159 cm but after doing some research, maybe I should have gone bigger? Let me know your thoughts. Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Joe
Just replied to your other message. And yeah 159 too narrow for you, IMO.
Since this is the kind of board you can ride a little longer, I would be leaning towards the 161W, but the 158W would also work.
Johanna says
Hey Nate!
Fist of all thank you so much for your extremely useful website and incredible job replying to all the posts! I explored your article and your answers to girls with similar specs to me, but I’m still not convinced. Please help me to make right choice. So, anyway I’m an intermediate all-mountain rider with an athletic build: 165 cm tall and weigh 145 lbs. I’d like to buy KLASSY C2X. According to GNU’s suggested weight range for this particular board I should go for the 145cm board based on my weight. Taking into account all info I’ve already known I understand that this length might be short for me. But I have a lot of doubts, because my current board is an old Burton Feather 144 and I’m used to it. At the same time, I want so much to make some progression, have stability at speed and float in powder.
Would love to get your thoughts.
Thank you in advance,
Johanna
Nate says
Hi Johanna
Thanks for your message.
In my opinion the 148 would be the best size for you, but the 145 would work too – I wouldn’t say that it’s overly too short, but I would be leaning towards the 148.
I would say something around a 149, 150 would be a good advanced level size for you, so, as an intermediate you can certainly take some size off, but the 148, I think, is taking off enough. The other thing is that the Klassy is going to be a more aggressive board and a better carver and have more stability at speed than the Feather, even in the same size. So going 145 you would still be getting more in those areas even without sizing up. In terms of powder, the Klassy, I would say is fairly similar to the Feather, in terms of powder performance. Both boards are setback and have a tapered directional shape. The only thing that would make the Klassy a little better in powder is a faster base (particularly if you ever get wet, sticky powder). But going up to the 148 will certainly give you better float than the 144 Feather, IMO.
But a couple of reasons why I would be leaning towards 148. 1. I think it fits your specs better. 2. Since you are athletic, then you should be able to handle the length fine, even at an intermediate level – and it’s still a couple of cms down and 3. It’s a size that you could stay with even as an advanced rider. So, whilst it might take a little getting used to the extra length to begin with since you’re used to riding the 144 Feather, it’s a size that you could stick with forever if you wanted to.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision
Johanna says
Dear Nate,
Thank you so much for your helpful reply!!
Just one more question, do you think I will be able to handle the 151? Should I choose it if I want to gain a higher level? As far as I understand, with rocker in the middle of the board it is a little easier to turn regardless. At the same time extra length would give me more stability at speed. What do you think about it? Iβd love to hear your opinion.
Cheers,
Johanna
Nate says
Hi Johanna
I think you could handle the 151, but I think the 148 would be the best size for you.
The rocker in the middle does help with turn initiation but it’s a stiffer board than what you’re used to with the Feather and it also has a fair bit of camber, which the Feather doesn’t have any of (it’s flat in the middle then rockered tip and tail). The rocker in GNUs C2X profile isn’t overly prominent compared to the camber. So whilst that rocker will help with turn initiation there are other factors too.
The 151 will give you more stability at speed compared to the 148, and more float in powder. But there’s a trade off. It will also be less maneuverable at slower speeds. If you go too long, then the added benefits of that length can come with some negative effects too. And potentially the 151 might be quite difficult to handle, which could effect your confidence and control, particularly on steeper terrain. How much so that would be the case is difficult to determine, but I think the 148 would be a better option at this stage. Also, going from 144 to 151 is quite a big difference and would be a much bigger adjustment to make, compared to what you’re used to.
So, whilst I wouldn’t say an outright no to the 151, I think the 148 would be a better length for you, IMO, overall.
Johanna says
Dear Nate,
Thank you for taking the time to write this detailed reply! I really appreciate it. Thanks for being so helpful!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Johanna. Hope you have an awesome season!
Charbel says
Hi Nate,
I’m looking at a Burton Process Flying V 2018,
I’m 5ft7 and around 133-140 lb and there’s only the 157 left.
This is the first snowboard i’m going to buy and i’ve been riding for about 3 seasons,
I ride everything equally (not much parks wher I live) but i would like to explore more tricks and small jumps.
Is it too long or good ?
Nate says
Hi Charbel
Thanks for your message.
157 is going to be too long for you, IMO. The longest I would go for you is 152 – and that would be a good size assuming a relatively advanced level. Intermediate level, I would be looking at something around 150. So, if you’re set on the Process Flying V, then I would go for the 152 in the 2019 model (if you can’t find a 2018 model in the 152) or go for a different board.
Hope this helps
Alex says
Hi,
My name is alex and i am 5β5β and 138lbs, size 7.5 US, i rode a flow era 150 that i felt to be big and a rome gang plank 149 that i liked.
I want to buy now a capita DOA, and i want to choose from 148 and 150 both of them support my weight, what do you think i should get?
Also i learned last year to snowboard so i think i am a beginer.
Thanks a lot!
Nate says
Hi Alex
Thanks for your message.
I wouldn’t personally recommend the DOA for a beginner. But neither would I the Gang Plank. However, the DOA is a little more aggressive in terms of camber profile than the Gang Plank, so even less suitable, IMO.
However, if you’re set on the DOA, then the 148 would definitely be the better size for you. A better length and a better width for your specs, IMO.
Hope this helps with your decision
Alex says
Hi,
Thank you very much for help, i am am aggresive person in terms of sports and i am the kamikaze type, but i was concerned about the effective edge because is a lot smaller than gang plank, 111 capita vs 115 gang plank, and i thought that 148 is small for me, but thanks for the recomandation, i snowboard since last year and i already have 3 boards :))), a littlr maniac π
Thank you very much,
Alex
Nate says
Hi Alex
If you are already an aggressive rider, then you might be OK on the DOA. I would still go 148, but if you really want extra length, then it is also down to personal preference, so you could go 150 if you wanted. Any reason why you don’t want to get the Gang Plank? Or do you already have it?
Alex says
Hi, i started snowboarding last year and i have the gang plank, i actually have 4 boards.
Flow era 150
Gang plank 2017 149
Pathron sensei 151
And now the DOA 148, that arrived two days ago :))
Nate says
Hi Alex
That’s quite the collection already!
If you think of it at the time, let me know how you get on with the DOA, once you’ve had a chance to ride it.
Alex says
Also, i was concerned about the waist, capita 24,4 cm and gang plank 24,8. I am a men, my height is 167-168cm, tranlslated into 5β55β-5,6β and foot mondo is 25,5(7.5us), i hope it fits π
Nate says
Hi Alex
With US7.5 boots I would be very surprised if the DOA 148 would be too narrow for you. In my experience it should be fine width-wise.
Pablo says
Hi Nate,
I’m looking at the Burton Skeleton Key for all mountain riding.
I’m 5’9″ and 175lb size 9 boot.
I think I’m leaning towards the 158 as I love carving bigger radius turns. It is fairly wide though at 258mm which is my only concern. I’m right in the middle of the 158 weight range too.
The 154 is a touch narrower at 256mm.
Would love to get your thoughts.
Cheers
Pablo
Nate says
Hi Pablo
Thanks for your message.
I haven’t personally ridden the Skeleton Key, so this is just based on specs. Ordinarily, I would say 158 for you, based on the fact that you love to carve big radius turns. But it is the kind of board that I would size down for, as it’s a little wider. Which makes the 154 more appealing for your specs. Personally I would choose the 158 for me (6’0″, 185lbs, size 10 boot) but usually I would go for something around 159-162 for a freeride board. But for your specs, I would say the 154 is probably a better match for this board. The only thing that makes me hesitate a little is that the 158 will still be better for big arcing carves (and more float in powder). But I feel the 154 would be better for everything else for you. So, it’s a weight up between that, IMO.
If I had to choose, I would say 154 for you. But the 158 could work.
Hope this gives you more to go off
Kuba says
Hey Nate,
I bought for my girlfriend a Roxy Sugar Banana 146 and i’m not sure if it’s a good lenght for her.
I’m thinking about changing on 142.
She have only recently started last season so she’s begginer. She is 158 cm and weight about 59kg (130lbs). She will ride 95% on the prepared slope.
From your table she should have 145 cm.
What is your opinion? In next seasons 142 will be too short? Or 146 is too long to learn now?
I hope she can ride on this board not only one season π
Thank you,
Regards
Kuba
Nate says
Hi Kuba
Thanks for your message.
I would change it to the 142. It’s going to be an easier length to learn on for sure for her – and it will still be a size that she can ride as she progresses. Certainly she could still be riding that length for a few years. She could even ride something like a 140 as a beginner, so that 142 size is a good balance between something that she can learn on and something she can keep riding for years. So yeah, IMO, you should change to 142.
Hope this helps
Kuba says
Thank you for helping me make decision Nate!
Your article is very helpful for somebody who looking for new equipment!
I was hesitant because this board is soft and I thought that the shorter one could be unstable.
I’m going to change it today!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Kuba. Thanks for visiting the site!
Brandon says
Hey man this is great intel. I’ve been snowboarding for a while but never bought a new board and now it’s all so different. I have a 58 and a 62 now but those are all old tech.
I’m 6,2 255 and never really in the park any longer. Looking at a 61.5 and a 64.5. The weight makes me want to go longer but I wonder will it just feel like a tank? Maybe i’ll enjoy the extra edge? (perhaps I should just go on a diet lol)
Thanks for any tips either way!
Nate says
Hi Brandon
For your specs, I would recommend the 64.5. I think, especially given that you’re not looking to ride park much anymore that it will give you more in terms of carving, and stability at speed. That said, since you’re used to shorter boards, the 61.5 wouldn’t be a bad choice, but I would be leaning towards 64.5 for you. What board are you looking at? The particular board can also influence length – and influence how much of a tank it will feel like. Also, do you ride trees a lot?
Brandon says
Hey man, thanks a ton. Trees happen so something to consider. Looking at the T Rice Pro. For regular groomers is there any downside to the added length? I go out west a few times in search of powder so that may be a factor also?
Best,
Brandon
Nate says
Hi Brandon
The only downside to going longer on regular groomers is less agility at slower speeds. So for times when you’re in heavy traffic or slow zones, then there’s usually less agility when riding slow on a longer board.
The T Rice Pro is actually a board that I personally like to ride a little shorter. 2 reasons. Firstly, because it’s a little wider, even in the non wide sizes and secondly, because it has a lot of effective edge relative to overall length. For this category of board I usually ride something around a 157 – but for the T Rice Pro, I prefer the 155. So, for you, I think the 161.5 might be the best option, depending on boot size.
Brandon says
As always great info man, greatly appreciated! If we are ever on the hill together beers on me!
Nate says
You’re very welcome. Cheers for the beers offer!
Jordan says
Hey Nate,
Apologies because I left another comment somewhere else, but I think that this is a more relevant place for it and I am not sure that the other one went through.
I am a beginning snowboarder (not quite consistently linking turns but linking some) and am wanting to purchase the Arbor Ethos. I am having trouble deciding between the 144 and the 147. I am between 5’6″ and 5’7″, 120lbs. The boots I have are Vans Aura, size 9 women’s, but I may end up returning them. Thus far Vans seem to be the only boots that hold my heels in place, but I may try to get my hands on the Hi standard as they seem to be less stiff.
Anyway, I am not sure if the width of the 144 board is too narrow for my big feet. I would love to be able to grow with my board for awhile, so I worry about outgrowing the 144, but everyone seems to recommend going for the shorter board as a beginner.
Would love any advice! Thank you so much!
Nate says
Hi Jordan
Thanks for your message.
I think the 144cm would be a better length for your specs and as a beginner. And it’s not a size you should grow out of too quickly either, IMO. I would say around a 146 at an advanced level, so even at an advanced level, 144 isn’t too far off that, so you could definitely still ride that length at a more advanced level, IMO. And it will be a better length for you now, so that’s what I would go with.
In terms of width, I think you could go as narrow as the 234mm waist on the Ethos 144, if you’re riding with a reasonable angle on your back foot (e.g. if you’re riding something like +15/15). If you’re riding with a straighter back foot (i.e. 0-3 degrees), then you probably want to be looking at at least a 240mm waist width. If you’re not yet settled on your angles, but think you would be fine with riding something like +15/-15, then I think it should be fine. This is all based on size 9s. If you end up in a different size, then that would change slightly.
The Hi-Standard are certainly softer than the Aura, so if you’re looking for something softer that would be a good option, IMO.
Hope this helps.
Nick says
What is a good size for someone who is 177 cm and 125 lb male?? My skill level is intermediate – advanced and I am looking to do more freestyle. Thanks
Nate says
Hi Nick
Thanks for your message.
For your specs, and given that you want to ride more freestyle, I would say something around 145 to 150, but I would probably only go as short as short as 145 if it was going to be your dedicated park board. So closer to 148 to 150 would be a good length, IMO, to ride more freestyle but still be able to ride the rest of the mountain as well.
Hope this helps
Harry says
Hi Nate
Have been reviewing this site for some time (great site) and hope you can give me a steer on this. I have been boarding for around 8 years and usually get 10-15 days a year on the mountain.
Started out with a 158 Burton clash, then 5 years ago picked up a 159 Lib attack banana. I generally just like bombing down the hill, enjoy the powder and am trying to ride switch more and do a few little spins etc.
Have been looking at the Capita DOA, few of my friends have them in there lineup and really rate them.
STATS
6β0 tall
85kg
Size 10UK (11US) Burton Ion
Burton Malavita (M)
Half of my wants to go smaller and try a 156 but I think based on my stats and riding style the 160 would be a better shout. Really just wanted to get your view?
Cheers
Harry
Nate says
Hi Harry
Thanks for your message.
For your specs, for this board, I would say the 158 would be a good bet. If you rode a lot of park, then the 156 would be a good option but if you’re mostly on the mountain, then a little longer is better. I would say around 160 to 162 usually for your specs, but for this board, I find it’s a nice board to size down with. The 160 would give you a bit more float and be a bit more stable at speed, but wouldn’t be as good for jumps, spins, etc, which is something that this board is great for.
In my opinion it’s not a great board for powder, but it’s OK. You’ll just have to work a little harder in there to keep the nose afloat. If you haven’t already, you can check out my DOA review at the link below:
~ Capita DOA Review
In terms of width, with US11s, I would say that the 156 is probably too narrow anyway. The 158 might be wide enough if you ride with a reasonable angle on your back foot (e.g. if you ride +15/-15 or similar). If you ride with a straighter back foot, then the 158W would be a better width. And if you did go for the 158W, then that would give you a bit of extra float, compared to the 158 as well. If you were to go 160, then you should be fine with most binding angles, width-wise. But if you were to ride with a very straight back foot (e.g. 0-3 degrees) then even that might be pushing a little too narrow.
Hope this helps
Harry says
Hi Nate,
Thanks for your reply. general concern with the Wide sizes is speed of turn and I currently ride 12-12 so should be okay with normal width. I guess 158 it is then, the ION boot is pretty small footprint with the M Mala bindings so overhang shouldn’t be an issue. Anything else you think worth considering? Had look at YES The Greats as well.
Cheers
H
Nate says
Hi Harry
With +12/-12 and Burton Ions, you shouldn’t have any issues on the regular width 158, so that’s what I would go with. I usually only recommend going wide if there are going to be potential toe/heel drag issues, but I doubt there would be with your setup.
YES Greats is a, excuse the pun, great board, so that’s definitely an option too. Check out the following for more options for similar style boards:
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
>>Top 5 Aggressive All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
Vince says
Hi Nate,
Thank you so much for your incredibly detailed answer about the Custom but also for the extra information about the Flying V. I was interested in that board too but I was worried about it being a little too similar to the Merc because the shape seemed like almost the same when I checked. After checking one more time just now, I realized that the part under the feet is actually different (flat vs camber if I’m correct).
Do you think that makes a very noticable difference between the Flying V and the Merc? Both Custom models are quite expensive and the board I’ll get will probably be the last one I buy for the next 5/10 years, so ideally, I would like it to allow me to do things that the Merc can’t. I would like to keep the Merc and switch between the two boards to enjoy as many aspects as possible as I progress. This was the main reason why I oriented my choice towards the Custom in the first place.
However, I am also worried about the Custom being to advance for my level. I really liked the information you gave me about the board but I am also a little worried about the edge catching part. I actually started snowboarding with camber rentals but if was low entry level ones, then bought the Merc to do some butters and enjoy going between trees. Does the Custom will be that hard to use for someone my level or will it just require me to be a little more careful?
Anyway, I still have a few months left before buying my next board so I can put more thoughts into it and I’ll research more about the Flying V too. Thank you again for your help.
Have a good day!
Nate says
Hi Vince
The Flying V will certainly feel different to the flat-to-rocker on the Merc, and the Flying V version still has that extra stiffness over the Merc. The Flying V is basically rocker between the feet, camber under the feet and rocker towards tip and tail, whereas the Flat-to-rocker on the Merc is basically flat between the feet and continues to be flat under the feet and then has rocker towards tip and tail.
But the Custom (camber) will certainly be more of a difference to the Merc than the Custom Flying V. So, if you’re looking at keeping the Merc, then something like the Custom (camber) would be more of a difference.
With that Traditional Camber, some intermediate level riders can find it quite catchy and unforgiving. Whilst other intermediate level riders seem to get on fine with it, so it depends. So, I think it would be doable for a solid intermediate rider with good technique – whereas the Flying V would be easier for someone just moving into that intermediate phase. But I definitely get your desire to want to keep a board for a long time, especially one that costs quite a bit.
Hope this gives you more info to go off, and you can also check out the following, to give you some other options.
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
Vince says
Hi Nate,
I really appreciate your quick and complete answers and I will keep your precious advice in mind when I make my choice, probably between the Custom and the Custom Flying V, but I will also check out the other boards you recommend. I will buy the board during winter, so hopefully, I can find a place where to try these boards before making my final choice.
Anyway, thank you so much for your hard work and for taking the time to fully answer each question. Your website is amazing and I learned a lot of things thanks to your guides. I’m looking forward to reading your 2018-2019 reviews!
Vince
Nate says
You’re very welcome Vince! If you think of it at the time, let me know what you choose.
Vince says
Hi Nate,
First of all, I’d like to thank you for this wonderful article. It really helps understanding better how to choose a snowboard, especially for someone like me. However, I am still a little bit confused about which size to choose for my next snowboard.
“Quick” background explanation : I’m 180cm, 85 kg (trying to go back to 80 before winter) and my shoe size is 10′. I started snowboarding about four years ago (best experience ever, why didn’t I start earlier?!), bought a Flow Merc 2015 with soft bindings and got to an intermediate level (no problem going down any slope, linking turns, starting to small jumps and learning to do a few butter tricks). I really enjoy my board since it is very hard to catch an edge with it but I find it not very stable now that I am starting to go down slopes faster and that I try jumps. I started thinking that it is time for me to try something else and I started getting tempted by the new Burton Custom 2019.
I was checking out the official website and the sizing charts gives this numbers:
156 61-90kg / 158 66-95kg
My goal is just to go down the mountain and to enjoy the maximum of things: speed, small jumps, a little bit of powder and a little bit of freestyle (butter and 180/360, no more than that). Which one of the two do you think is the most polyvalent for my height? I feel like the 156 might be the right one but I prefer to check with you first so that I don’t something stupid.
I would also like to ask for your advice. I decided to go with the new Burton Custom for two reasons : 1st, the new model is absolutely beautiful and very classy and 2nd, it seems to be one of the most popular snowboards and I would like to see the different between an entry model like the Merc and what seems to be considered like one of the best snowboards. Do you think I am making a good choice going for the Custom, considering my level and the fact that I have currently have a Flow Merc (will I really see a huge difference between the two)?
Anyway, thanks again for all the information you already provided. I put your website in your favorite and I am looking forward to read more reviews and articles as I get better at snowboarding.
Thanks in advance, Vince.
Nate says
Hi Vince
Thanks for your message.
Firstly, in terms of size, I think both would work for you. If you were to remain at 85kg, then I’d say go 158, but at 80kg, then both are options. The 158 will be a little better in powder and a little more stable at speed and the 156 will be better for freestyle tricks, like spins. So, whichever is more important to you. Depending on the size of your Merc, the Custom will already be more stable at speed, even for the same length.
Comparing the Merc to the Custom (this is assuming your talking about the Camber version of the Custom rather than the Custom Flying V:
1. The Custom is stiffer, but still not overly stiff, so it would be a good step up – and also for doing things like spins and other tricks you wouldn’t want it too stiff – and also going too stiff now would make a much harder board to ride – so I think it would be a good step up in terms of flex anyway. I would say the Custom will be noticeably stiffer than the Merc but not overly stiff. 3/10 for the Merc and 6/10 for the Custom, to put some numbers on it.
2. The Custom is going to feel a lot more aggressive overall. Not just the extra stiffness but also the fact that its all camber. That camber profile is going to give it a very different feel to the flat to rocker profile on the Merc. Flat-to-rocker is typically a very easy going profile. Traditional camber, like on the Custom, is going to be faster, better for carving and provide more pop. But its also going to be more unforgiving of errors and make it considerably easier to catch an edge if you’re not using good technique. It’s not something that’s easy to skid your turns on.
3. The Custom has a sintered base, which is going to be faster and smoother, but will also require waxing more often.
There are a few other differences, but those are some of the big differences. Certainly the Custom is a higher performance board – but also one that’s more challenging and more aggressive to ride. I would say that the Custom Flying V would be an easier transition. It’s more intermediate friendly and less catchy. You still get the increase in flex and you get some camber in the profile, but there’s also still a good bit of rocker. The Custom Flying V won’t be as good at speed and won’t be as good for carving and won’t have quite the same pop – but it will be a lot more forgiving of skidded turns/more catch-free, easier to butter, a little better in powder and a little easier to ride in uneven terrain.
Hope this helps with your decision
Nelson says
I would like your opinion on a snowboard for my daughter. She is set on either the, Salomon Rumble Fish or Salomon Wonder. In my opinion, neither are a great fit. She is an intermediate – advanced all mountain rider, 5’8″, aprrox. 160 pounds and wears a women’s 10 boot. I feel the Wonder length and weight range is better fit but more of a beginner board and a narrow width. And the Rumble Fish, appears to be a board more her level but she would max the weight range in the 152. I appreciate any opinion you may have. Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Nelson
Thanks for your message. In my opinion:
1. The Wonder isn’t really a beginner board. It’s certainly easier going than the Rumble Fish, but I would still rate it more of an intermediate to advanced board. A less aggressive ride than the Wonder, so if she is more of an aggressive rider, then maybe less suitable but for her ability it’s suitable, IMO.
2. Size-wise, I would say something around a 154 would be a good length. But size does come down to personal preference too sometimes, so if she prefers something shorter then she could go shorter if she wanted or if she preferred something longer then she could too (although not in those 2 boards). I wouldn’t worry too much about the weight recommendations. Those guidelines are somewhat useful, but I personally only use them as rough guidelines and wouldn’t worry too much about them, if your daughter isn’t necessarily inside those guidelines. I mean if she was way off, then I wouldn’t recommend it but if she’s close to those, I wouldn’t worry. There are other factors at play, and those guidelines can be misleading sometimes, IMO.
Anyway long and short of it. I would recommend the 154 for the Wonder and the 152 for the Rumblefish. But I think she could get away with the 150 for the wonder fine, if she prefers something a little shorter (depending on width, which I’ll get into next).
3. In terms of width, the 154, 150 Wonder and the 152 Rumble Fish are on the edge of being too narrow but it will depend on binding angles. I would say to look at something in the range of 238mm to 248mm in terms of waist width, if she rides with a reasonably angled back binding (i.e. 12-15 degrees) and between 246mm and 254mm at the waist, if she rides with a fairly straight back binding angle (i.e. 0-3 degrees). From what I’ve measured Salomon boards tend to be narrower at the inserts compared to the waist width, compared to the average board. So you might want to add a couple of mms to those minimums. So if she rides with a reasonable angle on the back binding, then I think all 3 boards (150, 154 wonder and 152 Rumblefish) are an option. But if she rides with a straighter back foot, then it becomes riskier.
4. Another thing to consider is the style of each board. The Wonder is more of an all-mountain (do-it-all) kind of board and more of a cruiser. The Rumble Fish is still a very versatile board but is more freestyle oriented. Better for the park than the Wonder but not going to be as good in powder. And less of a cruiser and more aggressive in terms of feel.
Hope this helps
Geoff says
Hi Nate, I found your article and the huge number of questions and your replies incredibly helpful. I am looking for a new board for my wife. She is fairly new to snowboarding but is at an beginner to intermediate level – linking turns easily, riding powder etc but not confidently carving.
She really loves the Jones Hovercraft which I know is more for advanced to expert but suits her riding style….she has no interest in the park etc and we have found a good price on past season’s boards.
We are heading to Japan next season (we live in Australia) and want a board for the powder but also carving on the groomers. She is currently about to give birth to our first baby but anticipates weighing about 65 kilos or 143-145 pounds before we go. However she is only 5’2″ and has size 6 boots. I realise that she is at the upper end of the weight recommendations for the 146 (100-150 lbs) but she is short and has small feet and is also not at a level to really shred in the powder but we plan on making to Japan most seasons moving forwards – she will get plenty of practise over the next few years (I am a very keen snowboarder haha).
Despite being at the upper end of the weight recommendations, I was thinking that the 146 might be more suitable than the 150 as it would be easier for her to turn etc. I would really appreciate your advice as you are so knowledgable on all things snowboarding. Thanks Nate!
Thanks in advance, Geoff.
Ps. I am really impressed you are able to reply to what is a huge number of questions on your site.
Nate says
Hi Geoff
Thanks for your message and congratulations on your first baby! (we are due our second in August)
Given that your wife is beginner to intermediate and all the above stats, then I would typically say 144 to 146 is a good length to go with, so I definitely wouldn’t go as long as 150. I take those weight recommendations with a bit of a grain of salt as they don’t take into account other factors and they differ so much between brands.
But also to take into account is that the Hovercraft, even in the 146, is quite wide for a size 6 (244mm at the waist). Usually with a board like this, that’s wider, I would suggest sizing down a little if it’s a bit wide for the boots – you still get that width for float in powder, but you gain more maneuverability by sizing down a little. If you’re looking at 2019 models, the Hovercraft now comes in a 144 (241mm waist), which is a size I would also seriously consider for her. That’s what I would be leaning towards. The 146 would give her a little more in terms of float in powder, but I think the 144 would be overall more manageable for her specs/ability.
The other option in the Jones line is the Mind Expander – still very powder oriented but a little more easy going (a little softer flexing). For 2019 the Mind Expander will have a women’s version in a 142 (240mm waist), 146 (244mm waist) and 150 (248mm waist). Even though Jones’ weight recommendations only go up to 63kg for the 142 model, I would seriously consider that size (if you were to consider the Mind Expander). It’s wide for a 6, so sizing down a little like that would help to make it easier to manage. But the 146 is an option too, with the biggest advantage being more float in powder. Again, I would cross the 150 off.
Anyway, hope this helps with your decision and let me know if you have any other questions.
Rodrigo says
Hey π
I am 181cm tall and 72-74kg of weight.
im looking between the 156cm space case and the 159cm space case. GNU.
I like to ride fast and go everywhere on the mountain, while also going past the park making some jumps and some jibs (not that often (jibs)). also i enjoy biig jumps :).
i would say im advanced/expert.
which one would you recommend for me? for a all mountain/park board!
thanks in advance ! cheers :)!
Nate says
Hi Rodrigo
Thanks for your message.
That’s a tough choice. Both would work for you. If it sounds like you were more park oriented, then I’d say definitely 156, but because you want the Space Case for riding the whole mountain, because you like to ride fast and because you like big jumps, the 159 becomes an option. It’s a close call.
The 159 would offer more stability at speed, and a more stable landing platform for those larger jumps but would also be more difficult to butter, more difficult for spins and more difficult for jibs, IMO. So there’s going to be a compromise there.
Have you considered the 157.5cm GNU Rider’s Choice? Or are you looking more for that C2X profile that the Space Case has? I think the Space Case would work but it’s hard to decide which size is best. I think if you spend more time outside the park than you do in the park, and if when in the park you mostly hit big jumps and don’t do too much in the way of spins and don’t tend to do more playful things like butters and what not, then the 159 would be fine. But if you spend quite a bit of time in the park and also like to hit small jumps, do spins and like to get more playful sometimes, then the 156 is probably the better bet.
Hope this helps with your decision.
Nancy says
Hi Nate
So Iβm new to snowboarding
Use to be avid skier and tele
Havenβt been on the snow for prob 8 years other than some snow shoeing
Iβm 59, 5ββ7β, 168 and fairly athletic.
Fell into this older Sims Horizon board but itβs only a 152cm vs thae chart above suggest I use a 156cm. Is it worth me checking out this board?
Thanks Nancy
Nate says
Hi Nancy
Thanks for your message.
Even though your experience as a skier likely gives you a head start over most, I would say that coming down in length is still a good idea. I usually recommend taking off 3-5cm for beginners, which would put you around 151 to 153 – but maybe a range of 152 to 154 would be the best to look at for you, given your past experience on snow.
This would put the 152 Horizon in range in terms of size. My biggest concern would be the camber profile. The Horizon has a “traditional camber” profile (basically all camber from contact point to contact point). Traditional camber is more difficult to learn on and makes it easier to catch an edge. A less aggressive camber profile (something that has a good amount of rocker) is what I would usually recommend to anyone who’s new to snowboarding. Again, I’m not sure if your experience on skis would counteract the difficulty somewhat, but I would usually recommend a more forgiving camber profile for beginners.
Here’s more on what I would recommend in a beginners snowboard.
>>How To Choose The Best Snowboard For A Beginner
And here are some options if you did decide against the Horizon.
>>My Top 10 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
In terms of size and flex the Horizon would be fine, IMO, my biggest concern would be the camber profile.
Hope this helps
JoΓ£o Ferreira says
Hello Nate,
Im new to snowboarding and im looking to buy my first gear.
I’ve seen most of your beginner advice guides but it gets a bit confusing.
For starters i’m thinking about getting the horrorscope board and maybe the vans Aura for boots, as for binding i have no idea.
I would be thankfull if you could recommend me some stuff like sizes and whatnot.
I’m 170cm tall, weight is around 70kg and my shoe size is normally between 41-42.
Thanks in advance,
JoΓ£o
Nate says
Hi JoΓ£o
Thanks for your message.
Generally speaking, as a beginner and with your specs, I would say something in the 150cm to 152cm range, in terms of length for you.
In terms of width (based on a US size 9, which is usually the same as a 42), then I would say anything with a 248mm to 253mm width, if you ride with a straight back binding (e.g. 0-3 degrees) and you could go as narrow as 240mm if you ride with a 15 degree angle on your back foot. I understand that you aren’t necessary sure of your preferred bindings angles at this stage, so going with something 245mm to 250mm is a good bet.
For the Horrorscope the best size would be the 151cm for you, at this stage. The 252mm waist is slightly wider than that range we looked at – but that is typical of a park board like this. This is a good beginner board and a great option particularly if you think you want to get into riding the park or if you want to use it as your park board once you have progressed and upgraded to another board.
The Auras are a good beginner choice too, IMO.
For more beginner options for boots and beginner binding options, check out the following:
>> Top 7 Beginner Boots
>>Top 5 Beginner Bindings
For sizing bindings, check out the following:
>>Snowboard Binding Sizing
For sizing boots, check out:
>>How to Size Snowboard Boots
Hope this helps
JoΓ£o Ferreira says
Hey Nate,
Thanks for your reply, it does help.
My decision is kind of locked in the horrorscope and the Auras at this point :).
I’m looking forward to the park rides but in case i decide to change directions later on i’ll just upgrade to a new board and stay with the horrorscope for the park.
As for bindings i’ll check your articles and get something that matches the Auras.
Not sure about the angle but for me it feels natural to ride with a straight back.
Thanks alot for your help and for the time you put into helping others, it means alot.
Best Regards,
JoΓ£o
Nate says
Hi JoΓ£o
You’re very welcome. Hope your setup works well for you. If you think of it, once you’ve had a chance to try it all out, let me know how you get on.
Mark says
Hey man,
Great thread and info.
Im a resort to free rider, groomers to pow trying to hit as much natural features and cat walks. Tend to avoid the park laps.
Iβm 6β2β at 95Kg and normally go for 161 to 164.
Lately picked up the Lando Phoenix with the shallow mag. Went for the 160, my thinking is the increase edge contact due to the curves of the mag it will ride and hold like a 164.
Whatβs your thoughts on tech like mag allowing same or similar performance on a shorter board?
Nate says
Hi Mark
Thanks for your message.
I wouldn’t say that magtek makes a board ride longer, in my experience. The main thing that it helps with, IMO, is edge-hold in hard conditions. It certainly helps you hold your edge in a carve, and at speed when the conditions are on the harder side, but I don’t feel like they ride longer in any other sense. The Lando has fairly mellow magne-traction from what I hear (not a board I’ve had the chance to ride).
But that’s not to say that the 160 is the wrong size for you (and it’s the longest version of that board) but I wouldn’t say that the 160 would ride like a 164 in my experience with other Lib Tech/Magne-traction boards. In some sense yeah, in terms of grip in harder conditions but not in all senses.
I’d say the thing that most makes a board ride longer, is more effective edge. If a board has a lot of effective edge, compared to length, then it will feel like a longer board – as the effective edge is what you’re feeling when you ride rather than the overall length, except in powder where you’re using all of the board (and overall length also effects things like spins). I’m not sure what the effective edge is on the Lando as Lib Tech only publish Contact Length, rather than effective edge, so I’m not sure if it’s got a long effective edge for the length or not.
Hope this helps
Matt says
Hey Nate,
Was wondering if you could help me out here. I’m 5’7 and currently 155lbs, but can get up to 165lbs pretty easily, depending on the season. I’m also not a full beginner but I’ve just started getting into the park features at the resorts. Anyway, I found a good deal on a 2017 “Launch Hitmaker” and picked up a 152, taking into consideration that it fit my weight range; specs are here:
Launch Hitmaker Snowboard
Unfortunately, the site I picked it up from messed up and sent me a 149. I emailed them about the mistake and they apologized, unfortunately this was the last model and size they had so if I send it back it’ll be for a refund as opposed to an exchange. I’m a little hesitant to do so due to the fact that I got it for pretty cheap. I technically fit within the 149’s weight range, 125-165lbs but I feel like being on the higher end of its weight limit might affect the way it rides. Or am I overthinking it and I’m actually okay to keep it? I own a 154 Salomon Craft and a 155 Flow Era already so I’m looking for a shorter park board. Is it too short or fine for jumps/jibbing purposes?
Additionally, I’ve noticed that the Hitmaker has a slightly wider waist to length ratio in comparison to other boards. The 149 claims to have a waist width of 250mm when my Craft is 251mm and my Era is 252mm. Does that have any effect to rideability other than being able to fit a larger boot?
Sorry I have so many questions I just want to know if this board is worth keeping. Thanks a lot!!!
Nate says
Hi Matt
Thanks for your message.
Given that it’s going to be your dedicated park board, I think 149 will be ok for you. It’s certainly on the shorter side, but since you have other boards for riding the rest of the mountain, I think it would be fine. I wouldn’t worry too much about being on the higher limit of the weight recommendations – those are guidelines only, IMO. And the biggest thing you will notice by being at the higher end of the range or above the recommended limit, is that the board will feel softer flexing than it would for someone more in the middle of that range. And since it’s going to be your park board, having it a little softer, particularly as you’re starting out in the park, isn’t a bad thing.
Going shorter is an advantage in a couple of ways
a. makes jibs easier to start out (IMO)
b. makes the board more agile overall, which can help with the approach to features
c. easier to spin with.
The biggest downsides of going that short, compared with if you got the 152 would be
a. stability on landings
b. stability at speed (particularly for approaches to large jumps where you need to be hitting them at a faster speed)
Often park oriented boards are a little wider. I would say the main reason for this is to add stability for landings, so that counters the issue of that for going too short.
I would say that if you are just starting out in the park, that this length is going to be absolutely fine. The only thing will be when/if you start hitting large jumps, something a little longer might be preferable but to start with this length is fine, IMO. And if you do start hitting larger jumps, you could do that on your Flow Era anyway (a good jumping board, IMO).
Hope this helps with your decision.
P.S. I know nothing about the Launch Hitmaker specifically, this is just generally speaking
Valerie Rust says
Hi Nate (again!),
I’d like to add that my 150 board is less maneuverable in carving steep terrain or it took more effort for me, but liked the speed and stability I was able to get with it. I’d like a size where I get both. Which would be better 145 or 148 Never Summer Proto Type Two. Again, I’m 5’5″ weigh around 113 and wear size 6.5.
Thanks again,
Valerie
Nate says
Hi Valerie
See my reply above
Valerie Rust says
Hi Nate,
I am looking into purchasing the Never Summer Proto Type Two but am uncertain if I should get the 145 or 148. Currently, I ride a very old K2 150. I am 5’5″ tall, weigh around 113 lbs and wear a size 6.5 shoe. I consider myself an intermediate all mountain rider. I don’t do so much freestyle, but wouldn’t mind doing a few jumps here and there.
PS. I posted an hour ago, but didn’t know if it went through.
Thanks!
Valerie
Nate says
Hi Valerie
Thanks for your message.
Ordinarily I would say 100% the 145. But since you’re used to riding a 150, that comes into it. I am still leaning towards the 145 though but the 148 is an option if you don’t really want to go too much shorter than you’re existing board. But I’d say that the 145 would still be well stable enough at speed for your specs, and would offer you more maneuverability than the 148. The other thing to take into account for this board is that it has a longer effective edge compared to overall length than a lot of boards, so riding the 148 would be likely similar to your current 150, in terms of effective edge (I couldn’t say for sure without knowing the effective edge of your current board but if I had to take a guess).
Normally I would have said 145 100% and in fact would have had you weight up the 142 and 145, but given your current board size that changes it a bit. But I would say 145 is your best bet, IMO.
Hope this helps
Valerie Rust says
Thanks Nate! I went with your recommendation and got the 145. Canβt wait to try it out!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Valerie. Hope it goes well for you. If you happen to remember, let me know how you get on once you’ve had a chance to ride it.
Valerie Rust says
Hi Nate,
I am thinking of getting the Never Summer Proto Type Two and can’t decide on the 145 or 148. I’m an intermediate level boarder. Currently I ride a very old K2 150. I am 5’5″ and around 113 lbs. Which would size would be better for me? Thanks, Valerie
Connor says
Hi Nate!
Thanks for your work – this website has been super helpful in picking out my next board. I wound up finding some great end of season deals on a YES The Greats 2018 – 154 cm and Burton Genesis bindings. Unfortunately I won’t be able to ride them until next season, but I wanted to ask your opinion on my board length.
I’m just under 6′ tall and typically vary between 175-180 lbs. I’ve been riding since I was little, but am just now getting back into it. I’d say I’m an intermediate to intermediate/advanced rider, looking to spend more time on jumps in the park, freestyling around natural features on other runs, and working on my switch riding. Being in the midwest, I don’t get much opportunity for powder and the runs are pretty short and often icy. Would you say 154 is in my comfortable range, or should I take advantage of the free returns and pick up a 158?
Nate says
Hi Connor
Thanks for your message.
I feel like the 154 is a little small for you. I think you would be fine on the 156 (and that’s the size I like with this board 6’0″, 185lbs, size 10 boots) as this is the kind of board that you can ride smaller, but I think the 154 might be a getting just a bit too small. Not unrideable for sure, but you’ll sacrifice a little in terms of stability, particularly at speed. The 158 would be a better option than the 154 for you, IMO. And the 156 maybe the best size, especially given that you are trying to up your freestyle game. So yeah, I’d say you’d still have a lot of fun with the 154, with some limitations, but ideally a little longer.
Hope this helps with your decision
Adam says
Hey Nate! Im a total beginner and found some deals on boards online that ill practice with next winter. Im 6’2 205lbs and wear size 11 shoes. I found a deal on boards, one is 159cm and the other is 162cm wide. Any recommendations on which one you might be better for me? Its the Burton Ripcord. Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Adam
Thanks for your message.
For your specs, and as a beginner, I would recommend something roughly 159 to 162, so both would be options. The 159 would be a little easier to ride to begin with and be more maneuverable at slower speeds. The 162 would be something that you could ride for longer, but it’s still the kind of board that you would want to upgrade from eventually, even at that size.
In terms of width, with size 11s (assuming your boots will be the same), the 159 is a regular width board and has a 257mm waist width. This would be fine so long as you had binding angles of +15/-15 or similar (i.e. a reasonable angle on the back binding – 9 to 15 degrees). With a straighter back binding angle, this would be risking being too narrow. The 162 is a 162W (a wide board) and has a 261mm waist width. This would be fine for size 11 boots regardless of binding angles.
So, both would certainly work, and it might depend on what you expect your binding angles to be and how long you would want to keep the board for before upgrading. If you want the option of binding angles, and want to keep the board for a longer term, then the 162W. But if you are happy to use certain binding angles for now and would be more willing to upgrade sooner, then the 159, IMO.
Hope this helps with your decision
Nick says
Hi there! Thanks for the informative article. I just noticed that the base on my 2008 Ride Concept TMS 161 separated and peeled back at the color changes in the P-tex. I am now looking for a new board. It seems that the closest current board is the Ride Berzerker. I am 34 yo, 5′ 9″ and 210 lbs. 9.5 boot size. I am a very experienced rider that will ride any trail (or lack of), and have been all over… Poconos, New England, as well as Colorado. I ride mostly downhill, carving and cruising.. With the occasional bomb. I don’t do much Park, but if I see a small jump or rail, I’ll take it. I primarily see groomed, as I am usually in the Poconos unless on a trip. The Berzerker comes in a 159 and a 162. Seeing as I run a 161, I’m not sure if a size up or down is in order. I have had board shops say that my board is too big, but the ride sizing chart says otherwise. What do you think? That You!
Nate says
Hi Nick
Thanks for your message.
I would say something around 161 would be about right for your specs, for this kind of board. So I’d say 162 is the best bet. The other thing is that the Concept 161 had a 1254mm effective edge and the 162 Berzerker also has the 1254mm effective edge – so in that sense it’s closer in size to your 161 vs the 159 which has a 1228 effective edge.
But that said, it doesn’t mean you couldn’t ride the 159, if you felt like you wanted something a little shorter. Pros and cons to going shorter:
Pros: more maneuverability at slower speeds, better in trees (IMO) and better for freestyle things
Cons: Less stable at speed, not as good on big carves (IMO), less float in powder
These differences will be subtle but definitely still noticeable. On balance, I would say 162 (and it’s more in line with Ride’s weight recommendations) but the 159 would be doable, if you wanted to size down a little.
Hope this helps with your decision.
Nick says
Thank you, Nate! I went with the Berzerker 162. Any recommendations for bindings? I am currently running 2008 Ride SPI’s. At this point, I am down to the Ride Capo’s. Any pros/cons?
Nate says
Hi Nick
I think the Capos will work with the Berzerker. But just note that they are quite stiff bindings – likely stiffer than SPIs (though that’s only based on what info I could find on those). They would be on the stiff side for the Berzerker but certainly doable. Pros for the Capos are that they are really responsive, really comfortable and have good dampening/shock absorption. Cons – biggest con for me for the Capos was their board feel – I just felt like they didn’t flex that well with the board (for butters, tweaking grabs and that kind of thing). You can read more about my experience with the Capos at the following:
>>Ride Capo Review
If you wanted to stick to ride the other option is the LTD, but it’s not a binding that I’ve ridden. Some other options:
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
>>Top 5 All-Mountain-Freeride Bindings
Hope this helps
Nick says
Thank You, Nate. I just ordered the Capos from Evo.com after reading your article and doing some research. I can’t wait to try everything out next season. Thanks again!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Nick.
If you happen to think of it at the time, let me know how you get on, once you’ve had a chance to try it out.
Serena says
Hey Nate,
Thanks for writing such an informative article. I’m in the process of finding my first board but I’m still a little lost with the sizing. I’ve only boarded 4 times before (2 days in Perisher Valley and 2 days in Whistler Blackcomb) and rented my board every time. I’m between 5’3″-5’4″ and weighs 120lbs. I was looking at getting 142cm but now wondering if a 138-140cm board would be better as I’m still trying to perfect my turns without falling (ha!). Currently looking at the 138cm Burton 2017 Genie board or a second hand from gumtree/fb marketplace. Thoughts?
Cheers.
Nate says
Hi Serena
Thanks for your message.
I think something around 140, 141 would be a good length for you at the moment. But if you wanted to go a little shorter to 138, that would work too. It just might mean that you would be wanting to upgrade a little sooner than you would on something a little longer.
The Genie is a great beginner board, so that’s a good choice, IMO. If you buy second hand, just be careful that you get something that will be good to learn on. Even in the right size some boards will be hard to learn on.
>>How To Choose The Best Snowboard For A Beginner
Hope this helps
Serena says
Hi Nick,
Thanks for your reply. I do regret not checking the size of the boards Iβve previously rented. Do you think a Burton Clash 2009 in 145cm would be too long?
Nate says
Hi Serena
Yeah, in my opinion that would be too long for you. And also potentially too wide – but if you can let me know your boot size (or shoe size, if you’re not sure of your boot size) I can recommend a width range too.
Lisa says
Hi Nate! I just began riding this year, but managed to get out nearly everyday this winter for a few hours. I was looking to get a new board, as I bought an older used board that I am currently riding (Burton Stigma 148). I am 5″ 7″, 125lbs, and am looking at the Rossignol Frenemy (great sale on it now) as I ride hard snow in the Midwest, mostly. I don’t really go in the park, but do like small jumps, and am interested in learning some ground tricks. Is this board ok for me, and is 147 or 150 best??
Nate says
Hi Lisa
Thanks for your message.
The Frenemy sounds like it would a good match for you, IMO. Size-wise I wouldn’t go as long as 150. The 147 would be a good size for you, IMO. I would be more debating between 143 and 147. As a beginner the 143 would have a case but as you’ve got a good number of days under your belt already – and since your used to a 148, the 147 would be your best bet, IMO.
Hope this helps
Lisa says
Thanks, Nate! I bought the 147, and love it! I rode it for a few hours, and was really pleased with the difference in my riding. It is so much faster and more maneuverable than my old board! Thanks again, Nate!!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Lisa. Awesome that it’s working well for you. Happy riding!
Patrice Boman says
Hi Nate, I’m 1’88cm and about 94kg and a good intermediate.
Started and been riding a boron omatic 160 since I started and think it’s time for an upgrade.
Looking at the Jones Mountain twin 158w or 161w also a Jones ultra Mountain twin.
What do you reckon? I want a board that I can develop in and am not a park rider more of a all Mountain
Nate says
Hi Patrice
Thanks for your message.
I think the 161w would be the better size for your specs and your riding level. I think the Mountain Twin is probably the better option over the Ultra Mountain Twin, unless you like stiff boards. I rode the 2019 model of the UMT recently and it is really quite stiff. That’s the first time I’ve ridden it, so I don’t know how much softer the 2018 model is supposed to be, but the Mountain Twin is a great intermediate to advanced board. The UMT, in my opinion more of an advanced to expert ride.
Looking at the catalog, Jones have rated the 2019 model 9/10 for stiffness and they rated the 2018 model 7/10 – so it does seem as though they’ve stiffened it up a bit for the 2019 model that I rode but I would still say the Mountain Twin is the safer bet – and yeah for you I’d go 161W over the 158W.
Hope this helps
Joseph says
Hi Nate – I’m 6’1 and 200 lbs. I don’t do any freestyle stuff, just carve down the hill. I haven’t updated my gear in 20 years!! I want to get the shortest board possible (for ease of transport). Would say the most important feature would be a board that is easy to control and holds up at higher speeds. Suggestions for length, width, stiffnees. thanks. Joseph
Nate says
Hi Joseph
Thanks for your message.
In terms of length, I would say something around 163 for your specs and the style or riding you’re describing. But it sounds like you want to go shorter. I think you could go as short as 157, 158, or possibly shorter, but I would go for something that’s on the stiffer side, to make up for the shorter length – i.e. so you still get that stability at higher speeds that you might loose with going for a medium flexing board that’s a bit too short for you.
Also, you’ll need to think about width – if you go too short you could end up with something too narrow as well. If you can let me know your boot size, I could suggest a width range for you, if you’d like.
Going shorter/wider might also be an option in terms of riding powder – going for something like a short/wide is a good option for sizing down. Do you ride in powder much?
Kristina says
Hi!
I have just bought a Roxy Sugar Banana 142..
I’m 5’7 and weigh around 138lbs. On the board specific weight ranges i fit, but slightly worried as on all of these charts (this post and others) it seems to be on the short size. The upper weight on the 142 is 150lbs, and 170lbs on the next one up (146).
I’m definitely a beginner- I have only recently started actually going on the pistes as opposed to the learner’s slopes, so I suppose shorter is better as you say, but have I overdone it?
I haven’t had a chance to try it yet- but have been having lessons on a 149 board which i often find quite challenging to turn (obviously experience being a very big factor).
Should I return the board for a slightly longer 146 while I still can?
Nate says
Hi Kristina
Thanks for your message.
I think the 142 will be fine for a little while for you, and since you’re still within the weight range, that’s a least one tick. But those weight ranges are quite broad, they’re saying at 60lbs you can ride that board – which unless you were 6’2″ and 60lbs (which I’m not even sure is possible?) would be very long, IMO – so those weight recommendations are to be taken with a bit of a grain of salt, IMO. I think the 146 would be the better size for you.
I think it would still be a good size for learning on, but would also stay with you a bit longer. The 142 will be very easy to turn but will start to lack once you start to ride a but faster (IMO). So, on balance, I would say 146 would be the best option.
But 149 would be a little too long, IMO, for you, and I’m not surprised that you had a relatively hard time on it. There may be other factors that made it harder to turn, as well.
So, I’d say that the 142 certainly isn’t useless by any means – it’s something you’ll be able to ride and should find very easy to turn on. But I think the 146 is the better size overall, especially if you want the board to stay with you for a little while.
Hope this helps with your decision.
Nathan says
Hi Nate,
Really enjoyed reading through your article and all the comments.
I’ve been boarding a few years , probably around 15 days in total if you count 3 boarding holidays.
Id prob put my level at around a low intermediate level .
I can link turns no problem, I can carv steep slopes as long as they’re not too icy as I’m not the most confident of riders. High speed isn’t really my thing neither are parks or powder…i much prefer just carving down the slopes and the occasional un groomed sections of the piste (nothing too testing).
I’m 172cm and around 78kg ,
I’m uk size 9.5 boots.
I ride a 2013/14- 155 stepchild powder sucks (camber) snowboard.this is the board I learnt on , I had no idea about snowboarding or styles ect when I bought it I just wanted my own to learn on.
I feel like sometimes the board is very twitchy and catches edges quite alot , especially at low speeds ?
I feel after reading your articles I would be more suited to a rocker profile? As for flex and length I’m really not sure I was wondering if you could point me in the right direction please? Would you say If be classed as an all mountain rider?
Thank you
Nate says
Hi Nathan
Thanks for your message.
Yeah I would class you as an all-mountain rider – or at least, I would say that an all-mountain board would be most suited to you. All-Mountain or all-mountain-freestyle.
I don’t think you have to go for something that’s full rocker (aka continuous rocker) but certainly something with rocker in the profile is a good idea, to make it less catchy – whether that’s a hybrid rocker (rocker between the feet and camber to tip and tail) or hybrid camber (camber between the feet and rocker tip and tail). Either way will make for a less catchy feel.
Since you’re an intermediate level, I’d say something medium flexing is a good idea, 5/10 or 6/10 would be a good way to go – but I wouldn’t go any stiffer than that as an intermediate rider and based on your description of how you ride. Softer flexing means more agility at slower speeds. So, if you felt you wanted to go softer you could do that but maybe not too soft – so a 4/10 flex would also be ok.
In terms of size, I would say something around a 155 (154 to 156) is a good way to go for your specs and as an intermediate rider. So I think your size is good, but I think you’ll appreciate something that isn’t full camber (assuming you’re on full camber at the moment). I don’t know stepchild snowboards well, so I’m not sure.
If what you’re riding is already around that 5/10, 6/10 range for stiffness, then it might be that you’d like something a little softer. In which case I would go for the Never Summer Snowtrooper, YES Typo or YES Libre (all-mountain options) or the YES Basic or Never Summer Warlock (which are all-mountain freestyle options).
But if you want to go for that mid-flex then check out the following for some options.
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
They won’t all be 5/10, 6/10 so check the flex for each board.
Hope this helps
Sarah says
Thanks so much for all the info and advice Nate – it really helps! Just one more question, if I was to go for a more playful mid-flex board such as the Jones Twin Sister would I stick with the shorter length 146 or size up to the 149? Also would this be decent on hard pack and ice?
I guess I am questioning if I really need a semi-aggressive board for the small hills we have here…
thanks again π
Nate says
Hi Sarah
Yeah I would still say 146 for the Twin Sister. In terms of hard/icy conditions, I would say it’s pretty good – about 4/5 (based on the men’s version (Mountain Twin). Same goes for the Dream Catcher. The Hel Yes would be a little step better, IMO. But Jones boards do tend to be reasonably good in hard/icy conditions.
Sarah says
So I went out today and got the Twin Sister 146 and a pair of Burton Escapade bindings π (both on sale too).
Can’t wait to try them out tomorrow!
Thanks again for your advice!
Nate says
You’re very welcome. Let me know how you get on.
Sarah Borrillo says
Hi Nate,
Love reading all the solid advice on your website and hoping you can help me too :). I am 5ft 4 (163cm) 128lbs, boot size US 6. About a level 5/6 intermediate snowboarder. I have been riding a long time but this season have been getting back into it after a long break and going a couple of times a week.
For the longest time I was happy just carving down hills, I like speed, but now I am starting to attempt some small jumps, riding switch and would like to work on these skills more so I do want something light and poppy but also decent carving in packed snow.
I am in Ontario and we mostly have groomed runs/some ice, no powder. Looking for an all mountain type of board.
I currently ride a (v old – 2005!)) Burton Feather 147, the boards I have been looking at are the Burton Feelgood Flying V, and the Burton Feelgood (with a Lexa binding), but I worry that the 144 is too short and the 149 too long if I want to learn tricks.
I was also considering the Ride Saturday 146 or Hellcat 147.
The Yes Hel Yes in 146 also seems like a good choice maybe. There are some other brands which have great reviews such as Jones and Never Summer but they are harder to get good deals on here in Canada.
Which size/brand do you think would suit me best? I am getting confused reading all the reviews!
Thanks for you help!
Sarah
Sarah Borrillo says
Just adding a bit…After doing more research I am leaning away from the Burton boards and feeling my top choices are between the Yes Hel Yes 146 or maybe the 149 is better or the Jones Dream Catcher 148. They seem most suited to 80% freeriding 20% freestyle which I think I am aiming for…
For bindings I was looking at the Now Vetta in a small size…
Thanks again!
Nate says
Hi Sarah
Thanks for your message.
In terms of length, I would say something around that 145, 146 mark, given that it sounds like you’re at a relatively advanced level. If you were just going to be freeriding then you could, but wouldn’t have to, add a bit of length to that. But given that you want to get into a bit more freestyle stuff, I think something around that 144 to 146 is a good range to look at.
Both boards are semi-aggressive but both can ride freestyle – and both can ride in icy conditions.
The smallest Dream Catcher is 148 but it does ride a little smaller – it has a smaller effective edge compared to overall length. It actually has a smaller effective edge than the 146 Hel Yes, so in this case, 148 would be ok.
Both boards are on the wider side for size 6. But, unless you went shorter there aren’t too many similar options in that length that would be too much narrower. The Never Summer Aura would be another option and is a little narrower (235mm waist).
Your Feather is probably a similar width, so you should be used to that. I’m not sure about the 2005 model though (it doesn’t come in a 147 anymore).
Another thing to note is that both the Dream Catcher and Hel Yes are likely to be a good bit stiffer flexing than your Feather (assuming it resembles the recent models). So that’s something to get used to – but by the sounds of your style/ability, that’s going to be a good thing once you get used to it.
I don’t know NOW bindings well but the Vetta could work to match either of those boards – based on specs. Though that would be the softest bindings I would pair them with. And yeah small would be the size for them for 6s. In terms of flex, I would say something 6/10 or 7/10 would be best. But 5/10 is doable. The Vettas are 5/10 according to their specs. I think they would work but if you wanted other options, check out the following:
>>Top Women’s Freeride Bindings
>>Top Women’s All-Mountain Bindings
Hope this helps
Matt says
Hi Nate,
First of all, awesome article, thanks for taking the time to write this up and respond to everyone on here…
I’m a beginner, 6’2″/185lbs, size 12 boot. Did some lessons and progressing along fairly well. I picked up the Never Summer Snowtrooper 162cm, but concerned I need the wide for my boot size, and looking at getting the 160 wide instead. Thoughts?
Thanks,
Matt
Nate says
Hi Matt
Thanks for your message. Sorry for the late response – have been testing boards all weekend and today.
Yeah, with 12s, I would say a wide board is a safer bet. Especially once you start getting higher on your edges in your turns and once you start carving, you might start having issues with boot drag. You might get away with it now, but pretty soon that’s going to start to be too narrow for you, IMO.
I like the 160 length for you, so I agree that the 160X would be your best bet for the Snowtrooper and would be a good width for 12s.
Hope this helps
Matt says
Hey Nate, I’m looking at the YES Greats 152 but I’m not sure if it’s the right size for me. I’m 5’5, 135lb wearing a US size 7.5/Mondo 255 boot. I’m an intermediate rider on the east coast so I don’t really see much pow, it’s all icy hardpack.
I’m torn between the Greats and the Salomon Assassin 150, which looks like a much better fit for me on paper. Comparing the two, the Greats has a significantly longer effective edge (117cm on the Greats 152, 113cm on the Assassin 150) and contact length (112cm on Greats, 103cm on Assassin). Based on the specs alone, it seems like the Assassin would be much more maneuverable, but the Great’s deep asym sidecuts might make it comparable despite it being longer.
What are your thoughts? Thanks in advance!
Nate says
Hi Matt
Thanks for your message.
I agree that 150 is going to be a better length for your specs. And that extra effective edge on the Greats is going to make it feel even longer. So that points to the Assassin again.
A greater difference between effective edge and contact length usually means a slower, smoother turn (all else being equal) and less difference between effective edge and contact length leads to faster, sharper turns and a more twitchy feel. There are other factors at play that effect this too, but this is typically what that would mean, with all other factors being equal. But the Assassin certainly does feel like a smoother turner and the Greats a sharper turner.
The deeper heel-side sidecut also contributes to the YES being a sharper turner, particularly on the heel edge. This helps with keeping this maneuverable as well as that low effective edge to contact length ratio. But overall I still think that the Assassin 150 would be a better fit for you.
Both would be similar in hard/icy conditions, IMO.
Hope this helps
Aaron says
Hi – Iβm looking at a Rossi Templar 158 (only size they have left at a good price). Would this be a good board for me? Iβm 6β1, 185lbs with size US11 boots. Iβd describe myself as on the lower end of intermediate, would be able to ride groomed and pow but also dabble in the park.
Thanks a lot in advance!
Nate says
Hi Aaron
Thanks for your message.
In terms of length, I think the 158 could definitely work for you. And it’s the kind of board you ride groomer, pow and park on.
The only thing for me is the width.
I would say it’s a bit too narrow for 11s. If you have low profile boots (e.g. relatively recent Adidas, Burton, Ride or Vans) and had binding angles like +15/-15 (i.e. a reasonable angle on the back foot, then I think you’d get away with it. But otherwise I think it’s getting too narrow. The 159W would be the safer bet, but I understand that you only have the one size available.
You might get away with the 158, but it would certainly be risking being too narrow for your boots.
Hope this helps
Aaron says
Thanks for the quick reply – I usually ride 15/15 so that should be ok – i guess what i will need to pay attention to is the profile of the boots that i get.
Thanks again!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Aaron! Yeah definitely go for a low profile option if you grab the 158.
Maria says
Hi Nate,
Thanks for the great article!
I’m an adult female 5’2” (158 cm), around 100 lb, boot size US 5. I’m a beginner, planning to ride groomed trails mostly. Based on your article for beginners, I’m looking into Rossignol MYTH 139cm. Do you think this length will be OK for me?
I’ve tried rented Rossignol Accelerator L 145 cm. I’ve managed to turn somehow, but it’s definitely too large.
If you think that 139 cm is too large for me, could you suggest something smaller in a similar price range as MYTH? I don’t want to buy a kids’ snowboard and at the same time not sure if I can afford something much more expensive. Thanks in advance.
Nate says
Hi Maria
I think something around 139cm would be a good size for you as a more advanced rider, but as a beginner, I think it would be best on something around 135, 136. There aren’t a lot of options in those sizes for women’s boards but there are some. I’m not surprised you found the 145 too big!
With size 5 boots, it’s also important to find something that’s narrow as well – so compromising on going a little longer than 136 to get a narrow option might be a good idea. So the Myth in the 139 is relatively narrow (234mm waist) but , but I would say it’s doable but that’s the longest and widest I would go for you.
The other options are the 136 Tesla (232mm waist width) – which gives you something a little shorter/narrower – but costs a little more too unfortunately ($50 more when full price) – unless you could find a pass season’s model for cheaper.
The K2 First Lite is another option at 138cm and 232mm waist – but it’s also the same price as the Tesla.
I think the GNU gloss would be a great choice for you – it comes in a 136 with a 226mm waist – size wise, I think it would be the best option – it is also the same price as the Tesla and the First Lite.
Unfortunately there aren’t too many women’s boards as cheap as the Myth – but if you wanted to go with that, I think it’s doable – still longer and wider than ideal but doable.
Hope this helps
Jak says
Hey Nate, thanks so much for this post! It’s very thought out and is helping me figure myself out. π
I’m about 5’9″ish at about 165lbs. I’m currently riding a 158cm, but found an awesome deal for a 154cm that I’ve been obsessing over. I’m generally a freestyle rider, nothing fancy, but calming down a bit as I’m getting a little older. Think I’d have fun with the shorter 154 board but don’t want it to feel like I can’t get around as well in my all-mountain board. What do you think? BTW, the board is a 2018 Bataleon Boss 154. Thanks!!
Nate says
Hi Jak
Thanks for your message.
For your specs and for that board, I think the 254 would be a good pick. I’d put you on around a 157 for an all-mountain length but since you are inclined towards freestyle riding (even if you’re calming it down a bit) and because this board is on the freestyle side of all-mountain, I think the 154 would be a good choice.
Since you’re used to a 158 it will take a little bit of getting used to, but I think you’ll like it. You will sacrifice a little in terms of stability at speed and float in powder going down from 158 (how much this is the case would depend on the model of board you’re currently riding) – but overall I don’t think a 154, with your specs, would have issues getting around the whole mountain.
Hope this helps
Darren says
Hi Nate,
Great site, thanks for all the useful information.
I’m a beginner and looking at a Salomon Sight, I’m 180cm and 68kg (without gear), boot size 9.5-10, will the 156cm board be too long?
Also, any thoughts on Drake King bindings (L 41-43.5)
Cheers
Darren
Nate says
Hi Darren
Thanks for your message.
156 would be doable for you but ideally for your specs as a beginner, I would say a little shorter would be better, 152 to 154 – probably leaning towards the higher end of that range because of your height. So the 153 Sight becomes an option there. The only thing with the 153 would be width. If you ride with a reasonable angle on your back binding (e.g. 12-15 degrees) then I’d say you’d be fine even with size 10 boots for the 153 width-wise.
But if you ride with quite a straight back foot (0-9 degrees) then it’s risking being a bit narrow for 10s. With 9.5s you’d probably be ok with all but the straightest back foot (0-3 degrees). With the 156 I’d say you’d be fine regardless of angles for with 9.5s but might be getting too narrow still if you ride with a very straight back foot on 10s.
So depending on which boots and which binding angles, I’d say 153 at this stage would be the better size but 156 is doable and would be the better choice width-wise depending on angles/boot size.
I don’t test Drake bindings so I couldn’t say first hand anything about them, but they certainly look like they would be a good flex for a beginner. And the Large sounds like an appropriate size for your boot size (regardless if you end up in 9.5s or 10s).
Hope this helps
Darren says
Thanks for the reply. Really appreciate the help and advice.
Cheers
Darren
Nate says
You’re very welcome Darren
Emil says
Hey Nate,
I am 178cm , 86KG and am looking for your opinion on purchasing Capita Warpspeed 160 as it’s the only board that offers sizes similar to what I rode so far – 156,158,159.
I am aware of the fact that this is a step up in terms of length, but I’m a huge fan of Capita boards(I got the OuterspaceLiving 158) and am wondering if 160 would be a bit too much + the stiffness is 7.5.
I am now improving my carving technique and am enjoying every single second of it on the OuterspaceLiving, so I’m wondering if Warpspeed 160 is a sure upgrade and it won’t break my legs :D.
The table you create says that I’m right on target :D.
Please let me know.
Regards,
Emil
P.S.: This webpage is my go to page when somebody asks me about which snowboard length to go far. It’s detailed yet clean straight to the point information. Big thanks!
Nate says
Hi Emil
Thanks for your message.
The Warspeed is a bit of a step up from the Outerspace Living and going longer will also be another step up, but if you think you’re ready for that, that’s up to you.
My biggest concern would be whether it was too wide for you. The Warpspeed is a wide board and in the 161 it’s got a 264mm waist width and 308mm tip and tail. Unless you’ve got quite big feet, I feel like it will be too wide for you. And since you’re riding the 158 Outerspace Living, I suspect that you would find the Warpspeed too wide. But if you can let me know your boot size, I can more accurately give you my opinion on whether it’s too wide or not.
Hope this helps
Emil says
Hey Nate,
Thanks for replying, boot size is 10.5.
I’m aiming now for a wide board as I would love to lean more when I’m on my heels and 25.30 seems to be too narrow.
I’m opened as well to any suggestion you might have regarding wide board size I should aim for, it’s the first time I’m focusing my research on this type of boards.
Also, I was looking over Bataleon the Carver, Lib Tech HotKnife 159W, GNU Mullair 159W as well, but I found a very good deal for the CAPITA Warpspeed.
Thanks again,
Emil
Nate says
Hi Emil
Generally speaking, I would say something around 251mm to a max of 261mm at the waist for size 10.5s if you ride with a reasonable angle on your back binding (e.g. 12-15 degrees). If you ride with quite a straight back foot (e.g. 0-3 degrees), then more like 258mm to 263mm at the waist, roughly speaking.
So, the Warpspeed 161 is maybe just doable, if you ride with a straight back foot, but otherwise I would say it’s still too wide. I’d say the same for the Hot Knife. The Mullair and the Bataleon Carver are more doable width-wise, IMO.
The Capita Mercury 159 would be a good choice too – a little wider, a little longer – basically the Outerspace Living on steroids and setback/directionalized and widened. If you wanted to stick with Capita, I would say that would be a great choice.
Emil says
Thanks for replying, indeed I ride 15/12 angle on my bindings. You make a strong point and thanks for taking the time to explain it so detailed, I really appreciate it. I was thinking of Capita Mercury 159 but does it compare to Mullair or Bataleon the Carver in terms of grip? I saw some posts that I doesn’t have that much grip in hard snow.
Nate says
Hi Emil
I’d say the Mercury probably isn’t as good in hard snow as the Mullair, but it’s not bad. A little better than the Outerspace Living is. And just as good as the Warpspeed, I would say (though I haven’t ridden it as it’s too wide for me to test). I’m not sure about the Carver as Bataleon isn’t a brand that I test.
Emil says
Ok, thank you.
Emil says
Thank you, really appreciate the detailed feedback.
Regards,
Emil
Nate says
You’re very welcome Emil
Brittany says
Hi Nate,
Thank you so much for this website. It is a true wonder for a data nerd like me. It’s definitely the most comprehensive and helpful site I’ve come across.
I’m looking into buying a Jones Twin Sister. Trying to decide between the 146cm and 152cm. I’m 5’6″ and about 150lbs w/gear. My rentals have typically been in the 146-148cm range.
I have a few seasons under my belt– love carving and bombing hills, but am also trying to get more into jumps and switches. I would guess I lie more on the side of an all-mountain(aggressive) rider.
If I did go with this board, do you have any recommendations for boots and bindings? I’ve been renting for a while and looking to make a long term investment
I really appreciate you!
Nate says
Hi Brittany
Thanks for your message.
This is going to be annoying but I think the 149 would be the best size for you for the Twin Sister. I’m guessing that you’re availability is only between the 146 and 152, since you haven’t mentioned the 149?
IMO the 152 is getting a bit long for you for this board and the 146 is getting a bit short. So it’s a tough call for sure. Especially as the 149 would be a great size, IMO. If you do have availability for the 149 go with that AND ignore the rest of this message. But if you really have to go with one of those two sizes, there are pros and cons to each.
The 152 will be more stable at speed and have better float in powder. IMO it would also be better for carving.
The 146 will be more maneuverable at slower speeds, better for learning switch, better for jumps and will be quicker edge to edge.
Because there is 6cms between the two boards, these differences will be quite noticeable.
But if you’re not totally set on this board, then something 148 to 150 would be a good range for you, IMO, for this type of board.
In terms of boots and bindings – going with something with a similar flex is a good place to start. So for the Twin Sister something around 5/10 to 7/10 would be a good way to go. Check out the following for some options:
>>Top Women’s All-Mountain Bindings
>>My Top Women’s All-Mountain Snowboard Boots
If you need to expand those into more options, let me know and I can give you some alternative options with a similar flex.
Hope this helps
Dom says
Hi Nate,
thanks very much for this extremely useful summary!
I’m currently thinking of replacing my old Custom X with the 2018 version. My previous model is a 160cm and I’m now torn between the 158 and the 162 mainly because of the weight ranges Burton gives for both.
I’m 6’1” and 175lbs. According to your table the right length would be around 161-162 and is also what I think would be a good option since I’d like to use this board only for carving and maybe a couple of rides off piste if the pow is too tempting. Burton however suggests a weight range of 180lbs+ for the 162cm version so that I’m just on the lower end whereas I’d be bang on the middle for the 158.
Do you have a recommendation what I should do (maybe simply have an extra portion for breakfast…).
Cheers
Dom
Nate says
Hi Dom
Thanks for your message.
You would have sat right in the middle of their weight recommendations for the 2017 model in the 160. But Burton have not only changed the sizings but they’ve also changed their weight recommendations (across all of their boards). For some of their boards nothing has changed, except their weight recommendations, so in some cases their change in weight recommendations certainly don’t reflect changes in the boards. In this case there were other changes made to the Custom X – but I still get the feeling that their weight recommendations have changed independently of those changes.
The 2017 162W recommended weight range was 165 to 205 – so whilst you would have still been on the lower end of that range, you would have been within it.
So, I think you could still get on the 162, and the weight recommendations are guidelines, IMO, not hard and fast rules.
However, a few things to consider:
1. The new Custom X is a wider board. The 2017 Custom X 160 (and at least back to 2014 and probably longer) had a 250mm waist and 294mm tip/tail. The 2018 158 has a 254mm waist width and a 297mm tip/tail – so wider in the 158 than the 2017 was in the 160. The 2017 158 had a 249mm waist and 293mm tip/tail. So from there it’s gone quite a bit wider. With extra width, it’s often a good idea to go shorter – so in that sense the 2018 158 is closer to the 2017 and previous 160. The 2018 162 has a 256mm waist and 300mm tip/tail. So it’s not only longer but also a reasonable amount wider than the 2017 160.
This could also be a reason why they increased the weight range recommendations – as it requires more effort (weight can help with pressure) to apply pressure to the edges of a wider board (depending on your foot size of course).
2. Personally I would ride the 158 of this board (and I’m 6’0″ and 185lbs, size 10 boot) – but I do tend to prefer something slightly shorter than average, especially on a stiff board like this one – and I’d prefer the width on the 158 to the 162. So I would also typically be 161, 162 on the chart, but for this board, and in general, I like to go a little shorter than that – one reason for that is that I like to play in the trees and even when I’m on a more aggressive board like this, I like to try to find little jumps to hit, and I personally prefer something a little shorter for that. But if you’re mostly carving, then that’s a different story.
3. The 2018 162 is in a couple of ways more similar to the 2017 and previous 160 – it has the same side-cut radius of 8.2m (the 158 is ever so slightly different – 8.1m) and more noticeably and more importantly a very similar effective edge. The 2018 162 has a 1255mm effective edge – compared with the 1250mm effective edge on the 2017 160 (very close) – the 2018 158 has a 1215mm effective edge – a noticeable amount shorter.
So in that sense, the 2018 162 is closer to the 2017 160.
So in a couple of ways the 158 is more similar to the old 160 and in a couple of ways the 162 is more similar. The biggest changes are with the effective edge and the width. So, it’s a really tough call. But overall, if carving is your main thing, then the 162 is going to offer you the same effective edge as you currently ride and in terms of carving that’s going to be the most similar in terms of feel. But just note, that with the extra width and length, that it’s likely not to be as quick edge-to-edge as your current narrower 160. Though it will have more float in powder. The 158 is still going to be a good carver and probably balances out to a similar surface area overall as the 2017 (and prior) 160. So you wouldn’t loose anything in terms of powder, I would say. Note also, that the 162 is likely to feel a little stiffer than the 158.
Hope this gives you more info to go off
Dom says
Hi Nate,
Thank you so much for the detailed comparison! Thatβs very helpful.
I indeed also looked at effective edge and width and based on the effective edge slightly leaned towards the 162cm simply as you said because itβs very similar to my old 2009 model (that already was 2500mm waist btw) with effective edge and the width difference between 158 and 162 are βonlyβ 2mm.
You make some valid points though especially with respect to the width difference to my old ride. Iβm on a 10UK Burton biot so a couple of extra milimeters actually are quite good for me but not sure if a step up by 6mm would take it a bit too far and make the board much less manouverable. Especially with extra length and generally stiffer feel.
I actually had the chance to test ride the 158cm for an hour a couple of weeks ago and liked the feel despite the impression that it felt a hint too short. Hence my initial plan to go for 162 but after reading more and your input now Iβm not too sure anymore.
In terms of carving behaviour and stability at high speeds do you think the 3cm less effective edge will have a significant impact? I tend to ride quite fast always on the edge so stability here would be very nice to have. Equally quick edge to edge and turns…
Will need to make a call before the weekend though when Iβm taking the new board out – whichever itβll be :).
Cheers and thanks so much again!
Dom
Nate says
Hi Dom
On a UK10, I’d usually say something at least 254mm at the waist, and only then if you have a reasonable angle on your back foot (i.e. 12-15 degrees) – now, it doesn’t sound like you had any drag issues with the 250mm waisted 160, so that’s not something that’s a deal breaker, but the 256mm waist of the 162 shouldn’t be an issue for your boot size, IMO. Still maybe not going to be as fast edge-to-edge but the difference might be negligible with UK10s. i.e. you’ve probably maxed out your leverage on something around 254mm at the waist, roughly speaking, so going 250mm compared to something like 254mm probably isn’t going to make any difference that you would really notice – and the difference between 254 and 256 isn’t going to be huge either, if that makes sense. If you were on US10s (UK9s), then it would be a different story, but with UK10s, I wouldn’t worry too much about the width.
And since you tend to ride fast, like to carve and are used to an effective edge around that 1250mm mark, then I would be leaning more towards the 162 more now.
I would predict that the difference in width will have less effect on your edge to edge speeds, than the difference in effective edge will have on your stability at speed and your feel in carves. That and the fact that you felt the 158 feel a little short. 3cm of difference in effective edge is quite a lot, so I’m not surprised you felt that.
Either size would still work, but based on all the info, I would be leaning towards the 162 for you.
Dom says
Hi Nate
Thanks so much again for your help. Think the points you raise make absolute sense and this also reflects my impression. Iβll stick to the 162 as initially planned and will let you know how I get on :)!
Thanks a lot again
Dom
Nate says
You’re very welcome Dom. Look forward to hearing how you get on!
Jakub says
Hi Nate
I guess Iβll stay with 152. If it will be too big for park Maybe I will buy specific park board. Anyway I just want to start learning π
But thank you very much for help and great site!
Jakub
Nate says
You’re very welcome Jakub.
Hope the board goes well for you once you get a chance to ride it!
Jakub says
Hi Nate,
I just bought never summer proto 2 (also thanks to your recommendation) and it seems to be great snb.
Iβm just wondering, if itβs not too big for me. I bought smallest one, 152. And Iβm 168cm and 66kg with 8 US size boots.
Should I consider smaller one? There are only woman ones (does it matter?)
I want to start riding more in park, but like all mountain freestyle style.
Anyway thanks again for great recomendations and help π
Jakub
Nate says
Hi Jakub
If it feels a bit big, then going to the women’s sizes is fine, it doesn’t matter – usually the biggest thing is that they’re narrower, so you’ve got to watch out that you don’t go too narrow on a women’s board. But you should be fine on the 148 (238mm waist) or 151 (240mm waist) Women’s Proto Type Two in terms of width, as long as you go with binding angles like +15/-15 (which is recommended on this type of board (asym) anyway).
At 151 you’d only be going 1cm shorter but you’d also be going narrower (both in terms of waist and in terms of tip/tail width) so it will feel noticeably smaller. The 148 would also be suitable for your specs so that would be an option too.
Sizing down will have it’s pluses and minuses. You’ll loose a little in terms of stability at speed and float in powder – but you’ll gain more maneuverability at slower speeds and will be easier to learn tricks on.
I wouldn’t go any longer than 152, but you can go smaller for this type of board, if you want to. What length was your old board – you mentioned it was quite small. It might be that you’re used to a smaller board and be more comfortable and have a preference for that – in which case going into the women’s sizes might be a good idea.
Hope this helps with your decision
Jakub says
Hi Nate
I measured them and actually they have same height except widest parts of board are not on same spot. PT2 has them little bit heigher.
And old board felts small on mountain but it was my first real good board so I actually donβt know :). And Iβm not at home right now but it was GNU 150 made by marvin (or sth similar).
Do you think 148 or 151 will do that much difference? Also I bought new Burton Cartles M. I guess it will do fine as all mountain (freestyle) but will be little more difficult on parks?
I wonβt be able to try new PT2 in next month and a half unfortunately. And I ordered it from a foreign shop so need to find out if I can change it to some other one.
Iβm still very exited from new board and thank you very much again for help
Jakub
Nate says
Hi Jakub
Thanks for the extra info.
Yeah the PT2 has pretty blunted tip and tail, so I’m not surprised that the contact points on the PT2 are higher for the same length board.
I think the 148 would make a significant difference in terms of both length and width. The 151 wouldn’t be a huge difference in terms of length but it is quite a bit narrower than the 152 men’s version, so you would definitely feel the difference, more so from the width than the length with the 151 vs 152.
Jakub says
Hi Nate
Yeah it’s bit narrower and I’m afraid it will be too narrow for 8.5 US boots. According to your tables I’m actually super fine with 152 from width point of view. Also on NS site, 151 has bigger sidecut: 151 – Vario 761/723 and 152 – Vario 725/690. Don’t know, if this makes significant difference.
Nate says
Hi Jakub
The sidecut will contribute to a different feel, so definitely some difference there, but not heaps of difference. Usually the shorter lengths of boards will have deeper sidecuts (smaller number = deeper sidecut) than the same board of a longer length. But when you cross down into the women’s sizes it doesn’t necessarily work that way.
But if you look at the women’s version, the 151 (the longest of the women’s version) will have the shallowest (largest number) sidecut of all the women’s sizes – and the men’s 152 will have the deepest (smallest number) of all the men’s versions.
I wouldn’t worry about this too much though.
I think the 152 that you have will be fine for you – but just wanted to give you those options as you were concerned about the 152 being too big.
Marc says
Hi Nate thanks alot for this awesome website I have told many friends about it over the years. A little background about me I am 22 years old and have been riding for 9 years now, and consider myself an advanced all mountain/backcountry rider. I ride a couple weeks out west every year and 5-10 days out east on the hardpack. I currently ride a Rossignol Magtek XV 159 out west and my brothers 152 skate banana when I go out east. I am shopping around for a Rossignol Jibsaw as a board for days on the hard pack to advance my park riding (currently hitting straight airs, boxes, and small grabs). I was wondering which length you would recommend for me if I would like to ride it out west on groomer days in the park/all mountain and on the east coast as well for park and all mountain. I am between the 155cm and the 157cm. If you think the 157cm will limit me at all with spin progression let me know and I would greatly appreciate it! I am 5’9″ and 165-170lbs with no gear on, and am a size 9 shoe so width is no issue.
Nate says
Hi Marc
Thanks for your message.
I would say go for the 155. It’s going to be the better option for that board for your specs, IMO. I think the 159 is a good size for you for a freeride board like the XV but for the Jibsaw the 155 would be better than the 157. I’d say purely for just riding the mountain and if you weren’t worried about park/freestyle progression, then maybe something around 157 would be a good way to go – but I’d definitely go 155 for what you’re describing. The width will be better for 9s too.
Hope this helps
Phil says
Hey Nate!
Thank you so much for all your knowledge. Your site is my go to place for all things snowboarding and gear. You’re amazing
So I am 5’8.5″, ~170lbs, and a size 9 boot.
Looking at the Arbor Coda Camber.
I’m a pretty 50/50 freestyle/freeride rider hailing from the easy coast. Mostly ride groomers and park in all sorts of variable eastern snow conditions.
I love to carve through medium to steep hills but also love to hit every single side-hit, roller, and kicker I can find. I am a better freerider than I am a freestyler, but I’ve been focusing on improving my freestyle game. I lean towards the jumps much more than I do getting techy on rails or buttering and jibbing around.
I’m definitely planning to start taking a few trips out west and hopefully to the legendary pow of Japan. And I’m curious as to what board length can do it all for me.
I’m planning on getting a dedicated freestyle stick next year once I improve my game in that aspect but for now I need a one board quicker that can decently satisfy my needs from future backcountry runs to resort groomers and park. I guess you could say I want this board to be the ever slightest more freeride-able than freestyle but I still want it to be a decent length to progress my freestyle with and not be too cumbersome to spin and jump with.
With all this said, I’m looking at the Arbor Coda Camber. Trying to see if I can find the 2015-2016 model, but if not, I’ll get the current one.
What size do you think is better for me between the 153 and the 156?
Thank you so much for all your help!
Phil says
I would say I’m an intermediate-advanced freerider and beginner-intermediate freestyle.
Thanks again!
Nate says
Hi Phil
Thanks for your message.
For the Arbor Coda Camber I would say definitely the 156 for you as a balance between freeride and freestyle. That’s a better do-it-all length for you, IMO. For your specialist freestyle board that you get later on you could go to something around 153cm – but for a more all-round length, I would go with the 156. For a specialist freeride board, you could jump up to 158, but on balance I think the 156 is a good size for you for do-it-all.
Sounds like you’re pretty sold on the Coda Camber, but if you’re looking for other options that are in that do-it-all mode, check out the following:
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
Hope this helps
Phil says
Thank you so much! Was leaning towards the 156, and you definitely help me feel confident about it. I will keep in mind that 153 length for my dedicated freestyle stick in the future. Your knowledge is top-notch.
Any thoughts on the Arbor Coda Camber? Have you had a chance to ride it? I noticed you didn’t have any reviews on it. But just curious.
Thanks again Nate!
Nate says
Hi Phil
You’re very welcome.
I haven’t ridden the Coda Camber, unfortunately. Arbor isn’t a brand that I currently test. Just based on specs, I’d say the only potential downside I can see with it is how good it will be in powder, given that it’s centered and with a camber profile. It sounds like they’ve tried to develop the tip/tail to work well in deep snow, so that might help it in powder – but again, I don’t know how well it works first-hand. Arbor do have a good reputation, but I just don’t have a way to test them at the moment.
Hope this somewhat helps!
Stiggia says
Hi Nate great website congratulations.
I’m gettin in love whit the idea of buying my self a jones flagship.
I’m 173cm for 86-90kg with 10.5 feet.
According to chart my lengt should be 159 but the flagship come in 158 or 161.
Witch one is mine?
Before of sizing; I’ve 14 year practice on the snowboard, I learnd on a alpine board and then i passed to a forum 157, i did not remember the name but a stiff board anyway.
I’m mostly a downhiller not strictly a freerider.
Am I falling in love with the wrong board?
Nate says
Hi Stiggia
Thanks for your message.
If you’re an advanced rider (which it sounds like you are) and you don’t ride freestyle or not a lot of it, and since you’re used to a stiffer board, I think the Flagship is a good choice for you.
In terms of size, I think the 161 would be your best bet for this type of board and the kind of style that suits this type of board.
Just note that this is quite a narrow board and with size 10.5s you need to be a little bit careful. If you have a reasonable angle on your back foot (i.e. 12-15 degrees), then you should be fine on the 161 in terms of width. But if you have a straighter angle on your back foot, particularly if it’s quite straight (i.e. 0 – 3 degrees), then it would be pushing it to be too narrow for your boots. If you do have quite a straight back foot, then I would say the 159W is a better option.
So yeah, depending on binding angles I would say either 161 or 159W.
Hope this helps
Stiggia says
This site is very detailed, conglatulation.
I’d like to have an advice.
I’m in love with the jones flagship and i’m sure i’m gonna buy myself one sooner or later.
I’m 173cm and 86-90kg with 10.5 feet.
Acoording to the chart my lenght should be 159.
The flagship come in 158 or 161 witch one i choose?
Thanks
Josephine says
Hey Nate,
Thanks so much for all the useful info on this site! I just had my first Snowboard season, and it was so hard but so fun! Can’t wait to get my own gear and get really into it! with your tips and articles as the backbone of my research I’m so ready to get myself geared out!
Thanks again!
Jo
Nate says
You’re very welcome Josephine. Awesome that you loved your first season of riding (it only gets more fun – and easier too!). Definitely getting your own gear will really help with your progression too.
MichaΕ says
Hi Nate,
I weight 163lbs/ 74kg, I’m 170cm tall and I ride 153cm RIDE Helix, I like carving, I like doing some butters but I’m mostly into learning on park jumps right now. Helix is weird, I think this 153cm isn’t like others 153cm because of that shape. Do you think it’s too short for me, should I go for longer one next time?
I’ll be very grateful for answer.
Nate says
Hi MichaΕ
Thanks for your message.
I think something around 156, 157 would be a good length for you, assuming you are at a reasonably advanced level. I would usually size down a bit for an all-mountain-freestyle ride like the Helix – so I don’t think 153 is way off for you. But maybe 154-156 for that type of board. More like 156-157 for an all-mountain board.
The Helix is an asymmetrical board – so the heel side sidecut is different to the sidecut on the toe side. I enjoy asym boards, but not everyone does. The weird looking tip and tail doesn’t affect the ride really (except maybe psychologically) as it’s all happening past the contact points. Some asym boards don’t do this with the tip and tail – you can have asym without it looking that way. So it’s not a hugely weird shape really, but asym isn’t for everyone.
Also note that the Helix is quite an aggressive ride. It’s full camber and not the most forgiving if you get off your game. Certainly something for a more advanced rider, so if you consider yourself more intermediate, then it may not be the best fit.
So yeah, you could go a little longer – how much longer would depend on the type of board you went for (but from what you’re describing an all-mountain-freestyle board is probably a good fit, in which case something 154-156 would be a good range to look at, IMO – but it might be that you would prefer something a little more playful/forgiving than the Helix?).
Hope this helps
MichaΕ says
Thank you for very long, specific and professional answer, I got my board stolen yesterday when I was in France ;-; and I’m buying next Helix. 153 was a bit unstable at higher speeds and a bit sketchy on landings but won’t 155 be hard to spin?
Nate says
Hi Michal
Bummer that you’re board was stolen.
The 155 will be a little harder to spin than the 153 but it won’t be a huge difference. You shouldn’t have too many issues spinning the 155 in my opinion. And on balance it would be the better size, IMO. What you gain in stability and landings will outweigh the spin factor, I would say.
MichaΕ says
Thank you, I really appreciate yor help π
Nate says
You’re very welcome MichaΕ. Hope you have a great rest of your season!
Natalie says
Hi Nate!
Thank you for all of your intel and patiently answering questions.
Although I have been to Whistler/Blackcomb and Tahoe almost every year for 2-3 days at a time for the last ~8 years, I would still consider myself a beginner and I’m finally buying my own gear in hopes of boosting my confidence and finally getting better. I don’t have aspirations to ride int the park or go especially fast for now, I just want to be comfortable boarding for fun and to keep up with my friends.
I am deciding between the Rossignol Tesla Amptek 2017 $230 (143 or 148) and the Ride Compact 2017 $270 (143 or 147). To be honest even though the Rossi Tesla is on your Top Beginners Boards list, I am leaning towards the Ride Compact because I simply favor the graphics more. Am I naive to choose the Ride Compact over the Rossi Tesla because of looks? My next question is length… I am just below 5’4″, 140lbs w/o gear, and wear a 8.5 US women’s shoe/ usually 8 boot. I’m stuck between sizing down for my ability level and initial confidence and sizing up to increase longevity… not to mention worrying about my big feet fitting on the board! If it helps, I’ll probably end up buying the Burton Citizens bindings per your recommendation, but M/L?… you really should be sponsored if you aren’t already!
Any help would be greatly appreciated. Thank you!
Nate says
Hi Natalie
Thanks for your message.
Generally not a good idea to buy on looks (I did it with the first pair of snowboard boots I ever bought – and it wasn’t a good choice!) but in this case, you can, because the Compact 2017 is suitable for a beginner level – so if that’s what you prefer the graphic of, no problem’s there. The Compact wasn’t far off making the beginner boards list.
In terms of size, I would say around 149 for you, for an all-mountain board at an advanced level. As a beginner I usually recommend taking off 3-5cm, which would put you in the range of 144 to 146. However, since you aren’t a complete beginner and do have a few years experience behind you, I think you could handle going up to 147 for the Compact or the 148 of the Tesla.
In terms of width, with size 8 boots, you could go as narrow as something with around a 232mm waist, but only if you ride with a decent angle on your back binding (e.g. if you ride +15/-15 or similar) but, even if you ride with a straight back foot (e.g. 0-3 degrees) then you should still be ok on something 238mm and up. So you should be fine on any of those options if you ride with any kind of angle on your back foot (i.e. 6 degrees or more) – and if you ride with a straight back foot, then the 147 Compact and 148 Tesla will still be fine – the 143s would probably still be ok, but there’d be a greater risk of them being too narrow. Add around 4mm to those if you were in 8.5s
For the bindings, if you get Burton boots and their 8s, then you can fit in either, but the M is probably the slightly better option, IMO – but not much in it. But if you get another brand, end up in 8.5s, or if you don’t get boots before you get the bindings, then L would be the safer option.
Hope this helps
Natalie says
Thank you so much Nate! I actually just found the Ride Compact for $150 on Sierra Trading Post this morning and they only have 147cm left so I have literally been refreshing this page all day awaiting your trusted advice π I will definitely send all of my friends to your site for help in the future!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Natalie – and thanks for sending your friends over!
Hope you enjoy your new gear and have an awesome season!
Sarah says
Hi Nate, I am a 5’5 female rider weighting 114 lbs (without gear). I am an advanced snowboarder with more than 15 years of experience. I want to buy a Jones twin sister and I only drive piste (5% Deep powder). Before I had a 143 vΓΆlkl melody camber board that felt okay but sometimes felt a bit unstable when going really fast. Would you recommend me getting a 143 or 146 twin sister board? Thanks a lot!
Nate says
Hi Sarah
Thanks for your message.
I don’t know much about VΓΆlkl boards but just based on the specs that I’ve read, I’d say that the Twin Sister would be a more stable ride than the Melody – so even going with the 143 should add some stability, IMO.
But you could get even more stable for speed on the 146 and, as an advanced rider, I think something around that 145 mark is a good length for your specs. So, I think 146 is definitely an option – but the 143 is also an option. If you were spending more time in powder, then I’d say 146 for sure, but since you spend more time on piste, there are pros with going with the shorter and pros to the longer, depending on what you get up to when on piste.
~ The 146 will provide better float in powder, more stability at speed, and be nicer for wide carves
~ The 143 will be better for tricks, spins, jibs etc and better in the trees, IMO, and more agile at slower speeds
So if you’re main game is riding fast and carving, then I’d say go 146 – but if you like to ride a bit of freestyle and/or like to ride trees a lot, then I’d lean more towards the 143.
Hope this helps
Sarah says
Thanks a lot Nate! That really helps! The truth is, I don’t do. many tricks anymore – I am mostly going snowboarding with some skiers- who drive fast – so no time for tricks and just carving. So then I would choose the 146. The only thing I am afraid of is that it is more exhausting/ I need much more power with a longer board..Right now I literally almost don’t have to do anything when snow conditions are good, I just move my hips a bit and my board drives curves. Do you think 3cm will make a lot of difference here?
Nate says
Hi Sarah
You’re very welcome.
3cms will be noticeable. It’s not going to be a whole new world but you would notice the difference if you were to ride the 143 and then the 146 straight after. I would say that the 146 would be harder work at slower speeds than the 143 – but will be more stable and easy to ride at faster speeds. If you’re worried about going too long, the 143 is probably the safer bet for you – and if you’re going for the Twin Sister this is likely going to be more stable in general than your previous board, even in the 143. So it’s not a bad choice. I think you could handle the 146 and you’d get some advantages at speed and in powder on it, but if you’re concerned about it being too long, then stick with the 143. Like I say, if you were going to be spending more time in powder then I’d say definitely 146, but it’s a weigh up between the 143 and 146, given that you will be groomers most of the time.
Sarah says
Great help!!!thanks a lot, Nate! Will recommend your Page! ???
Nate says
You’re very welcome Sarah. Thanks for the recommendation!
Candace says
Hi Nate,
Awesome post. I am having trouble deciding between a Jones Airheart 146cm and a 149cm. I am 5’5″, roughly 130 pounds, and have been riding a 147 Burton Feather for over a decade. My boot size is 8 and skill level is advanced. I am typically on groomers, every now and then powder, and prefer control while going fast. I may try learning how to ride switch. Please help!
Nate says
Hi Candace
Thanks for your message.
Both would work but I would be leaning towards the 146 for you. The width should be fine for either for size 8s.
But there are pros and cons – the 146 would be more agile, quicker edge-to-edge, and better for more freestyle oriented things and better in the trees. The 149 would give more stability at speed and more float in powder. So, if you like to ride fast and want that extra stability, then the 149 would give more of that. Another argument for going 149 is that if you’re used to a 147 Feather, then that would probably feel as long as the airheart 149 – since that back then (I had to go back to the 2006 Feather before I could find a 147 – so I assume your’s is at least as old as 2006) it was a fully cambered snowboard. That said, the technology these days does allow you to ride a little shorter.
This probably hasn’t made your decision any easier! Generally speaking I would say 146 and 146 would be easier for learning switch on – but if you’re mainstay is speed and you want extra stability there, then go up to 149.
In terms of bindings from the other comment, that would all still apply for the 146 as well. It’s not too much different in terms of width.
Hope this helps
Matt says
Hi,
I’m 5.7″ and 160lb.
Looking to buy a Forum Peter Line 151 cm.
Is it too short? I’m a beginner/intermediate and I mostly ride slopes and freestyle.
Any advice is welcome
Nate says
Hi Matt
Thanks for your message. I would say something around 156 would be a good length for you, at an advanced level and for an all-mountain board. But it’s a good idea to take off length as a beginner – and for a more freestyle oriented board like this too. As a rule of thumb 3-5cm at a beginner level – so you could get away with 151cm – it’s the shortest I’d go for you – but for this style of board, and since you’re a beginner – the 151 would work, IMO.
Hope this helps
Paula Woelfle says
Hi Nate,
I have read through the article and a lot of the comments and you know a lot about boards and sizes and was wondering if you would be able to recommend a size of board for me?
I am a female, 5’4″, weighing around 150lbs. I am a just starting to snowboard.
I have also narrowed down some snowboards that I am looking at purchasing, one is the Rome – Royal. I have read a lot of good reviews on how its an awesome board for beginners. Then there is the Niche – 17/18 Minx – it seems like a good board and I am attracted to the brand because its environmental friendly. However, I did read one of your comments to another boarder about how the Niche Minx isn’t the best board for beginners, so do you think I should stay clear of that board until I am a little more advanced?
Thank you,
Nate says
Hi Paula
Apologies for the slow response – got a stomach bug which has laid me low past couple of days.
In terms of size, I think something around 147 to 149 would be a good range to look at.
I think the Minx isn’t a bad beginner’s choice. I think I’d like to see a bit more rocker in there to make it more so, but overall, it’s a good beginner option, I would say. It’s got the right kind of flex.
For sizing, I would say:
~ Minx: 149
~ Royal: 147
My biggest concern would be the width of them. Both of these boards are quite wide for their size. If you could let me know your boot size, I can see if they would be suitable width-wise.
Hope this helps
Marielle says
Hi Nate!!!
Fantastic information! Iβm buying a new board and Iβm torn Size wize on what to get. Iβm 5β4 and 124 lbs and looking at the GNU ladies choice in a 142.5 or 145.5?? Or possibly the GNU Velvet. Iβm currently riding a 145. I bought a salomon gypsy last season in a 146 and wasnβt a fan could never quite click with it. Im on the higher end of intermediate and want to get more into park this season but also want something that will hold up decently all mountain/on powder days. What size would you suggest??
Nate says
Hi Marielle
Both sizes are suitable but I would be leaning towards the 142.5.
This is for a couple of reasons. Whilst I would put you on a 146 for an all-mountain board and if you were at an advanced level, I find it’s a good idea to take off a bit of length for an all-mountain-freestyle board (which is what I would consider the Ladies Choice) and also for an intermediate level, I would take off some length. It sounds like you’re pretty close to being at that advanced level, so that’s probably not as much of a deal, but the all-mountain-freestyle board is something that I like to size down for a little bit. The Salomon Gypsy is something that I would also consider an all-mountain-freestyle board, so I probably would have sized down a bit for that too – to the 143. It might be the case that you have the 147 for the Gypsy as well – as I don’t think they do a 146 – unless it’s a really old model?
Another reason to go 142.5 over 145.5 is that you are looking to step it up in the park and finally because of your experience on the Gypsy – though that could have been other factors as well as length, e.g. you might not have liked the feel of the camber profile.
The 145.5 will be better in powder – just having more surface area it will do that, and it will be better for stability at speed.
The 142.5 will be better for jibs, spins, buttering and just all-round in the park, IMO – and also better in trees and just gives you a bit more agility in general, especially more maneuverability at slower speeds.
It might be the case that the 142.5 is better for your boot size too, but if you could let me know your boot size and I can recommend what would be better width-wise. It might be that the 147 Gypsy was also a bit wide? What’s the 145 you’re riding at the moment?
If you’re planning on keeping the 145 you have now, then I’d say 100% for the 142.5 – if you’re planning on getting rid of that and using the Ladies Choice as you’re only board, then it’s a weigh up between the 142.5 and 145.5 but I would still be leaning slightly towards 142.5 based on the above.
Hope this helps
Marielle says
Ok I lied it was the Salomon wonder in a 146 not the gypsy, wasnβt thinking haha. Right now the 145 Iβm riding is an older Burton lipstick. The deck on its all rocker so it took a little while getting used to the camber/rocker/camber on the wonder. But aside from that it just felt heavy and I had to put a lot into it to get it around. I didnβt think from a 145 to a 146 would make that much of a difference. I wear a 6.5 boot! Iβll be keeping the 145 for sure I always end up going back to it sometimes.
So probably go with the 142.5?? Stability wonβt be a big issue??
Thank you π
Nate says
Hi Marielle
Ah that makes more sense that it was the Wonder.
I think you’ll still be fine in terms of stability on the 142.5. It will be shorter and a little narrower than your current Liptstick 145 – but it’s a little more stable in terms of it’s camber profile (rocker between the feet and camber towards tip and tail – the camber sections adding stability) and in terms of being probably a little stiffer flexing – though not by much – but overall, I don’t think you’ll have any stability issues and I think the 142.5 is a better size for riding in the park for you and it’s a good compliment to your Lipstick in the 145. And I think the waist width is a better match for your boots too – that narrower width should make it easier to apply pressure to the edges for 6.5s.
Hope this helps
D says
Hi Mate,
Interesting reading. I’m 5ft11 85kg Uk10 Have been using a 160cm wide Option Supercap but have found this very cumbersome. Don’t board too regularly but am comfortable on the piste. Looking to get a new board before I go this year but not sure on size. I have been looking at between 156 and 159cm. Do you think this is the right range? Just want to enjoy the slopes.
Thanks
D
Nate says
Hi D
Thanks for your message.
I think 160 is an ok size for you as an advanced rider but if you feel you’re more at an intermediate level, then you could definitely take some length of that. Also, a lot of it is also down to personal preference so if you think you do, or would, prefer something at a shorter length, then there’s no reason why you can’t go shorter. So, I think something 157 to 159 would be good to look at for you, if that’s the case.
I’m not familiar with the Option Supercap (or any Option snowboard) so I’m not sure about the specs for this but it might also be that it’s quite stiff – if that was the case, then that could add to that cumbersome feeling – particularly at slower speeds. A softer flexing board is typically easier to maneuver at slower speeds.
In terms of width, I’d say go at least 254mm at the waist with UK10s – an only that narrow if yo have binding angles that give you a decent angle on the back foot (e.g. +15/-15) – with a straighter back binding, you’ll want to go wider than that. So you’re kind of on the cuff of whether you’ll need a wide model or not – it depends on the board and your binding angles.
From what you’re describing, I think either an all-mountain or all-mountain-freestyle boards would suit you well. You can check out the links below to get some ideas, if you’d like.
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
Hope this helps
Linda Brennan says
Hi Nate, Fantastic information, thank you! I am an improving beginner and purchased a 2014 K2 bright lite- 149. I am 5’4″, 130 lb (w/o gear) and I wear an 8.5 boot. Everything I have read leads me to believe that this board will be too big. I am taking casual lessons now on Midwest (packed) hills and have tried a 140 and a 145. I can borrow an old Ride Solace 142 to ride until I improve to intermediate and can use the K2. But my real question is whether the K2 is ultimately too long and I should look for a shorter board? I read your best beginner boards and I like the look of the YES emoticon but don’t really want to invest another $400 at this time. What are your recommendations? Thank you for your time.
Linda
Nate says
Hi Linda
Thanks for your message.
Even at an advanced level, I would say 149 is a little big for you, unless you were getting a specific board to ride in powder. I would put you on around a 147 at an advanced level, for an do-it-all type board. As a beginner I would say drop 3-5cm off that 147, which would put you in the 142 to 144 range. As an intermediate rider you could ride something 144 to 146 and should be fine. But I think even at an intermediate level the 149 is a bit long for you.
The Ride Solace in the 142 is a better length for you at this stage, but I would be hesitant to recommend it for a beginner just because it has a full camber profile. This type of camber profile is usually quite catchy – it is quite a soft board by the looks of it, which is good as a beginner but I would be worried about the full camber-ness of it.
The Emoticon would be a great choice for you, IMO but totally get that’s another big investment. For that the 143cm would be the best size for you for the fastest progression – but the 146 would be the kind of size that you could ride at a really advanced level – and it’s the kind of board that you could still ride and enjoy at an advanced level too. So there are pluses there. The 146 would be a steeper learning curve but would be a board you could keep indefinitely, IMO.
Hope this helps
Linda says
Thank you!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Linda!
Linda says
I’m back!!! So, per the earlier emails, I am hesitant to lay out additional funds on the Yes emoticon, but have found a deal on the Rossignol Tesla Amptek 2017- 143 for $229 @ evo.com Thoughts on that for me? Also, what do you think about the flow haylo bindings – rear entry for beginners? Sounds cool and easy but will it be secure enough? Thanks again, Linda
Linda says
Another question….I asked about the Flow Haylo bindings, but I do already have the Ride vxn bindings. Comparing the 2, which is better for an improving beginner? thanks, Linda
Linda says
OMG, I am full of questions! Sorry I didn’t get them all out on a single query…. The hill in Midwest are icy, so if I didn’t want to purchase the Yes emoticon 146 until the next year or 2, would you recommend the Rome Royal 2017 – 144 or Rossignol Tesla Amptek 2017 – 143 if I bought it today?
thank you, hopefully for the last time today:), Linda
Nate says
Hi Linda
Questions are good! They help to get you to the best decision.
I think the Tesla would be a great option for you, and the 143 would be a good size to go with – and then if you plan on moving to the Emoticon or something like that in a 146 at some point, I think that would be a good board progression for you.
In terms of edge-hold in icy conditions, I would say there’s probably not a lot of difference between the Royal and the Tesla. Neither will be as good as the Emoticon, IMO, but will be ok.
I haven’t tested Flow bindings in a few years, so I can’t really comment there – but I’d say that the VXN are certainly beginner friendly, so I don’t see any reason to change there, unless you’ve been having issues with them.
Hope this helps
Alexis says
Hi, I’m not sure what level boarder I’d be considered, probably beginner, but I like to carve down the mountain, and everyone in a while try a jump. Here in Arizona we don’t get to snowboard a whole lot. I probably go one or two weekends a year. I’m 5’4″ and 125lbs, I just bought a board over the summer and looking at it now I realize it’s only 139cm. Is this going to be too small for me, ? I don’t want to spend my weekend on my face if I go to the top of the mountain and carve down. I’ve always have rented a board and never thought to ask what size they were
Nate says
Hi Alexis
I would put you on a 146 – at an advanced level, and as a beginner I usually recommend taking off 3-5cm. So that would put you on a range of 141 to 143. So, I don’t think the 139 is a miles off, but, especially given that you like to carve mostly, and that you’re definitely not a complete beginner by the sounds of it, possibly even intermediate, ideally something more like 142 to 144 would be a better length.
So, I don’t think 139 would be un-rideable for you, but also not ideal, IMO.
Hope this helps
Kaue says
Hello, Nate!
First of all, thanks so much for the very informative post and all the replies, this is an amazing source of guidance and info.
I’m looking to purchase my first board, and comparing all specs sheets and some of my personal traits, I’m arriving at mixed conclusions. It’d be great to hear from you on this.
This will be only my 2nd season, and I rode for the first time a couple of years ago, for a week, in Snowmass/Aspen. At the end of that first period, an instructor I had commented he believed I had come to the start of an intermediate level.
Also, I really enjoy riding down the mountain, but would like to learn a few tricks and maybe a few jumps as well, as I progress. With this in mind and after quite a bit of research on different boards, I’m thinking about going for a Capita Outerspace Living as my first board. Would you say it’s a legit choice?
After choosing the board, comes the choice of board lenght. I’m 5’9″ (176cm) and weigh 187 lbs (85kg), athletic build, with a 9 shoe size (boot should be around that, which I will check in person to be sure). What I’ve gathered so far is this:
– From the charts, purely based on my weight and height: board should be 159cm.
– From my skill level: board should be a bit shorter.
– For riding down the mountain and learning more speed: board should be a bit longer.
– for learning tricks, jumps, etc: board should be a bit shorter.
It sounds like a 159 or 160 board would last me a longer time, but I don’t want to make my learning process a pain because of it. All in all, would 159 be a good size in your opinion?
Thanks a lot and all the best,
Kaue
Nate says
Hi Kaue
Thanks for your message.
I would put you no a 159 at an advanced level, so I think you can come down from that length as an intermediate rider. Also for an all-mountain-freestyle board like this you can come down in length a little – and since you are wanting to learn tricks then going shorter than 159 is also a good idea. I think I would be weighting up between the 156 and 158 if I was you.
It sounds like you’ve definitely being doing your research and I concur that a longer length is going to be better for speed and a shorter length will be better for more freestyle type stuff. A longer length also gives you more float in powder. A shorter length will give you more maneuverability at slower speeds and generally faster edge-to-edge speed for short tight turns.
So you’ve got to weigh up between the 156 and 158, IMO, depending on what is more important to you. But it’s not like the 156 will be terrible at speed and it’s not like you can’t ride freestyle on the 158 – but you’re just going to get a little extra either way. But I wouldn’t go as long as the 160 for you – even at an advanced level, even if you weren’t doing that much freestyle, the 158 would be better for you for this board.
Oh yeah, and I think this would be a great first board for you – at an intermediate level, this is a great choice, IMO – and given that you want to try some freestyle stuff but still want to continue to improve your riding over the rest of the mountain.
Hope this helps with your decision.
Kaue says
Hi Nate,
Your answer was incredibly helpful, thanks so much for the input!
Best,
Kaue
Nate says
You’re very welcome Kaue. Hope you’re having a great season!
Karl says
Hey Nate
Iβve been boarding with my wife for about 4 years. Weβve started racking up the miles now, mainly on groomers but like to get into the pow where possible. My wife has started to get bad pins/needles in her feet, numb legs and bad leg pains, which is impacting on her enjoyment and her time on the slopes. We only get out about 2 weeks a year and I know a day on the slopes comes with its normal aches and pains but this seems excessive. Weβve been down the boots route, had them refitted (as two independent retailers confirmed they are the correct size), had new foot beds fitted and also purchase some ridiculously expensive snowboarding socks! Weβve looked at and tweaked her; stance, bind angles, width, setback and lean. Sheβs also tried to loosen her boots and binds right off, to the point the toe strap came off! Iβve spent many hours reading various websites, including yours which is EXTREMELY HELPFUL *
Weβve just returned from a trip and unfortunately the problem continues * and Iβm wondering if a bad combination of kit could be the cause? She is 5β5 and 65kg. Looking at your chart, she seems to have the correct length board, although I canβt find a weight guide for the board. She has the following kit:
– Nidecker Divine 2013, 152 with Medium flex
– K2Murals 2013/2014 Medium
– Burton Mint 6.5UK or 8.5US
The only thing I can see which looks significantly different to my setup is her boots/binds. Although the bind sit nicely on the board (about 0.5cm away from the edge on both sides) her boot seems to hang over the front of the bindings by about 4.0cm. The K2 size guide says the max boot size for a medium binding is 7UK and the foot bed is extended to its maximum, making it 25cm but the boot sole is 30cm.
Any ideas/suggestions? Do you think it could be a kit issue or am I going completely mad? I donβt mind purchasing new kit if it gets her enjoyment back!
Cheers
Karl
Nate says
Hi Karl
Thanks for your message.
I can’t see anything obvious gear-wise that might be causing this issue. If the boots fit properly and there aren’t any pressure points there. Have you tried different boot brands? Different brands tend to fit a little differently and some are more suitable for certain foot types than others. But if she isn’t experiencing any pressure points, then it’s probably not a boot issue. Also, is she getting much in terms of heel-lift in her boots. If her heels are lifting a lot, then she would have to be working a lot harder on her toe-side turns.
In terms of loosening the boots off, this might help with pressure points, but if it her feet are too loose in there, that could be another thing that might be making her exert more effort than necessary to initiate turns.
In terms of bindings, I couldn’t say for sure, but I wouldn’t have thought that the boots being on the max end for the bindings would be likely to cause any issues. In terms of toe overhang, having that much overhang is actually likely to make toe side turns easier as you’d be getting a lot of leverage – the only thing that I would be concerned about there is toe drag, but if she’s not dragging her toes, then there’s nothing wrong with that kind of overhang. Although, does she have equal overhang heel and toe side? That sounds like a lot of overhang for 8.5s on a 243mm waist width board (what binding angles does she use?). If you can, it’s a good idea to try and get equal overhang heel and toe – if anything more overhang on the heel edge is preferred as it’s more difficult to get low in your turns on the heel edge than it is on the toe edge – and also because it’s less likely to drag your heels. If you can set up her bindings so that they’re more evenly overhanging that would be a good thing to do regardless. I’m not sure if you can with those particular bindings, but a lot of bindings you can adjust the heel cup back to get further back if you need to, in addition to moving the bindings themselves back towards the heel edge.
I don’t have personal experience with Nidecker boards, but just reading up about it, it doesn’t seem overly stiff (medium flex from what I can see) assuming that she is at least at an intermediate level. Although, the boots and bindings are soft. Usually I recommend that the boots and bindings be at least in the same flex level as the board or slightly stiffer. Softer boots and bindings struggle to drive a stiffer flexing board. So, ideally, if she’s riding a medium flex board, she should also have medium flex boots and bindings to be able to drive the board easier.
The length of the board is probably a bit longer than I would normally recommend for her specs. I would say something around 149cm for her at an advanced level. If she is more of an intermediate rider then taking a couple of cms off that isn’t a bad idea either. So, if you consider her an intermediate rider, then 147-148 would be a better length than the 152 she is on, IMO. Being on a board that’s longer than ideal can make it physically and technically harder to ride – and can also make it feel stiffer than it is at a shorter length.
The width shouldn’t be too wide for 8.5s though. A board that was too wide for her, would make it physically harder to put pressure on the edges – but a 243mm waisted board shouldn’t be too wide for her boot size – also it sounds like there is some overhang there, which again suggests that it’s not too wide.
The last thing to think about it technique. Has she tried having a lesson? A good instructor should be able to find and fix glitches in technique. It could be a case that it’s her technique causing the issues. Again, I couldn’t say for sure, but this is another avenue worth exploring.
Those are the only things I could think of. Certainly no guarantees that any of this will fix the issues, but if you do look to change gear, I would say this:
~ Make sure boots have minimal heel lift
~ Try out different brands of boots to see which feel the best and have the least heel lift (but still without pressure points)
~ Match board, boot and binding flex as much as possible – if anything is stiffer than the rest it shouldn’t be the board, IMO
~ Make sure bindings are centered as much as possible width-ways and if there’s more overhang on either it should be on the heel side
~ If you change boards, go for something 147cm to 149cm – that would be a better length, IMO
~ Try out a private lesson. These are invaluable anyway. I try to get at least one each year myself to make sure my technique is still looking good and fixing any bad habits I’ve started to do (and always learning new stuff too).
Hope this helps and gives you some more ideas.
Rene says
Hi Nate, need your help. Iβm looking to buy my first snowboard, I’m beginner. On March 2017 I received snowboarding classes and it was my first time snowboarding. I’m 1.78 high, 102 kg, 10.5-11 shoes size.
Please could you say me which are the snowboard’s specifications I need to buy? What’s the correct board I need to buy?
following yours instructions, I saw this snowboard, is this snowboard good for me?
Nitro Snowboard on Kijiji
Thank you very much
Nate says
Hi Rene
Thanks for your message. I don’t demo Nitro gear but based on some specs I saw, I think it’s possibly too stiff for you as a beginner. A stiffer board is much more difficult to ride and very unforgiving of errors, making it hard to learn. Also I couldn’t find info on the camber profile but from what I could tell, this board was discontinued in 2007, and back then most boards were traditional camber – which is also more difficult to progress on. But as I say, I haven’t ridden it so I couldn’t say for sure but I suspect that this wouldn’t be the best beginner’s choice.
Generally speaking, I would say that something around a 162 would be a good length for you as an advanced rider. As a beginner, I would take off 3-5cm from that length. So I would look at a range of 157 to 159.
In terms of width, if you end up with 11 snowboard boots, then I would go with a minumum of a 254mm waist width – and only then if you have +15/-15 bindings angles (as in a decent angle on the back foot). With a straighter back foot, you’d want to go wider than that. With 10.5s you would be able to take a couple of mms off that waist width.
Take a look at the following list to get some options that are good for beginners:
>>My Top 15 Men’s Snowboards for Beginners
Specifically, I think the following would work well, depending on boot size and binding angles.
~ Rossignol Templar 159W (260mm waist)
~ Capita Outerspace Living 160 (256mm waist)
~ Burton Process Flying V 159 or 159W
~ YES Typo 159W
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper 159
~ YES Libre 159W
Hope this helps with your search
Heather says
Hello Nate!
I just sent you a message a little bit ago and I was wondering if you thought that a Never Summer Raven 154 might fit the bill? I’m not sure how you receive your e-mails so I will restate all my stats. I love to ride down tree runs and in powder. I do occasionally ride on packed snow and down “normal” runs. I don’t do any park stuff. I would think that I’m at an intermediate level. I’m nervous to go super fast but I can zip in and out of trees well. I am 5 foot 6.5 inches and 153lbs.
Thanks for your help!!
Heather
Nate says
Hi Heather
Thanks for your messages.
In terms of length, I would put you at something around 152 to 153cm. However, I think you could go a little shorter than that if you wanted, for a couple of reasons. a. Shorter is better in trees (IMO) as it gives you better maneuverability, especially at slower speeds and b. because one of the big advantages of going longer is to get more stability at speed – if you’re not that interested in bombing super fast, then you don’t need that extra length. Of course you don’t want to go too short because you want some stability at speed – and also because you get better float in powder from a longer board, and since it sounds like you ride powder a bit you wouldn’t want to go too short. So I think something around 149 to 151 would be a really good length range to look at for you. Though what you’re used to riding comes into it as well – if you’re used to anything significantly longer or shorter then, that might need to be revised.
The Never Summer Raven would work for you I think. However, I think the 151cm would be the better size. And given that they don’t make this board any more, it might be harder to find sizes – but if you found a 151cm, then that’s what I would say would be better. Also the Raven isn’t ideal for riding switch. It’s not that bad either, definitely doable but if you wanted something that feels the same in both directions, then it’s not ideal. Apart from that I think it would be a great choice. The Aura is the closest equivalent to the Raven out of the current NS boards. The Aura is also a great option if you’re looking for something a bit stiffer and it comes in a 150cm, which I think would be a good length for you. Again, the only down side is for riding switch, though it’s definitely doable.
The Ripsaw would be great for riding switch and if you’re looking for something quite stiff, then this is a stiffer board. However, it is a men’s board and whilst that doesn’t discount it automatically, it might be too wide, depending on your boot size. If a board is too wide, it can feel slower from edge to edge and harder to initiate quick turns – since you like the trees, then I think going too wide isn’t a good way to go, unless you went substantially shorter – and since the shortest size for the Ripsaw is the 153, I think that would be too long, assuming it’s already too wide. But if you can let me know your boot size, I can give you a more accurate recommendation width-wise.
The Infinity and Proto Type 2 are both rated equally for flex by Never Summer – but from my experience with the men’s equivalents, the Proto Type Two actually feels stiffer – it feels more like medium (5/10) and the Snowtrooper (men’s equivalent of the Infinity) more like medium-soft (4/10). I think a big reason for this is that the Proto Type Two has the Ripsaw Rocker profile and the Infinity/Snowtrooper have the Original Rocker Camber (there’s more camber in the Ripsaw Rocker profile). The Proto Type Two is also going to be better suited to riding switch – actually ideally suited for switch, IMO. The Infinity not as good – still definitely doable but not quite as good. So out of those 2, I’d say that the Proto Type Two is the better option from what you’re describing, though the Infinity would be better in powder.
I would say that the Aura 150cm or the PT2 151cm would be great choices for you. The Aura’s biggest downside for you, being that it’s not ideal for switch (but still ok) and the PT2s biggest downside being that it’s not as good in powder.
Hope this helps with your decision
heather says
Hey Nate,
It’s so awesome that you answer comments!! I am looking at getting a new board this year as my never summer has taken a beating. I generally do all tree runs and some limited amount of groomed runs. Lots of powder and sometimes packed if the conditions aren’t the best. I don’t like the idea of a directional board because I tend to switch directions in a pinch. I am 5 foot 6.5 inches and 153lbs. I want to stay with a Never Summer Board and was maybe thinking the Ripsaw or the Infinity or the Proto(this one might be too soft). Do you think that you could give me suggestions both in length and board based on this criteria? It would be great help!
Thanks so much for your time
Heather
Kuba says
Hi Nate, I need your help. Iβm looking at getting a Capita DOA. What size for 80 kilos (without stuff) 183cm, Burton Ruler 11 boots and union atlas l/xl bindings? 160 or 158w. I’m Intermediate all mountain rider, I like speed and carve but in this year i would like learn easy flat tricks. Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Kuba
Thanks for your message.
I think the 158W or 158. I would put you on something around 160 for an all-mountain board, at an advanced level but this is one of those boards that you want to take a bit of length off for – and especially as an intermediate rider. If you ride with angles like +15/-15, then I would say you could get on the 158. But if you have a straighter back foot, then the 158W would be the better bet.
One thing about the DOA I found after riding it with medium-soft bindings and stiffer bindings is that it definitely rides better with stiffer/more responsive bindings. But the Atlas would be a good match, so no issues there.
The other thing to note is that this board is quite aggressive. Since you like speed and carving that should be fine, so long as you’re a solid intermediate rider – not a board for beginners.
Hope this helps
K.S says
Hey Nate,
Thanks for the helpful article, it was awesome and useful. After reading thru all the snowboard reviews, I would love to get some recommendation from you. Since I’m gonna travel to Whistler soon, I am considering to get myself a snowboard. I’m 173cm, weighing at 70kg with a Men’s boot size of US 8.5 and in term of ability wise, I’m an intermediate (skill level probably close to 5, based on your level system) I’m more inclined to an all mountain snowboard as I love dealing with powder snow on groomed slopes & off-piste on backcountry since I’ll be mostly snowboarding in Japan but again not forgetting icy hard snow in other country/mountain like Australia or New Zealand. I’m not into any parks or jib, by having said that means i will be handling switch, speed & maybe doing some little tricks like ollie etc.
I have trouble deciding among this snowboard which i have shortlist after reading the reviews:
1. Never Summer Snowtrooper – 154cm or 156cm?
2. Never Summer West – 154cm or 156cm?
3. Slash Brainstorm – 154cm or 157cm?
So which would you recommend? I’m open to other suggestion too.
Your help & feedback is much appreciated. Many thanks!
(Please ignore the previous post, as I’m not sure if i had send it thru earlier due to network error)
Nate says
Hi K.S
Thanks for your message.
I agree that all-mountain is the best option for you based on your description. I think something freeride might be an option in the future but at a high intermediate level – and also given that you still want to ride a bit of switch and do ollies etc, then all-mountain is definitely the best option.
I think the Brainstorm and the West are both great options. You could go Snowtrooper too and it wouldn’t be a bad choice, but I think you’ll get more out of the West. If you were closer to that beginner level, then I’d say Snowtrooper – but at your level, I think you’ll appreciate the extra performance of the West.
Other options are the Rossignol One (great in hard/icy conditions but also in powder) and the Jones Mountain Twin.
In terms of sizing, I’d say the 156 for the West. You could also get away with the 154, but I think the 156 would be the better size for you. The pros to going 156 over 154 are slightly more float in powder, slightly better for carving and slightly more stable at speed. The pros of the 154 over the 156 are that it would be easier for butters, jibs, and a little more agile, particularly at slower speeds. But these differences will be subtle as it’s only 2cm – still noticeable but subtle.
For the Brainstorm, you could go with either again, but I would be leaning towards the 157 for you. Pros and cons for going shorter or longer same as above. But since you say you like to ride Powder in Japan, then going slightly longer rather than shorter is a good idea.
Though one argument for going to the 154 size, is that they would probably be a slightly better width for your boot size – but I still think the 156 and 157 are better sizes overall.
For the other boards I mentioned, I would go with:
~ Rossi One: 156
~ Mountain Twin: 157 (but 154 is an option too)
Size does also come down to personal preference somewhat. So if you know that you prefer shorter, then that’s a factor too – and in which case you could go with the shorter options.
Hope this helps with your decision and hope you have an awesome trip to Whistler!
K.S says
Thanks, Nate! Will take your recommendation to go with 156 on West. Rossi One looks like quite a good choice too, but I don’t seem to be able to find that in Vancouver. Quick question, will 156 board end up a bit long when it comes to hard/icy condition? I have also read that 2cm differences is very minimum.
Lastly, I am also considering between 2 bindings, which would go better on West?
1. Flux DS?
2. Burton Cartel?
Nate says
Hi K.S.
I’d say you’ll still be fine on the 156 for icy conditions. 2cm is subtle but in my experience riding other boards in two different sizes just 2cm apart it is noticeable but definitely subtle.
If you’re looking for the Rossi One in Vancouver, try Sport Chek.
For bindings, either of those would be good choices for those boards. I’ve ridden the DS on both boards (they’re my main demo bindings) and they worked well. The Cartel’s would also work well though. It’s a tough choice between them, but if you want more details on them to weight them up, check out my reviews of them below, if you haven’t already.
~ Flux DS Review
~ Burton Cartel Review
Hope this helps
K.S says
Thanks buddy! It was a great help.
Nate says
You’re very welcome. Hope you have an awesome season!
Tim Anderson says
Hi Nate I love your site first off! I am trying to decide on either a 155X or 157 “Normal” PT 2. I am 6′, 175lbs, and size 11 boot. I ride a 2013 Flow ABT 159 now and it’s great for speed and POW but wanting something a little more flexible and fun that I can use for all around riding when the snows not pounding. I feel like the PT 2 is the way to go but really caught up with the size question. I really like the idea of going wide to size down but don’t want to cause myself problems either. I am an intermediate moving to advanced rider and wanting to work on trees and small jumps more this year so thinking the shorter board that’s more flexible is the way to go. Help please! I am open to suggestions on different boards too!
Nate says
Hi Tim
I think the PT2 would be a compliment for your quiver.
In terms of size, I think the 155X would be a good size. You would probably be fine on the 157 (252mm waist) in terms of width, assuming you were riding with a +15/-15 stance (which is recommended on the Proto Type Two because of the Asym tech) but that doesn’t mean you have to go on it. With the 155X being wider, and at the wide end for your boot size (assuming +15/-15, again), then that adds some stability back in terms of what is lost for the size down, particularly for landings from jumps, ollies etc. Also being wider can sometimes slow down edge-to-edge speeds, but going shorter increases those edge-to-edge speeds/maneuverability.
And going a little shorter will help for things like spins, butters and for riding in the trees.
I don’t think the 157 is wrong for you either, but I would be tempted to go 155X if I was in your shoes, particularly given that you already have a 159 in your quiver and because the Proto Type Two is something you would typically size down for anyway (which you’d already be doing with the 157 but not as much). Also the 157 is pushing it too narrow for you – I’d say you’d be fine, but it’s probably the narrowest you’d want to go.
So both would work, IMO – but I’d be leaning towards 155X, just because I think it would be a better compliment to your existing board, and better for the trees, which it sounds like you’re going to be doing more of.
Hope this helps with your decision
Zac says
Hi Nate,
I’m trying to pull the trigger on a new board and can’t decide on a size. I am 6’1, 220lbs, size 12US shoe. I’d say I spend the majority of my time on groomers and occasionally will run through the park. I’m looking at some all mountain boards and can’t decide between the Proto Type Two X in the 161x or 164x. I’m also considering the Never Summer West 160x or 164x. I’d say I’m an intermediate to almost advanced rider. I am comfortable in all conditions and terrain.
Appreciate any advice you can throw my way.
Thanks man,
Zac
Nate says
Hi Zac
Thanks for your message.
From what you’re describing, I would go with the Proto Type Two as it sounds like you don’t hit that much powder. But if you do ride powder reasonably regularly, then I’d say West. The PT2 will be fine for occasional powder but I think you’d appreciate the West more if you were riding it a lot.
In terms of size, I’d say 161X for the Proto Type Two and 164X for the West.
The reason, I’d go a little shorter for the Proto Type Two is that it has a lot of effective edge comparted to the length (blunted tip and tail). So you’re actually getting almost as much effective edge on the Proto Type Two 161X as you do on the 164X West. Also the 161X is actually wider tip and tail than the 164X West. Usually I would recommend sizing down a little for the Proto Type Two. And I think 161 is a good size for you anyway if you seldom see powder.
Both sizes will be a good fit in terms of width for your your 12s.
You can also check out my reviews of those boards if you’d like, for more details.
>>Never Summer Proto Type Two Review
>>Never Summer West Review
Hope this helps
Connor says
Hi Nate, I’m 6’2 220 lbs I’ve been on a 156 most of my life, hit anything from parks to bowls and chutes never had a problem with it I’m getting the new capita doa in either a 158w or 160 which would you recommend. I think I’d prefer the 158w but id like to get whatever would be best for me.
Nate says
Hi Connor
Thanks for your message.
Usually I’d say to go longer than 158 for you, longer than 160, even. Depending on your boot size, I’d usually say 161W for the DOA for you, which is still shorter than what I would say for a more all-mountain board – but for this board, you can go a bit shorter. But then taking into account that you’re used to and by the sounds of it are fine with a 156, then you could get away with the 158W, if that’s going to be your preference for length.
But just so I can make a more accurate recommendation, can you let me know your boot size. It might be that the 160 is better overall.
Ben says
Hey Nate,
I’m 6’2, 193lbs, and a beginner with size 12 boots. With gear, that puts me at a 164 on your chart, and considering my beginner status, I’m thinking a 161. However, the boards I’m looking at on your Top 15 beginner boards list range from 160W-163W with waist widths ranging from 260mm to 268mm.
All your top beginner x lists mentioned that a stiffer flex(around 4-4.5/10) is suitable for heavier and more athletic beginners, of which I am both.
My “ideal” board would probably be a 161W with a 263mm waist width. How much should I prioritize getting a board as close to that as possible as opposed to other considerations like flex and board style?
Nate says
Hi Ben
Thanks for your message.
Size is definitely important but so are other factors – something too stiff can be hard to ride and makes learning difficult, a camber profile that’s “catchy” is also not recommended. But if you go too long that can also make it difficult to ride.
Weight recommendations are based on your weight without gear, so assuming you’re around 190lbs without gear, then I’d say anything from 158 to 161 it’s a good range to look at. Length is important but there is a bit of leeway.
So if you can get something as close as possible to ideal in terms of camber and flex and get within that length range, then you should be in a good place.
For size 12s, I would say anything from 260mm to 268mm – however, it also depends on your binding angles – if you’ve got binding angles like +15/-15, then you could go closer to that 260mm mark but if your back foot is straigher – i.e. if you were to go with angles like +18/-3 or something, then you’ll need to go wider. I understand you may not know what binding angles you prefer yet – but something like +15/-15 is the most common these days.
Keeping in mind the above comments re binding angles the following could be some good options:
~ Rossignol Templar 159W (260mm waist) – or even 162W if you really wanted to go longer but the 159W would be a better beginner size for you, IMO.
~ Burton Process Flying V 159W (260mm waist) – or 162W (as per above)
~ YES Typo 159W (261mm waist(
~ Never Summer Snowtrooper 160X (263mm waist)
~ YES Libre 161W (260mm waist)
~ Rossignol Circuit 161W (263mm waist)
And pretty much most boards on this list would have a size suitable for you. The ones I’ve mentioned have a flex between 4/10 and 5/10. To narrow it down further think about whether you’d like something that’s all-mountain (do a bit of everything) or more freestyle oriented) and also if you think you’ll be riding in icy/hard conditions often.
Hope this helps
Ben says
Thanks so much Nate that helps a ton.
I had most of those boards on my list so I’m glad I seem to be looking in the right places.
Most of my friends that snowboard are much more experienced and they thought that under 160 would be too short but I’m glad that it’s not.
One more question though, if I were to get boots with a reduced footprint, would the 263mm waist boards be too long at that point? I’m seriously considering the Adidas Tenzca boots.
Nate says
Hi Ben
Yeah, definitely as a more experienced rider, I wouldn’t go under 160 for you but as a beginner you can definitely go shorter (and shorter is easier to ride so will help you to progress faster) – and in the past snowboard lengths were decided purely based on your height, whereas weight is a much more significant factor for sizing these days.
In terms of going with reduced footprint, it just allows you to get on a slightly narrower board but it doesn’t effect the wider end of the scale. Your feet are ultimately what are applying pressure to the edges of your boot – so when you get into a reduced footprint boot, your feet are still providing the same amount of leverage as they would in a boot with a larger footprint. But since the outersole is smaller, it means that you can a little narrower and have less risk of toe drag. So, put another way, it extends the minimum width you can get on but doesn’t affect the maximum width – so you would still be fine on those 263mm waists – and you will better fit on those that are more around that 260mm waist width – keeping in mind what we discussed re binding angles in the previous message.
Hope this makes sense.
Ben says
That’s a great explanation. Thanks so much for your help.
Nate says
You’re very welcome Ben. Hope you have a great season!
Ryan says
Hi Nate! You gave me some pretty good advice last year on gears! I really progressed! Thanks for that!
I spent almost 25 days on the slope last year with my YES Basic 152/Burton Custom binding/Ruler Boots. From not quite smooth turning to smooth turns on blacks. Now I’m at a point to see if I need to upgrade my board or binding. Wondering if you can provide me some more guidance.
Stats: 150-160lb (fluctuates through the season). 5’8″. I don’t have the longest leg, so 152 wasn’t a bad choice at its shortest stance on it. But I can feel the speed is capped at 28-30mph at this point with the board. On steeper blacks it also tend to give me instability when I try to control speed.
Currently, I can come down through the blacks with skidded turns with occasional carving if the snow condition is good. I can do small jumps and boxes in the park but still need to learn to ride switch well. For the coming season, I plan to spend another 20-30 days on the slope and I want to be able to carve nicely on blacks and ride switch and also do a few more tricks in the park. I also got a new burton Ion boot. Any suggestions on overall gear? I wonder if I should get 154 YES Basic this year. Thanks again!
Nate says
Hi Ryan
Since it sounds like you’re progressing well and you’re looking to further expand your skills, I would now look at a new model of board as well as increasing the size. The other thing is that, unless you were hoping to sell your current board to help fund your new one, if you were to keep your 152 Basic, that would be a great size and option to have as your freestyle/park board and then you could get an all-mountain board to compliment it.
So if you had the 152 Basic and got something all-mountain around 155-156. Then you’ve got a nice little quiver going. You could keep riding your Basic for park days and practicing switch and tricks and use your all-mountain for steeps, powder etc. If you get a board with a bit of a setback and a little stiffer that will help with carving and the extra length will also aid in stability at speed and float in powder. I wouldn’t want to jump up too far in terms of stiffness and for your size, I wouldn’t go too stiff – but something 5 or 6/10 I think would work well.
I would check out the following for some options:
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
If you wanted to keep a similar feel, then the YES Typo is basically the Basic but slightly setback and slightly stiffer and with a faster base. The 155 would be a good size there.
But if you want to take a step further (but still keep that Hybird Camber type profile to keep things at least similar in that area) then something like the Rossignol One, Jones Mountain Twin, Slash Brainstorm or YES Standard would be good options.
Mountain Twin and Brainstorm probably 154, but you could even stretch it to 157 if you wanted something a little longer. The Rossignol One the 156 would be the perfect size, IMO.
If you went Standard, the 153 might be the best bet there. Just because it’s a wider board – so going 153 in that board would be more like going 154, 155 compared to the Basic. But if you can let me know your boot size too, then I can make a more accurate recommendation in terms of those sizes.
And since you have the Ions now, I think they will be a good match with these boards. You could stay on your Customs for a bit if you wanted – but at some point you will want to upgrade those to something stiffer/more responsive too – they won’t have the power to ideally turn stiffer boards like this. If you’re already able to upgrade your bindings, then check out the following list.
>>Top 5 All Mountain Bindings
These bindings would also work on your Basic, if you wanted to just go with one pair of bindings.
Hope this helps
Ryan says
Thank you Nate! My boot size is 9. Any specific recommendations on the length? I will likely upgrade my binding to genesis.
Thanks!
Ryan
Nate says
Hi Ryan
Genesis would be a good choice for you and any of those boards, IMO.
In terms of length – in general I would go 155 to 156 for you for an all-mountain board and as a fast progressing intermediate rider (if that sounds accurate?). You could possibly even get up to 157 – but it would be a bigger step from your current 152. 154 is also an option – my only concern there is that you might end up wanting to upgrade that length again in a season or 2, which you may not want to do. So, ideally 155-156.
In terms of width – something 245mm to 251mm at the waist would be a good range to look at.
With the YES Standard it’s a wider board – and even wider than the waist suggests because it has something YES call “mid-bite” which bascially cinches the waist in. So for that I would say to go shorter to compensate for the extra width. So for the boards mentioned in last comment:
~ YES Standard 153 (253mm waist)
~ YES Typo 155 (251mm waist)
~ Rossignol One 156 (252mm waist) – seems close to standard but the Standard’s cinched waist means it ends up having 299mm tip and tail on the 153 as opposed to the 293mm tip and tail on the Rossi 156.
~ Jones Mountain Twin 154 (250mm waist) or you could even go 157 (253mm waist) – again like the Rossi, the Mountain Twin isn’t as wide as the Standard – the 157 is 294mm tip and tail
~ Slash Brainstorm 154 (248mm waist) or again could go 157 (250mm waist).
I think any of those sizes would be a good fit for you.
Hope this helps
Ryan says
Thanks Nate!
I looked around a bit more – whats your thoughts on YES GREATS 2018? looks like its a fast all mountain board with great carving experience.
Thanks,
Ryan
Nate says
Hi Ryan
The YES Greats is great (Pun Intended!).
But it’s a different kind of board to the others, in that it’s more freestyle focused. It’s an all-mountain-freestyle, like the Basic. But it’s got a bit more to it than the Basic. It’s also an asymmetrical board (which I like but can take some getting used to).
The biggest thing with the Greats compared to the other boards that we discussed is that you’ll loose powder performance. Not heaps but you drop a bit there.
If you went Greats, I would say go for the 154, as opposed to the 156. The reason for this is that it has a high effective edge to length ratio. Which basically means you’ll have the more effective edge on the 154 than you would on the 155 Typo or Basic. If you went Greats 156 you’d have more effective edge than the Typo or Basic 158. Hope that makes sense. So yeah, basically if you did go Greats, 154 is the way to go. You can check out more on the Greats in my review at the link below.
>>YES Greats Review
Brandi says
My son wants a Capita Horrorscope. He is 5β 5β and 125 lbs. He is 13 and growing fast. I would like the board to last two years. He rides park and groomed terrain. I was going to get him a 147. I will add he is graduating from a Burton Smalls 138. Any advice? Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Brandi
Assuming your son has reasonable ability, then the 147 is probably a good option. I’d say that 145 is probably a better size for him right now – but since he is growing fast, going up to that 147 will give him a bit of room to grow into it. I’d say he could still ride the 145 for the next 2 years, but it’s likely that the 147 will be better within a year. That’s assuming he grows an inch or two and adds 5-10lbs in that time (but I admit I have no idea how fast 13 year olds grow!)
It will be a big adjustment going from 138 to 147. So there is an argument to go to 145 for a slightly easier adjustment. Whichever way you go, it’s probably a good idea to explain to him that it will take a little time to get used to the longer length and the feel of a new board.
One more thing – if you can let me know his boot size, so we can make sure that the width will be suitable. Since his feet will still be growing, we can probably go a little wider than ideal, if necessary – but don’t want to go too wide as it can make the board more difficult physically to turn. Since he’ll be going from a waist width of 235mm on his Process Smalls (I’m assuming it’s the Process Smalls?) to a 246 or 248 on the horrorscope depending on the size you go with. Also, if the width is a little wider than what’s ideal for his boots that might also be another argument to go with the 145 (a. because it’s slightly narrower and b. because if you’ve got more width you can afford to go shorter).
Sorry – that’s probably a lot of information! But want to make sure we make the right choice. If you can let me know his boot size, I will make a more decisive recommendation!
Jesse says
Thanks for the help on this article. The charts were very helpful! Iβm a short, athletic build girl..only 5ft but 157 lbs. What size board would you recommend for me?
Nate says
Hi Jesse
Thanks for your message. Generally speaking, if you’re an advanced level rider and like to do a bit of everything, then something around 149cm (take off some length if you’re a beginner or if you ride predominantly freestyle). But I understand that this might feel big for you given that it would be almost as tall as you and a lot of people aren’t really comfortable with that.
So you certainly don’t have to go that long if you’re not that comfortable with it. Also you might find that the width of boards that long might be too wide for your boot size (depending on what that is – if you could let me know that too, that would be great).
The other option is to go for something shorter but something that’s a bit stiffer. If you’re an athletic rider or above the weight recommendations of a particular board, then that board will feel like it’s a softer flex (the more weight that’s on it the softer it will feel). For example a board that has a flex of 5/10 might feel more like a 3/10 or 4/10, depending on how much weight you put on it – it’s likely to feel like a 5/10 if you’re in the middle of the weight recommendations. Hope this makes sense.
So, for example if you are a beginner, then you will want to go for something that’s softer flexing – anything around 3/10 or 4/10 is ideal. In that case you could get on a board that’s more like a 5/10 or 6/10 but go for a smaller model (and still make sure that it’s otherwise beginner friendly – i.e. it has not-too-aggressive a camber profile) – that smaller model will have lower weight recommendations. E.g. Capita Paradise – flex = 5/10 – weight recommendations for the 145 are 85 to 135 pounds – anything over 135 pounds and the board is likely to start feeling softer. The weight recommendations on the 143 are 80 to 130 so that would feel softer again.
If you’re a more advanced rider and like to ride all-mountain and want something that feels stiffer (e.g. that feels more 5/10, 6/10), then you would up that flex to something stiffer again.
If you’re comfortable with a board that is nearly as tall as you, then 149cm is about what you would otherwise want to go for – but if you are a beginner, then more like 144 to 146.
Hope I have explained this clearly and it makes sense!
If you’d like any board recommendations, i’d be happy to help if you can let me know your ability level, riding style, boot size, and whether you feel you would be comfortable or uncomfortable with a board nearly as tall as you.
Sylvia says
Hi, Nate,
This is really an awesome website, I got so many information form your website, thanks! I bought my first snowboard (Rossignol Myth) after reading your articles for beginner picks and I think it is a great one for beginners, my skill has improved a lot after riding Myth.
After 2 yrs of riding Myth, i think it’s time for me to level up my gear since I am no longer in beginner level. I am thinking to get: YES Hell YES, Rossignol DIVA, or do you have any better suggestions for me? What about Never Summer infinity?
I love tree runs, powder, I spent most of time finding powders, but when there isn’t any powder, I learn some freestyle tricks like jumps and switch…etc., but I am still not good at these tricks though. I know I should probably get an all mountain one with a true twin shape if I wanna practice switch, but I don’t know why I want to get a directional twin, maybe because it has better floating on pow than a true twin one?
I am also struggled about the board length, I am 161cm in height, weight 51-52kg, boot size 7, according to the table, the best length for me should be a 144-145cm, (I wanna start with a 144cm) but YES Hell YES only starts from 146cm, (my Myth board is a 139cm), I don’t know if this would be a trouble for me or not since 139cm to 146cm is a big difference, because I already got very used to short board as it turns very fast and very easy to control! The flex is also a problem, Yes Hell Yes is a medium stiff board (3.5/5), do you think it is gonna be too stiff for me if I wanna do some tricks? (actually i prefer a medium flex board).
I am sorry for being so indecisive on my needs, but getting a new board is really a tough job for me! I have trying to find all the information but the more info I got the more confused I am!!
Thanks and have a good day!
Nate says
Hi Sylvia
Thanks for your message.
From what you’re describing, I think an all-mountain board would be a good option – something with a bit of setback, to help with float in powder, and something directional twin too – but I think sticking to something with a medium flex is a good idea. The Hel Yes, is quite a stiff aggressive board and probably too much of a step up. The Diva is also quite stiff and it’s also a true twin centered board, so doesn’t have that setback. I think something from the following list would be a good choice for you.
I think something from the following list would be a good fit:
>>My Top 6 Women’s All-Mountain Snowboards
Particularly the Jones Twin Sister, Jones Dream Catcher and the Burton Feelgood Flying V> The Rossi Frenemy is also an option. If you wanted to continue with something a bit softer, then the Infinity is also an option – it’s a bit stiffer than the than the Myth but softer than the other options here. Though I think you could step up to a meduim flex now.
These boards will have good float in powder, but still allow you to practice switch and tricks.
In terms of size, I think something 142 to 144 is a good option and I agree that 146 is too long for you, and that it would be a bit jump from the 139. I think the 139 was a good beginner size for you, but going up to 142, 143 is definitely doable, and a good idea, now.
So, for the boards discussed above, I think the following sizes would work.
~ Jones Twin Sister: 143cm (240mm waist)
~ Jones Dream Catcher: No appropriate size for you, IMO
~ Never Summer Infinity: 142 (232mm waist)
~ Rossignol Frenemy: 144cm (239mm waist)
~ Burton Feelgood Flying V: 144cm (240mm waist)
Hope this helps and gives you some options for your next snowboard.
Sylvia says
Dear Nate,
Thanks for your prompt reply and all these helpful suggestions. I will give up Yes Hell Yes since it’s too long and too stiff for me as you mentioned. But I won’t consider Burton Feelgood Flying V as well because the binding system is different than what I have now.
Now I have narrow down my options to: Rossi Frenemy 144cm or Never Summer Infinity 142cm. I like the Flex, board length and also the pattern of Rossi Frenemy. But I would love to try a different brand of snowboard than Rossignol, so still kinda struggled now. But I guess Never Summer gets more scores for now. π
Thanks for all these advices, it really helps!!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Sylvia. Hope you have a great season and enjoy your new gear!
Sylvia says
Hi, Nate,
It’s me again! Sorry to bother you again. I almost decided to get the NS Infinity but then I found Jones twin sister that you listed for me might also be a good option, too! (the SPEC fits all my needs but the thing is that I don’t really like the graphic) so I’m struggling again.
My skill level is approx. in an intermediate Level 5, so I would prefer an advance board as my new gear so that I don’t need to upgrade my gear again after 2 or 3 years, then I found Never Summer Aura 143cm. It seemed like a great board to ride on, good floating on powder as well, and with a cool graphic, too! What do you think about Never Summer Aura? Do you think it’s gonna be a good fit on me? Or it’s too stiff? Please, I need your advice for my final decision. If NS Aura is not the one for me, I will then go for Jones twin sister (I will ride with my eyes closed for not seeing the graphic haha.) Or if you have more suggestions on the advance board that fits my needs, please share with me.
Again, thank you for spending your time and share your vaulable knowledge to help me out on such a tough decision.
Truly,
Sylvia
Nate says
Hi Sylvia
Thanks for your message.
The Aura is a little stiffer, more aggressive than the Twin Sister. It’s probably not as aggressive as the Hel Yes, but getting close. If you could get the 143, then I think that’s doable – certainly more doable than the Hel Yes 146. But it’s still going to be a bigger step up – and pretty much the opposite end of the spectrum from the Myth. I would say the Aura is an advanced and up level board, not really intermediate friendly – so it would be a tougher transition.
I think the Twin Sister would be a much easier transition and would still be something that you could have for as long as you wanted, if you could get past the graphic. IT’s also something that is going to be a little bit easier for tricks.
If you are quite strong/athletic, then I think the Aura would work well for you and it’s something you could transition to – though it would still take a bit to get used to of course – otherwise the Twin Sister would be the safer bet – if you can get past the graphic!
Hope this helps with your decision – it’s always a tough decision!
Steve says
Hi Nate
Iβm 6β3β and 210lbs, with 11.5 is Burton Photoen boot so itβs git the boot reduction tech stuff going on!! Iβm looking at getting a Burton Custom and torn between 162, 162w and 166w. Love high speed down hill and powder and been riding for 15 years. Current board is an old Burton Canyon 168. Any help appreciated
Nate says
Hi Steve
Thanks for your message.
I think in terms of length, for your specs, I’d say something around 164, 165 and since you like to bomb and ride pow, then you could even go up from there. So, I think in terms of length, the 166 is probably the best option for you, especially also since you’re used to a 168.
In terms of width, it will depend on your binding angles. If you ride with a back foot around 15 degrees (e.g. +15/-15), then I think you’d get away with something around the 254mm waist width mark. But if you ride with quite a straight backfoot (e.g. 0 degrees, 3 degrees), then going to at least 260mm is a good idea.
If you ride with quite a straight back foot, then I think the 166W would definitely be the best size. If you ride with a more angled back foot, then that’s getting quite wide. However, the 162 is probably a bit short. The other option if you do have something like a 15 degree angle on the back foot, would be the 162W. It would be going down in length, but the extra width would make up for that somewhat.
Have you considered the Flight Attendant or Deep Thinker. Just based on how you describe your riding, these boards might be a little more suitable – just a little better in powder. You can certainly bomb on the Custom, but these others would be better in powder. Size-wise:
Flight Attendant 168: Maybe a little longer than I’d usually recommend but since you’re used to a 168 this is probably fine for you. And it’s still narrower than the 168 Canyon so you’re dropping a bit of size in terms of width. Or you could go 162W (same reasoning as for Custom).
Deep Thinker: 163W probably the most appropriate size.
Anyway, hope this helps
Dmitry says
Hi Nate,
I just ordered 2 snowboards that are same make and model. LibTech Box Knife.
One is 157W with 262mm waist another one 160 regular with 265mm waist.
I need to decide which one to keep for all around board that I can everything well. On some days I like to charge fast and carve low. on other days I like to mess around and hit side features some jumps/ground spins and tricks. not a jibber though.
I am very strong intermediate, however I never rode a camber board.
I am 6″-2″ 170-175lb with 12 boot size.
I will be sending one of these boards back. Need to decide which one to keep. It seems like Box Knife is a little different profile from lets say Hot Knife . They both have c3 camber profile but Box knife has early rise(rocker ) at tip and tail. Looking at specs effective edge is way smaller than anything I have ever seen on any camber snowboard of this size. 157W has 95cm and 160 has 100 cm.
What length do you think I should keep.?
Nate says
Hi Dmitry
For you I’d say that the 160 is probably going to be the better bet. It’s a close call between the 2 of them. At an all-mountain length, I would say 162-ish for you as an advanced rider, which is sounds like you could be close to being there. But as an all-mountain-freestyle board, taking off some length is a good idea.
You could potentially take off as much as 5 centimetres, but I think, based largely on that effective edge, which is very small compared to length, then I think the 160 would be the better choice. Again, if you wanted to use it just for freestyle riding, then I would be leaning more towards the 157W, but since you want it for a bit of everything, I think the 160 is the slightly better choice.
I wouldn’t say that the Box Knife is a camber board – there’s more camber than rocker, but it’s what I would call a Hyrbrid rocker. It’s got a bit of rocker between the feet (though mild) and it’s got that early rise before tip and tail. So, because the rocker between the feet is so subtle and has that early rise, then it will likely feel more like a hybrid camber (which typically has camber between and under the feet with rocker to tip and tail). But I couldn’t say for sure as I haven’t ridden this board yet. But it definitely doesn’t look like a “traditional camber” or “all-camber” board.
Hope this helps
Dmitry says
Thanks Nate, I will report back on which one I decide to keep.
Dmitry says
Hey Nate, I did a little research and it appears that the LibTech doesn’t publish the Effective Edge number… And this is sad…. All they display is Contact Length which I think is the weighted flat base length of contact with snow while the Effective edge is a length of metal edge (curved) between widest part of the nose to widest part of the tail. Is that Correct? It seems like the effective Edge will be almost always larger than the contact .
It would be nice to see both numbers published so a consumer can compare snowboards not based on overall length only but looking at EE and CL numbers. F.e. If we take 2 camber snowboards of 160cm advertised length and one of them has 120 cm RL and 140cm EE and the other due to early rise tip and tail has 100cm RL and 120 EE then these boards will feel different. the one with longer number will fell longer and more stable. Correct?
And How does comparing RL help with stability at carving? If I take 2 snowboard with same RL but one will be wide version- won’t wide version feel more stable ?
Now if I go back to deciding which snowboard to keep (157w with 95 RL or 160 with 100 RL) how do I make that decision if all I know is RL and not the EE. RL tells me how stable the board is while flat basing which is usually not an indication of edge hold. I can’t imagine someone going 55mph on a flat base risking to catch an edge running into some bumpy snow. An I thinking right ?
I would love to play with 157W but afraid it may wash out under me going fast. On the other hand I don’t want to have a boat that I can’t spin. What do you think ?
Nate says
Hi Dmitry
Effective edge and contact length are complicated and often confusing terms and some terms get thrown around and mean different things. Ideally, each company would publish all of the specs for their boards, and I’m not sure why they don’t but unfortunately that’s not the case. So, we don’t get all the info.
But yeah taking the meaning that effective edge is the metal edge from contact point to contact point and contact length is weighted base that is in contact with the snow, then EE will always be longer than CL.
True if you’re carving a steep groomer, or uneven off-groomer, you’re not likely to flat base at high speeds – but hitting jumps, straight lining it over powder or through slow spots, that CL comes into play. But knowing the EE is certainly valuable for when you’re up on edge – which for some is practically all of the time. But you still feel that camber profile on edge of course, but then knowing that EE is still useful – especially to know the difference between length and EE.
I.e. a board might have a large EE compared to overall length because of a blunted tip and tail. Or it might have a smaller EE compared to length because of a long scooped nose.
I usually rely on feel. In terms of the Box Knife, I couldn’t say for sure as it’s not a board I’ve ridden. It does look like it has a relatively blunted tip and tail and it is designed to be a freestyle oriented board – so I can only guess, that the effective edge to length, is relatively long. But that CL is still really short compared to length for this board.
In terms of width, a wider board will be more stable when flat basing and give more float in powder for that reason too – more stable on landings, but when you’re right up on an edge, it won’t affect stability – but it can make for a more stable ride in turn transitions – but can also slow down edge to edge response.
Sorry that I don’t really have a definitive answer for you – but yeah I agree that they should publish all the info they have so that we can make more informed decisions.
David says
Hi Nate,
I’ve read some awesome advice here so I was interested in your opinion. I am 6,2 feet, 75kg and currently ride 11 years old 167cm Burton Baron ES wide. I have 12US (11UK) Burton boots and I generaly love to ride edge to edge carving in high speeds, usually on groomed runs and sometimes go for a jump but nothing fancy. I would say I am definitely on advanced level in terms of carving, though there is always plenty of chance for improvement.
From what I’ve read I understand that even for carving the 167 is way too long, so I am currently looking on 162 wide Burton Custom X but after browsing through your page I started to wonder whether 158 wide would not be enough for me.
Thanks for any ideas.
Nate says
Hi David
Thanks for your message.
I think for a couple of reasons that the 162W is probably the best size for you.
a. You are coming down from a 167. Whilst I think you’ll appreciate the size of the 162, I think going to 158 would be going a long way from what you’re used to. Your body/brain are used to riding a 167 and it would be a massive adjustment to drop all the way to 158.
b. Depending on your binding angles, the 162W would give you just that little bit more room for your UK11s – you’d probably be fine on the 158W too, in terms of width, but you get a little more assurance on the 162W – especially if you ride with quite a straight back foot.
If you were coming from a shorter board, I would almost lean towards the 158W for you, but i think given what you’re coming from, I think the 162W would be the wiser choice.
Hope this helps
Vinny says
Hi Nate,
I’m 5’11 170-175 pounds. boot 9,5 burton ion with union m/l force bindings, stance 23′
I consider myself Advanced all mountain freestyle riders
for Park and small mountain I ride my 156 rome agent camber
For big mountain and backcountry I ride my 159 Lib tech TRS (like the rocker between the feet for playing in the woods and for float in the powder)
Wich board would you like to introduce in my quiver for bowl and open chutes?
Really like lib tech, gnu and Jones snowboard for backcountry (magnatraction)
Nate says
Hi Vinny
Thanks for your message.
I don’t think you’d need to go too much longer than the 159 length you have now. Maybe something in the range 159 to 161. But I would opt for something with a setback stance and directional shape. You’ll also want something that’s good in powder, good at speed, quick edge-to-edge and a good carver.
With all of that in mind and to look at something within those brands, I would say that the following would be good options:
~ GNU Mullair 159 (or 161 if you wanted to go a little longer)
~ Lib Tech E-Jack Knife 159
~ Jones Explorer 159
~ Jones Flagship 161 (or 158 if you wanted to go a little shorter)
But if you wanted to look outside those brands you could also take a look at the YES Pick Your Line – which doesn’t have magne-traction but the tech they use makes it awesome in hard/icy snow conditions. For that again, I think that the 159 would be the best size.
Hope this gives you some options.
Nick R says
Dude, you are an unbelievable help! Unfortunately no, I did not get to ride the Ripsaw. Honestly, if I lived closer to a real mountain I would probably grab a board for freeride/powder and maybe grab a proto type two for my all mountain choice, but I just don’t have that option or the money for another board. I think I’m just going to go with the 159 West because it seems to require the least amount of compromise, and it’s just simply appears to be a fantastic board. Everything you said most definitely made sense and you basically helped me make my decision. Can’t thank you enough man. Probably going to pair it with Malavitas or Cartels as they seem pretty interchangeable (although the vita looks cooler).
Nate says
You’re very welcome Nick. Yeah it will pair well with either of those bindings (just be sure to get the Re:Flex model as the EST model won’t fit on the West. I’m sure you know this already but I like to mention it just to make sure). Hope you enjoy your new board and have an awesome season!
Nick R says
Hey Nate,
Just wanted to say awesome advice as always. I posted awhile ago asking you for advice on what kind of board to get, and you suggested I go with the NS West in a 159. The West was definitely my board until I pulled out my old Wild Life, and it was a 155. The Wild Life was basically my beginner board, and I know it’s recommended that they are smaller than one’s regular size. I’ve read online that the West feels like a noodle compared to stiff boards from other brands and that people have over exaggerated the stiffness of the Ripsaw. When I went to my local ski shop one of the workers there said that he likes to ride a size down from his regular for more maneuverability. He also said something about the more weight you put on a board the flexier it will be and vice versa. So, I have two questions:
Sizes: Ht: 5’10” Wt: 185 lbs – 195 lbs
1. Since I learned on a 155 but want to carve groomers, hard pack, some pow, and make tree runs. I don’t want the board too long cause I’d still like to mess around in the park a little, as well as butter. So, would I be good on the 159, or is it better to go with the 156?
2. Now if I decide to go with the 156 in the NS West, because I am slightly above height recommendation will the flex be more like a 3-4, or will it stay a 6? If it softens up to much maybe the ripsaw would be better for me in the 156. Same sort of deal with my concern about the 159 too.
Sorry, about the lengthy (pun intended) question, but I just really want to get this board size right.
Thanks in advance,
Nick
Nate says
Hi Nick
I think to say that the West feels like a noodle compared to other brands stiff boards, is taking a bit of poetic license. Yeah, it’s not a super-stiff board but it’s medium flexing and doesn’t flex nearly as much as a lot of park/freestyle or beginner boards. Perhaps, because it’s a slightly looser feel that people think of it as being softer. But that’s so much the case with the new West, which now has the Ripsaw Rocker Camber profile, which has more camber than their original rocker camber. I think it’s sometimes perspective – if someone’s used to a heavily cambered, stiff flexing board – then in comparison, it could feel soft and loose.
I’d say it’s just a touch stiffer than the Wild Life – I would rate the Wild Life 5/10 for flex and the West 6/10.
But yeah, definitely the more weight you put on a board, the flexier it will be – so if you’re well above the weight recommendations of a board, it will likely feel softer than it’s rating. And visa versa – if you’re too light for a board it will feel stiffer.
For reference I rode the 157W this year – which has a recommendation of 180lbs max – I would have been at around 183lbs at the time I rode it – and that gave me a 6 feel. With around 190lbs, you would probably get a softer than 6 feel off the 156 – but I doubt it would be as low as 3 or 4. Maybe more like 5 – but it’s hard to say for sure. Your Wild Life on the other hand might feel more like a 4 – but again, it’s hard to say how much that will effect the flex.
But if you are concerned about that and really want to size down, then you could look at the Ripsaw in the 156. But you are sacrificing a little in powder performance – but will gain a stiffer ride and something more suitable for riding switch.
I think certainly for the park, trees and if you think you like the idea of a shorter board, then 156 is definitely an option. For carving, powder & speed, the 159 is going to be more suitable – so there’s a compromise there.
Hope this gives you more to go off.
Nick R says
Thanks for the quick response man. Honestly, I think I’d be more willing to compromise on my board’s park/freestyle capabilities before its carving ones. As for powder, I am not overly concerned about it since I live in Pennsylvania. I just want a board that I can carve super hard and fast with while being able to ride switch. If I can do that with the 159 West I think that would be preferable to sizing down, but I’m not quite sure how much of a difference the 156 or 159 will make in speed and carving. Basically, from your advice and my own preference, my choice is between a 159 West or a 156 Ripsaw. I can actually check the Ripsaw out in person, but not the West, and the 156 Ripsaw seemed only slightly stiffer when compared to my 155 Wild Life. My biggest concerns with the 159 West is if I can ride switch for maybe like 20 to 30% of the time, and if I’ll still be able to maneuver through trees and jumps at least somewhat decently.
Nick R says
Thanks for the fast reply, and I could have sworn I left a comment yesterday, but I guess it didn’t go through. One of my huge problems right now is that I can’t ride switch, but I am planning to teach myself this season. I assume I could just learn on my Wild Life so it would be easier for me since the West and Ripsaw might be a bit more challenging to learn on. Based on your advice and my preferences it sounds like I’d be alright in a 156 or 159 West or 156 Ripsaw. From what I read, even though the West is a directional board it’s actually not too difficult to ride switch. Plus, I know it has a set back, and I can switch it up to ride it centered. Do you think I can still get the 159 without sacrificing too much speed, maneuverability, and park potential? As I said before, park is not as much a concern as the other two are.
Nate says
Hi Nick
I have both comments – they just have to go through moderation before they’re published.
Since speed and carving are a high priority for you, then I would go 159. I don’t think you should have any difficulties in terms of maneuverability on the 159 – yes, the 156 will be more maneuverable but I think the improvement for carving/speed outweights the maneuverability loss in this case. If I bought this board I would buy it in the 159.
I actually think that the West would be better for learning switch on. The reason for this is that it feels more twin-like when you center it up. The Wild Life has camber basically back into the tail and only rocker in the nose – or certainly more rocker in the nose.
Since you’re not too concerned about powder, then the Ripsaw is definitely an option too. Did you get to ride the Ripsaw? The difference in feel when bending in hand can be quite different to how it feels on snow, in terms of flex.
So yeah, overall, I think the West 159 – just because speed and carving seem to be your biggest things. For park and trees and maneuverability, the 156 would be a better choice – but you can definitely still perform with the 159 in those areas. And because of your weight, you’ll get that slightly stiffer flex than what you’re currently riding, which it definitely sounds like you want. The 156 would feel softer. That said, the 156 Ripsaw would step up that flex a bit so the 156 wouldn’t feel as soft as the West 156 – so if you were happy to sacrifice powder to go a bit shorter, then you could go that way. That drop in length might sacrifice a bit for carving and speed, but that would be made up for, at least somewhat, with the extra stiffness. Ripsaw would also be a step up in terms of learning switch – it’s true twin and centered – and if you went 156, it wouldn’t be too stiff.
Hope this makes sense. I know choosing a board is something you definitely want to get right
Vlad says
Hi Nate,
Posted the same comment to mountain twin review article, however it seems to not have been posted.
Need A piece of advice.
I am 6 ft 3, 192 lbs (192 cm, 87 kg) with 12 US (30 cm) feet.
Choosing between two Amazing boards available locally. The choice is both the model and size.
1. Jones Mountain twin 161w
2. Slash Brainstorm 163w
I like to ride everywhere from pists to powder and am just curious whether 161w Jones will be drowning in pow or slash will be uncontrollable on speed by my weight.
Nate says
Hi Vlad
I answered your comment from the Mountain Twin review post. All comments are moderated before being posted on the site, so that’s why it didn’t show up straight away.
Alida says
Thanks for all of the info and continuing to help all of us out! I am finally looking to upgrade from my 2004 Burton Custom 58. (I know, it’s about time). I’m a 5’9″ 150# female rider that prefers to go fast and make turns on the groomers and skip right past the park, but often get dragged over to the mogul runs by my husband who’s on skis. I’m currently looking at the Arbor Swoon or Jones Twin Sister. I came across the Arbor Swoon Rocker heritage series in a 156 and a Jones Twin Sister in a 152. Just trying to decide what’s going to be a better bet. (open to any other suggestions you have too!) Thanks.
Nate says
Hi Alida
Thanks for your message.
Usually I would say something around 152cm to 154cm for you, but since you’re use to a cambered 158cm, then you would likely be fine on a 156, especially if it’s going to have some rocker in the profile. But that doesn’t write off going as low as 152cm, especially if you’re going to be hitting the moguls regularly (personally I prefer a shorter board in the moguls – though I do try to stay out of the moguls as much as possible but I do always end up in there when exploring!).
But for speed, longer is better – so that’s something else to weigh up.
In terms of between the Arbor Swoon and the Jones Twin Sister, I would say that the Twin Sister is potentially a better option. I only say this because the Arbor Swoon has a continuous rocker profile and since you are coming from a traditional camber profile, it’s going to feel very different, and likely to feel quite loose. Even though the one you’re looking at is the longer length, it’s likely not to have great stability at speed.
The Mountain Twin on the other hand is a hybrid camber (so there’s camber between the feet and rocker towards the tip and tail). This will give you some of that camber feel you’re used to – but a bit more forgiving. It’s going to feel more stable, particularly at speed, and will be a better carver. This is based on the Mountain Twin, which is essentially the male version of the Twin Sister. I don’t demo Arbor boards, but based on other reviews and on the specs of the Arbor Swoon, I think the Twin Sister would suit you better.
Usually I would just say, get the Twin Sister hands down – but the only thing that’s making me slightly hesitate on that, is the 152cm size – which I would normally would say is fine for your specs, but given that you’re used to a 158cm, that’s quite a change in size. If you had the option of the Twin Sister 155cm, then that would be the goer, I think.
That doesn’t write off the 152 Twin Sister, but you’d have to think about whether you were comfortable sizing down that much.
If you haven’t already and want to check out some other options you can also look at my top 6 all mountain snowboards list (I think an all-mountain board would suit you best).
>>My Top 6 Women’s All-Mountain Snowboards
Hope this helps.
Mitchell Jarvis says
Hey Nate!! Awesome website and advice!! Super appreciative that you reply to everyone.
I am in need of help.
5β10 tall and 175-180lbs without gear. Size 11 US Boot.
Intermediate all mountain rider
Beginner park rider. I ride both equally now.
I am going to purchase a 2018 Bataleon evil twin, but Iβm caught up on sizes. I already have a capita ultrafear 155wide for my full park day.
For the Bataleon Evil Twin, Iβd love the 157, however it has a waist width of 254mm, And Iβm a size 11 on a thirtytwo boot. Iβm pretty sure I could experience drag with a 254mm waist. (I donβt have issues with heel and toe drag in the capita and itβs a 260mm waist width) I ride -15/15 stance. So now Iβm torn between the 156w, that is 264mm waist, and the 159w which has a 266mm waist.
I did as much research as I could and according to the Bataleon size guide, it recommends I use the 159wide. Weight primarily. For all the smaller length boards, it puts me at the top of the weight range (175+ as stated on the guide) and thatβs before the gear.
Iβm trying to find a good balance that I can enjoy all around the mountain and park. But I really do want to progress with my spins and jumps. If I had to sacrifice one, Iβd rather get more park oriented than float. Iβll muscle it out π I just love hitting kickers and stuff on any run, love the trees and pow.
Your help is extremely appreciated.
Hoping for an early season!! Cheers!!
Nate says
Hey Mitchell
Thanks for the message. Since your focus seems to be more park oriented, I think going 156W is probably the best compromise. It’s only adding 1cm onto your park board size, but it’s also adding a bit of width, which will also help to add surface area and a bit of stability for speed.
I would say your advanced level all-mountain size would be around 159cm – but if you take some off for your intermediate level and a more freestyle focus currently, then 157-ish would be a good length. The 254mm waist on the 157 you might just be ok on, but it’s at that minimum that I would want to see a size 11 on – so there is some risk there. And the extra width on the 156W means that it will be similar to the 157 in terms of surface area.
I think the extra width and length of the 159W might just make it that much more cumbersome for spins and in the trees, that the 156W is the better balance for you. That’s my opinion anyway.
Weight recommendations are great to have but I see them as general guidelines and not hard and fast rules to follow.
I don’t currently demo Bataleon boards, but looking at the specs, the Evil Twin is predominantly camber – this, compared to the flat-to-rocker of the Ultrafear will likely make the Evil Twin feel longer then the Ultrafear anyway – so if there was a 156W Ultrafear, then the 156W Evil Twin would feel a little longer (not heaps but a little) to ride anyway – that’s typically the case anyway – but like I say I haven’t actually ridden the Evil Twin.
So, because of all of this in combination, I think the 156W would be your best bet.
Hope this helps
Josh says
Hi Nate. I’m 5’10” 185 lbs. and I’m trying to figure out which size snowboard would suit me best. I’m considering a 156cm and a 158cm Burton Custom Flying V board. I generally just like to ride down the mountain (powder, groomers, trees) and I would consider myself intermediate (only 2 seasons but got up 20 times last year in CO). Would size board would you recommend? I have a 157cm Burton board right now that I’m about to sell so I didn’t know if going down a size would throw me off a little bit.
Nate says
Hi Josh
I think the 156cm would be better for the trees but overall I think the 158cm would be the best size for you. If you liked to get into the park as well, then I’d be more tempted with the 156 – but since you like to ride the mountain, the 158 is going to be the best for you, IMO. And since you’re currently on a 157 and you’ve got some days under your belt, you should be fine moving up to that 158 – even if you’re already moving to a more advanced board. What board are you currently on at the moment, out of curiosity?
Sean says
Hi i was curious what you would recommend for a powder board?
I’m 5′ 11 220lbs intermediate rider.
I have a Burton Custom 155 that i’ve been riding for a few years but sometimes it sinks in heavy powder.
I’m looking at a Camp 7 package with a board that is 163 wide.
Do you think that’d be good enough?
Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Sean
I’m completely clueless when it comes to Camp 7 – not a brand that I’m at all familiar with. But if you could let me know the model of snowboard I could analyze the specs. Going bigger in size definitely helps for riding the powder. But there are other things with the board (e.g. long nose, rockered nose, setback stance) that also make a difference for riding powder not just size. Yes surface area is important in powder but not everything.
Also, if going wide, I would only do so if you have the boot size that suits a wide board or if you are sizing down. One type of board you can get for riding powder these days that’s getting more popular is a short/wide. So you typically size down 5cm-10cm (depending on how wide) but the board is a lot wider. This is a great option for riding trees, in my opinion. So for you, I would say something around a 165 would be a good powder length for you, in a traditional shaped board – so depending on the short-wide that you got, you’d be looking at 155 to 160.
But if you want to go for a more traditional shape for powder, then I would go regular width but longer – something like 163 to 166 for you – unless you have 11 or up boots, then going wide as well as long is the way to go.
I’m not surprised that the Custom is sinking in powder for you though – with a 155 for your specs and the fact that there is no rocker in the profile, it’s not the ideal board for powder – so your 163W you’re looking at would likely be an improvement regardless – but there are other things to look at if you’re really looking to get good powder performance.
Hope this helps
Richard says
Hey Nate! I’m 5’9, 130 lbs, and wear size 9 boots. Last season was my first real season going, but had gone a handful of times before then over the years. I ride freestyle and would consider myself pretty decent at riding. Im thinking about buying the 2018 Arbor Foundation (linked below), and I’m in between buying a 148 or a 152. Which would you recommend?
Also, love the article, and the detailed responses you have given in response to people. I appreciate the time you take to help people have some peace of mind.
Arbor Foundation at the-house
Nate says
Hi Richard
Thanks for the message and sorry for the slow response – was moving apartments over the weekend.
Based on your specs and the fact that you like to ride freestyle, I think the 148cm would be the best size for you.
Michael says
Love the site. My wife is finally up for getting a new board. She is 5’2 and 105 and has been riding a 152 Libtech TRS BTX. Its way too long for her, but hasn’t changed for 5 years. She is fairly comfortable with in on groomed trails but struggles in trees, pow and other super steep trails. She has narrowed it down to the K2 Wildheart. (Its all about the colors…) It am torn between 141 or 146. The weigh range for the 146 is 100 to 170lb. The 141 has a max weight of 130. I want to get the 146, but if she will be using this in pow and trees, the super short 141 could be loads of fun.
Any suggestions?
Nate says
Hi Michael
Glad she has decided to get a new board. The 152 TRS is definitely long for her!
The K2 Wildheart is actually a volume shifted shape. Which basically means it’s designed to be wider but shorter. So you typically want to size down 5-7cm from what your normal length would be. Problem is, I would say, for your wife’s specs, that she should actually be on something around a 141cm anyway. Which would mean going for something around a 135cm for this kind of board. I know that now sounds really short – but these boards have been designed that way, to be ridden at a shorter length. The problem if you go for a longer length with this style of board is that the waist combined with the length, it ends up being a lot of board to handle.
So, I would say, try to look at a different board in something around a 141cm. Possibly could look slightly longer, just because she is used to a 152 – maybe up to a 145cm.
But if she is completely sold on the Wild Heart, then definitely go with the 141cm. The 146cm would probably feel as big as the TRS 152cm she has now, because of that extra width. The 141 Wildheart is probably the equivalent of a 147-ish in a traditional shape.
Hope this helps
Jose says
Hi Daniel,
Thanks for the information that you provided in the post, It has helped me get in the range of snowboards I should buy. I would like to get a second and more expert opinion on which size should I take.
I’m 171cm and 60kg and a beginner at snowboarding. I’m looking into the YES. Basic 152 or 149. Which one do you think I should take? Do you think the 152 would be too big for a beginner with my charasteristics?
Thank you for the post.
Nate says
Hi Jose
I think the 149cm would be a better choice for your characteristics and as a beginner. The only other thing to make sure of is that it’s wide enough for your boot size. If you have boots that US10 or higher then that would probably be too narrow for your boots. But if your size is US9 or less, then the 149cm is the best option, IMO.
Hope this helps
Daniel Pierce says
Hi Nate! Appreciate the informative article. I live in Japan now where new boards are 3x the price of the states, so my options are a bit limited. I found an amazing condition 2015 Arbor Coda, but it’s a 162. I’m an advanced rider and love going off piste/back country and fresh powder. I occasionally ride switch and I’m a speed junkie. I rarely hit the park. The only problem is, I’m 172cm and 70kg with an 8.5 boot. I’m assuming even with my riding preferences a 162 is way too big? I also found a Jones Flagship 158, but it’s a directional, and would limit my ability to ride switch. Suggestions? Thanks so much!
Nate says
Hi Daniel
Yeah, unfortunately 162cm is still too long for you, despite your ability. For your specs, the very longest I would go is 159cm. The 254mm waist width is going to make the Coda 162 quite wide for you too. You could probably get away with that width on 8.5s but only really if you went a bit shorter – e.g. shorter than that 159 max. This is only an opinion but that’s what I think – I think you wouldn’t have a lot of fun on a board that size.
The Flagship would be awesome for anything you’re doing off piste/powder and for speed and steeps – but you’re right it’s not the best for riding switch.
If you had to go with one of those 2 boards, then I’d definitely say the Flagship. The 158cm flagship would be a really good length for you, and a really good width. The only thing would be the switch – but that’s something you could get somewhat used to. I don’t think you’d have much fun riding switch on the 162 Coda, anyway – just because it’s too long for you.
Without knowing what reasonably priced options you have, it may not be helpful – but something like the Capita Black Snowboard of Death (which is a freeride board but is not too bad to ride switch on) could be a good option. Or an all-mountain board is another option – you sacrifice a little in terms of powder, speed and carving but you gain back in terms of riding switch. You could check out the list below and see if you can find anything reasonably priced out of that lot.
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
All that being said, I think that the Flagship 158 isn’t a bad option – the only real downside I can see, is that it will be a bit more difficult for riding switch.
Hope this helps and good luck with your search!
Jimmy says
Hi Nate,
So excited to see an informative post with good timely feedback. So, the short story (maybe long…we’ll see where this goes):
I only board once a year for a week at a time. I rent every year, with full gear costing around $250 a week. I’m skilled in the sense that each year I’m more and more comfortable testing my limits, but not so skilled that I can say I pay attention to board length, style, etc. I probably rent 160 to 162 cm each year, but my documentation from my rentals from my last trip are hard to read.
I’m 6’1″ and 210lb. I’m looking to purchase a used board, bindings, and boots (assuming the boots fit) from a guy for $200 (less than what I usually rent). He THINKS the length 158CM, but I’ll verify on site. He’s 6’3″ and 200lb and says he doesn’t have any issues with the board. His knees just won’t let him do it anymore. Board and boots look good, etc.
So, a couple questions:
– At my height and weight, do you see issue with a board as short as 158CM? I spend 90% of my time on groomed trails and the other 10% may be powder between trails, though generally I’m following tracks.
– When I do my own measurement, I assume the length is tip to tip on top of the board (ie. stretching the tape). Or is it tip to tip on the bottom allowing the tape to curve along the board (which would be a longer measurement)?
I don’t go boarding often, so I’m seriously debating buying this and just assuming the shorter board won’t be something I really can discern. Or am I better off just renting and ensuring I have a board I like. It should be noted that I’ve NEVER returned a board rental and needed to go longer, wider, etc. I’ve only had to get the bindings replaced because they broke.
Nate says
Hi Jimmy
Thanks for your message.
I really think you’ll benefit from something longer than 158cm. The length does make a real difference and I think that’s a bit short for you. I wouldn’t go shorter than 160cm and would be looking more like 162 to 163cm ideally.
But in saying that I don’t think that continuing to rent is necessarily the best idea either. Having your own board has a lot of benefits. One of those being that you having a consistent setup each time you ride – another being that rental boards aren’t typically as good – unless you go for something performance.
You could certainly go for something past season (which is usually considerably cheaper than latest season’s gear) or used but I would try and get something that’s a good size for you. The other thing with just grabbing that board, bindings etc is that the gear may not be suitable for you. The board might be too stiff for your liking, or for your ability – it might be too soft, it might be too loose etc. And I think it’s the wrong size to begin with.
If you’re spending $250 every year on renting, then you would make it back in a few years, even if you spent a bit more. I understand you don’t want to invest too much if you only go once a year but I think it’s worth investing a little bit especially if you see yourself going for at least the next 2-3 years.
For you, I think an all-mountain board would suit you best by the sounds of your ability and the way you like to ride. And I think something around 162cm give or take a couple of cms would work well in terms of size. I’m not sure about width for you as I’m not sure of your boot size but if you’d like a width recommendation I can give you that too, if you can let me know your boot size.
Also, check out the link below for some all-mountain snowboard ideas, if you do think you’ll head in that direction. Doesn’t mean you have to buy this season’s or even new – but there are past season models of these boards you can pick up for cheaper if you look around.
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
Hope this helps and if you have any other questions, just let me know.
Oh yeah and the measurement is tip to tip, stretching the tape – not running it along the contour.
Jimmy says
Great! Thanks for the response.
I see your points on buying what I want vs. just buying something used that may not fit me just right. I guess I’m going to have to battle through that process. I’m a no-frills guy (and a CPA), so cost/benefit is a major sticking point for me. I make a lot of things work and don’t have super high expectations.
That said, I don’t think I’d have buyer’s remorse if I bit the bullet and just bought what I wanted. But, I would definitely buy last year’s model if I can find one. The problem, even with narrowing it down to a few options, is that I’m not sure what I would want specifically for profile, cut, etc. I’d still be focused on price, so I think my primary goal is to get sized correctly and then see what’s available from last year in my price range.
As for boot size, I’m 12 or 13 US depending on brand. Most of the Burton boots, I think, have been size 12. I wore DC’s once that were size 13. So, I’ve really only been looking at wide boards with about 26cm waist width. Maybe that’s too wide..maybe not.
Additional thoughts are appreciated.
Nate says
Hi Jimmy
Definitely understand the cost/benefit thing. And going prior season is a great option. And going used is still an option – but still knowing what you’re getting is going to help you end up with something that works better for you – and then the benefit side goes up without the cost necessarily increasing.
Yeah sizing definitely important – but the other factors are also really important. Without having to go into the detail of exactly what sidecut, camber profile and flex (which is also really important) etc that you would want, I would just stick to looking at all-mountain boards, which is why i gave you that list. These boards all have hybrid camber profiles, are mid-flexing and have side-cuts that try to give the best of everything. This way you won’t end up with anything on the extreme end of things that might make the board not fun for you. And also, it sounds like an all-mountain board would fit your style of riding. My thing is that I wouldn’t want you to end up buying a super-stiff board with a really aggressive camber profile and then end up hating the board.
In terms of width, I would go with 260mm waist width as a very minimum for size 12s. Because you could end up in 12.5s or 13s, I would say try to get something between 262mm (26.2cm) and 268mm (26.8cm).
If you’d like I can give you some specific recommendations – but since price is an important consideration for you, I would say try to find something from that list for a good price and fits within your size specs (160cm to 164cm with a waist width between 262mm and 268mm).
There are obviously more all-mountain options outside that list but that’s a good place to start. If you do find something for a good price that you think would be suitable, that’s not on that list, and you want a second opinion, feel free to ask me about it.
Kostantinos says
Dear Nate,
First of all, congratulations to you and your team for your site.
I would like your assistance. I’m a really new at snowboard so i consider myself a true beginner. I have very little experience(only renting gear and trying to teach myself together the young ones).
This year i decided to have some lessons and looking forwarded on becoming better.
However, i seriously need help on finding the right board for me. I’ve studied all your guides here and visited half the world’s sites, but all i get is getting confused.
I’m 1.84m height, 83-89kgs (varying), and i wear 45Euro(11us) boot.
So i understand that the best beginner board for me would be something around 159cm with a width of 25.6 to 26.0
However, i cannot find a specific board supporting my parameters. For weight and boot size i should go for more than 162 or ultra wide (26.4).
It would be great if you could assist me a bit. And also suggest me an exact brand/model/length.
Looking forward for your reply. Sorry for my broken english.
keep up the gj,
konstantinos
Nate says
Hi Kostantinos
Thanks for your message.
First of all – great choice deciding to get lessons. This will really help you along.
In terms of length, I would say anything from 157cm to 160cm is a good range for you to look at. I wouldn’t think too hard about the weight recommendations. It’s nice if you can fit between them, but they are only guidelines, IMO.
In terms of width. If you have US11s, then I’d say anything from 254mm waist width to 262mm waist width. However, it’s tricky with converting European sizes to US sizes because each brand seems to be different. If you know the mondo-print, then that’s a better sizing system to go by. DO you have your own boots? If so, if you can let me know the brand, then I can make a more accurate recommendation in terms of width. But for now, to play it safe, let’s look at anything from 257mm to 262mm.
Of course, we also want a board that will be good for learning on.
With all of that in mind, I think the following would be great options for you.
~ YES Basic 159W (261mm waist width) – you’re also within the weight recommendation range for this
~ Salomon Sight 158W (258mm waist width) – you’re in the weight recommendation range for this too
~ Capita Horroscope 157 (258mm waist width) or 157W (263mm waist)
~ Ride Agenda 157W (261mm waist) – you’re within weight recommendations here too
If you haven’t already, then check out my top 5 beginner snowboards (all of the above are on that) at the link below.
>>My Top 5 Men’s Snowboards for Beginners
Hope this helps
Louise says
Hi Nate,
You’re so good at answering questions that I thought I would ask one! I have the option to buy a 144 Birds of a Feather or 143/147 Salomon Gypsy. I’m 5’6” and 120lbs. I learnt to ride on a Bataleon feelbetter 149 which I felt was a bit long. I’m also after something a little bit stiffer with better edge hold.
I’m tempted by the 143 Salomon Gypsy, but I’m worried this would be too short? I only need it for groomers and park.
Thanks
Nate says
Hi Louise
Assuming you are a solid intermediate or above rider, then I would say anything from a 143 to 146 would be a good length for you. It’s not an exact science but 149 is a bit long for you, IMO, especially if you’re not using it for powder.
Since you are riding park, then going to the lower end of that scale (143) isn’t a bad thing. Going shorter for the park definitely has its advantages.
Both boards will be stiffer than the Feelbetter – the Birds of a Feather a bit stiffer and a bit more of an aggressive ride than the Gypsy. The Gypsy will likely have slightly better edge-hold in hard/icy conditions. The Birds of a Feather probably a bit better with carving and speed but the Gypsy will be better for jibs. Both probably the same for jumps and riding switch.
If had to choose, I’d say 143cm Gypsy. It will take a bit of getting used to compared to the 149 you’re used to, but that extra edge-hold and bit of extra stiffness will balance that out a bit.
Can you also let me know your boot size – just so that I can see which of those boards will be the best fit in terms of their width.
Hope this helps with your decision.
Louise says
Thanks so much for the reply – so helpful! My boots are a 6.5 (US)
Nate says
You’re very welcome.
I think you would be fine width-wise on either of those – with the Bird’s of a Feather 144 being on the narrow end of what would be good for your boot size and the 143cm Gypsy being at the wider end.
I’d say based on that the Gypsy 143cm is the slightly better size. You won’t risk too much overhang and that little bit of extra width helps add to the surface area – so it means going shorter at the 143cm, you’re making up for that somewhat in terms of width. That’s not to say that it’s too wide for you at all, it’s in a good range but just that little bit wider than the Bird’s of a Feather.
Heather says
Hi Nate, thanks for the great review! I’m currently riding a Ride Compact 150, which is lots of fun, but a bit soft for all mountain and not the best at holding and edge on steeper hardpack or taking forays off piste. I took the plunge recently and found a good deal on a Jones Twin Sister 152 but I’m a bit worried about going to a longer board. I’m 5’6″ and 150lbs and US size 7 boot. Should this size be okay for me? Thanks, Heather.
Nate says
Hi Heather
You’ve made a great choice in my opinion. The Twin Sister will give you more than the compact on hard pack, and in general for all-mountain riding. And the size, I think, is spot on. Yes it will taking a bit of getting used to compared to the softer 150 Compact.
The extra couple of centimeters plus the extra stiffness and the other differences (camber profile, setback stance etc) will mean it will certainly feel different, but once you get used to it you should be able to get a good bit more performance out of it for all mountain riding.
Assuming you are a solid intermediate or up rider, then around 152cm is what I would recommend for what you describe and your specs. In terms of width, it’s maybe slightly on the wide side for your boot size but I think you should be fine on that width. If it does end up feeling slow to respond (even after riding it and getting used to it) then the width would likely be the culprit – but I think you will be fine with it. You’ll certainly have a nice stable ride for those off piste missions and on steeper terrain.
Brendon says
Hi Nate,
Finally I’m going to step away from hiring boards and buy my own board that will last me a few season as I only head to the snow a hand full of times in Australia and head over to New Zealand 2 times a year, I have snowboarded a fair bit and would say I’m an intermediate rider comfortable on the snow. (snowboarded in Australia, New Zealand and Japan)
I mainly ride park and groomed runs and just hit a few jumps on the way down. But I don’t do back country, but if I can find some fresh pow pow I may venture off to have some fun.
I’m 5’9 175cm tall and weigh 80kg’s, size 10boot
I have been looking at the Never summer proto type two 154cm or 157cm, GNU riders choice and Lib Tech Travis rice Pro sizes from 154 – 157cm
any size selection you would recommend I stick to or around.
Cheers Brendon
Nate says
Hi Brandon
If I was you, based on what you describe and your specs, I would go for something between 156 and 159. Stick to a regular width board with your size 10s.
So for the Proto Type Two I would say go with the 157cm.
For Riders Choice go 157.5cm.
For Travis Rice Pro I’d actually go a little shorter. I find that board rides long – so for that I would recommend the 155cm.
Hope this helps
Alex says
Hi Nate
Wow I’m impressed with how many questions you answered!!!!!
I would like to get the Libtech Gold Member 2018.
Taking in consideration I’m 6’2 and 180lbs and boots US 12, which
size would you think is good between 155 , 159 or 163. Not a beginner anymore and I like a bit of everything.
Thanks man. Awesome job.
Nate says
Hi Alex
Thanks for your message.
I would usually say something between 161cm and 163cm for you – and that would put you on the 163 Goldmember but you could possible go 159 or 163 with this board. It’s quite an aggressive ride with quite a lot of camber in the profile.
Going with the 159cm would be the more maneuverable option but would also be a little less stable at speed and not as good in powder. And you’d probably loose a little bit for carving compared with the 163cm. But it would also be better for freestyle type stuff. The 163cm is a better width for size 12s – the 159 (with 258mm waist) would be bordering on being too narrow for you.
All in all the 163cm would be the best option, IMO but you could certainly also ride the 159cm, all-be-it pushing it in terms of the width.
Hope this helps
Amy says
Hi Nate,
This article has been really helpful and I appreciate that you are still responding to comments. I was planning to order the Talent Scout in 141 cm, but I’m wondering if 146 cm is a more appropriate size. I’m 5’1″ and 120 lbs (no gear). Based on your article, I’m middle intermediate. I have not attempted the park yet, but it’s something that I’m interested in doing. I probably would still spend most of my time on slopes but would still like the option of going to the park. I was also thinking of the Salomon Gypsy in 143 cm.
Thanks,
Amy
Nate says
Hi Amy
Thanks for your message.
I actually think 141cm is a good length for you, so I’d go with that over the 146cm. I think the 146cm would be too long for you. If going Gypsy, then the 143cm is probably the best size – though I think 141cm is a marginally better size. I know it’s only 2cm but it can make a noticeable difference.
You could also check out the following link for something other all-mountain-freestyle options – which is the category of board that’s going to be best suited to you.
>>My Top 5 Women’s All-Mountain Freestyle Snowboards
Hope this helps
Amy says
Thank you so much! I think I’ll go with the Talent Scout in 141 cm. I appreciate your help.
Nate says
You’re very welcome Amy
Tash says
Hi Nate,
Just a quick question…I hired a Burton Flying V (can’t remember if Process or Custom etc) while in NZ last year and loved it. It was 159 and did well in powder (heli boarding) and also great on groomed runs. I found a great deal on a Burton Process Flying V here however it’s a 162. Would that just be getting too long? I’m mainly all mountain, though much prefer freeriding to park, and would like something that would also work well in powder I can take on OS trips. My first (and current board) is a 151 and I think that’s too short now I’ve progressed as it jumps around a fair bit at speed and over the bumps and I really felt my riding go up a notch with the 159.
I’m 5’9′ and 165-170lbs, size 9 boot.
Thanks for your help!
Nate says
Hi Tash
Yeah not too surprised that the 151cm feels too short for you. I think a 159cm is a good freeride size for you – and certainly something you could ride for all-mountain (based on your specs and your experience with the 159 you rented).
However, I think a 162cm would be going pretty long. It might be still fine when you’re in powder but I think it would likely feel long on groomers.
Gencho says
Why I cant see my posts?
Nate says
Hi Gencho
All comments undergo moderation before being published on the site.
Gencho says
Hi, Nate!
I’m in a hurry! I am considering of buying a new snowboard as a gift for my girl. She is 160 cm ( 5,249″) tall and she wights 50 kg (111 lbs) without the equipment (boots, pants, jacket, helmet).
According to the tables, she is between 142 and 144 cm board length.
The board that i’m going to by is Rossignol Diva (RCR – 20% rocker in the tip, 60% camber underfoot, 20% rocker in the tail).
She is intermediate, and we ride most of our times on groomers (green, blue and red).
Now she has Rossignol Tesla Amptek RSP, which is 139 mm (full rocker), and is on the flexy side of Rossignol table (4 of 10). This was the board that she bough for learning how to ride. Now she definitely knows, and she is faster then me, even that I’m skiing.
My hesitation is about the board length and the stiffnes of the board. The Diva stiffness is 7 of 10, according to Rossignol charts, and is way stiffer the current board. I’m wandering between 140 cm and 144 cm board length. According to Rossignol charts, 140 cm board is for women rider that weights between 30-50 kg, and the 144 cm board is for rider between 35-55 kg.
In addition, there are other things to consider too. The longer and the stiffer board is is more difficult to turn and control, so I’m not sure if she can handle the longer, stiffer board (144 cm), so different from that she rides now. On the other side, her weight, according to Rossy charts is for 144 cm board, and she will improve with the new one.
I’m leaning forward to 140 cm board, because:
– It is way more stiffer that what she has now and the board will handle groomers better, even that the board is on the shorter side;
– this is the shorter one, similar length to what she is riding now, and will be easier to handle for her;
What do you think?
Nate says
Hi Gencho
I agree that the 140cm would be the better bet for the Diva for your daughter. The 140cm won’t feel as stiff as the 144cm. And I think her ideal size, as an intermediate rider is probably around 140cm to 141cm. So, given the extra stiffness compared to the other board, the 140cm is a good size, I think. And I think it’s better that she won’t have to adjust to something that’s not only stiffer but also longer. And 5cm is a big step up. The Diva is definitely a more aggressive board than the Tesla – so stepping up to that will be enough of an adjustment, so a good idea to keep the size similar, I think.
I wouldn’t worry too much about Rossignol’s weight recommendations – they tend to be on the light side, IMO.
Hope this helps.
Gencho says
Thank you for the advice!
Will she loose some with the 3 cm shorter effective edge, on the diva is 970 mm, and on the Tesla is 1 000 mm.
And what you mean by saying that rossignol recommendation are on the lighter side?
Regards,
Gencho.
Nate says
Hi Gencho
I don’t think that will be a problem, with the overall more aggressive feel – there’s a lot more camber in there, so that reduced running effective edge won’t be noticeable.
What I mean is that compared to other companies with weight recommendations of similar lengths, Rossignol tend to have a lighter maximum recommendation on average.
Nart says
I see the comments on this article are still going strong so I’m gonna through mine as well…
Looking to get a YES Jackpot ’17/’18 and I’m torn by size choice – either 156cm or 158cm.
I’m 180-182cm and normally around 82-85 kg. My recommended all mountain board size would be around 160-161cm. I am probably lower to mid intermediate level and recently got more interested in freestyle hence the board choice, but I still want to be able to spend 2-4 weeks a year on all mountain riding.
The 158 is the largest size for the Jackpot, which is why I’m leaning more towards 156, but also for freestyle progression. I’m just wondering whether it’s not too short for the rest of the mountain. I currently own a 161 YES Basic which is ok for generic riding but I definitely feel it’s holding me back on freestyle. Will probably sell it when I go for the Jackpot, which will be my only board.
What do you think?
Nate says
Hi Nart
Thanks for your message.
If you were going to keep the 161 Basic or if you were going to be using the board purely for freestyle, then I’d say definitely 156cm. But since you will likely sell the Basic and want to use it for the rest of the mountain, it’s a tougher choice.
Even saying that, I think I’m still leaning towards 156cm for you. 158cm is probably a better balance in terms of doing a bit of everything on – but if you’re riding is going to be more freestyle focused, at least for the time being, then the 156cm will make that progression that little bit easier. And I don’t think the 156cm will be unrideable for all-mountain riding at all.
I rode the 154cm version of the 17/18 Jackpot in the Spring (yet to publish review) and I have similar specs to you (183cm and 82kg-ish). It wasn’t something that I felt I could really bomb on, but it’s not that kind of board either – but just for cruising the mountain it was actually pretty good. Surprisingly so, as I usually don’t like to go less than 155, even for purely freestyle riding. It does have quite a long effective edge for its length so that’s probably part of the explanation. I think I would still go for the 156cm if I bought the board as my freestyle board but I could definitely ride the 154cm over the whole mountain – maybe not as fast as I would on a longer board – but also it’s not a board that I would typically bomb on either, at any length. It was super fun to take through the trees at that length! So if you do any tree riding, that would be another reason to go 156cm.
For these reasons I’m leaning towards 156cm, but the 158cm wouldn’t be a bad choice, I just think weighing it up that the 156cm is the sligtly better choice.
Hope this makes sense and helps with your decision
Nart says
Hi Nate – thanks for getting back to me. I’ll definitely go for the 156 I think. I’m just not going to spend that much time a year on an actual mountain (maybe 3-4 weeks/year, due to where I live) to justify going for the 158. The rest of the year I’ll be riding in an indoor snow dome, progressing my freestyle probably.
Looking forward for the Jackpot review (although I don’t think much changed since last year’s one other than graphics). Thanks again
Nate says
You’re very welcome Nart. Good call on the 156 I think.
2018 Jackpot, the same as 2017 essentially as far as I can tell – except for the graphic, as you say.
Hayley says
Hi Miguel,
About me: 5ft (155cm), 121 lbs, UK size 2
I just wanted some advice on purchasing a board. I am an advanced rider and was wanting a board that can perform in the park. My current 143 ride compact board is a bit heavy for me. I demo a board in a 138 last week and I felt so much more comfortable and stable on it as it was not as heavy to turn like my 143cm board. So firstly I just wanted to check if this size would be ok for me or if I should go for another size?
I have also been looking at the solomon gypsy board and was wondering if there is a difference between the womens 138 and the kids 138? (I am an adult, although a very short one!)
Looking at the dimensions and rider weight for the womens and kids it seems the same but I thought there has to be a reason there is a womens 138 and a kids 138. Just wanted to check before I buy.
Your help and feedback is much appreciated
Many thanks
Hayley
Nate says
Hi Hayley
I think that the 143cm is probably a little long for a park board for you – so I think you will benefit from sizing down a bit. I think that would be an ok length for you as an all-mountain or freeride length but as a park length, I think something 137 to 140 would be more suitable for you.
I think the Gypsy would be a good choice for riding the park for you and that sizing down to the 138cm is a good call if you are going to be predominantly riding in the park.
Unfortunately there are quite a few differences between the women’s model and the kid’s model. Otherwise yeah you would totally get the kids model right cause it’s way cheaper! But there are reasons why it’s cheaper. Some of those differences are:
1. The Kid’s version is softer flexing
2. The Kid’s version has an extruded base – the women’s version has a sintered base
3. The core is different on both boards
Plus there are various other things different like the sidewalls, carbon stringers on the women’s board etc. Basically, you’re going to get more performance out of the women’s version.
Hope this helps
Hayley says
Hi Nate,
Thank you. That is a huge help. I feel much more confortable buying a smaller size now especially a 138 womens gypsy, knowing that I will benefit more from it in the park.
I will definately keep my 143 for all-mountain and freeride though.
Thanks again for your help.
Nate says
You’re very welcome Hayley.
Yeah definitely, as you say, keep that 143 for all mountain/freeriding.
Miguel Botelho says
Hello Nate,
Hope I can steal some of your time so you can help me here.
About me:
6.1ft
173lb
Size 12 US
I own a Bataleon Whatever 158. Been using it for 2 years now. Is a good board for all mountain, a bit too long, stiff and heavy for my taste, but that’s not a jib board so it’s understandable.
Been looking to get a completely different board, something more appropriate for jib and park. Found a good promo for the ROME Artifact Rocker, and by the reviews seems like a nice board for me.
Now comes to size.
Being 12 US size, a midwide board is my best option. With that comes two choices: 152MW or 155MW.
Looking at what I have now, I feel like choosing the 152MW, that way I have two completely different boards. Different profile, different size and different style of riding.
Sent and email to ROME and they suggested 155MW.
From your experience, what size would you recommend? My only concern with the 155MW is being too big or heavy for jibbing, making the board seem stiffer than it actually is. I want something playful, easy buttering and spins.
Your feedback is much appreciated.
Thanks for the help.
Regards,
Miguel Botelho
Nate says
Hi Miguel
Thanks for your message. I think the Artifact Rocker sounds like it will suit for what you want it for. Definitely a jib friendly board – and particularly since you have your other board it would be a good compliment.
In terms of size, I think ordinarily I would say go for the 155MW. The shortest board I’ve ridden and felt like I’ve still really liked is a 154cm. I’m 6’0″ but am more like 180 to 185lbs. So I think that the 152MW could be ok for you. Another thing that would be in favor of the 152 is that if you find the 158 Bataleon Whatever to be a bit on the stiffer side, then going down to 155MW for you might not be going small enough to get that really soft, playful feeling that you’re looking for.
And the other thing is, like you say, that the 152MW would provide a bigger contrast to the board you currently have.
I think if it was going to be your only board, then the 155MW would be the best choice as you would probably want to have that balance, but since it will be your specialist park/jib board, and you have another board for riding the rest of the mountain, that the 152MW is definitely doable.
Long story short, I think that both sizes are doable and normally I would say 155MW but in this case I would be leaning slightly towards the 152MW.
I hope this helps with your decision
Miguel Botelho says
Thanks Nate, you did help a lot!
All doubts cleared, especially how rideable a 152 would be for me.
I’ll be getting the 152MW like I initially planned with a clear mind.
Thanks again and keep up with the excellent work.
Nate says
You’re very welcome Miguel. Thanks for visiting the site
Chris says
Hi Nate,
Love your work!
Just wanted some advice on purchasing my first board.
I am a progressing beginner (can link turns etc.comfortably, except when its really steep)
Based on my weight (220lbs) and height (6″2) i would be in the 160’s for a board…
I recently went on a ski trip to NZ and the hire board they gave me was a 156 (wide i believe, shoe size 11) DC Tone…which is way under my recommendation.
I understand that as i am beginning this board being shorter was easier to turn etc. and on this basis to keep progressing, would a YES Basic 159W be a more suitable progressive board?
I do like quick turn initiation and control, hence why i felt a hybrid camber board may be more suited? (as opposed to the DC Flat to Rocker)
Really appreciate your help!
Thanks
Chris
Nate says
Hi Chris
I think that something around that 159 mark in the wide size would suit you well, given your ability level and being to initiate turns quickly. I’d put you on a longer board if you were more advanced and depending on how you liked to ride but I think that the 159W could work for you for right now. I think 156 would be going too short though and I think you’d quickly outgrow that.
And the extra bit of width will give you a bit more stability and also allows you to ride a shorter length if you want to. Though with 11s, the YES Basic 159W is probably a good width for you anyway.
And yeah, the YES Basic is a great choice, IMO. It’s great as a beginner board but also as a board that take you to that next level.
Long story short – I think the YES Basic in the 159W would be a good choice for you.
Hope this helps
robert says
Hello Nate,
I have a quick question. I am 22, 5 foot 11(180 cm), and 170 pounds(78 Kg). Last season i got a 157 capita ultrafear to use solely as a park board. I absolutely love the board but i feel like the size might be a little large. do you agree? I am considering selling it to grab a either a 153 or 151. I just feel like even though the 157 rides great , it could be better. what do you think? thanks for any help! love this site!
Nate says
Hi Robert
I wouldn’t say that the 157cm is the wrong size for you but, since it’s your dedicated park board, perhaps shorter would be a little better. I think if you were going to be using it for other things as well as in the park, then 157cm would be the best choice, but in this case I think the 155cm would be slightly better. You could even go as low as the 153cm since it is your dedicated park board. But I wouldn’t go as low as 151cm – that might be getting a bit small, even for the park.
So yeah, if you do change I’d say either 153cm or 155cm. If it was me and it was my dedicated park board, I’d go for the 155cm, I wouldn’t go as low as 153cm – but I’m a little bigger (6ft, 180lbs-ish).
Hope this helps with your decision
Skywalker says
Hi,
Great site! keep it up.
I’m 6′ foot tall and weigh 75kg, boot size 13 US / 12 UK / 310 (was surprised by the size since my “normal” shoe size is 10.5 UK – but there you go, it is what it is).
I’m a beginner but don’t want to change boards every season so want to hold on to my board while I progress to intermediate. So I guess for now it’s gotta be jack of all trades board until I figure out what I fancy the most.
I’m thinking of buying either Endeavour Live or Endeavour Guerilla board. Live is available in 157W (260mm Waist) and Guerilla 157W and 159W (262mm Waist).
Which size & board do you recommend?
Thanks
Nate says
Hi Skywalker
Thanks for your message.
Definitely surprising that you ended up going 2 and a half sizes bigger – especially when snowboards boots are usually half a size smaller or around the same as your shoe size.
With 13s I would be reluctant to go any narrower than around 265mm in terms of waist width. However, if you’re not going to be getting into any low carves you might be ok going a little bit lower. What is the brand and year of your boots? Some boots have a lower profile outersole (which means they won’t overhang as much) – if you’re on something with a low profile, then I would be more confident with something like a 260mm waist.
In terms of length, I think something around a 157cm would be a good length for you. It’s hard to find something that length with a 265mm+ waist on it. Though there are some – the GNU Carbon Credit 156W has a 267mm waist on it, for example. You could go longer to the 159W and you’d get away with that. When you’re a more advanced rider I think that would be fine but as a beginner I would prefer if you went more like 156-157. And those sizes will still be fine as you progress but I wouldn’t go too long too early.
I’m not that familiar with Endevor boards but just from a quick bit of research, I think either board would be suitable. The Live is going to be a little stiffer and the Guerilla a bit softer flexing and more freestyle oriented.
I can come up with a list of boards that are in that 156 to 158 sort of length but with a waist width closer to that 265mm mark if you’d like. But if you’re sold on getting one of the Endevor’s then the 157W are probably the best bets. You’re pushing it in terms of width but keep your angles to something like +15/-15 and you could get away with it.
Hope this helps
Frederik Hartz says
Hey Nate. Super guide, really helpful.
Im planning on buying a new board. I’m snowboarding since 4-5 years, would say I’m pretty intermediate and mostly ride slope, but also really like to go in the backcountry for some powder. I almost never hit parks or pipes. I’m 190cm tall and my weight is around 85-90 kg and shoe size 12,5-13US.
I really like the Arbor coda rocker 2016/2017. I would choose the the 161 wide but I’m a bit unsure if it might be to short. What do you think? Thanks for your help!!!!
Nate says
Hi Frederik
First of all, in terms of width, I think you will be ok on the Arbor Coda Rocker if you get into size 12.5 or less for your snowboard boots. If you end up in 13s, then I would say that you would be pushing it and I would suggest that you get low profile boots (Adidas, Burton and Ride are the best in the business out of the brands that I cover) – I would suggest it anyway for your foot size – just gives you a bit room in terms of overhang.
In terms of length, I wouldn’t go any shorter than 161 with your specs and what you’re describing but you could probably just get away with it. Though you might end up wishing for something longer when you’re in the powder.
My only other thing is, just a warning, that the Arbor Coda Rocker is a continuous rocker profile – there’s nothing wrong with this per se – but this kind of profile can be quite loose feeling – and if you’re trying to lay down a good carve it’s not ideal – but it is great for spins, buttering, ollying and that kind of thing, but it sounds like you don’t do much of that, which is why I thought I would mention it. It is pretty good in powder – particularly if you want to be riding switch in powder as well.
I think an all mountain board (I would say the Arbor Coda is more all-mountain-freestyle) would be a good bet for you. Take a look at the list below if you are interested.
>>My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
If you’re sold on the Arbor Coda still, then I think you could ride the 161W – that would be the only size suitable and I think it’s doable.
Hope this helps
Will says
Hi Nate,
I’m 6’1″ and weigh around 89KG without board gear on. I have been boarding for 3 weeks and am looking at buying a process flying V as my first board. Would a 159 be ok?
Cheers
Nate says
Hi Will
I think that the 159 would be a great size for you given your specs and experience level. That’s the size I would have recommended for you for that board.
Peter Marcusson says
Hi Nate
Love your website, great work.
Hoping that you can give me some advice on board, and length.
I’m 6.1″ 185lbs size 9,5 boots, intermediate rider.
I currently own a 2006 Ride DH (155cm), bought it short for easier learning.
Kids has kept me off the mountain a few years but this year the whole family is back on the slopes, and I felt that its time to get a new board.
I’m basically an all mountain rider but my son loves to ski in the parks so have decided that I’ll get a freestyle board, which still should be able to hold a decent edge outside the park (I don’t really ride at high speeds).
I’ve reduced my searching to two boards, the Capita Ultrafear and the Never Summer Funslinger.
From your freestyle top 10 list I suspect that you recommend the NS Funslinger above the Ultrafear based on my needs, but since these two brands don’t give weight recommendations the sizing is driving me crazy.
I think that my wanted ideal length for this board is 157-158cm (despite of all mountain preference).
So basically, for my size and wanting a park board (that still is fun to ride all mountain), which would you recommend?
157cm Ultrafear?
156cm Funslinger (would I loose pop by being too heavy)?
159cm Funslinger?
Or would you not recommend them at all for my size?
Thanks
Pete
Nate says
Hi Peter
Thanks for your message.
I think that the Ultrafear or Funslinger would be fine for you. I rate both boards – the Funslinger a little more but both boards are really fun to ride. Great for the park and can handle outside the park. The Ultrafear is more focused towards jibbing than the Funslinger – so if you’re going to be doing a lot of rails, boxes etc in the park, then this will handle that better but the Funslinger is still really good at this aspect. The Funslinger will be better for outside of the park than the Ultrafear and that’s probably largely where it gains more points in my rating system – that and it’s a little better for jumps too.
So on balance I think the Funslinger will be better for your particular purposes.
In terms of sizing for the Ultrafear the 157cm would be your best bet, IMO.
For the Funslinger it’s a bit of a toss up between the 156 and the 159. I rode the 156 (6″0, 180lbs) and I really liked that size for riding the park – if I bought this board that’s the size I would get but I would be buying it mostly for park riding and using something else for outside the park. The advantage of getting the 159 is that you get a bit more stability and a bit more in terms of carving and better float in powder if you were to ever use it for that (though it’s not that suited for powder in general). The 156 will be a little more agile and a little better for spins.
The other option is to look at an all-mountain-freestyle board if you haven’t already. You can check out my top 5 at the link below if you haven’t already.
>>My Top All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
Hope this helps with your decision
Peter says
Hi Nate
Thank you so much for your quick and thorough response.
I have been looking at the all mountain freestyle decks as well, Riders/Eco choice and Type 2 were for a long time on my short list.
My board searching story is long and winding, with multiple backtracking and rethinking. In the end I’ve decided on a freestyle board, and specifically the Ultrafear or Funslinger.
I will most likely add another board to my quiver further down the road, but I’m not sure which direction my riding style is going yet.
Your detailed answers have confirmed what I thought, did however not make the decision much easier π
I will however cross the Ultrafear off my shortlist and now try to decide which Funslinger length to get,
I might just have to flip a coin in the end π
I’m leaning towards the 156, as I despite my current riding style did decide on getting a park board, just need to silence that voice in the back of my head reminding me that this will be my only board for at least one season.
Thinking while writing this as well…
My aim right now is primarily ride the mountain together with my son, which means agility over speed (he is 6yo).
156 it is.
Thank you Nate
//Pete
Nate says
Hi Pete
You’re very welcome.
I think your logic makes sense. And if you are thinking of adding another board to your quiver later, then you can go with a longer board for that board, in which case it makes more sense to get the shorter 156cm. And it’s also a good point about riding with your son and having that agility – you won’t need the extra speed of the longer board.
Peter says
Hi again Nate
Sorry, the Never Summer Type Two just resurfaced on my shortlist.
Considering that this will be my only board for a couple years…
How much agility would I loose on a Type Two?
Is it a “one board to rule them all”?
Thank you again
Peter says
Hi again Nate
Sorry, but had another look at the NS Proto Type Two…
Starting to feel that this one might be better as it will be at least a couple years before I add another board to the lineup.
I’m sure that any of the three boards will be fine for me, but value your opinion.
BR
Pete
Nate says
Hi Peter
Thanks for your message.
I’m not sure you’d loose that much agility. The Type Two is still a good board for in the park – it’s just also more suited to the rest of the mountain. It’s going to be a little bit stiffer than the Funslinger and not as playful but still not overly aggressive either.
I’d say both pretty similar for jumps, with the Type Two a little better on larger jumps. Both equally as good for riding switch. The Funslinger is a better jibber (IMO) but the Type Two will give a bit more performance for carving and when riding at speed.
So yeah, I think you’ll loose a little bit of that playfulness but gain in other areas – either way though, I think it would still be suitable for what you’re describing.
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision.
Megan says
Rosignol Tesla amtek snowboard from evo.com is also one I’m interested in
Nate says
Hi Megan
The Tesla would definitely be suitable and ticks all the boxes except for one – which is the waist width. I think that the 148cm would be the best size for you (and I see they’ve still got a 2016 model there and it’s at a great price). But the waist width is the only thing that would concern me.
It is a little bit wider than the Arbor Ethos you were looking at – and it’s definitely closer to something that you could get away with. But there’s still some risk there that it’s too narrow. I would say you would be fine on it, if you’re not planning any euro carving any time soon! But that would be my only caution – otherwise, it’s definitely a good option.
evo size it as a size 5-9 boot. So if you’re in sz 9s your at the top of that limit – so could still be doable.
Overall, I think the Emoticon is the best option – but I understand if this costs too much for you.
The Nikita Expression (based on specs alone) is the next best option and the Tesla is also definitely an option, just with that caution.
Also, the Forum Spinster and the Aperture boards are options too. The Arbor Ethos is too narrow in my opinion and the Trad camber profile of the Technine Skulls rules that out, in my books, unfortunately.
Megan says
Soo my favorites are the emoticon, the tesla and then the expression probably in that order.
By the way CONGRATS on your engagement!
You mentioned that the emoticon is one that I could use for years and would still be a great board as I continue to become a better snowboarder. Is that the case with the expression and the tesla? I think that’s really important to me because I know that im going to get better and i don’t want to have to get a new board in a few years just because the one I had bought was a ‘beginner’ board.
I also don’t have bindings or boots so that’s something I need to consider as well
Nate says
Thanks for the congrats!
I think all of those boards would be able to stick with you. I don’t think you’d have to upgrade for a good while. But I think particularly so with the Emoticon – it’s a good quality board as well as being a good beginner board. The Tesla maybe not quite to the same extent, IMO. You might outgrow that – it would probably still take 2-3 seasons to outgrow, depending on how often you ride, but probably quicker than the others.
I can’t comment too much on the Nikita because I’m not that familiar with it but it looks like the kind of board that would be a keeper for a good while.
Megan says
This one looks very promising too
YES Emoticon
Then it’s emoticon women’s board. It’s a super multicolored one and has great reviews
My favorite is still the skull one though
Nate says
Now this is a board that I do know well!
In fact my fiancΓ©e owns this board.
This is definitely a great option for you. My fiancΓ©e was having a bit of trouble with confidence and I recommended this as a good board to progress on and she loves it – I’ve noticed how much she has improved since getting this board. So I would definitely recommend this one. The only reason it didn’t make my top 5 beginner boards is that it retails at $399 which is quite a bit for a beginner board – but if you can find one that’s on a deal, then this is a great choice.
Just to let you know that the link you gave me was for a UK site and is priced in British Pounds.
If you are looking for one in the US they have it at evo.com (see link below):
~ YES Emoticon at evo.com
The 149cm would be a great size for you, IMO. It is a little more expensive than the others you were looking at – but it’s also a board that you can ride for years and years without having to replace – it’s good for advanced level riders as well as beginners.
Megan says
Hi Nate! Thank you so much for the feedback! I feel like I’m so close to getting a board!
So I do really like the emoticon but I’m a little confused. You said the site I sent you was in British pounds? So it’s not 255$ then? I was hoping I found a great deal/: There is a package deal on evo that comes with bindings for 550 I think. Do you think that’s a good deal or should I just get the board?
Nate says
Yeah unfortunately that’s a UK site and the price is Β£256.00 not $256.00. It’s the equivalent of around USD$315 – a little bit cheaper than at evo but I’m not sure they would ship it to the US and if they did it would probably not be worth the cost.
I tried to see if there was still a 2016 model around but they seem to have all sold in the places I have looked.
The deal with the board and bindings is 554 and if you get the board separately and the bindings separately (which are currently on sale for 194.65) then it’s the same price – so it’s not saving anything getting them as a package. I think you would be better off getting the board and then getting bindings separately. It would give you more options for bindings that way. You should be able to get some for a cheaper price than that but still get some good quality bindings.
If you wanted to get everything from one spot, evo have K2 Yeah Yeahs, Burton Citizens and Union Rosa’s – which I think would all be good choices for you to match this board (and would allow you to keep your board/bindings combo under $500). My fiancΓ©e rides the Rosa’s on her Emoticon and she really likes them.
In terms of size for your bindings, this depends on the brand – and the boot size you end up in. But assuming you end up in 8.5s or 9s, then for Burton go large, and for Union and K2 go for medium. But check out the link below for a bindings size chart too in case you’re looking at any other brands.
>>Snowboard Binding Sizing
Hope this helps Megan – we’ll get there! π
Megan says
How about the Nikita Expression women’s board from pro board shop.com
Nate says
Hi Megan
This board ticks all the boxes in my opinion, in terms of it’s specs. I think this would be a good one for you. Hybrid Camber profile, medium-soft flex and the size and width will work for you too.
Again, Nikita isn’t a brand that I know well – but based on the specs, this is a good choice.
Megan says
Ughhh this is impossible I feel so defeated! Lol. Even though 300 isn’t the end of the world it’s still a lot of money and I want to Love the board not just like it. There’s a few white boards I like but I’m afraid that will totally screw me up in the snow haha.
I found this other review on the board
>>Technine Women’s Skull (link removed as website it was linking to no longer exists)
If you reallyy don’t think I should get it I’ll trust you I’m just running out of time and patience and I feel like a lot of websites have stopped selling online because the season is almost done lol
Again I can’t tell you how grateful I am for your help!!
Nate says
Hi Megan
Thanks for the extra info.
Understandable that you want to get it right. It’s a bit of an investment (time and money), so that’s completely understandable. Which is why I want to try to help to get it right for you. I’ve made the mistake of buying based on looks in the past (not with a board but with my first ever pair of boots) and it’s not worth it if the board doesn’t perform how you want it too.
I understand that it’s a factor. And that’s not saying that the Technine is completely wrong, I just think that you wouldn’t like the Camber profile. Otherwise it’s ok but that’s a deal breaker, in my opinion.
Jaylee says
Hi! I’m female 5’4 128 lbs with no gear. A beginner rider (rode 7 days so far). I liked it so much I bought a season pass for 2017-2018 already! I just bought a Frenemy 147cm, but am second-guessing the size. It is still wrapped in plastic, so I could return for the 144cm. I would like to have this board for a few years, so want something I can grow on. I will board in Tahoe mostly and am not interested in tricks, but do want maneuverability. I don’t care about going fast, I care more about control. Should I keep the 147cm or trade in for the 144cm? My rental board last time was 146cm, and it seemed fine.
Nate says
Hi Jaylee
Great work on getting that season pass!
I think that either size would work for you. There are pros and cons to both. The 144cm will probably have a bit more maneuverability but the difference will likely be subtle. It’s also probably a little easier to control and at the start of next season you might appreciate that – but by the end of next season, assuming you get in a good number of days, you’ll probably be appreciating that extra length.
I would possibly have said 144cm but I think 147cm will be fine for you. I think it will be the better size for the majority of the time you own the board. The 144cm might be better in the first bit of time you have with it. The other reason I say that the 147cm is ok to keep is that you say you felt comfortable on a 146cm. There are other factors of a board that can make it feel longer or shorter – so the absolute size isn’t everything and without knowing the specs of the rental board I can’t say how the 146cm there translates to the Frenemy but that’s something to go off.
The other thing is that you will have some extra weight on with all your gear – as it sounds like you are aware of. So, that will help to make the 147cm feel a bit easier to ride.
Hope this helps.
Megan says
That ones my favorite but their is also the Forum Spinster 151 women’s snowboard with Sapient Zeta bindings on amazon as well
Nate says
I think this one would be a good option for you. A better option than the Technine Skulls, IMO. It has a hybrid camber profile to go with the medium-soft flex which I think is a better option than the trad camber on the Technine Skulls
I can’t comment on the quality of Sapient bindings as it’s not a brand I’m familiar with.
Megan says
Hi Nate! I’ve finally found a board that I really like since the Flow one! Thinking about pulling the trigger but thought I would make sure you think it’s suitable.
Found it on Amazon, it’s called the women’s technique skulls snowboard and it’s a 149 multicolor.
Let me know as soon as possible! Thanks!(:
Nate says
Hi Megan
Do you mean this one?
My only concern with this is that it’s traditional camber (what they call “classic camber” but the same thing). This is the kind of camber profile that is the easiest to catch an edge on. It’s typically the fastest profile too. If that’s not an issue for you, then it’s ok – but I wouldn’t call it the easiest to ride. Otherwise it’s fine – medium-soft flex – but I’d be concerned about the trad camber for you.
Chris says
Am I second guessing myself or not? I’m in the process of buying a new snowboard and looking at a Ride Berzerker (156cm, 24.6cm waist, hybrid rocker-camber). I think this is just the right size for me. I’m 5’10”, 146lbs, male, skill: somewhere between intermediate and advanced, preference: freeriding. However after reading this review:
Ride Berzerker review at Angry Snowboarder
is causing me to second guess myself. Especially the part stating, “The rocker and the softer flex of the nose make the board ride a little smaller than it really is”.
Is there something I should know about the hybrid-rocker camber? Should I go up a size and get a 159cm?
I’ve been riding an old school camber board all my life. I’ve been riding a Rossignol Scope (157cm, 24.6cm waist, camber) for 10 years. This was an excellent board when brand new. I was also 15lbs lighter then. Not sure if that would make much of a difference. Now, I’m looking for something new. So I’m wondering, will the 156cm be just right or should I go for the 159cm?
Chris
Nate says
Hi Chris
Anything will ride smaller than a traditional camber board pretty much. I would say compared to the norm today, that a fully cambered board rides long. I didn’t find the Berzerker rode particularly short compared to normal. And the specs don’t suggest it either – with a relatively long effective edge (in ratio with overall length).
That said, it will likely ride a little shorter than your current trad camber board. So if you wanted to stick to something that felt a similar size to your current board, then the 159cm would probably be closer in size, in terms of feel. But Overall, I think that the 156cm is the better size for your specs.
Hope this helps
Chris says
Thanks for the info Nate!
The only thing I’m wonder is how small would the 156cm Ride (effective edge 120cm) ride vs my 157cm Rossignol (effective edge 119cm). According to the specs the Ride has a longer (1cm) effective edge. It can’t be that much. Could it?
Chris
Nate says
Hi Chris
Effective edge is a tough one because different companies measure it differently and the terms “effective edge” and “running length” and “contact length” get mixed up a lot. As far as I can tell there isn’t a consensus or a standard for what these terms are.
But thanks for the figures for the Scope’s effective edge. I was trying to find that but couldn’t find the info.
The effective edge (if we decide that this means “the length of the edge in contact with the snow”) could potentially be longer on the Berzerker over the Scope if the scope has a longer nose/tail. This would bring the contact points closer to the center of the board and reduce the effective edge.
I don’t know the specs of the tail and nose length for these boards so I’m not sure which has a longer combined nose and tail. But that’s one thing that can affect the effective edge – the other things being the camber profile and the different ways of measuring it – so something there or a combination will account for that 1cm difference.
The Berzerker does have a mostly camber profile – the camber goes back to the tail and there is only rocker in the nose – so that won’t make a huge difference to the effective edge compared to a full camber profile. Like I said, I didn’t feel that the Berzerker rode any shorter than normal – and I wouldn’t expect it to.
The flex can sometimes also effect how long a board feels to ride. With the Berzerker being on the stiffer side of medium, I wouldn’t expect this to make it feel shorter either. I’m not sure about the Scope’s flex.
On balance, I think the 156cm is the better size for you. That’s what I would go with if I was you.
Elly Z says
Hi Nate,
I really appreciate what you have been doing by providing so much detailed and informative suggestions here.
I am a female rider: height: 5’10” , weight ranging from 135-150lb οΌP foot size 9
I started with a “wrong length” board I guess: it is a Burton TWC pro 158cm Wide (a stiff board mainly for experts and advanced-levels) . It was a gift from my friend who believed the height determines the length (which apparently wrong now) . I do not have good balance skills since I was a kid and I am tall. Plus, with this board, it took me forever to get through the stages from the beginner to the intermediate . It really frustrated me at first and after two seasons, I started to get to used to this long and wide board..
I rented a shorter and slimmer board once when the renter believed that 158cm was too long for me ( I don’t remember the exact length though). However it took me a while to get used to because it was much lighter, smaller, slimmer and faster. I felt the smaller board was not as stable as my own board .
Could you give me any advice on choosing my ideal board? length width, flex etc ..I am looking for something that can basically fits to all levels since I am progressing.
My second question is , in your opinion, which is more suitable for me ? Capita ‘s jess kimura pro 2017 150cm and Bird of a Feather 154cm ? Jess Kimura Pro is so cute while the longest is only 150cm… Will it too short for me?
.
Nate says
Hi Elly
Yeah, first of all I agree that the board is too long and wide and would have been a difficult one to learn on – partly because of the size and partly because of the camber profile (traditional camber) and the stiffness of the board. Definitely more of an advanced and up board. But you do get used to a certain board and you will be used to the stability that something that long and wide offers. Certainly extra length and width adds to stability – but it can also take away from the “nimble-ness” of the board. It will take getting used to a shorter narrower board but once you do, I think you’ll prefer it.
In terms of stability there are other things outside of length and width that affect it. The main one being the camber profile of the board. Since you have an all camber board, that will also feel more stable than something with a lot of rocker in it – it can also be more “catchy”. If the board that you rented had a lot of rocker in it – that would have also added to the less stable feel.
I think since it sounds like you are at an intermediate level and based on what you are used to (we don’t want to change things too dramatically) that your best bet would be the following:
Length: 151cm to 154cm – maybe going closer to the higher end of this, given that you are used to a 158W. Also, this does depend on the type of board – some boards feel longer than their size and some shorter than their size, when actually riding on snow.
Width: 244mm to 250mm waist width (based on a US Womens size 9.0 snowboard boot – assuming that’s what you meant by “P foot size 9”)
Flex: Medium or medium-soft is good for an intermediate depending on how you like to ride. But given that you are used to a stiffer board and that sizing down will also make the board feel softer, I think going medium flex is the best choice for you.
Camber Profile: I think a Hybrid Camber profile would be the best choice for you. This has camber in the middle of the board and rocker at the tip and tail. Your current board has camber throughout so this is a similar profile to what you already have but the rocker sections towards tip and tail will make the board less catchy and more forgiving. Of course there are different varieties of Hybrid Camber – but I think this would be the best for you.
In terms of the Capita boards you have mentioned. Both of these boards are quite aggressive boards. Ordinarily I wouldn’t necessarily recommend them to an intermediate rider – but since you are used to the TWC pro, they probably won’t feel that aggressive to you – especially in the shorter sizes. And they are mid flex, hybrid camber (though more camber than the average hybrid camber), and the sizes fit roughly what we’re looking at.
The width on the Birds of a Feather 154cm will be fine for you – and that length would be fine too. Borderline too long – and the only reason I say that is that it has a relatively large effective edge, compared to the overall length of the board – so will feel longer than the average 154cm.
The Jess Kimura Pro at 150cm is probably actually ok. Like the Birds of Feather, it has a relatively long effective edge compared to the average for a 150cm board – so will feel a little bit longer. My only concern would be the width. It has a 241mm waist which would be just under what we wanted. It might still be ok – but if you are really getting up on your edges for low carves, or plan on it, then it could be pushing in terms of being too narrow. Otherwise the mid-flex and hybrid camber fit well.
These two boards are what I consider all-mountain-freestyle boards. All-mountain freestyle boards and all-mountain boards are the most versatile, which it sounds like what you’re looking for – something that’s versatile that can take you through all levels and suit any style.
If you want to look at more options in these categories, check out the links below.
>>My Top Women’s All-Mountain Freestyle Snowboards
>>My Top Women’s All-Mountain Snowboards
Hope this all makes sense. Let me know if you need clarification on anything or have any other questions.
Elly Z says
Thank you so much for the detailed reply Nate! I have been waiting for it ~~~ yup you are right my foot size is US 9(women) and after scrupulously examining all the snowboards you mentioned in your two lists , I found that there are not many choices for me or female riders who have similar situations : comparatively taller and heavier with longer feet. The boards out there either do not offer longer lengths or the width is not enough.
For example: Never Summer Womenβs Proto Type Two 151cm (longest) width: 24.0cm
Never Summer Aura : 155cm width 23.9cm edge120
157cm(longest) width 24.0cm edge122
Onyx: 149cm (longest) W 23.4cm
Infinity: 154cm(longest) W 23.9cm 121 28.4(tip &tail)
GNO Echo choice does not offer longer than 148.5cm with the width 24.2cm
Roxy TORAH BRIGHT XC2 BTX SNOWBOARD 152cm (longest) W 23.9cm
Rossignol Frenemy Magtek Snowboard 153cm(longest) W 24.2cm
The snowboards that fit the both criteria (L 151 – 155cm W 24.4- 25cm) :
1) Rossignol Diva 152cm (is the longest, but it is quite stiff 7/10 and width is just 24.4cm and the max weight is only 65kg according to their official sizing chart.
2) YES EMOTICON SNOWBOARD 152cm(longest) W 25.2cm
3) JONES TWIN SISTER 152cm W24.5cm
155cm(longestοΌbut SOLDOUT everywhere) W24.7cm
4) Burton Feelgood 155cm W24.5cm but 155cm and even 152cm (w24.3) are all sold out.
There is one 156cm from the year of 2010 though, not sure about that :
Burton Feelgood 2010 at the-house
Therefore, if you were me which one you will pick, a mong Yes Emoticon 152cm, JONES twin sister 152cm CAPITA bird of a feather 154cm, CAPiTA Jess Kimura 150cm ?
Or, should I look into men’s snowboards for more options?
Thank you so much !!
Elly Z says
btw, some info about the boards…….
the edge width tip&tail width radius
jones twin sister 152 cm οΌ155 are sold out) 113.4cm 24.5cm 28.6 7.4m
yes emoticon 152cm (longest) 116.5cm 25.2cm 28.73 7-8.3
capita jess kimura 150cm (longest) 117.34cm 24.1cm 28.5 7.6m
capita bird of feather154cm (longest) 121.89 cm 24.7cm 29.2 8m
new options to be continued…..
Nate says
Hi Elly
If I were you I think I would go with the Jones Twin Sister 152cm. You might find the YES Emoticon a bit soft after your current board. I know YES rate it as a 3/5 for flex (which would translate to 6/10 in my head) and the Twin Sister is rated at a 6/10, the actual flex feel of the Emoticon is more of a medium-soft 4/10.
I think the biggest issue with going for the Burton Feelgood 2010 156cm is that it’s a full camber board – and I think you’ll like the feel of something that has a little bit more forgiveness like you would get out of a hybrid camber. It would also be quite similar to your other board – all be it softer flexing and not as wide.
So, I think Twin Sister, but I still think the Capita boards are an option – probably the Birds of a Feather 154cm being the best of the 2, just because of the width on the 150cm Jess Kimura.
You could look into men’s boards if you wanted more options to consider but I think one of these 2 will be suitable for you.
Elly Z says
I snatched the last available Jones Twin Sister 155cm on a Canadian website based on your suggestions. Feeling happy now and decided to started a new journey with my new and fit board~~~. =)
Thank you so much Nate !!!It is so nice of you providing countless information and advice here~~
Nate says
You’re very welcome Elly! Glad you found it. Hope you enjoy your new board! Let me know how it goes once you get a chance to ride it.
Megan says
I’m looking at this board what do you think?
Arbor Ethos Rocker Snowboard
Item #106979 on REI website
Nate says
Hi Megan
I think this board would be fine for you. I think the 147cm would be the best size.
My only concern would be the width. From out last comments you said you were a size 9 shoe but didn’t have snowboard boots yet? Assuming that you fit into an 8.5 snowboard boot, that would put you at about a 242mm waist width minimum (not precise but roughly). So the 236mm waist of the 147cm board might be pushing it for being too narrow. You might get away with it, but it’s certainly pushing it – depending on the boot size you get into. The 150cm would probably also be an appropriate size for you but isn’t much wider, so would be the same issue.
If you have since bought snowboard boots, and can let me know the size of those boots, I can give you a more accurate recommendation but otherwise, I think this would be risky in terms of the width.
Megan says
Hi Nate!
So this board isn’t a good fit? Or I should wait till I get boots before I purchase it?
Nate says
Hi Megan
You would probably be ok on it, if you’re not really getting up on the edges of your snowboard and doing low carves. But I don’t like to recommend people to go on boards that are too narrow for risk of toe and/or heel drag. But definitely not a bad idea to purchase boots first – that way you have a better idea of the minimum waist width you should go for. If you want to get boots that are low profile (shorter outersole) that would give you more range in terms of how narrow you could go with your board.
Megan says
Hi Nate,
So sad to say that the flow board is out of stock. In fact all of the flow boards on Amazon are gone. So I’m pretty much at square one and have no idea what to do.
Can I buy a men’s board? I seem to like their designs more than the super girly ones lol.
Nate says
Hi Megan
Definitely not a no go on men’s boards – but just a few things to keep in mind.
1. That you go with something that’s not too stiff. By the sounds of it you want something that you can take control – there are advantages to stiffer boards but they are more difficult to control. Men’s boards tend to be, on average, stiffer than women’s boards – but there are plenty of medium-soft flexing options in men’s boards – but just so that you keep that in mind.
2. Often the biggest barrier for a woman buying a men’s board is the width. If the board is too wide for your feet, then it will be more difficult to turn because you won’t be able to get the same leverage onto the edges of the snowboard.
3. And of course you want to keep other things in mind about the board. I think when we last talked you were saying you were a beginner or intermediate rider? In which case there are a few things you want to watch out for, like camber profile, side-cut etc.
But if you choose well then there’s no reason not to go for a men’s board.
You might be able to find some good options here at the link below, keeping in mind from previous comments, that you probably want something that’s 147cm to 149cm long and that is around 242mm to 248mm for the waist width.
>>My Top 5 Men’s Snowboards for Beginners
Hope this helps, and let me know if you want some other options.
Giovanna says
Hi Nate,
Thanks so much for your helpful responses on this thread! Hoping you can help here. I’m a 5’2, 138 lb, intermediate to advanced rider on the East Coast. I mostly ride all-mountain, hard packed groomers, hardly ever in the park. We have gone out west a few times over the last few years, and are going to try to start getting out to Colorado or Utah at least once a year though. I’ve been riding for ten years now, and am looking to upgrade from my first snowboard, a 2007 Ride Solace, 146cm.
I’m really interested in the Burton Feelgood, but it only comes in 144 and 149, and I’m not sure which one to get. I also got K2 Hue bindings a few years ago, but would probably want to switch to the Burton channel system and get EST bindings, and possibly new boots. I wear a street size 7, and I have size 7 Burton Emerald boots from 2010 that are a little soft and never feel tight enough. Any thoughts would be much appreciated, especially on snowboard sizing!
Nate says
Hi Giovanna
Thanks for your message.
I think in general something around that 147cm mark would be a good size for you, give or take. For the Feelgood I would say the 149cm but you could go for either. If you want more stability at speed, better float in powder and better for carving, then the 149cm – but if you want something a bit more playful, more nimble and easier to butter, spin etc, then the 144cm.
Also, I’m assuming that this is the Feelgood and not the Feelgood Flying V you’re talking about? The Feelgood would be the same camber profile as your solice so you would be used to that (traditional camber). Assuming that the Feelgood (non-flying V) is what you mean, some other options for similar type boards and appropriate sizes would be:
~ YES Hel Yes 146cm (this has great edge hold in icy conditions which might be good for the East Coast but also has good float in powder when you get or when you’re travelling west)
~ Rome Scandal 146cm
If you meant the Feelgood Flying V check out the link below for more similar options.
>>My Top 6 Women’s All Mountain Snowboards
In terms of bindings to match, I think a good step up would be the Burton Escapades if you were wanting to go EST to go with the Feelgood. These would be a great match, IMO. If you wanted to go a little stiffer/more responsive then the Burton Lexa would be another good option.
If you find the Emerald’s to be too soft, then some stiffer flexing options are:
~ Burton Supreme
~ K2 Contour
~ Ride Cadence
~ 32 TM-Two
And if you’re having trouble getting your boots tight enough, then going with something with a Boa lacing system is probably your best bet – so the K2 Contour and the Ride Cadence are your best choices there.
Also check out the following for more stiffer flexing options – I think there’s the DC Mora in there too that uses a Boa system.
>>Top Women’s Freeride Snowboard Boots
Hope this helps
Lori Hofmann says
Hi Nate,
This is by far the best information I have found on sizing! I wish I had seen this when I started as I still do not know much on the subject. I am 5’3”, 125 lbs, Intermediate to Advanced Rider on the East (ice) coast. I started on a 151 and my previous board was a 151 Salomon Ivy (very stiff aggressive board). My boyfriend bought me a 154 Never Summer Raven. We have been wondering if this is too big. I mostly like to bomb down as fast as I can but have recently been attempting the bigger bumps and trees. What are your thoughts?
Nate says
Hi Lori
I probably would have recommended either the 146cm or the 149cm for your height/weight. The fact that you like to bomb fast means that the extra length will help you with stability at speed – and because you are used to a 151cm, then I probably would have said the 149cm or potentially the 151cm if you wanted to keep at a similar length.
I think that the 154cm is a bit long. But in saying that some people have preferences outside of what most people like, and what would normally be recommended.
Otherwise the Raven will probably be something that you’ll like – I just think it will be on the long side for you.
The other thing is that if you’re riding in trees, it can be nice to have something a little bit shorter (personally I prefer a shorter board in trees). You’ve got to weigh that up with stability at speed and float in powder (which will both be better in the longer versions). So the 146cm might be the best choice in trees but the 149cm or 151cm might be a better all round balance.
Have you had a chance to ride it yet?
Hope this helps
Lori Hofmann says
Thank you Nate… exactly what we thought. Yes I have been on it for a while now (so no giving it back!) and I do love it for simple trail riding- super fast and responsive. The problem is getting around the bigger bumps (handles beautifully with nice pop on small to medium bumps) and of course learning tree riding. It wants to fly and negotiating space and tight turns is definitely an issue. It is a lot of board to handle in those areas. You have confirmed that we didn’t make the right decision! π I guess I will have to have two boards. Any recommendation for a good tree board?
Nate says
Hi Lori
In the long run, not a bad thing to have two boards – you just probably weren’t thinking you’d get them so close together!
In terms of a good tree board I think something that is fast from edge to edge, you want a nimble board in the trees and you also want it to be decent in powder – since the best time to go into trees is on powder days! And also sounds like you want something with decent pop and a stable landing platform – and also because you are on the ice coast – something with good edge hold in harder conditions.
And in terms of size, I think you can size down quite a bit, since this will be a second board and you don’t have to find a balance of a middle ground in terms of sizing. So I think something around that 145cm to 146cm mark would be a good range to look at – and that will really help with being nimble through the trees too. It can be the playful sidekick to your more aggressive 154 Raven.
To also contrast with what you have already a slightly softer flex (which will also help with it being a more playful companion) than your current board would go well I think. I have listed the flex of the boards in brackets below.
With all that in mind, I think that the following would be good choices.
~ YES Emoticon 146cm (medium-soft flex)
~ Never Summer Proto Type Two 145cm (medium flex)
GNU B-Pro 146cm (medium flex)
GNU Velvet Gnuru 147cm (medium flex)
Roxy Torah Bright 146cm (medium flex)
These are all all-mountain freestyle type boards but I think this would be a good contrast to your freeride board.
My vote would be either YES Emoticon or NS Proto Type Two but the others are also good options.
Hope this gives you some options to go with.
My vote would be with either the YES Emoticon or the Proto Type Two
justme says
That’s a great article – and a load of info on the questions, too. But still I have a question. I’m an older guy who has just started this winter. I am a fat git at 210lbs, and 5’8″ – 5’9″. Slopes around here are from steep to closer to vertical. I’d prefer slower ones, but what can you do.
There are a few good condition 2nd hand boards selled locally, another one is older, but has mainly gathered dust. It is a 154cm K2 Temptation (’07) with Indy bindings. Another one is newer, Stepchilds Expat (’07) with Ride EX bindings (’13). Good condition overall, nothing to separate them. Same price. But Stepchild is 162cm. It’s much closer to my weight rating but might it be even too long? Another consideration is my knees, I have suffered a lot with some rental gear since I haven’t been able to adjust them well enough. Canted bindings would help a lot, I guess.
As the season is almost over, I’m not in a hurry. I just know that both have been quality items, and both are in pretty good condition. At the same price here are cheap stuff like Crazy Creeks etc that are newer, and also newer quality brands that have been ridden hard.
Nate says
Hi justme
Thanks for your message.
I would say that the 162cm stepchild is going to be a bit too long for you, especially give that you have just started snowboarding. On the other hand, the 154cm is probably a little too short – but I would go for the 154cm over the 162cm – the 162cm will be a better rating for your weight but as a beginner I wouldn’t go that long. I think something between 155cm and 158cm would be the best range to look at for you.
The other thing with the Stepchild Expat is that it’s a traditional Camber board, it’s directional and it’s quite stiff. All these things aren’t great for a new snowboarder. I think you would find this board quite difficult to ride. The K2 Temptation, from the info I could find from 2007, isn’t as stiff or as aggressive as the Expat – so I would say that it’s more suitable – but again around that time Hybrid Camber profiles were just making their way into existence, so there’s a good chance that it also has a traditional camber profile (I couldn’t find info on its camber profile) – which isn’t ideal for a new snowboarder.
In terms of your knees, bindings with canted footbeds is definitely a good way to go. Something with good shock absorption is a good idea too.
The other thing, once you do get your set up is to experiment with your binding angles. Find what causes the least pain for your knees. I have heard from different people say how certain binding angles cause their knees, or one of their knee’s pain and different angles alleviates that pain altogether or at least reduces it.
Hope this helps
James says
Hi Nate,
I am 6ft @ 75kg and I have had my eye on a Bataleon Fun Kink for a while, unfortunately for me it has become impossible to get it in a 157 and was wondering what your opinion on the 154 would be for someone my build? Do you think 154 would be too small? I currently ride a DVD Maet 158 which is great but I want something a bit softer for playing about on.
Thanks
Nate says
Hi James
I think the 154cm could be a fun size for you – especially considering you already have the 158cm. It would give you a really playful option for those days you want it – and give you something different in terms of size.
I’m 6ft and 83kg-ish and I quite like something around a 155cm to 156cm for playing around on in the park and just for riding casual on the groomers. So I think for you a 154cm would be good for that. I actually rode a 154cm YES Jackpot (would be a bit stiffer than the Bataleon Fun Kink but in the same size) and I actually had heaps of fun on it. I usually make the cut off at 155cm but I actually really enjoyed that. And since you are carrying less weight than me, I think your 155-156cm would be 154to155cm – so I think that could work for you.
I wouldn’t get a 154cm as your only board – but assuming you’re going to keep the Maet, then I think complimenting that with a smaller size – especially if your purpose is for something more playful – isn’t a bad idea at all.
The only thing would be whether it’s going to be too narrow for you – what’s your boot size? If you have US10.0 or less, it should be wide enough for you. If you have US10.5 or up, then it might be pushing it unless you have low profile boots.
Hope this helps
James says
Hi Nate,
Thanks for all of that, but I made a mistake, I am actually 85kg not 75kg, with that in mind would you still thing the 154 fun kink will we okay? If not I will probably go on what you said for your weight.
As for boot size I am a UK10 so I will do my research to see how much different the fun kink is in comparison to my DWD Maet.
Thanks,
James
Nate says
Hi James
In terms of width I think you’ll be fine with the 154cm. In terms of length, I would be less sure now than when we were looking at 75kg but it’s still a possibility. Like I said I really enjoyed the 154 YES Jackpot I rode recently. That was a little bit stiffer than the Fun Kink will be (as far as I can tell, though I haven’t actually ridden the Fun Kink) but has a very similar effective edge.
I would definitely say the 157 if it was going to be your only board but coupled with the Maet, the 154 might be something that’s more different. The 157 Fun Kink will still be a different board to your Maet though.
If found a Fun Kink 157cm (see link below) if that size is still on your radar.
>>Bataleon Fun Kink 157 at evo
Heather says
So awesome!! This is by far the most thought out and detailed buffet of Information I have found yet. Thank you for the hard work and effort you have put in!
I’m a 5’2″ woman, weighing 150lbs. I first started out on a 154 with my experience being mostly groomed or light powder.
Then I took 10 years off, lost all my gear, and wondered if I was ever going to pick it back up. Hooray!!! I got a job at a small resort in my hometown and I’m loving the freedom again. π
I now ride anything from a 147 to a 159! Huge range I know…but I have access to the rental dept. I still love the downhill groomed, but powder and tree trail hopping have become a few of the new things I enjoy. If I was to choose a size range for myself that wasn’t so broad, it would be 149-152, flexible but not flimsey, and slim line boots that are easily adjustable. I also recently invested in some bindings that go around my toes versus over the tops of them, and I love the control I feel now!! I highly recommend waxing and keeping the edges sharp as well!
I know most if this stuff is probably not new to most, but these things would have helped me out a lot ten years ago. I kind of had to stumble my way through learning the little things. I always try to remind myself that my feet and my body lean control my board. And if I can’t kick out my back foot to initiate a turn, I’m not on the size I need to be!
Anyways, thanks for the wonderful post, thanks for listening to me jabber, and enjoy!!!
Anyways,
Nate says
Hi Heather
Thanks for the message. I enjoyed the jabber!
I also prefer the wrap around the toe bindings – most bindings are like that now – or have the option to wrap around the front of the toes or go over the top.
I also couldn’t agree more with waxing (see my waxing experiment here) and keeping the edges sharp (unless you want to detune for the park).
Martyn says
Hi Nate
Great blog and really useful info. I’ve been boarding last 2 years and decided time is right to buy my own gear. I’m 41, prob low intermediate (few carves and can handle some steeper stuff) I’m mostly going on groomers/piste and unlikely my knees can handle any tricks π
I’m 180cms, 87kg without gear (hoping to be less soon!) and US Size 11.
I’ve got a great deal on a Salomon Sight with Rythm bindings in 158W. Just wanted to double check if this sizing is ok given I’ve never bought or owned before. Thanks in advance, martyn
Martyn says
Sorry other option I had was on a Salomon Craft board also a 158. I’d thought the Sight might be a better option based on level and type of riding but let me know as both have great deals on price!
Nate says
Hi Martyn
I think that the Craft in the 158cm would work for you as well both in terms of length and width and I think it will work for your ability level too. It’s a little bit more advanced than the sight. I would say that the sight is beginner to advanced and the Craft is intermediate to advanced. I wouldn’t recommend the craft for a beginner necessarily but for an intermediate rider it would be fine.
In terms of style, the Craft is what I would class as an all-mountain-freestyle snowboard, whereas the Sight is more of an all-mountain snowboard. From what you describe, both these boards would work for your style but maybe the Sight slightly more.
Nate says
Hi Martyn
I think a 158cm would be a great size for you based on your specs and ability level/style. That would be the size I would recommend for you, if you hadn’t mentioned a size. So I think that would work well for you.
I think that the width on the 158W would be ideal for you too.
Martyn says
Thanks Nate appreciate the help. Based on this I’ll go with the sight 158w. I can get it for a better price and seems both are boards I can progress on so doesn’t seem I’ll miss out by not going for the more advance Craft board. Cheers, martyn
Nate says
You’re very welcome Martyn. Hope you enjoy your new board and the rest of your season!
Steven says
Hi nate,
Thanks for the quick reply. Bootsize 9, so that’ s no problem…..
Or do you prefer the salomon pulse? Thanks.
Nate says
Cool. Yeah you’ll be fine width-wise on either of those with size 9s.
I think either board would be fine as beginner boards. The Pulse is softer flexing and would be a more freestyle oriented board. The Raygun is more of an all mountain board – so if you think you’ll be more into freestyle later on then maybe go with the Pulse – if you’re not sure then I’d say the Raygun
Steven says
Hi Nate,
Great site! Quick question : Beginner 6.2/ 188cm, 170/ 77kg: Raygun 156 or 159?? Just be on the piste… What do you suggest? Thanks!!
Nate says
Hi Steven
I think that the 156 would be slightly better to begin with – but I think you would outgrow it very quickly. I think the 159cm would be fine for you as a beginner and is a board that you can hold onto for a lot longer. Also, what is your boot size? It may be that the 157W or the 160W are a better fit. Your boots might potentially be too big for the 156 or 159.
Steven says
Hi Nate,
Raygun it is…. But do you mean with outgrow it..? I’am not going off piste/powder. Would i feel the difference on the piste? What’s better for carving? Or am i overthinking this issue? Thanks!!
Nate says
Hi Steven
By outgrow I mean that it’s often a good idea to get a shorter board when you are a beginner because it makes it easier to link turns – but once you are confident linking turns there are advantages to going longer – such as more stability, better float in powder, more edge-hold and effective edge (which can help when you are on steeper terrain and for carving) and longer boards are quicker too. But they are a bit harder to ride and to learn to link turns on – so if you get a shorter board to start on you usually outgrow it after a couple of seasons once you have your linking of turns mastered and are looking for more stability for when you are riding faster and need more edge-hold.
You will definitely feel the difference on the piste between the 2 sizes.
Ahmet says
Hi Nate,
I am not sure if this article still alive but thanks for the great information.
I recently bought myself a 2017 Burton Custon Twin Flying V 158. I am 71 kg and 175 cm at age 45, intermediate level. I generally classify myself as a freerider but I also want to learn some new tricks like butters and switches. I picked this board because I want to go all-mountain, and do a little bit this and a little bit that. I am not planning to go for a park and do jibs as I feel a little bit old for that flexibility. Coming from a freerider background where I carve mostly I picked the 158. My new board is twin shaped, rocker in the middle, camber on the edges and a little bit stiff but not aggresive. Looks like it is stiff for doing butters but can suit switches. I just picked it as it sound logical with my story and it looked beatiful. but it still bothers me that should I have bought a 156 instead of 158 and a softer board. I didn’t have the chance to try all of the options. It really bothers me.
Nate says
Hi Ahmet
I probably would have recommended the 156cm for you – but the 158cm isn’t way off. The 156cm would likely have been a little bit easier for butters but I think the 158cm isn’t like a massive board for you. It will be harder to learn butters on but is still doable. Certainly a softer flexing board and a shorter board would have made it easier to learn. But then you get advantages with the longer board as well – more stability at speed, better in powder, better for carving etc.
Also, remember that this post is just guidelines and people have personal preferences and not everyone’s best size will be what the tables here suggest.
Alasdair says
Hi
Really good article. I’m looking at a Rossi One Magtek ‘all mountain’ but not sure on the size. I’m about 6Ft 1in and 79KG. I’m on a 162 Custom at the moment, but the Magtek choices seem to be either a 159 or 161 wide. I’m 10 UK (11 US) boot, so i dont really want the wide. Do you think 159 is too short? I’m a intermediate/advanced rider who mainly does groomed slopes, small amount of freestyle, not much park.
Thanks
Nate says
Hi Alasdair
Thanks for your message.
I actually think you might like the downsize to the 159. But it would be a bit of a getting used to. Not even so much the length difference – I think that 159 would be a great length for you given your height/weight, ability level and how you like to ride – but the “running length” difference. You’d be dropping from a 121 running length on the Custom to a 112 running length on the One Magtek (because of the rockered tip and tail on the One mostly – and a little bit because of the overall length being shorter too).
So it would feel a bit shorter for sure – but you would actually gain edge hold in harder/icy conditions, due to the One Magtek just being better in those conditions than the Custom.
Now this is assuming you are coming from a Custom Camber and not Custom Flying V – if you are coming from a Custom Flying V, then the transition won’t feel as different – they’re still very different boards but length-wise you wouldn’t feel it as much.
In terms of width the 159 One Magtek is definitely on the narrow end of your limits. I wouldn’t go any narrower than that 254mm mark. But I think you should get away with it. I would be more confident of you getting away with it if you had Adidas, Burton or Ride boots (just because they are more low profile. Jumping up to the 161W – I think you would be fine there length-wise as you are used to the 162 but waist width is jumping up to 266mm which I think is becoming a bit wide for your boots.
Hope this helps with your decision and gives you something more to go off
Brian says
Hi Nate,
My girlfriend and I just got back from Marmot Basin with some friends and she seemed to really enjoy boarding even tho it’s been nearly 10 yrs for her.
My friends and I tried to get her skiing but the two skis and two poles and falling a few times turned her off so she decided to board at Marmot (she tried skiing a month before our trip here in Edmonton)
The first day for her was a lot of falling but you could tell she was more comfortable on a board vs skis tho with the falls she only managed to make it down the run 4-5x. The second day I booked her a lesson which seemed to make her more confident so much so we rode mid mountain greens down where as before she stuck to the bunny hop.
For the most part she did this leaf like thing.
So I would definitely say she’s a 1-2 on your beginner scale.
Long story short I’m interested in possibly picking up a board for her with end of season sales going on, seeing how she enjoyed herself and it will also get her more active during the winter months.
She is 5.2 1/2ft 5.3ft
not sure if boots would add another half inch or inches.
At the moment she’s a bit on the heavier side for herself at around 160lb but she tends to go up and down weight wise, 150ish being the norm of late but as low as 115.
Boot she wears a 6 6.5 US
So I was wondering if you might be able to recommend a size for her, I can’t recall the size she used at Marmot tho, the brand was Head.
I highly doubt she’d be in a park anytime soon and I think a free ride might be to advanced for her, mostly groomed runs at ski resorts if that’s a factor.
Also if I was to drop skiing and try to pick up boarding wit her so she didn’t have to go it alone, could you suggest a size for me as well.
6’4 ft bare foot
225lb regular clothing
11.5 to 13 US depends on brand Nike are narrow so 13. Work boots are 11 H’s haha. I’m not sure how snowboard boots work size wise. Ski boots were 30s unsure what that means if that helps.
Any help and information would and is, greaty appreciated.
Also.. sportchek nay or yay for snowboards? Big box store.
Nate says
Hi Brian
Thanks for your message.
In terms of size I would say something between 145cm and 147cm would be a good size to go with for your girlfriend, generally speaking.
For you something around 159cm to 161cm. For width, you would likely need to go for a wide board. But how wide would depend on what size boots you were to fit into. But assuming you end up with an 11.5 then something with a waist width of around 260mm would be a good way to go (no narrower than 257mm and no wider than around 265mm).
Also keep in mind that if you are beginners that some boards are easier to ride than others so it’s a good idea to go with a board that is easier to learn on or it can be a challenging learning process. Check out the links below to learn more.
~ How to Choose a Snowboard for a beginner
~ Top 5 Women’s Snowboards for Beginners
~ Top 5 Men’s Snowboards for Beginners
The following might also be of interest in terms of boot fit.
~ How to Size Snowboard Boots
Sportchek is fine – it will depend on the brand but from what I can see they stock some good boards there, so there are options at Sportchek.
Hope this helps – let me know if you have any other questions
Megan says
Hi Nate! Really like your website but to be honest I’m a little overwhelmed so hopefully you can help me out. I’m about 5’9 and weigh 140 pounds. I’m not very good and like a lot of control (just learning how to carve properly). This is my first snowboard and I have no idea what to look for when it comes to brands, length, weight etc. I frequently go to Heavenly and rent from them. The last time I was there they gave me a 147. According to all of these charts that seems too short? I really liked the board but if im going to be buying one I want it to be perfect. Any help or advice would be greatly appreciated, thanks!!(:
Nate says
Hi Megan
I don’t think 147cm is necessarily too short for you. I would say something around a 152cm would be a good advanced level “all-mountain” kind of a length. But as you are still finding your confidence, then taking off a few centimeters is a good idea. And some people just prefer a shorter board. Some people have a preference for going a bit shorter than what would otherwise be recommended for them.
So I think 152cm would actually be too long for you at this point and would look at anywhere between 147cm and 149cm.
In terms of specific boards to look at, check out the links below.
~ Top 5 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
~ Top 5 Women’s All-Mountain Freestyle Snowboards
If you find something in there that you think you like and think might be suitable, let me know and I can give you some specific advice on size and whether I think it’s suitable for you. Also, if you can let me know your boot size and I can advice you an appropriate width too.
It can definitely be overwhelming with all the options out there and I can definitely understand wanting to get it right, when you’re investing in gear.
Hope this helps and feel free to keep asking questions so that we can find the right gear for you.
Megan says
Nate thank you so much for the feedback! I actually found a package deal on amazon that I’m really interested. The brand is called Flow, it’s a 148 and comes with the board, bindings and boots. I’m normally a size 9 so should I get the same size boots? In general is this a good deal (it’s 400)? Like I said this is my first board so I have no idea what I need.
Nate says
Hi Megan
I know Flow a little bit. If you can let me know the model of the board, bindings and boots that would be great. Also the size options for the board. Just so that I can work out if it’s suitable for you.
I would say that 400 is a good price for the whole package like that – but that would also depend on the models.
Megan says
Okay so the description is huge but what I can say is that it says it’s an EZ Flat Rocker, the bindings are a Flow Alpha LTD storm trooper and the boots are a Flow Vega BOA snowboard boots and they only have full sizes.
I don’t know what any of this means but hopefully that’s what you were looking for haha. Here’s the link in case you want to read more about it. I Reallyyyy appreciate you helping me out!!
Flow Package at Amazon
Nate says
Hi Megan
Thanks for the extra info. So it looks like it’s a Flow Burst snowboard. This isn’t one that I’ve heard of and I suspect it only comes as a part of packages. That said, it certainly sounds, based on the specs, like a beginner appropriate snowboard that should be easy to learn on and help you to progress. But this is only based on the specs that I see.
The boots I’m also not familiar with but based on a bit of research that look like they are soft flexing and should be easy to ride with – and the bindings are appropriate for a beginner.
In terms of boot sizing – it’s usually either your normal shoe size or half a size smaller – but there are exceptions. Sometimes people need to go half a size up too. So the safest bet would be to go with your normal shoe size – but there’s no guarantees this will be the best fit. I always recommend that boots are tried on in person before buying, when possible. But of course this isn’t always possible. So for you, if you can’t try them on, go with 9s.
Also I think that the 148cm size would be a good size for you.
In terms of value, I think you’d be roughly looking at $500 if buying separately – so you would save a bit through the package.
But as a disclaimer, I’m not that familiar with any of this gear, so this is all based on the specs that I could find.
Hope this helps
Martin says
Hey there,
After 10 years of riding on a K2 Darkstar 2007 L159 I wanted to go a bit faster and more freeride/carving and wanted something I could have more fun with learn to be better with in powder. I bought a Flow Rush 2017 L161 and it just feels perfect for my needs. I was a bit sceptical when I was recommended to go from 159 to 161 on an even harder board (flex 7 compared to the old flex 3). But oh boy – I had so much fun until it went missing/got stolen in Avoriaz.
I am 182 cm and weighs 70 kg – so I guess 161 is to the long end?
Cheers
Nate says
Hi Martin
Sucks that your board was lost or stolen!
I would say that 161 is at the long end but it’s not too long – certainly not if you’re using it in powder a fair bit. I would say for a more all-mountain ride something around 159cm to 160cm is what I would recommend but 161cm is certainly fine for more freeride/powder kind of stuff.
Also, length isn’t an exact science or anything and some people just have personal preferences for longer boards and some for shorter boards. I’ve heard of people with your specs riding 165cm+ boards – they’re mostly using them for powder but yeah it’s definitely not extremely long for you. If that’s what you like then no problems going for that size again.
The other thing to keep in mind is that some boards of the same length will feel longer or shorter in reality depending on some other factors – like Camber profile, effective edge and side cut. So if you were to keep with something similar to the Flow Rush – or to get another Flow Rush – then I would go 161cm again if you liked that.
Hope this answers your question.
Tini says
Hey. Thanks again. Yes that does help a bit. I just don’t know how far over is acceptable. Some other people recommended lib tech boards specifically the skunk ape 165w because it’s made for bigger guys. What’s your thought on that? It’s not a beginner board but a few posts I read say it’s a good big guy board to learn on.
From your board list I think the best 2 choices are Ride Agenda at 161W and Yes Basic 163W. In no specific order.
I have not had a ton of time to read up as I have been working a lot. So this weekend I will hopefully get everything figured out. Thanks for the advice. Too many variables on the boards to go in shooting blind!
Nate says
Hi Tini
I actually think that the Skunk Apes could be a good option. It’s not strictly a beginner board but it wouldn’t be the worst board to learn on by any means. I think it would be ideal in terms of width for you. And like I say, it doesn’t look like the worst to start out on by any means. I haven’t ridden it myself and with size 10s I wouldn’t be able to accurately test it so I’m not likely to ride it and what information I got from it wouldn’t be accurate – but just based on specs and a little bit of research about other people’s opinions on it, I think this could work for you.
The only thing is weather the 165W or the 161W would be the better choice. There are advantages to both but in terms of being easier to learn on, the 161W would be the easier size to learn on.
The YES Basic 163W and Ride Agenda 161W would work too but my concern would be that they’re still on the narrow side for size 13s. They’re close but they are risking being a bit too narrow.
There are a lot of variables with snowboards – so definitely pays to do your research.
Tini says
Thanks again Nate. I got the same comment from a friend about the 161 vs 165 from a friend who used to ride but he said he is not quite up to date on the current trends. Too bad they don’t make a 163W! I’ll probably lean toward the lib tech board because of the width. It’s a 7 on stiffness which might make it harder to learn on but being on the heavier side it might flex a bit more.
Now on to the boots and bindings. I assume they should match the flex of the board? I’ll pass along my ideas after I look over your recommended lists.
Thanks again for all your help.
If you think of anything else let me know.
Nate says
You’re welcome Tini.
If you go with the 161W that will feel a bit softer flexing than the 165 – so that’s probably another reason to go with that.
In terms of boots and bindings it’s a good idea to get close to matching in flex. But it doesn’t have to be exact. You wouldn’t put a 3/10 binding on an 8/10 board. But if you wanted to put something 5-6/10 say with a 7/10 board or an 8-9/10 with a 7/10 board then that’s doable. In your case I would err on the softer side of 7 – no more than a flex of 7 for your boots and bindings and preferably more like a 6/10.
Hope this helps.
Tini says
Help!! I am super new to snowboarding. I rented once and had a lesson from a guy who really did not teach me anything. I had fun screwing around after the lesson was over in the slushy conditions but I want to go back.
Rental gear was pretty beat up 156 off brand board. I am 6’2 240 with size 13 boots. I don’t see my self in the park ever. I just want to carve up some snow and keep up with my wife and friends as they ski the groomed slopes! Where do I start when looking for gear? I have read several posts and I get a lot of different info. Wide board, 163 to 165. Seems to be consistent but everything else is different. I assumed an all mountain board but after reading some posts here maybe a free ride board would be better? Suggestions for boots bindings and board would be greatly appreciated! I will be mostly east coast boarding with the occasional trip out west.
Nate says
Hi Tini
Yeah I’d say somewhere between 161 to 164. Will certainly need to go wide with size 13s – a waist width of 265mm and up preferably.
I don’t think a freeride board would be a good option – just because they are not that easy to ride if you’re not an experienced rider – also, if you’re not going to be riding that much in the backcountry or off piste, then there’s not a lot of need for a freeride board (which are also usually more expensive).
I think you should be either looking at a beginner board or an all-mountain board.
If you want to check out some options for beginner boards, boots & bindings as well as all mountain boards, boots and bindings – check out the links below.
~ My Top 5 Beginner Snowboards
~ My Top 5 Beginner Snowboard Bindings
~ My Top 7 Beginner Snowboard Boots
~ My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
~ My Top 5 All Mountain Snowboard Bindings
~ My Top 5 All Mountain Snowboard Boots
Hope this helps – if you narrow it down to some options and want some advice on whether a specific option is suitable or not feel free to ask.
Tini says
Thanks. I’ll check these out and send back my selections for a QC. When I look at weight limits on most boards the top out around 205. There has to be boards for big guys out there!
Talk to you soon
Nate says
Hi Tini
I wouldn’t put too much emphasis on those weight guidelines – I would call them guidelines rather than limits.
What will happen if you are above those guidelines is that the flex of the board will feel softer than what it was designed to be. This is fine though. This is why I included links to the all-mountain options as well as beginner options. As a beginner the best flex is medium-soft, IMO. But if you go for a medium flexing board (like a lot of the boards in that all-mountain list) and you are over the weight guidelines it will feel medium-soft to you – which is what we want.
If you go over the weight recommendations on a board that is already medium-soft, then you run the risk of it feeling a bit too soft.
Hope this helps – I forgot to explain this in my last response.
Jurgita says
Hi, Nate,
Great article and communication.
Last week Iβve got a Burton Feather 155 snowboard as a present from my husband, but now I am wondering if it is not too big for me.
My measurements are: 175 cm height + 64 kg in weight + shoe size is 11(US). I gess Iβm more intermediate than beginner all-mountain rider.
Thanks a lot in advance.
Jurgita
Nate says
Hi Jurgita
Thanks for your message. I don’t think the 155cm is unworkable – but I would have recommended something more like a 152cm.
The other thing is that I think something a little wider would be better. Something with a waist width of 249mm or up.
So, in my opinion, it’s a little bit long and a little bit narrow. It’s not way off but not ideal.
Hope this helps
Blake says
Hey Nate,
Thank you for all the information. I am due for a new board and not sure on what size to get. I’m 6’3″ 220 pounds and would consider myself an advance rider. I want to get the Capita Warpspeed and can’t decide on the 165 or the 169. I have been boarding for about 12 years on a 163 burton and have enjoyed the maneuverability. I stay out of the park and enjoy going fast so the 169 is appealing to me but I’m not sure if it’s too big. I enjoy going fast, through trees from time to time and will always look for powered and the occasional jump. Any suggestions? Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Blake
Thanks for your message.
Based on your height/weight, ability level and other factors (such as your current board length, and the fact that you like to ride in trees) I think that the 165cm would be your best bet, on balance.
The 169cm would offer a bit more stability at speed and a bit more surface area for float in powder – so there are definitely advantages to going that way – but the 165cm has the advantage of faster edge-to-edge, being more nimble and being less of a change from your current board.
That doesn’t make the 169cm off limits for you – but on balance I would be leaning towards the 165cm.
Hope this helps.
Norm says
Hi Nate – love the in depth articles!
I’m looking at my second snowboard (retiring the first). I’m not too aggressive and spend little to no time in the park. I really tighten up when there’s ice/hard snow involved. I’m fairly conservative but would like to ramp up my game a bit. I spend most of my days in Squaw Valley.
My stats: 5’9″ – 175 pounds – 10.5 US boot – 46 years old
I’ve been riding a 2011 Burton Blunt 156W for the past five seasons. It was purchased on a whim.
I’m considering the Rossi One. Do you think this is a good option for me? Also, I’ve been debating between the 156 and 159. What do you think?
Thanks!
Norm says
I also should have suggested that I’m squarely intermediate.
Nate says
Hi Norm
Thanks for the message. I think the Rossignol One could be a good option for you based on what you’re describing. It’s not too aggressive but it’s versatile and is good in hard/icy conditions.
In terms of size, I think that both sizes could work for you and what you go with will depend on what you value more out of a board. There are advantages to going shorter and longer.
The 156 will be a bit more nimble, quicker edge-to-edge and better for spins (if you were going to be doing those). It will feel slightly less aggressive than the 159 – though the board isn’t aggressive anyway so the 159 won’t feel aggressive, just that the 156 will be less so, if that makes sense.
The 159 will be a bit more stable at speed and float better in powder – so if you ride in powder a lot, then the 159 is probably more suitable.
The 156 has a 252mm waist width. I think you would be fine on this but it is at the minimum I would go for with size 10.5s. But going with that minimum edge will increase edge-to-edge speed. The 159 has a 254mm waist width – which would be the safer bet if you were worried about too much overhang – but still narrower than your current board – so likely to increase edge-to-edge speed from your current board (258mm waist).
The other option would be the 157W but I think that would actually be a little too wide for you (264mm).
Hope this gives you more to go off for your decision.
Norm says
Thanks very much for your help! I went with the 159.
Nate says
You’re very welcome Norm. Hope you enjoy your new board and the rest of your season!
Yizhen says
Hi nate, this article is super awesome and useful! Anyway I was wondering if I could get your thoughts on what I could consider for my second board. Im 5’2, about 100 lbs and a US size 7 for my boots. I’m currently riding a Salomon gypsy grom (girls’) in the 133cm length and sorta at the intermediate level. In terms of my requirements, I’m looking for something which can deal with both icy, hard packed snow and powder on both groomed slopes and off piste especially since skiing in Japan can be very unpredictable. I’d like something which will help me get more stability, and help me progress in coming down the steeper blues and blacks as well as help me grow into doing off piste / going backcountry. I’ve taken a look at your page on top women’s all mountain boards but some are probably too Long for me since the ideal length would be 141/142 based on some of my research? I’d also love to hear your thoughts on whether something which is directional -twin / asymmetrical would really help me with more control as I don’t deal well with a lot of speed. Thanks so much!!
– Z
Nate says
Hi Yizhen
So to me it sounds like you’re looking for, and correct me if I’ve missed something, a board that can help you to progress, that is good in hard/icy conditions, is nice and stable, but isn’t really challenging to ride, isn’t too fast and has decent float in powder for those off piste excursions and backcountry missions.
Based on all of that, I think that something with a directional twin shape is a good way to go, something with a medium flex (stepping it up a bit from your gypsy in terms of flex), something that has a bit of a setback stance but not too much (for easier float in powder), something a bit longer (will help with stabiliity) but not too long (or it will be too fast). In terms of size I think something around a 139 to 140 would be best, IMO – you could go a bit longer like 141/142 but that is going to add some speed and make the board a little more challenging to ride – it will add extra stability and better float in powder – but I think the benefits you are going to get from moving up from 133 to 139 will be more than enough for that – and the extra stability of the medium flex and the extra float from having a setback will also be aiding that. So I think going even longer would take your board too far in the other direction.
Hope this is making sense so far!
So….based on all of that I would recommend:
Unfortunately I couldn’t find too many in the size we are looking at that had all these things and a setback stance – so this list is compromising on the setback stance.
~ GNU Velvet Gnuru 139cm
~ Never Summer Proto Type Two 139cm
~ Capita Jess Kimura Pro 138cm
If you didn’t want to compromise on the setback stance (which will make riding in powder easier), and were willing to size up a bit then you could go:
~ Never Summer Infinity 142cm
~ Jones Twin Sister 143cm
~ Rossignol Frenemy 144cm
Actually I tell a lie there’s also the Salomon Wonder – which comes in a 139cm. It has a 10mm setback.
Anyway, hope this has given you some options to consider.
Yizhen says
Hi Nate,
You’ve got it spot on! Thanks so much for these recommendations! I’m probably speaking too soon but I do want to get a board which I can use for the next 2-3 years once I’ve managed to grow into it and sort of peaked. It’d be great if I could make the next purchase really count instead of having a new board everything I manage to level up. This is also cause I live in Singapore and I don’t get to hit the slopes as much as you guys every season. I therefore won’t be able to justify a new board if I do go ahead with this purchase. As such, should I be willing to size up and go with a more aggressive board, what do you think about:
– The GNU Velvet Gnuru 143cm
– Never Summer Proto Type Two 142cm
– Capita Jess Kimura Pro 142cm
Secondly, of these 3 choices and the infinity, twin sister and fremeny, which would be your top recommendation?
Really appreciate the help Nate!!!!!!! Thank you so much in advance.
Yizhen says
Hi nate, spent the entire day reading through all the specs and I’ve narrowed it down to the following three. NS summer proto type 2 (139 or 142), jones twin Sister (139,143) or the rossignol diva (140). Would be great to get your opinion on which board and length would be the most suitable. Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Yizhen
I’m still a fan of you going closer to 139/140 so I think the Proto Type 2 139, the Jones Twin Sister 139 and the Diva 140 are the best sizes.
Out of those I think the Twin Sister 139cm would be my pick. It’s the most versatile, in my opinion and I think it would be the most suitable for you.
The Proto Type 2 is slightly more freestyle focused and won’t offer as much in powder as the other 2. It’s otherwise a great option though.
The Diva is an option. It is a little bit more aggressive than the other two. So there would be a steeper learning curve on it – and I think the Twin Sister is just a bit more versatile across different conditions and it’s not something that you’ll ever need to replace if you didn’t want to. It could take you right up to an expert level.
They would all work but my vote would go to Twin Sister 139cm.
Nate says
You’re very welcome Yizhen.
I think any of those would work for you but I think I would go with either the Never Summer Infinity 142cm or the Jones Twin Sister 143cm. And out of those just the Never Summer Infinity, just because I think it is marginally the better size for you. Since you are willing to size up, these will be the best options, IMO because they will ride powder better. Since you ride in Japan and will likely see a fair bit of powder (from what I hear) I think you’ll really appreciate this aspect of these boards.
These are boards that you shouldn’t really ever need to replace if you didn’t want to. I only left out the Frenemy because I think the 144cm size is getting too long for you, IMO.
Yizhen says
Thank you so so much Nate. I’ve gone ahead to purchase a Twin Sister 139, managed to find one online for a sweet 350 USD!
Nate says
Nice work Yizhen!
Let me know how it goes once you get a chance to ride it. Would be really interested to hear your thoughts. Enjoy your new ride!
Kim says
Hi Nate!
I was hoping you could help me decide on a board to get. I currently ride a 147 Burton Lux, looking to upgrade to the Burton Lipstick and I’m in between sizes as they only have a 145 or 149.
I am about 56g, 5’3, size 7 womens. Typically I like to freeride, but I’m looking for an all-mountain board as I am getting a hang of riding switch, getting into . Which size should I lean towards..?
Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Kim
Out of those two sizes I would definitely go with the 145cm for you. I think the 149cm would be too long, especially if you are wanting to go for an all-mountain size and want to learn switch. I think the 149cm would be too long for your purposes – definitely the 145cm – and this will be a good width for your size 7s too.
Hope this helps
Kim says
Awesome Nate! Thanks for the insight. It helps a lot π
Nate says
You’re welcome Kim. Hope the rest of your season is awesome and you enjoy your new board!
Lou says
Hey Nate I’m from the East (ice) coast 178lbs 5’11 100% Park rider. I’m currently using 154 twin can I use 152 twin or is that too small for me? Is it gonna make a big difference? I also skateboard in the off season. Thanks for the help appreciate your time
Nate says
Hi Lou
Generally speaking I would say that 152cm would be too short for you, but I wouldn’t say it’s a hard and fast no.
It will make some difference. You’ll loose a bit of stability at speed but that may not be an issue if you’re in the park the whole time. You might loose a bit of stability for landings but if the board is decently wide, then that would negate that. And of course float in powder would be lessened but if you’re 100% in the park and on the ice coast, then that shouldn’t be a problem.
To an extent a shorter board can be better in ice as it won’t accelerate as quickly and can be easier to apply more pressure to the edge – but in saying that the 154cm is already going reasonably short for you – and you’ll have less edge to dig in (all else being equal like side-cut & camber profile). The shorter length will also help to make spins a bit easier – but again, I think that the length you have now should be pretty easy to spin anyway.
For me, I’m 185lbs and 6’0″ and I really like 155cm if I’m purely in the park. I don’t really like going less than 155 for anything. So if I was you I might go down to 154 but don’t think I would go as short as 152. That said, everyone is different and has different preferences and I’m on the West coast so different conditions too.
Hope this gives you something more to go off
Katie says
Hi Nate!
What would you recommend for a 5β0, 144 lb beginner for snowboard length on a Burton Progression? Appreciate the input!
Nate says
Hi Katie
I’m not familiar with the Burton Progression but generally speaking for you I would say something in the range 142cm to 144cm.
Unfortunately I can’t comment on the suitability of that particular board for you because I’m not familiar with it – or if it even comes in one of those sizes. I’m also not sure if it’s a men’s or women’s board or if the board would be too narrow or wide for your boot size. I couldn’t really find much information online about it either.
If you have any more information about the board (waist width, camber profile, any other specs) that would be helpful. And also if you do have other specs like waist width if you can let me know your boot size and I can give you my opinion as to whether I think the width would be suitable.
Hope this helps
Katie says
Hey Nate,
This is the offered snowboard that was for beginners for rental equipment. I found info that someone contacted Burton and was told that the Burton Progression as quoting that person ‘part of their Experience LTR program, made specifically for resorts and rental stores it is not available for sale. This board features their V Rocker profileβwhich is full rocker….This board has rocker in nose and tail, and flat between the feet for stability.’
I didn’t know if real size shoe/boot was different from snow boot size so I inquired with the rental place and told them my real size info and they recommended either 5 or 5.5 since typically you go down a size for snow boots. And they would have me try on some to see which works.
The specs I found on the Burton Progression Snowboard from calling the rental place + online :
True twin shape
Length: 134-160 cm
Width: 23.5 cm/250 mm
Camber: V-Rocker
Flex: Soft / 3-4 range
Nate says
Hi Katie
Thanks for the extra info.
Yeah normally snowboard boots are around a half a size, sometimes a whole size smaller than a normal shoe size. But this isn’t always the case. Sometimes it can end up being the same size. Sometimes it depends on the boot brand. Sometimes it depends on foot shape.
Anyway, assuming you get in a 5, 5.5 or 6 boot, you should be good on a board with a waist width in a range of roughly 230mm to 240mm. And as per my last comment, I think the best size for you would be something in the range 142cm to 144cm (but that’s making the assumption you are a beginner – otherwise I’d say anything between 144cm and 147cm).
Each different length of board will have a different width – it sounds like the 134cm will have a 235mm waist width and the 160cm will have a 250mm waist (just looking at the ranges you gave me). So assuming that the board that comes in the 142 to 144 range of length will have something around a 240mm waist, then I think the size will be fine for you.
But I’m only making guesses based on the info. What are the size options that you have found? I’m assuming you have found this second hand – given that they are rental boards?
Katie says
Hey Nate,
Yes I got the info on the boards width, length, camber, and flex from the rental place when I called. If you meant size options for lengths, that was the range of board lengths they carry from 134 all the way to 160 cm. The width was for one that got measured for me which was the 134 cm length board.
The person replied it was about guess estimate 250 mm at first but they could measure it if I wanted, which they came back with the 23.5 cm for exact measurement waist width for the 134 cm length board. Apologies for the confusion. haha.
So even with that clear up in info, the 142-144 cm length range would still be what I would be going for?
Nate says
Hi Katie
I just clicked that you are sizing for renting and not for buying right!?
Actually if this is your first time riding or one of the first times and you’re renting, you could probably go a little shorter than that. Maybe something between 139cm and 141cm or the closest to that they have.
If the 23.5cm is the waist width on the 134cm board then I assume that the waist width on the board that falls somewhere in that 142 to 144 range (assuming there is one) will be reasonable for your predicted boot length. As long as it’s not more than about 24.0cm then it shouldn’t be too wide for you if you get into size 5.5 to size 6.0 boots. And I wouldn’t worry about it being too narrow as even the 23.5cm wouldn’t be too narrow for you.
Hope this answers your questions
Katie says
Whoops! Please delete the second similar post since I thought maybe I didn’t hit submit earlier on and saw nothing ‘waiting moderation’ when I came to see if their was any update! haha
Nate says
Hi Katie
Message deleted π – and the other one responded to
Katie says
Haha right! And yes that answers it and was very helpful! Appreciate it very much! Thanks Nate!
Nate says
You’re very welcome – hope you have a great time on the mountain!
Al says
Hi
What would you recommend for 5’9 tall 200 lb beginner?
Was looking at 158cm board on sale, but not sure about it….
Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Al
In theory a 158cm could be suitable for you but can you let me know the brand/model of board that you are looking at. Getting the right length is very important but there are also other factors that could make a particular snowboard suitable or unsuitable for a beginner.
Emil says
Hello Nate,
Great stuff you’re doing with these articles.
I am wondering if Nitro 160 would be too big for me.
My measurements are: 180 cm height + 83-85 kg in weight.
Thanks a lot for your work.
Emil
Emil says
Forgot to specify that it’s Nitro Pantera 2016 160
Nate says
Hi Emil
Thanks for your message.
Assuming that you are an advanced rider and that you want an aggressive board, then the 160cm would be a good size for you. Just know that the Pantera is quite stiff and has a traditional camber profile and a directional shape. It’s quite an aggressive board and would be difficult to ride for a beginner or intermediate rider. But if you are advanced/suit that style, then I think the 160 would be fine.
Emil says
Thanks Nate for the reply.
I read that the Pantera is a beast, I happen to be more of an intermediate rider so this is why I wanted to jump here and grab some information :). Do you happen to know if there are differences between Pantera 2016 and Quiver Mountain 2016 in terms of stiffness?
I did not manage to find a lot of information out on the internet and I would really appreciate it. I’m second guessing my choice for the Pantera and wondering if Quiver Mountain would be a more suitable choice.
Could you recommend other boards suited for carving + some off piste?
Emil
Nate says
Hi Emil
I think that the Quiver Mountain is a little bit softer flexing and maybe a little less aggressive but still pretty aggressive/stiff. But that’s based on my limited knowledge of Nitro boards and on some quick research. Unfortunately Nitro isn’t a brand that I demo currently.
As an intermediate rider and based on your specs, I think ideally you would drop down in size just a touch – to something around a 158-159. I know it doesn’t sound like much but it can make a difference.
Good for carving and off-piste you would want to look at a freeride or an all-mountain board. Most freeride boards are quite stiff so the all-mountain option might be the better option for you. Typically an all-mountain board tries to be good at a bit of everything but some are more suited to powder, carving etc than others.
Check out the links below for some freeride and all-mountain options – you can see the specs in the tables that show how good they are (IMO) at powder, carving speed etc. I’d say that the Quiver Mountain is a freeride board and the Pantera is an aggressive all mountain board – but like I say I don’t know that much about Nitro boards.
~ My Top 10 All-Mountain Snowboards
~ My Top 5 Freeride Snowboards
If you find anything you like, let me know and I can recommend what I think is the best size for you.
Emil says
Really appreciate the reply.
I looked over the list you’ve provided, but unfortunately those boards are just at a high price in my region, or just unavailable :).
I took into account the fact you mentioned that I should go a bit lower in terms of length, so I found what seems a good deal for Capita Outerspace living 158.
I saw great reviews about this one, I just don’t know if it’s the one that’s going to help me improve my carving, Nitro quiver seems more suitable(but it’s 160)
Really hope to get your input on this one as well.
Emil
Nate says
Hi Emil
I haven’t had a chance to ride the Outerspace Living yet (will be riding the 2018 model in a couple of weeks) but from what I know of it I think it is actually a decent carver – maybe not to the level of the Quiver Mountain – but if the Quiver Mountain is going to be difficult and not fun to ride for you, then I don’t think that will necessarily be a good thing for your carving. I think the Outerspace Living would be an easier board to progress on – and you can definitely learn carving on it.
The only real weakness is in powder – you can ride it in powder but it will just be a bit more effort keeping the nose above deep snow. It might become annoying if you’re in powder a lot – but if you don’t get in powder that often then it would be suitable.
Hope this helps
Emil Petru says
Went with the Outerspace Living, thanks for helping out :).
Maybe you can post your opinion on the board after you ride it, would be nice.
Thanks again. Cheers
Nate says
Hi Emil.
Will do. Would be great to hear what you think too once you have a chance to ride it
Emil Petru says
Hey Nate,
I just returned from a 3 day holiday at one of our ski resorts. I think I just reached the next level with this one. The board is amazingly fast and is the most responsive board I’ve been on. I was really impressed with how it turned and its stability over high speeds, the flex is medium, so it’s easy to butter if you want. Usually I take my time and do a couple of runs to see how the board behaves, but with this one after the 3rd turn I could tell it wanted more so I just had to go all out :).
Unfortunately the slope had lots of icy parts and carving at times was really difficult, but I think the board should do fine on fresh groomers and allow me to get nice and low in one mindblowing carve :). All in all I am pleased with the purchase, the board definitely took my snowboarding to the next level. Would be really nice to hear if you were able to ride this one yet. Cheers man, thanks a lot.
Nate says
Hey Emil
Thanks for letting me know your experience on the Outerspace Living. Awesome that it sounds like the perfect board for your progression!
Still haven’t had a chance to ride this yet – but I should be getting some Capita boards to demo this week, so I’ll definitely make sure that I get the Outerspace Living in that lot. It’s one of the boards that I’ve been looking forward to demoing this season. Will let you know what I think after I’ve ridden it.
Emil says
So, any thoughts on Capita Outer Space Living?:)
Emil
Nate says
Hi Emil
Still haven’t had a chance to ride it yet. I’m still waiting to grab some Capita gear to demo from my contact. I have set myself a reminder to reply to this comment once I’ve ridden it, so I will get back to you. Hopefully I will get some stuff next week but it’s out of my control as to when it will be available. Thanks for your patience
Nate says
Hi Emil
I rode the Outerspace Living (2018 model) today and what can I say except WOW!. Loved this board. It might end up being my new deck next season, I think. I actually got hold of both the 156cm and 158cm so it was good to also be able to test the 2 sizes head to head.
Definitely some noticeable differences between the two sizes – very slight and subtle but noticeable (always amazes me the difference 2cms can make!).
But overall it’s light and snappy and has plenty of pop. Nice and fast base with good glide. Stable at speed and a good board for carving in my opinion. Really quick edge-to-edge, really fun on jumps and natural hits and was one of the easiest boards to spin of the 2018 models I’ve demoed so far this year.
I would say it will definitely be making my all-mountain freestyle list next season.
Emil Petru says
Hey Nate,
I’m really pleased you find this board same as I did, just wow :).
Definitely a keeper as it completely changed the way I ride, increasing my confidence during higher speeds, responding fast when initiating turns.
I’m curious about one thing, if you tried other stance on the board than the one indicated on the inserts. I tried one size smaller stance for one day and found it more easier on the legs overall as my thighs were more relaxed and the board was insanely alive, but when trying to get lower on the heels I could not apply the same pressure as I did when riding with the recommended stance.
Question is : Keeping a smaller stance than the one suggested will prevent me from benefiting from the board’s camber profile?(as my position would be more centered so pressure will be applied differently).
As always, happy to see your reply.
Emil
Nate says
Hi Emil
I try to stick to the reference stance as much as possible – for the reason that you suggest, the position of the camber profile and the position of the sidecut. But that said, I do stray from the reference stance sometimes and I think as long as you’re not going too far from it, it’s ok. For example, for the 156cm for this particular board, I actually went marginally wider than the reference stance. I was on reference stance for the 158cm.
If you feel more comfortable in a narrower stance, then it’s something you could go with, but I wouldn’t move it too far from that recommended stance. Also, you would have to weight up whether you would prefer to have weigh up whether getting low on the heel edge is more important (as you said you couldn’t get as low on the narrower stance) or if relaxed legs are more important. Sometimes a narrower stance can also increase quick maneuverability (at the cost of a bit of stability usually) which is probably why you felt that liveliness.
Emil says
Thanks Nate, I really appreciate the feedback.
Take care.
Emil
Rick says
Hey Nate, thanks for the article.
I’m having a sizing dilemma, would really appreciate any advice you can give me.
I currently have a NS Proto 157 (more like 158/9 cause it’s snub) and Union Atlas bindings which is the all mountain freestyle board I’ve fallen in love with.
Found myself spending a lot of time in the park recently and looking for something more park/street orientated. Scott Stevens is my favourite rider in this category so found myself looking at his board which is similar to Capita Ultrafear. I’m thinking about this with Union Contact bindings but can’t decide whether to go 153/5.
I’d like to end up using the Proto from powder to park and the Stevens from park to street.
I’m 5’10/11″ and 85 KG.
Nate says
Hey Rick
That’s a tough one. Usually I’d say 155cm but usually people want something that they can take down groomers when they want – and the 155cm is probably generally speaking more suited to your weight. But if it’s your second board and it’s going to specialize in park & street, then 153cm is definitely an option. Especially given that you’ve got the 157cm (even if it does ride longer) – it would add a bigger contrast to that.
Personally (and I’m pretty similar 6’0″ and 82-84kgs) I would go 155cm just because I find anything under 154cm I tend to feel unstable on – but it’s a tough call. I think 155cm is the safer bet but there’s an argument to go 153cm.
Hope this helps with your decision – even if I couldn’t be more definite with my answer!
Ryan says
Really awesome site, Nate.
I switched over from skiing to boarding a few years ago, mostly because it’s a little safer for my knees that don’t have cartilage anymore. I rented for a few years, but looking to buy now. I’m 6′, 195 pounds w 12.5 boots. Intermediate/advanced level and pretty much stick to that exclusively; i.e. just do blues and blacks all day, never and park/pipe and no plans to change.
I’m thinking about the Rossi One Magtek 161W. Do you have an opinion on the board choice for my style and the size? Thanks, in advance!
Nate says
Hi Ryan
I think something in the range of 160 to 163 is a good length for you, generally speaking though it does depend on the board. And in terms of width, with 12.5s I’d say you’d want to look at something with a waist width somewhere in the 262mm to 268mm range, give or take.
For the One Magtek, the 161W would definitely be your best bet. So you’re on the right track there, IMO.
I think it would also be suitable for what you do. The Rossi One is a great all round board. It’s not great for jibbing – but that won’t be an issue for you – and it’s also not the best (but not terrible) with jumps – not terrible pop but not great pop either – but it doesn’t sound like that’s something you’ll be doing much, if any, of either.
So, I think it would be a good choice for you overall and the 161W would work well for you. Also, if you tend to ride in hard and icy conditions, the One has great edge-hold on those conditions.
Hope this helps.
Ryan says
This helps a ton, thanks. And especially for the prompt response. Would you assume that the 157W would be too short? I think 159 is usually great for me but W isn’t offered at that length.
Ice can happen but we only go to CO/UT, so it’s not usually an issue. Last one, are there any other boards that would suit me better and/or be more cost effective as I usually only ride about 6-8 days/year?
Nate says
Hi Ryan
I think 157W wouldn’t necessarily be too short but I think you would get more benefit out of a slightly longer board than that. If you were going to be more freestyle focused, then 157 would be ok. But at the 157 you will loose a little bit in terms of stability at speed and float in powder. That’s not to say that you couldn’t go that short. If you feel you like shorter boards, then you could go for it – it would have the advantage of being a bit more nimble (and some other advantages like being better at spins but that doesn’t sound like it applies to you). Keep in mind also that if you are over the weight recommendations that the flex of the board will likely feel softer than what it’s rated as.
In terms of cost, the One is actually pretty reasonably priced for this type of snowboard. The average price for this type of snowboard is around $510 (of the boards that I look at) but that wouldn’t include some of the budget brands – I don’t look at those brands so I couldn’t say what kind of quality they have.
I’d say the best option if you were looking to save money would be the Slash Brainstorm ($50 cheaper than the One and a great board) but I think it’s sold out everywhere in the US – everywhere I know of anyway. Most of the other boards I would recommend of this type would be around the price of the Rossi One or a bit more. But there are a few other options – the YES Typo being one but it’s probably a little bit more on the freestyle side of all-mountain.
The others would be:
~ Rossignol Angus ($50 cheaper than the One)
~ Rossignol Templar ($100 cheaper than the One)
~ K2 Raygun ($80 cheaper than the One)
~ Ride Manic ($60 cheaper than the One)
But you would be sacrificing a little bit in quality with those, IMO.
Take a look at the link below if you’re looking for more options. Most of those will be the same as or more than the One though (apart from the Typo and Brainstorm).
~ My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
Probably the best way to save money, IMO, is to look at past seasons boards – not going too many seasons back, but if you can find a 2015 or 2016 model, I think you are better off going for a quality board in an older model, than a new board that you have to sacrifice quality on. You could also look into going second hand if you can find something that isn’t too old and in good condition.
Ryan says
Really great info. Thanks for taking the time!
Nate says
You’re very welcome Ryan. Thanks for visiting the website. Hope this has helped you to find the best board for your needs.
Pier says
hi Nate,
very useful article. I’m using a burton custom 156 and i’m going to change with capita DOA. Iβm 174 cm and 85 kg. intermediate/advanced level. Boot size 10 US.
I’m undecided about the length of the capita DOA (156 or 158?). What do you suggest me?
Thank you
Nate says
Hi Pier
For a lot of boards, I’d say 158 for you. But for the DOA, I think 156cm should definitely be considered. The effective edge of the DOA (largely down to the Camber profile) is quite long as a ratio of effective edge to overall length – so the 156 rides a little longer than your typical 156cm.
I rode the 156cm and I loved it. I thought initially it might be a little bit short but it was spot on for me for this type of board and the types of things I was doing on it (I’m 183cm and 80-85kg depending) but was around 84kg when I rode the DOA.
So yeah, I would go with 156cm if I was you. That’s not to say that the 158cm is out of the question. That size would also work and have some advantages but on balance I think the 156cm would be better – that’s size I’d go for in that board.
Hope this helps
Pier says
Hi Nate,
thank you for your quick reply. I’ve just found this table for capita :
Capita Snowboard Size Chart
Is it reliable for you?
Nate says
Hi Pier
Thanks for that. I have seen evo’s size charts. I would say they’re as reliable as other snowboard manufacturer’s weight recommendations – but I tend to take them all with a grain of salt. They are guidelines and I do take them into consideration when recommending sizes – but they aren’t the be all and end all and I find that if you follow them too strictly, you can end up with a less than ideal size.
In some cases, you might be bang in the middle of those recommendations and at other times you might be just outside them.
Eve says
Hi Nate,
Thank you for this incredibly helpful article.
Could you help me decide what board to buy? I’m between 5’2″ and 5’3″, weight fluctuates anywhere from 103-111 lbs, and have Mondo 23 / US Women size 6 feet. Ability-wise I’m a lower-intermediate (based on your other article). I own a pair of Burton Felix Boa, and am trying to buy an all-mountain board and a pair of bindings to start, I don’t imagine I’ll own more than one board so want to get one that’s as versatile as possible.
I have trouble deciding among:
1) Never Summer Proto Type 2 – 139cm or 142cm?
2) Capita Birds of a Feather – 140cm or 142cm?
3) Burton Talent Scout – 141cm
4) Burton Feelgood Smalls – 140cm (flying v twin and very cheap)
For rentals in the past I’ve used boards anywhere from 138-143cm and felt comfortable on most. Out of the boards I tried I really liked the 2017 Burton Feelgood Flying V 140cm, but it doesn’t seem to be the best board for carving or riding switch – both are what I want to focus on for my progression, along with learning basic buttering tricks and doing small jumps, riding very steep terrain and getting more experience on off-piste powder. The most “aggressive” board I’ve demo’ed was a 2017 Salomon Gypse 143cm (I know it’s not very aggressive at all by normal standards), which I actually felt was a little bit too soft, but I did get used to it by the end of the day and was able to progress on it.
What would you recommend?
Thank you so much,
Eve
Nate says
Hi Eve
Out of those boards, I think the Proto Type 2 would serve you the best. In terms of sizing I would go for the 142cm. If you were a beginner, then I’d definitely say 139cm but since you are a bit past that I think you would be fine with the 142cm – especially considering you’ve ridden up to 143cm and felt comfortable. The 234mm waist width on that board is also a really good fit for your boot size too.
It’s going to outdo, IMO, the Feelgood Flying V in terms of Carving, Switch, Jumps and for stability at speed. The Feelgood Flying V would be better for powder but that’s about the only area that it would outdo the Proto Type Two, IMO.
The Gypsy is a softer board. A medium-soft flex. As an intermediate rider, and also because you felt that that board too soft – I think you will appreicate a medium flex. The Feelgood Flying V, Proto Type Two are both medium Flexing.
The Capita Birds of a feather is quite an aggressive board – and it’s also more like medium-stiff – it’s one of the stiffer women’s boards out there. So, I think that is going to be too stiff – a. for an intermediate level and b. if you want to be doing basic tricks, buttering etc I think it would be too stiff.
The Burton Talent Scout would be doable. It’s a little bit more aggressive but not as aggressive as the Birds of a Feather. It’s got a medium flex too. I think the Proto Type Two, just over this but it would be very close between this and the Proto Type 2 – I just think that the Proto Type 2 is just that little bit less aggressive. If you did really want to go Burton, then the Talent Scout would be the one to go with and the 141cm would be the best size for you, IMO.
I don’t know too much about the Feelgood smalls as I don’t really work with youth/kids boards but I imagine it’s fairly similar to the Feelgood Flying V – it has that flying V shape. It’s a centered board (the Feelgood FLying V is setback 12.5mm) so it would be an improvement for riding switch. But I have heard that, and I could be wrong, that they don’t put quite the same tech into youth/kids boards – and just quickly looking at the stats, there are certainly some different specs between those boards.
So, long story short I think Proto Type 2 142cm would be your first choice with Talent Scout 141cm a second (slightly more aggressive) choice.
If you want more options you could check out the following links:
The boards in the first link are what I term all-mountain-freestyle and I think this is going to suit you best based on what you’re describing. The second link is for what I call all-mountain boards. These will be better, typically in powder but won’t be as good for riding switch – but check out the specs on those pages to see what you think.
~ My Top 5 Women’s All-Mountain Freestyle Snowboards
~ My Top 5 Women’s All-Mountain Snowboards
Hope this helps
Eve says
Thank you so much Nate, this helped a lot! I’m planning to buy the Proto or the Talent Scout based on your recommendation, depending on which one I could get a better deal on… that probably means I’ll get the Talent Scout, as it doesn’t look like the Never Summer board will go on sale due to the limited availability. When in your opinion would be a good time to buy? Again, really appreciate your help!
Eve says
Also if I have a narrow stance (17.5″, reference stances on the boards I’ve tried are usually 18.5″ or wider) should I stay with a shorter length board? Would 138 or 139cm be too short?
Nate says
Hi Eve
The 138 Talent Scout and 139 Proto Type 2 would be absolutely fine for you, IMO. It was definitely a close call between the 142cm and 139cm for the Proto Type 2 in my initial reply – so the 139cm is definitely still an option – and if you prefer that narrower stance, then it might be better to with the slightly shorter size.
Nate says
Hi Eve
You’re very welcome.
I’d say there are advantages and disadvantages to buying at different time. You could wait until late season, when 2017 models will start to be reduced in price but then you do risk them selling out and not getting your best choice – and also you wouldn’t get as much use out of it this season. You could also wait until the start of next season, when they will have good sales on 2017 models – but again you risk your best options and best sizes selling out before then – and you don’t get the use out of it in the current season.
Some 2017 models are already being reduced at one store I know of, but that didn’t include Never Summer or Burton. They will be reduced at some point but probably not until late next month, but it can change.
That’s my 2 cents anyway.
Eve says
Got it. I’ll keep my eye out for a deal soon then. Just double checking – you don’t suppose I’ll have trouble riding any type of terrain or carving on the 138/139? I know you don’t go as fast on a shorter size but I’m not going super fast anyway… Is there any other major disadvantages? 2-3cm short won’t make me completely sink in powder will it? Thank you so so much for all the thoughtful responses.
Nate says
Hi Eve
For you I put you on a range of 138cm to 142cm, based on your specs. On balance I intitally recommended the longer sizes in that range. Since you are an intermediate rider you will have the ability to ride more in that 141cm to 142cm range – but you don’t necessarily have too. Even without your narrow stance, though I would say you’d be fine on anything 138-139 – and with the new info about your narrower stance, I think the lower end of your range is probably more appropriate.
In terms of advantages and disadvantages for going longer shorter, the most noticeable are, IMO:
Shorter: More maneuverable/nimble, easier to spin, easier for riding switch
Longer: More stability at speed, better float in powder, better for carving
So you are going to get less in terms of float in powder on those shorter sizes – but you won’t just sink! You may have to put in a little more effort to keep the nose up but nothing significant. If you do ride powder a lot, then the longer sizes are preferable – but also, if riding in powder is something you do a lot, then there are probably more appropriate boards for you. If you are only riding powder every now and then, then I’d stay with these two boards.
Eve says
Hi Nate,
After thinking through all your advice I got the Talent Scout 141 and got a chance to take it out last weekend. It was great – awesome pop in the park and great edge hold all around, and I was able to ride switch way better on it than I ever had in the past. Thanks again for your help!
Eve
Eve says
Oh I did widen my stance out for the board to the reference stance, and to my surprise it felt a lot comfortable to me than in the past.
Nate says
Hi Eve
You’re very welcome. So awesome that your into your new board. I love hearing gear success stories! Keep on riding and have an awesome rest of the season on your new board!
Eve says
Nate – Just curious – noticed you don’t have a review on the Talent Scout, did you test it? How does it compares to the other All-mountain Freestyle women’s boards you’ve reviewed in your opinion?
Nate says
Hi Eve
The Talent Scout is what I term an aggressive all-mountain-freestyle board. I haven’t done anything with women’s aggressive all-mountain-freestyle boards – mostly because there aren’t that many of them. But putting it through my all-mountain-freestyle criteria the Talent Scout rates very well. It scores an 85.7/100 in my system. It would score even higher as an aggressive all-mountain freestyle board.
Note that I don’t physically test women’s boards. My ratings for women’s boards are based on ratings from the most similar men’s option (there is usually a very similar option with just some minor tweaks (if any) and different sizings) and from the specs of the board.
So to answer your question – if I had included it in my all mountain freestyle boards it would have rated 4th. I might include the aggressive all-mountain-freestyle options in the all-mountain freestyle ratings next season (just because there aren’t that many options to have a category of its own).
Hope this makes sense and answers your question
Rey says
Hi Nate,
I am 5 feet and 6 inches and weight around 160 pounds with a Size 10 US Feet (I wear Size 10 Burton Imperials). I am looking at the 2016/2017 Rossignol One Magtek, and considering between the 156 and the 159. I mostly ride All Mountain and like to go fast, and I want to do more freeride. I never go to the park.
Which size would you recommend? Also, Rossignol recommends the 159 for boot sizes over 9.
Thanks,
Rey
Rey says
I made a mistake in the height: I am 5 feet and 7 inches.
Nate says
Hi Rey
If I was you I would go for the 156cm. That’s not to say that you couldn’t go 159cm. Some people like to go for something longer than average. But if I was you I would go 156. I’m 6″0 and 185lbs. I would go for the 159cm with my specs, but if I had your specs I’d definitely go 156cm – that would be spot on, IMO.
Also, the waist width on the 156 is 252mm – which is pretty much ideal for size 10s, so that is perfect, IMO. The width of the 159 would also be fine for you, but I think the 156 is that bit better – in terms of length and width.
Hope this helps
Rey says
Hi Nate,
Thanks for the quick reply. Is there a big difference between stability at high speeds between the 156 and 159?
Also, I do a lot of weightlifting and I expect to gain 8-10 pounds within the next 2 years. Would the 156 be good enough to grow into? Would it be stable enough at high speeds then?
Thanks again,
Rey
Nate says
Hi Rey
That would certainly move you closer to the 159cm but still not definitely 159cm over 156cm. But if you have those extra pounds and also if you are strong, then the downsides of the 159cm become less – and since you don’t have any freestyle focus, by the sounds of it, then the 159cm becomes more appealing.
The stability of the 159cm will be noticeable over the 156cm. It’s not going to be boat-loads but it will be noticeable, IMO. So, if that is your main concern then the 159cm might be ok for you.
One of the downsides of the 159cm would be that it will take more effort to maneuver – but if you are particularly strong, then that gets negated.
Hopefully this gives you more to go off.
Fred says
Hey Nate,
I greatly appreciate your quick response and your ” 2 cents” was really a wealth of knowledge. You really gave me your perspective from all angles. I think I will be steering away from the Rat Tail that I wanted after reading your very informative post. I believe you may have saved me from a very sad mistake. Choosing the right equipment for any sport is vital. Thanks again for your help and posts!
Fred
Nate says
Hi Fred
You’re very welcome. I absolutely agree that the right equipment for any sport is super important – and for snowboarding it is definitely the case.
Chloe says
Hi Nate,
Thank you for such an informative site!
I am a beginner and just took three snowboarding lessons recently. I signed up for one of those Burton’s “learn to ride” programs so at the end of the lessons I get to keep the snowboard. I am 5’9 and 120lbs. I rented a 145cm for the lessons and was able to make basic turns down from the green trails. However when I went to redeem the board, the guy at the shop said the 145cm is too short for me and convinced me to get the 149cm instead. Now I am concerned that I might be underweight for the 149cm and was thinking to switch it back to the 145cm. Would you think the 145cm is a better size for me? Would I have problems with the 149cm as a beginner if I can’t return the board? My shoe size is 7.5 and waist is 27 inches.
Thanks so much in advance!
Regards,
Chloe
Nate says
Hi Chloe
Everyone has different opinions, but I personally think that the 145 would have been a better size for you. I think that the 149cm is probably a little bit long for you as a beginner. It might be a good size for you if you were a more advanced rider. I wonder if the guy at the shop was just going off height? It’s a common mistake, in my opinion.
The other thing is that some more advanced riders (who learnt as kids especially) don’t remember what it’s like to be a beginner and sometimes don’t take that into consideration.
Though in saying that it can depend on the particular boards – some ride longer and some ride shorter. But generally speaking I’d say a 149cm is too long for you at this stage. If you can let me know the model of the board I can give you a more accurate recommendation.
Chloe says
Thanks Nate! Yes, the guy at the shop was saying that it should fall a little bit under my chin and the 145cm was too short. The board is manufactured specifically for the program participants and is not for retail sale so I am unsure about the specs of the model. It looks like a true twin, rocker board to me.
Nate says
Hi Chloe
Sounds like he was just going off height. Maybe for that particular board the 149cm is better but it’s hard to say without knowing the specs and it’s more likely, IMO, that the 145cm would be a better length. But that’s not to say that the 149cm would be a nightmare to ride for you. But I think the 145cm would be easier to learn on and lead to a faster progression.
Natalie says
Hi!!’
Love your article… I’ve been reading a lot of the comments and they all have helped a lot but I’m curious to what I would be:)
I am a beginner and I am practising on my friends board which is 154 I feel
Like it’s to big for me and having trouble turning. I am 5’6 1/2 and weigh 165 (weight loss journey right now) and I’m looking at the Niche minx woman’s board but it goes as high as 149…. is this ok to begin on?
Nate says
Hi Natalie
I think the 149cm size would be fine for you as a beginner size. I think 154cm is probably a tad too long for you as a beginner. It does also depend on the board – you’re friends board may also not be suitable for a beginner for other reasons.
I think that the Minx is suitable as a beginner deck (not the truest beginner board but suitable) and every men’s Niche board I’ve ridden has been great so they definitely make good boards (and being environmentally awesome doesn’t hurt either, IMO).
Hope this helps
Claire says
Hi Nate
Great site!
I’m looking into buying a new board. I’m 5’6, 150lbs with a shoe size of 7.5. For the last 11 years I’ve been riding a Shaun White Burton board (Abominable Snowman 156). It wasn’t a great transition from a small soft board back in the day at all (thanks to the guy in the store who thought it would be just fine), learned to ride it, but never really quite liked the board all these years.
I would like an all mountain board, and would say that I’m in between intermediate and advanced.
There are two different boards I’ve been looking at (with two quite different price ranges too I must say).
I first saw the Salomon Wonder, but then cast my eye on the Lib tech TRS NP.
Any recommendations on those two?
Also I’m a bit unsure about which size to go for. The 156 I’ve been on this past decade always felt too big for me and hard to control, especially in conditions with large bumps etc. (just couldn’t manage a small turn radius).
The Salomon Wonder comes in 146 and 150, on their site I think my height and weight puts me in the 150 bracket.
While the Lib tech site has a snowboard finder where depending on if I put it to intermediate it comes up with the 148NS board, while on advanced it also includes the 151NS as an option to go for.
Do you have any recommendations on which sizes I should go for, for either board?
Thanks a lot, regards Claire.
Nate says
Hi Claire
Thanks for your message.
Generally speaking I would say that you’d fit in that 150cm to 152cm range. In my opinion you were sold a board that was definitely too big for you. Probably at that stage something less than a 150cm might have been even better. Sometimes sales people just want to make a sale, unfortunately.
For the wonder I would definitely say that the 150cm is the best size for you.
For the TRS I would go with the 151N. You could also go with the 148N and it would be fine but I think the 151N fits your specs better – and also since you are already coming down from a 156, you will be able to handle the 151N.
Hope this helps and if you’re in need of any other options, check out the links below.
~ Top 5 Women’s All-Mountain-Freestyle Snowboards
~ Top 6 Women’s All-Mountain Snowboards
Claire says
Hey Nate
Thanks so much for your answer!
Just checked out your site with the top 5 womens all-mountain freestyle boards.
Started looking into the Never Summer Womens Proto Type Two as an option.
So putting the Lib Tech TRS NP and the Never Summer Womens Proto Type Two next to each other as options for me, which would you recommend to get?
For the Never Summer should I go for the 148 or the 151?
They don’t really have a size chart (which was mentioned in an erlier message here on the site as well).
Thanks again!
Reagards, Claire.
Claire says
Forgot to write:
The Lib tech is I guess an unisex board and the never summer a pure women’s board, is that something to put into consideration?
Nate says
Hi Claire
Proto Type Two definitely an option I would recommend. Between the 2 I would go for the Proto Type Two – I have ridden both the TRS and Proto Type 2 (men’s version) and preferred the Proto – but I also love the TRS, so I don’t think you can go wrong with either – but if I had to choose I’d go Proto.
In terms of TRS being a unisex board and the Women’s Proto Type Two being a women’s specific board I wouldn’t worry too much about that. The biggest issue with women buying men’s boards is that they are usually too wide at the appropriate length. But since the TRS comes in narrow sizes that issue isn’t there. When it comes to boots and bindings you definitely want to go women’s specefic, IMO. The only other thing with boards is that the flex is usually a bit stiffer on average on men’s boards – but the flex of the TRS and Proto are pretty similar.
If you were to go with the Women’s Proto Type Two, I would say that the 151cm is the best size.
Fred says
Hi Nate,
Forgot to give you my boot size. My boot size is 9 in a Burton SLX. The 2016 Lib Tech directional board I’m considering is the Jamie Lynn Rat Tail.
Nate says
Hi Fred
First of all, I don’t know where you heard that the shortest directional board you can get is a 158cm, but that’s definitely not the case. Maybe it’s more so the case with Tapered Directional Boards – but even then it’s still not the case. Below is a short list of boards and their smallest sizes (these are all with tapered directional shapes).
Burton Flight Attendant 152cm
Burton Landlord 154cm
Capita Black Snowboard of Death 156cm
Never Summer Twenty Fivce 151cm
YES Pick Your Line 156cm
This is only a few boards that I picked out and I’d say there are many more – and this is just the tapered directional. Learn more about shapes here.
In terms of your style you’d probably ideally have 2 boards. For riding in the powder you usually want to up-size for a number of reasons including better float and more stability at speed. Whereas for the park you want to down-size – for easier spin rotation, better maneuverability etc. So, if you are looking for just one board to do it all, then getting an all-mountain board is probably your best bet – though it won’t be as good as having the 2 different boards. With the all-mountain board you get you would also want to look at a size that is part way between your powder size and your park size – it will be difficult to ride your powder size in the park and it will be difficult to ride your park size in the powder.
Also things like the directional shape and other factors such as detuning or having sharp edges will be different depending on the board you go with. For example, a tapered directional shape is great for the powder but not very good for the park. So an all-mountain board will typically have a directional or a directional-twin shape. There are other factors to consider too. You can check out the links below for more about what makes a good freestyle/park board, what makes a good all-mountain board and what makes a good freeride board (freeride boards are good in powder).
~ Choosing a freestyle snowboard
~ Choosing an all mountain snowboard
~ Choosing a freeride snowboard
So if you were going to go with just the one snowboard, then I would go with an all-mountain snowboard, so you’re not restricted with how you want to ride. And in terms of size, I’d say that something around a 151cm to 152cm would be a good way to go, IMO. Though some other factors come into it and depending on the board you could go a little bit either side of that.
If you were to go with 2 separate boards then you could go as small as 147cm for a park board or up to 156cm for a freeride/powder board. This is generally speaking – some boards are designed to be smaller in length and some are designed to be longer in length.
I’m not familiar with the Jamie Lynn Rat tail – but just taking a look at the specs, it looks like it could be the kind of board you could ride slightly longer – as the effective edge is quite small compared to the overall length – but I couldn’t say for sure as I’m not that familiar with that board.
Well that’s my 2 cents anyway. I hope this helps with your decision. If you did want to look into an all-mountain board, check out my top 10 all mountains board list below.
~ My Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
Fred says
Hey Nate! I’ve read many sizing charts and all the responses that others have been writing you in regards to the proper board size they should be riding. I wasn’t able to get a sure answer for my situation, so I am hoping you can help me as you have helped so many others.
I’ve been riding for 7 years with the same board, it’s a 2010 154 cm Custom V-Rocker. When I first started snowboarding I rented a 146 (I believe it was) and it felt extremely maneuverable, but I knew/I felt it was a little too small for me. It seemed as though my sweet spot was a 150-151 cm. When I look at several sizing charts, I usually fall into the 148-151 range.
However, most charts say these are just guidelines and your personal preference, riding style, etc. will make a difference. Here are some vitals:
Height: 5’4″
Weight: 143 lbs
Ride: Powder 80%; Park 20%; would like to do more park though (up to 50% in upcoming seasons).
Level: Intermediate to Advanced
The board I’m interested in is a 2016 Lib Tech directional board. It only comes in one size, which is a 159 cm. Most directional boards I’ve seen are usually 158 cm and longer. Would you say this is too long for me? If so, it seems that would cross me off the list of riding most any directional board, right?
I spoke to an employee at Mammoth Mtn, and he stated I would be good with 156-158. I know everyone has their opinion. Your opinion matters to me. Any insight you could offer is greatly appreciated. Thanks in advance Nate.
Fred
Katerina says
Hi Nate!
Thanks for the awasome article! Could you please help me to choose a size of a snowboard?
I am 173 cm and 64kg, a beginner (my first season, took 2 weeks of lessons, goes pretty good)
I chose a burton deja vu v snowboard, which is not really soft, as i understood it goes medium, but i still want to buy it and to “grow into” it, do you think it is an ok idea? The sizes they have and which are suitable for me are 149 and 152cm
Could you please tell me which one would be better to choose?
Many thanks in advance!
Nate says
Hi Katerina
I think that the Deja Vu Flying V would be fine for you. I would say it’s medium but bordering on medium-soft so it’s not going to be overly stiff. And since you’ve had 2 weeks of lessons (good job by the way – it’s a great idea to do lessons and will make your progress way faster!).
In terms of size I would say that the 149cm is the perfect size for you, so I’d definitely go with that.
Hope this helps
Katerina says
Thank you so much, i bought it and it’s amazing
Nate says
Sweeet!
Always great to hear when people make a great gear choice. Hope you enjoy the rest of the season on your new board!
Colin says
Hi Nate!
Thanks so much for putting this very informative chart together.
I’ve been debating ad-naseaum with my brother about what board to get (because we often share different boards).
I’m 185 6″2′ (but try to trim down to 170ish for riding season)
I’m looking at the proto type 2x assymetrical twin. I had the ’14 proto HD 160cm and loved it but it broke – so my brother thinks that a 157 is the better choice (his weight/height are similar to mine).
We’re both quite advanced riders, and although he’s a park rat (and has a ntiro T1 158 already) I’m 75% steeps and deeps and 25% park. Does a 157 even make sense given our specs, or should I go with a 160 or perhaps an even bigger board?
Thanks again for a great site and a wonderful write-up for choosing the correct size for boards.
Kind Regards,
Colin
Nate says
Hi Colin
Thanks for your message. I personally think that the Proto Type Two is an improvement on the Proto HD (thought that was still a great deck) so I think you’d like the Proto Type Two if you liked the HD.
In terms of size I am leaning towards the 160cm, though it’s not cut and dry. Part of the reason I am leaning towards the 160cm is that your potentially using your brothers 158 T1 in the park and that having the 160cm would give you another option in sizing – and also since you are 75% steep and deep and I think that the 160cm would be better for that area of riding. If you were more park oriented, then I’d say 157 is probably the better bet but because you are 75% the other way, I’m leaning towards 160cm for you.
Just to make sure you don’t need to go for a wide version, and I’m guessing you won’t given that your brother is on the 158cm T1, can you let me know your boot size.
Hope this helps with your decision.
gene says
Hey Nate
Thanks for your suggestion on the Capita DOA in a 156. I rode it this weekend, and your review was spot on. What an amazing board, and thanks a bunch for your input on sizing. Was perfect.
Nate says
Hi Gene
You’re very welcome and glad you love the DOA – it is an awesome deck for sure!
Jim Robinson says
Hi Nate,
Wow this is a great website, wish id seen it last year on my first trip! I am 6ft and light-65 kg and size 9 boot… The gear I hired was a 163 board and boots felt quite unresponsive because my legs are skinny and they didn’t go tight enough. I really struggled to control it and kept spinning into switch stance – I know that is because i was putting weight to my back foot , but do you think the size board would have made me struggle to keep my weight forward? Im unsure if it was just me being a beginner or the sizing? Do you think I should buy new boots and bindings before my 2nd trip in march and just hire a 155 board? Many thanks!!!! Jim
Nate says
Hi Jim
Someone rented you a 163cm board! Wow, that’s definitely too long for you – even if you were more advanced but as a beginner, that’s way too long. No wonder you struggled with it. I’m not sure if the board size would have been the only cause for spinning into switch but it certainly likely contributed to it and just overall would have made it difficult to turn on.
I think something around a 155cm would be a good size for you at this stage. So if you have to hire again, I would insist on getting something no longer than 156cm. I always think it’s better to buy a board in most situations but if you can’t afford to buy one or if you think you’ll only be riding a couple of days a year, then hiring is ok (just not a 163!). You can see my reasons for buying over hiring a the link below.
~ Should I Buy or Rent a Snowboard
But certainly those same things apply to boots and bindings but perhaps to a lesser extent for bindings. If you want some ideas for boots and bindings to go for, check out the links below.
~ My Top 5 Bindings for beginners
~ My Top 7 Boots for beginners
Also, if you’re not sure about sizing and fit check out the following:
~ Binding sizing
~ Boot sizing and fit
Hope this helps
Mohammad says
Hi Nate ,
Thanks for your amazing website , I wish had visited your website earlier .I recently bought a Nitro board , I had few session of snowboarding and just learned the basics . My weight is 89 kg with 188 cm height . my boot size is 10.5 (us size) .
I bought a 159 Team Nitro board , is it appropriate for me and if not what would be the best size ?
Many Thanks
Mohammad
Nate says
Hi Mohammad
I think that is a good size for you considering your specs and your level. I think you made a good choice there. It’s a good width for you too – I take it that you mean Nitro Team Gullwing?
Mohammad says
Yes it’s Nitro Team Gullwing
Nate says
Thanks for confirming.
Hope you have an awesome season!
Tom says
Hey Nate,
I stopped snowboarding 10 years ago and am looking to start up again. Currently I’m seeking an all mountain board. I’m 6’1″ 210lbs size 11.5 boot. I’m considering the Rome Reverb Rocker board at 160cm or 158 mw. Do you think I definitely would need a wide board or would the length of the 160 be sufficient. My extreme days are over, just looking for a decent board to go down the mountain on.
Thanks!
– Tom
Nate says
Hi Tom
I like the 160 length for you better than the 158MW but I am concerned it would be on the narrow side. Just for boot overhang. You might get away with it but no guarantees.
I would normally say something around a 164 for you but since it sounds like you want to ride more casually then something around a 160cm would be a more casual ride. But in terms of width I would recommend going with something that’s at least 257mm at the waist (and ideally not more than 265mm). You might get away with the 255mm waist on the Reverb Rocker but no Guarantees.
I think the best size for the Reverb Rocker for you would be the 161MW. But if you didn’t want to go that long you could go for the 158MW (though I think that’s bordering on being too short) or risk the width and go with the 160.
Hope this helps
Steven says
Hi nate, I’m 5’11 weighing at 180lb. I ride 60% park 40% downhill. Looking for a new board with flexibility and I have eyes on the capita outer space park board. Not positive on what size to pick. I usually ride a 157
Steven says
Also my boot size is 11
Nate says
Hi Steven
Since you ride mostly park, then I’d say the 156cm. You could also go with the 158cm but the 156cm will be better in the park. The 158cm probably better over the rest of the mountain.
My only concern with the Outer Space Living 156cm is the width. It has a 251mm waist width and I think this is bordering on being too narrow for your boots.
What brand and model of boots do you have? That can make a difference as some brands have a more compact outersole.
steven says
Actually nate I’m now interested in the nitro t1 board. I was looking online and only see that they have a 155w to offer for me. Do you think I’ll ride fine with a 155w? Also I have burton boa’s size 11 boot size.
Nate says
Hi Steven
I think the T1 155W could work. It will definitely be wide enough – bordering on too wide now – but I think it would actually be fine. And sometimes it’s nice to have a bit of extra width for jibs and stability on landings etc when in the park particularly. And I think that the 155 length is short enough that will add back some of the maneuverability lost in the extra width. Overall, I think that size would work well for you.
Tom says
Thanks for the reply Nate! I know I’m on that weird cusp of sizes. I’m going to roll with the 160 and see how that works out. Also, I have some low profile Adidas Blauvelts to help with any toe drag that may occur. Thank you very much for the advice! It’s very cool of you to answer everyones questions on this forum. Much appreciated!
Take care, Tom
Nate says
Hi Tom
Since you have the Adidas Blauvelts I am much more comfortable that you will be fine on the 160cm – Adidas are the best in the business at the moment when it comes to outersole reduction, so I now think the 160 is the best size – good choice.
Hope you enjoy your new board and have an awesome season and awesome comeback to snowboarding!
Prem says
Hi Nate,
Thank you for this informative article it has really helped me!
I’m looking to purchase a used board after a long time renting (I wish I’d come across this site sooner!).
I’m looking at 3 boards:
– Palmer Honeycircle II 154cm
– Rossignol Sultan 156cm
– Kevin Young Atlantis 157cm
I’m around 5ft 9/176cm and my weight is 81kg/179 lb
Riding style is playful on piste. I want to really start carving properly as I realise now that I haven’t been doing it right for years! I also want to start doing little tricks and jumps, 180s, riding switch, buttering etc
I’ve been riding pretty much 1-2 weeks every year for the last 7-8 years. Ideally I want to buy a board that I can ride for a couple of weeks in a year for the next 5 years.
Are these boards and their lengths appropriate for me?
Thanks in advance!
Prem
Nate says
Hi Prem
In terms of size, I think that something around a 156cm to 157cm would suit you well considering you want to start doing tricks but also want to improve your carving.
So I think you’ve chosen some reasonable sizes there. However, I’m not sure about the boards.
I’m not that familiar with the particular boards you’ve mentioned but just from having a look at the specs of them, I think they are probably a little bit too aggressive for what you are wanting to do. It sounds like you want something more playful than what these boards are.
I think something from the list in the link below would best suit your purposes – they are good for carving but also playful and good for freestyle type things like switch, buttering 180s etc.
~ My Top 5 All-Mountain Freestyle Snowboards
Hope this helps
Lisa says
Nate,
I am a true beginner looking to start snowboarding as I have skied my whole life. I would like to find a nice beginner board, but have been told differing stories regarding what size I need depending on what shop I visit. What is your opinion? I am 5′ 7′, 125 lbs, women’s size 8.5. Thanks for your help!
Nate says
Hi Lisa
Based on your specs and because you are a beginner I would say something between 143cm and 145cm would be a good length for you. That’s generally speaking but sometimes it can depend on the particular snowboard.
In terms of width, something with a waist width between 242mm and 248mm ideally.
Length is important to get right, especially for beginners but there are also some other things to look out for in a beginner board. Check out the article below for more on choosing a beginner board.
~ How To Choose The Best Snowboard For A Beginner
And if you want some ideas on some good beginner boards check out the next link.
~ My Top 5 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
Hope this helps
Lisa says
Thanks Nate! I was getting directed to much longer snowboards (150, 153), and I didn’t feel like that was correct. I appreciate your help-this will make the decision much easier- thanks a ton!!!
Nate says
Hi Lisa
Yeah 150+ is way too long for you, IMO.
You’re very welcome and I hope you have an awesome season!
Sydney says
Hey Nate,
This post is awesome! I am 5’6 150lbs and currently ride a 155 Roxy Eminence which I love for free riding. I am looking into getting a park board and am trying to determine between a 149 or a 151. I also am only looking at Roxy and Lib Tech boards. Do you have any advice on sizes that would work and potential Lib Tech boards that are good for girls to ride?
Nate says
Hi Sydney
Thanks for your comments.
I think anything from a 146cm to a 149cm would be best for you for a park board. But maybe 147 to 149 would be best for you considering you ride a 155 as your freeride board (just so that it doesn’t feel too weird!)
Lib Tech boards are typically unisex but you’ll want to make sure that you get the board in a narrow width (most of their boards come in narrow sizes) depending on your boot size. If you can let me know your boot size I can better recommend a size.
In terms of Lib Tech boards good for the park I’d suggest the Skate Banana and the Box Scratcher. The Skate Banana will be slightly better for jumps than the Box Scratcher and the Box Scratcher slightly better on jibs than the Skate Banana – but not much in it. The Roxy Ally would be a good Roxy option. All 3 of these boards are Continuous Rocker boards – so they will feel looser than the Eminence but you might want that for freestyle riding.
You could also consider the Roxy XOXO if you want something with a bit of mellow camber in there.
In terms of sizes, I think the following will work (not taking into account boot size yet).
Skate Banana: 148N
Box Scratcher: 147 (although this doesn’t actually come in a narrow size so might be too wide for you)
Ally: 147cm
XOXO: 149cm
There are other options too if you’re not sure about those – like going with something more all-mountain-freestyle like the Lib Tech TRS (148N) or Roxy Torah Bright (149cm).
Let me know your boot size and I can more accurately recommend the better sizes.
Hope this helps
Sydney says
Hi Nate,
My boot size is a 9.5
Nate says
Thanks Sydney
In that case (assuming that’s a Women’s US9.5) I would try to get a waist width that’s at least 244mm and up to 251 or 252mm. In which case, I’d change my sizings to:
Skate Banana: 149 (247mm waist width)
Box Scratcher: 147 (251mm waist width)
Ally: 147cm (240mm waist width – maybe too narrow?)
XOXO: 149cm (242mm waist width – maybe too narrow?)
Lib Tech TRS: 148N (237mm waist width – think I’d scrap this option and I don’t think there would be any other suitable sizes)
Roxy Torah Bright: (239mm – probably too narrow)
Though, since your Eminence has a narrower waist (241mm) than I’m suggesting and it sounds like you’ve never had any issues with heel or toe drag, then you could probably still go for those narrower options. Though sometimes something wider is good for park riding for a little bit more surface area for stability of landing jumps and tricks.
Olga says
Hi, Thank you for an amazing article. I have the same question. I have just bought Burton Lip Stick 152 and I think it might be to long for me. I’m currently 63kg and 168cm, planning on losing “baby” weight in the future. I rife only in the mountains, no park, and burton range for this board 57-75kg. I have not ridden for 8 years, but before I get used to be intermediate level for sure. What’s your thoughts? Thanks again!
Olga says
My shoe size is 7 US, and I think to send it back and order 149. The weight 63 is without gear. Should I keep the board or return?
Nate says
Hi Olga
Thanks for your message. I think that the 152 is too long for you, unfortunately. I think you would be much better off on the 149cm. Anything from 147cm to 149cm, generally speaking would be a good size for you, IMO. You might get away with a 150cm but I think 152cm is just that little bit too far. If I was you I would send it back and get the 149cm Lip Stick. The width on the 149cm will also be a better match for your boot size.
Hope this helps
Olga says
Thank you, Nate. This what I thought, I have already sent it back today and about to order 149. You have a wonderful web-site! Thanks again!
Nate says
Thanks Olga and you’re very welcome. Hope you have an awesome season and enjoy your new board once it arrives
shannon says
Hi Nate,
I was given a snowboard from a friend that no longer uses it. It is 138cm, and I am 5ft6, 140lbs.
Is this board too small for me? I am a beginner.
thank you,
shannon
Nate says
Hi Shannon
Unfortunately, I think that this board is too small for you. I would prefer to see you on something in the mid 140s – something between a 144cm and 147cm – and that’s taking into account that you are a beginner. You could go 148cm to 150cm if you were a more advanced rider.
That’s not to say that you can’t take it out. You were given it. It will probably feel easy to ride and give you plenty of maneuverability – but it won’t feel that stable and once you start to improve this board won’t be long enough for you. So I’d say take it out and try it but I would up-size fairly quickly if I was you.
Hope this helps
Jessica B says
Hi Nate! If you’re still replying to this comment thread id love your opinion! I bought a board from a coworkers son thinking it was the right height for me (now I know better than to base it on height) but needless to say it ended up being WAY too big for me. My fiancΓ© is a beginner rider 6’2″ approx. 200lbs and a size 12 boot. The board is a 2009 Burton Custom 156w.
I ended up purchasing a 2012 Burton Freeride smalls 141. I’m a intermediate rider 5’5″ 100-105lbs wearing a sz8 women’s boot. this was my first time purchasing my own board and should have done more research prior to purchasing the Burton Custom. hopefully my mistake can be a positive thing for my fiancΓ©.
-Jessica π
Nate says
Hi Jessica
The Burton Freeride Smalls 141 is a much better size for you. 156W is, as you say, way too big for you – both in terms of length and width.
I think you could definitely use the Custom for your fiancΓ©. I would usually recommend something around a 159cm to 161cm (based on the fact he’s a beginner but more like 163cm to 164cm once he’s more advanced) board but I think he could get away with a shorter board for a while. But I would up-size the length reasonably quickly.
Is it a “Burton Custom Flying V” or a “Burton Custom”? The Custom Flying V would be better as a beginner board. But the Custom would be easy enough if it’s that short – but like I say he’d probably want to up-size reasonably quickly.
Hope this helps
Mike says
Hi Nate,
I am looking to buy a new board that I plan to last me for a while. I am currently looking at the Jones mountain twin 158 wide. I am 6 ft. and 175lbs. I prefer all mountain riding, powder, and glades. My snowboard boots are a size 11, and I am trying to decide if this board would be a good fit for me since it is wide. What do you suggest? Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Mike
For the style you’re describing and your height, weight and boot size specs, I think the 158W is spot on for you.
Size 11s are often on the cusp between wide and regular width but fortunately the Mountain Twin 158W is more of a mid-wide than a wide and the 258mm waist width is ideal for your boot size.
Jason says
Hey nate,
Been reading all these and you’ve been my go to guru for sizing, thanks in advance. I’m 5’6 185lbs with a 9 size US boots. I have a Never summer 157 proto type 2 board. My style is mostly 60/40, park/freeride. I’m a bit worried it might be a little to big for me but I bought it considering my weight. Any comments would help?
Thanks,
Jason
Nate says
Hi Jason
I think the size is OK for you. I would have also considered the 154. The 154 would have given you the advantage of it being easier to spin and a bit more maneuverable but the 157 will give you better stability on landings, more stability at speed and better float in powder – so either one would be a compromise.
The 154 would have also felt softer flexing for your weight than the 157. The 157 should feel like the medium flex that the board is designed to be.
I wouldn’t say either of the 2 sizes would be wrong for you, there are just advantages and disadvantages to both.
Hope this helps
Jason says
Thanks for the info! Guess I’ll try hitting the steeps more often with this board.
Kendal says
Hey! So this is my second season, and I can do blue runs comfortably! I usually ride a 155/156 Arbor, pretty flexible, and am 5’9, 165 pound women. I was really excited this season getting new gear and just splurged on the K2 Lime Lite 2017, 153 cm. Do you think thats going to be too short for me? I didn’t think 2/3 cm would make a huge difference? And I don’t mind that the park board is a little bit slower, plus I do enjoy working on learning park tricks. I’m just curious if I chose the right size because all of the women’s boards I look at are all under 156 cm, plus narrow that down to the boards I actually like! Haha. But yes, I am currently waiting its arrival and am hoping that it will be a good ride for me. What do you think? Did I buy too short of a board? And should I even try riding it or return it? I’m afraid to hear your answer.. Haha thanks!
Kendal says
Also just wanted to add that I can turn and do little ollie tricks here and there. For my second season, I feel really great. So I’m just curious how thats going to affect me being on a shorter board then I’m used. Also I’m a size 9.5 boot and am using Union bindings if that matters!
Thanks for your help!
Nate says
Hi Kendal
I actually think you’ll be fine on the 153cm. I would say that around the 156 mark would be your ‘standard length’ but since you are intermediate level it doesn’t hurt to take off a small bit and if you are keen to learn more freestyle aspects of riding, then those couple of extra centimeters smaller will help in that regard.
I also think that the width of the board should be fine for your boot size.
Sizing down is easier to get used to than sizing up. It will most likely feel different at first than what you’re used to but it’s quicker to adjust to a smaller size than a longer size. The adjustment will also depend on other specs that might be different between your Arbor and your new board.
Hope this helps
Andrey says
Hi, could you please share your thoughts about my situation. I’m 6’2”, 260lbs without equipment. Size 12. Advanced skier trying to switch to snowboard so pretty much a beginner. I noticed that only a few companies like GNU seem to post for some of their board sizes a rating to reach 270lbs (~163W). Thank you!
Nate says
Hi Andrey
I think something between 160 and 163 would be a good length for you starting out. And yeah you should go with a wide board for your boot size.
Whilst it is good to take into account weight recommendations from snowboard brands, I wouldn’t live and die by them.
One thing with weight recommendations is that if you are within the range then the board is likely to flex like the board is supposed to. So, for example if a board has a flex rating of 5/10, then it will flex like a 5/10. But if you are below the weight recommendations, then the board would feel a little bit stiffer and if you are over the weight recommendations, then the board will feel a little softer. If that makes sense.
For beginners, I always recommend a medium-soft flex (3 or 4 out of 10). But if you went with a medium flex board but were above the weight recommendations it would feel more like a medium-soft.
So, in the case of bigger riders who are beginners, I often recommend going for something that is a medium flex. That you don’t have to go exceedingly long (which would make it really hard to learn) just to fit in with the weight recommendations.
With all that in mind, I think that that the following would be good options for you. They are all medium flexing boards that are well suited to beginners. The only thing that makes them not necessarily ideal for beginners is that they are stiffer than I’d normally recommend for beginners. However, for you they will feel like medium-soft. I have recommended the sizes for each below.
~ Slash Brainstorm 163W
~ Ride Manic 160W
~ GNU Metal Gnuru 162 (though this might be pushing it in terms of being too narrow for size 12 boots)
Hope this helps.
Andrey says
Thanks a lot for your helpful reply! I was rushing a bit to have at least a temporary solution since I’m flying to Colorado this weekend so I grabbed something. I ended up grabbing Never Summer Chairman 165X. It is listed as very stiff (9) but the shop was saying that with my weight and equipment it should feel more like medium. I can still try to not use it and buy something else at the resort and then return this one. Do you think its completely not doable to learn and get used to this kind of board in my case? Thank you so much for your help!
Nate says
Hi Andrey
I wouldn’t say it’s not doable but it’s also not ideal. The NS Chairman isn’t really a beginners board – mostly because of it’s stiffer flex but also because it’s designed to be an aggressive riding board.
I agree that the 165X will feel softer than the flex rating for you and will likely bring it down to around a medium flex. Ideally you’d be starting on a medium-soft flex – but maybe because of your skiing experience you’ll adapt quicker.
I think you could learn on it, but it’s not ideal and will be a steeper learning curve than some other options – IMO.
gene says
Hi Nate
Great stuff here. I am thinking of the Capita Doa but not sure of the size
I am 6’0″, 160lbs, 11 burton imperial boot, +18/-12 stance, and well above intermediate. I ride all mountain, freestyle with little park action.
Thinking of the 156 or 158, just worried about the boot size. I am currently on a Gnu Riders Choice (2010).
Thanks a bunch.
Nate says
Hi Gene
Thanks for your comments. I think you should be fine for width on both of those. Burton boots have a reduced outersole. I rode the 156 DOA and I have size 10 boots – but with boots very little outersole reduction. The width on that was fine and your boots wouldn’t be much longer than mine once you take into account the outersole reduction.
So, in terms of which is the best length – I think it depends. If you like to include spins and want a bit more maneuverability, then the 156 would be the better option but if you want more stability at speed, then the 158 would be better.
If you haven’t already seen it, you can check out my review of the DOA at the link below.
>>Capita DOA review
Hope this helps with your decision
gene says
Thanks a bunch Nate. Your review was great, and good to hear about the boot size. I was looking for a bit more spin, so he 156 seems perfect.
Thanka for the speedy response.
Nate says
You’re very welcome. Have a great season and enjoy the new deck!
Amanda says
Hi Nate,
I have read many of the comments and I am still not very sure how to pick a board. Just like some other readers, I am living in a country that doesn’t snow so there are limited choices of snowboards shops here so I am thinking to order online.
I searched online and I’m really in love with the look of the Nitro Mystique Snowboard – Women 2017.
I am 158cm tall, 115 pounds, boot size US7 and I am a beginner learning how to master linked turns. At first I thought that I should go for the 142cm board based on my weight. But I have asked several shops and they provided me with mixed advices on what length I should choose. Some say that the 142 and 146cm boards would be too narrow for my boot size (the waist width is 230mm and 234 mm respectively) and suggested me to go for 149cm (waist width is 238mm). But some say even 146 maybe too long for a beginner of my weight. And that the 142cm might fit me as long as my stance is set at an outward angle.
So should I go for the 142cm or it’s too risky and I should just give up on choosing this board?
Thanks a lot for your advice Nate!
Best,
Amanda
Nate says
Hi Amanda
To be honest I think that there isn’t really a suitable size for that particular board.
I think something between a 138cm and a 140cm would be a good length for a beginner board for you. So I think that the 146cm would definitely be too long. The 142 would be doable but still probably not ideal. In terms of width, I agree that the 230mm width on the 142 would be too narrow anyway. You’d likely get away with the width on the 146cm – but I think that length is definitely too long for you.
Also, I wouldn’t set your bindings up so that they help you to fit on the board. You want to be able to set your binding angles so that they are the most comfortable for you and the best to learn on – which isn’t necessarily going to be a duck stance.
So unfortunately I don’t think there is an appropriate size for the Nitro Mystique. If you want some other options check out the links below.
~ My Top 5 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
~ Women’s Beginner Snowboards Ratings Catalog (scroll down for the women’s options)
Hope this helps. If you find something that you like feel free to ask me what I think would be the best size for you
Amanda says
Hi Nate,
Thank you for your reply! I found another board that I like – Nikita Expression Snowboard at evo – Do you think the 139cm would fit me? It’s a rocker-camber-rocker profile so people said it will be easier to turn?
Thanks a lot and can’t wait to hit the slope π
Nate says
Hi Amanda
I’m not that familiar with that board but just looking at the specs it looks like it would be a great beginner deck and I think that the 139cm size would work well for you. I’d say go for it on this one. Hope you have an awesome season!
Ian says
Hey, I’ve been snowboarding for around 16 years, but for the last maybe 3 years I haven’t been out at all.. I sold all my gear because of a knee injury but I’m thinking of getting back into it this season, and I’m pretty confident that the three years wont leave me too rusty and I’ll be back to where I was before. I found a second hand Burton Custom X for an amazing deal, but it’s 156cm; I’m 5’10 and 165lbs. I pretty much exclusively freeride, as fast and as hard as I can.. I used to always ride around 159, you think I’ll notice the 3cm much?
Thanks in advance π
Nate says
Hi Ian
Thanks for your message. If you rode for 16 years, then I’d say it’ll only take a short while to get back up to speed.
3cm is noticeable – but it does depend on the board. Different camber profiles, different side-cuts and different effective edges can make a board of one size feel longer than another board of the same size, if that makes sense.
But generally speaking for you, based on your weight/height and your style and the fact that you are an advanced rider, I would say you should go closer to that 159cm mark. The 158 Custom X would be a great fit I think – but the 156cm will be on the short side – it would still work, but won’t be ideal, IMO.
Hope this helps
Natalie says
Hi Nate,
Excellent information in this article for someone like me who is pretty new into snowboarding, but a quick learner on the slopes! I recently had a 3 day trip to Big Bear and used a friend’s board (Salomon Lotus 147cm) – she’s 5’8” and probably 125 lbs – so I’m curious if this was even a good board for me to test run. I’m looking to buy a board but still somewhat confused as to what to really get. I’m 5’4” and 130 lbs without gear.
I don’t think I’m ever going to be interested in park. I really just want to cruise the slopes with graceful S’s and maybe some straight shots with a little speed.
Based on some reviews, I was looking into the Roxy XOXO BT+ 2017 model. Not sure if the 145 or 149 would be the best choice for me at this stage. I definitely feel I’m already at the intermediate level and want a board I can have for years and not out grow in terms of experience. Any help would be greatly appreciated. Thanks Nate!
Nate says
Hi Natalie
I think in general that something between 145 and 147 would suit you the best – but it does depend on the particular board. In the case of the XOXO, I think the 145cm would be a better size for you than the 149, but not necessarily the ideal size.
I think the XOXO would be suitable for you and the 145 would be an ok size but I’d probably prefer to put you on a 146 or 147 for that board (if it existed!). If you want more options for the kind of riding you want to do, I would check out the list below.
~ My Top 5 Women’s All Mountain Freestyle Snowboards
You don’t necessarily need to do any freestyle riding on these boards – they’re also good for just all mountain riding for intermediate and up riders for riding the groomers.
Hope this helps. If you find anything in there that you like, let me know if you want me to recommend a size for you.
Shyanne says
Hi Nate,
This article has been extremely helpful! I am 5’6″ and 140lbs and I found that my standard length is 150cm. I’d consider myself a free rider with a couple seasons of experience, but I am looking for a board that I can grow into. Right now I am looking at a K2 Luna board that is 155cm. Do you think that is too long?
Nate says
Hi Shyanne
I think that the 155cm is probably a bit too long – especially with just a couple of seasons under your belt. If you were an advanced rider and mostly rode powder then the Luna 155cm might be ok but I think that it’s pushing it for being too long. You do really notice that extra length. I think you wouldn’t need something this long to grow into either.
I wouldn’t go longer than 152cm if I was you (but that would be at the long end) – but this depends on the particular board to an extent too. But for the Luna, I think that the 155cm would be a bit too long.
If you decide to go against the 155cm Luna, try checking out the boards at the links below for some ideas. If you find an option that you like let me know and I recommend the best size for you for that particular board.
~ My Top 6 Women’s All Mountain Snowboards
~ My Top 5 Women’s Freeride Snowboards
Hope this helps
Jennifer says
Hi there. Incredible information. I was hoping to get your opinion on my recent board purchase as I was told the board maybe too long for me. ( I haven’t ridden it yet).
I am 5’2″ and weigh 115 lbs without gear.
I have been snowboarding for 15 years and am an intermediate boarder who enjoys covering the mountain on groomers and finding fresh pow.
I purchased the burton 147 family tree day trader.
Do you think this board is too big for me? It only came in 147 or 151
Nate says
Hi Jennifer
Thanks for the message.
Yeah I’d say it’s probably a bit on the long side. Certainly for powder you want to go a little bit longer and the Day Trader is predominantly made for powder. Typically speaking (though it’s slightly different depending on the particular board) I’d say that anything around a 141 to 143 would be a good “all-mountain” size for you.
If you were mainly a park/freestyle or a beginner rider then you’d size down a bit and for powder/freeride type stuff you size up a bit. Typically I would say up to around 145 or 146 if you were an advanced rider mainly riding in powder and riding steeps etc.
All of that said, the Day Trader does have a shorter effective edge than your typical 147cm board would have. So that’s in your favor in terms of how long it will feel for you. A lot of the extra length is in the rockered nose (which helps it to float in powder. The 2017 Day Trader actually now comes in a 145cm and a 150cm – whereas past models are 147cm and 152cm – so I assume you have a 2016 or earlier model.
Long story short – the board is sized slightly longer than your typical board because it’s designed predominantly for powder. Because of it’s shorter effective edge, it shouldn’t feel as long as most 147s. So if it was an all-mountain type board or a freestyle type board, then I’d be concerned that it was a good bit too long but because it’s a powder board, it’s probably not overly long. The only thing is that if you don’t really want a powder board then it may not be the most suitable.
I think you’ll need to ride it to see if it’s something that will suit your riding style. It’s fine if you like to ride a lot of powder and could use that extra float. – o.k. I didn’t really make the long story short!
Hope this answers your question
Ryan Rodriguez says
Hey Nate,
Just to give you a little more info I am an advanced rider with a 50/50 freestyle/freeride approach. I spin off most things I can find but also play around a lot out of bounds and love steeps and tight trees. This will be my first split and I am leaning towards the longer board as it will be easier to float in that untouched pow you find in the backcountry. I do want to make my way to japan for the real deep snow but for now it will be mostly trips to colorado and utah.
Thanks again for any insight
Nate says
Hi Ryan
I think that if you really want that extra float then the 160 is the way to go. It will make the board more difficult to spin is the only thing. So I guess it’s a decision between spinning and powder and which you want to be more effortless. Of course you’ll still be able to spin with the 160 and you’ll still float with the 157. Just that the 157 will take slightly more effort to float and the 160 will take slightly more effort to spin.
Ryan Rodriguez says
Hi Nate,
Im looking into purchasing a never summer prospector. I am torn between the 157 and 160. I am 5’11”, 160lbs, 10.5 boot. The 160 would be better for deep and the 157 a little more nimble to spin. Let me know your thoughts.
Thanks
Nate says
Hi Ryan
I don’t really know anything about split boards. But generally speaking you’ve hit the nail on the head – the shorter board will be more maneuverable and easier to spin and the 160 will be better for float in powder and for stability at speed.
If you are opting for a split board, then I assume you will be out in the backcountry a lot and will encounter a lot of powder and I’m also assuming you are quite an advanced rider. Assuming all of this then I’d say the 160 is the better bet. But like I say, I’m not knowledgeable when it comes to split boards so I’m unsure if the same things apply to split boards (though I’d say it would).
Shawn says
Hi Nate!
Great suggestions. I’m 6’2 205 lbs with size 11 Burton Rulers. I’m struggling with deciding on correct size for the 2016/17 Ride Alter Ego. Considering either 160W or 164W. Spoke with Ride reps and I get different answers! I would say i’m an advanced rider. Like the idea of the “surfy” feel with the Alter Ego and the option of locking it down for more aggressive carving. Like the trees but also like steeps and going fast. Will the waist width of this board make it stable enough at 160W? Help??
Nate says
Hi Shawn
Thanks for the message. I can see why you got different answers. There are pros and cons to each size.
The 160W would be the better width for you generally speaking and would be quicker from edge-to-edge – better for the trees and more maneuverable in general.
But the 164W would be better in powder and better at speed because of the extra surface are from the extra length and extra width.
It would be a toss up between whether you would value quicker edge-to-edge transition/maneuverability or value powder and speed ability more. If I had to pick one for you i’d say that the 164W would be the better bet but really it comes down to what you think is more important.
Hope this helps
Nana says
Hi Nate! I absolutely LOVE your site, thank you for all the great advice and information.
Much like everyone else, I’d like you input on what size board I should get. I’m interested in the GNU B-Nice ASYM board, as described here (specs on the bottom): GNU B-Nice at GNU
About Me:
Skill–I just graduated from green to blue, and just started to connect my turns/carving. Turning uphill is still a weakness of mine that I hope to perfect this season. Also, the very first time I went snowboarding, I sprained my ankle, so I have a bit of fear to overcome. I’m all about riding downhill, at a comfortable speed, lol. I’m not interested in parks, tricks, and freestyling. My measurements:
Weight: 125lbs (without gear)
Height: 5’5 1/2
Waist: 29 inches
With that, I’m thinking I would be a 145 or 148cm, and would LOVE your opinion on which size before ordering tonight. thank you so much again, i truly enjoy your site, it’s amazeballs.
Nana says
Oh and my boot size is a 9!
Nate says
Hi Nana
I think the 145 is probably the better length overall but I’m more concerned about the width in this case. I think the 234mm waist width on the 145 would be too narrow. Unfortunately, I think the 238mm waist width on the 148cm length would also be pushing it for being too narrow but you could probably get away with it.
Some other options that are similar type boards:
~ Burton Genie 145cm (241mm waist)
~ Burton Lip Stick 145cm (239mm waist)
~ Capita Space Metal Fantasy 147cm (239mm waist)
~ GNU Velvet Gnuru 147cm (239mm waist)
~ Ride Rapture 147cm (242mm waist)
~ Roxy Ally 147cm (240mm waist)
~ YES Emoticon 146cm (239mm)
But the GNU B-Nice Asym is still certainly an option. Just that there’s not an ideal size for it. If you do go with the B-Nice I would go with the 148cm because I think the 145cm would be too narrow. But the 148cm is borderline too long.
Hope this helps
Sam says
Nate!
I am also looking at buying a board, and found a nice one on Craigslist. However, I am 5′-7″ – 5′-8″ and 170-180 lbs. The board I like is 160cm. I have never bought a snowboard myself and have always ridden the 156 and 158’s from rental spots.
Is 160 going to be too big of a jump?
Nate says
Hi Sam
I think the 160 might be a bit long. But this is generally speaking. It would depend on the board. If you can give me the brand and model of board (and model year if you know it) that would help to give you a more accurate recommendation.
Also, if you were an experienced rider and were on the freeride end of the specturm (likes riding fast, riding the backcountry, powder, steeps, bowls etc) rather than freestyle, then a 160 is probably a good size (again depending on the board). So if you can let me know your ability level and your style (how you like to ride), I can give you a better recommendation.
In general, I’d say it’s just a bit long, IMO, but if you can give me those details, I can say for sure.
Sam says
I would like to say I am no longer a beginner. I have learned to ride rails, but am not comfortable going off jumps bigger jumps (Typically I stay away from the terrain park anyway). I have never ridden back country but would love to try. On typical runs my main goal is to go fast.
The board is an Atomic Cold Smoke.
Also, thanks for the awesome site. This is the most helpful area on the web that I have been able to find.
Nate says
Hi Sam
You’re welcome – appreciate the comments.
And thanks for the xtra info.
I think that the Atomic Cold Smoke (not a board I’ve ridden or that familiar with but based on the specs) is probably a bit long for you in the 160cm. It is a traditional camber snowboard and has quite a long effective edge (1279mm). I don’t think the board itself wouldn’t be unsuitable for what you want to do but I think that you would prefer a slightly shorter length.
Jennifer says
Hi, Nate! Thanks for such a detailed weight/height table; it definitely gets confusing for us beginners. π Keep up the great work!
My question is regarding buying a Rossignol Frenemy board. I know you had a few questions above about Rossignol’s sizing, but hope you don’t mind answering it for me specifically.
Height: 5’5″/165cm
Weight: ~145lbs? My scale’s broken. I’m usually ~140lbs, but I think I still have Thanksgiving pounds….
Shoe size: 7.5 US
Experience: One winter, still pretty beginner. Can easily do S turns on green/blue but working on carving and posture.
Riding style: Mainly Midwest groomers with hard snow but want to progress to ground tricks, small jumps. Don’t enjoy bombing down runs (used to ski) and don’t expect to do much park.
I’m debating a 147cm or 150cm Rossignol Frenemy, though their chart puts me more at a 153cm. My legs are pretty short though, and I’ve only learned on 145/146cm boards. The 150cm seems more appropriate but I’m worried about stance width and the ability to do tricks.
Thanks in advance!
Nate says
Hi Jennifer
For you I certainly wouldn’t go longer than the 150cm. In my opinion Rossi’s weight recommendations run on the light side. I think a 153cm would definitely be too long for you.
I would actually be leaning towards the 147cm. This is because you are a beginner and also you don’t like to bomb. A bit of extra length is good for stability at speeds and for getting extra speed – but if you don’t intend to be riding that fast you won’t need that extra length. In any case, it’s always better to start out on a shorter board anyway.
I think you’d be o.k. on the 150cm. Definitely no to the 153cm. But I think the 147cm would be the best size. The 240mm waist width should be just right for your boots too.
Jennifer says
Thanks, Nate! I think I’ll go with the 147. And now off to stalk the rest of your site…..
Happy Holidays!
Nate says
Happy Holidays Jennifer!
Enjoy the rest of the site and hope you enjoy your new snowboard
Whit says
Hi Nate, I am going to be getting the Rossignol Myth Amptek Snowboard. (
I am 110lbs, 5’1′ and a 16 years old female; I am deciding between 139 and 144. I will mostly just be doing mountain and groomers. I don’t want to get a new board until this one has really been used. Which do you think would be best.
Nate says
Hi Whit
I think that the 139 is your best bet. It’s on the high-end of Rossi’s weight recommendations but their recommendations are notoriously light, IMO.
I imagine at your age you might still be growing? But even so I think the 144 will be too long for you and that will make the board more difficult to ride and harder to maneuver. I think that the 144 will be too long for you.
But I think that the 139 will still give you plenty of years. If you wanted a board for right now and were willing to get a new one shortly then I’d say a 135 to 137 would be best for you (not in the Myth because they don’t make those size – but just in general). I think the 139 is a good balance between being something you can grow into but not being so long that it stunts your progress.
Hope this helps with your decision
Andrew says
Hey Nate,
Great article. I’ve been skiing/snowboarding for about 6 years and usually just borrow gear but am getting my own board and gear for Christmas. 23 yrs old, 6 ft 1, and about 190lbs. I’m looking at the Rossignol Angus 2016 and I usually hit the park for most of my time but definitely like to carve and hit some diamonds and just regular trails as well. Do you think a 160 would be alright for me?
Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Andrew
Thanks for your message. I think the 160 would be a good size for you. You’re right at the top of Rossi’s weight recommendations for that length of that board but I tend to take Rossi’s weight recommendations with a bit of a grain of salt – they are notoriously on the light side. And because you incorporate a lot of park riding you’ll want a slightly shorter deck.
You could even go down to a 158 if you’re in the park most of the time but the 160 will be better for when your out carving.
Can you also let me know your boot size? Just want to make sure that the width will be ok for you too.
Andrew says
my shoe size is 10.5, and awesome I think I am going to go with the 158.
Nate says
Thanks Andrew. You should be fine on the 158 in terms of width with the 158. Enjoy your new board!
James says
Hi Nate,
I’m 5’3 and 140 pounds, and I’m confused about what size snowboard I should be looking at getting.
I’m an intermediate snowboarder who really enjoys freestyle riding. I just rented a 135cm board and actually really enjoyed it and felt like I had a lot of control, and could move in ways that I wouldn’t be able to with a bigger sized board. But according to your chart I should get a 149 board, or would be in the 143-146 range for freestyle, which is still way bigger than a 135 that I used. Any advice?
Nate says
Hi James
Thanks for your message. Sometimes the size of your board comes largely down to personal preference. If you really enjoyed riding the 135cm board, then something closer to that size might be what you have the most fun on. This is a guideline for those not sure of what to get and is only general. If you prefer a much shorter board like that, then go with it.
It can also depend on the type of the board for how long it actually feels. Stiffness, side cut, effective edge etc can affect how long a board feels too. But yeah, if you prefer a certain size in a board, then go with it.
The only thing I would say is that it may not float as well in powder or be as stable at speed as a longer board – but if you don’t really do those types of things, then it’s not an issue. This is also another reason why having more than one board is a great idea. You could have your 135 for freestyle stuff and get a slightly longer board for more freeride oriented stuff.
James says
Great, thanks so much! I think I’m going to look for something around the range of 140 then.
Nate says
Cool. Sounds like a good middle ground
Tina says
My daughter is 5’3 180lbs and I need a board for her for xmas and I don’t know what size to get. She’s 15 and a beginner ?
Nate says
Hi Tina
Thanks for your message. I think that anything from a 147 to a 150 would be a good range to look at. It can depend on the board too. But because she is a beginner I wouldn’t go any longer than a 150cm. In terms of weight recommendations for snowboards she probably isn’t going to fit inside of those for those sizes but they are just guidelines and height does come into it somewhat.
It’s also important to get a board that is easy to ride for beginners. Check out the first link below to learn how to pick a good snowboard for a beginner and/or the second link which is my top recommended women’s beginner snowboards.
>>How to Choose the Best Snowboard for a Beginner
>>The Top 5 Beginner Snowboards for Women
Hope this helps
Matthew says
Hey Nathan,
I’m 5’9 200lbs just getting back into riding after being away from the snow for 10 years. What’s a good size board for 60 park 40 groomers. I was looking at a funslinger either a 154 w or a 157w.
Nate says
Hi Matthew
If you need a wide board, then I’d go for the 157 – I think this would strike the best balance between park and groomers for you. But if you can let me know what size boots you wear so I can recommend whether you should go for a wide or a regular width, that would be great.
If it turns out your better off on a regular width, then I’d say that the 156 is your best bet.
Matthew says
I’m a size 10.5, I was thinking maybe with the extra surface area of a wide I could go shorter. I like the never summer type two as well. I have narrowed my choices between the funslinger and type two. What’s your take on each?
Nate says
Hi Matthew
Yeah you can go shorter on a wider board and often park boards are made that way – to be a bit wider and a bit shorter, to give you a shorter length better for spins but still enough of a stable landing surface for landing tricks. The downside, if your feet aren’t long enough for the width of the board is that you loose out a bit in terms of edge-to-edge transition. If your feet are too far inside the edges of the board, then it takes more effort to apply pressure to the edges of the board. Now to counter that somewhat you want to make sure that your bindings are going edge to edge.
I’m usually reluctant to go for a wide board because I don’t like the feel (but I’ve got 10.0s so a slightly smaller size). They feel more lethargic to me.
That said, it doesn’t mean you couldn’t go for the 154W. It would be easier to spin but you would sacrifice out of the park performance.
I like the 156 for you. If you were purely groomers, then I’d say a 159 would be a good size (in a board other than the Funslinger) and if you were purely going to be in the park, then I would say possible the 154W. I think the best size overall would be the 156 regular but I think you’d still do well out of the 154W but it would be a different feel.
The Proto Type Two is a fantastic board in my opinion. I really enjoyed riding it. It’s a bit stiffer (but still medium flex, where I’d say the Funslinger is medium-soft) and a bit quicker edge-to-edge. Slightly less freestyle oriented but still a good freestyle board – but better outside the park than the Funslinger. I would say these are the differences
1. Both boards are excellent when it comes to riding switch and for jumps.
2. Funslinger better for jibs
3. Proto Type 2 better for carving and better at speed
For the Proto Type Two you’d probably want to weight up between the 157 regular width – and the 155W.
Hope this gives you more information to make your decision.
Leah says
Hi Nate!
I’ve been snowboarding for 5 years. My current board is quite stiff camber 132 cm board, and I’d like to learn some flatground tricks (butter), but my current board doesn’t perform well, so I decided to buy softer board. I’m buying Capita Micro scope and can’t decide between 130cm or 135cm. (Micro scope is soft flat/rocker board.)
My height is 152 cm (100lb), my weight is 45,5 kg (without gear), my boot size is US 7.
I ride park (boxes, mini rails and smaller/medium jumps) and slopes – 60% park and 40 % downhill…
I’m afraid that 130 cm will be too short, so I would lose balance on landing jumps, but on the other hand, 135 cm is longer than my current snowboard, so I’m afraid that I will have problems with rotation tricks…
What do you think? I would really appreciate your advice π
Nate says
Hi Leah
I think the 135cm would be the better size for you. It might take a day to get used to the extra length on your current snowboard but because the Micro Scope is softer and has a more mellow camber profile it probably won’t feel that much longer. In fact the 135 micro-scope might even feel the same size or smaller than your current board depending on a couple of factors.
I think the 130 is a bit short for you and the width on the 135 will be better too. For spins the 130 will still be better but I think overall the 135 is the better size for you. For landing jumps and general riding you’ll definitely appreciate the 135 over the 130.
Hope this helps with your decision
Joe HJ says
Hi. I would like to get a recommendation for sizing deck. I’m looking for DOA, Capita.
Here are the measures:
Weight: 194 pounds (88kg)
Height: 5β9β (176cm)
Rider Level: intermediate
Rider Type: Free-Stylers
last season I used to ground trick.
but now I don’t want ground trick. This is not funny for me.
my riding style is that
love to hit jumps(Actually beginner for jumps), like to try to pipe this season.
sometimes jibbing. a bit riding with friends.
I’m heavy little bit.
I’m wondering which size will fit to me?
156 158 160 (DOA)
Actually Capita doesn’t provide weight range for thier deck.
I’m planning to lose my weight to 180lb.
but I wear some gears weihgt would be 190lb, I guess.
please recommend your opinion. π
Nate says
Hi Joe
I would go for the 158cm for the DOA for you.
Enjoy the board and have a great season!
Leighton says
Hi Nate, I’m 15 and I am a beginner snowboarder, i have gone down the slopes a couple time before but i’m not an expert by any means. I am starting a job at a local terrain park where i’ll instruct little kids ages 4-12 how to snowboard. before I start the job i will go through 2 weeks of on and off snow training with the employees there. I have been scrambling to get all my gear as i need it to train and i recently just bought a 145 Burton Genie. I and 5’1 and 110 pounds, i would’ve probably gone smaller like 140, but i got such an amazing deal on the board, i couldn’t pass it up. Do you think this is too big for me, at first i thought it would be but since i”m still growing and i’ll be trained by expert boarders it might be ok,plus with all my gear on that extra weight, what do you think?
Nate says
Hi Leighton
I would prefer to see you on something shorter – more like 139cm to 141cm. 4cm to 5cm can make quite a bit of difference. I know that’s not what you want to hear. I’m not a big believer in getting a bigger board that you’ll grow into – I think it’s better to get a board that will suit you for now and then sell it later and upgrade to a longer size.
Not what you want to hear I know. It’s not to say you won’t be able to learn on it – but I just think it will be more difficult to learn on and will make the learning process a bit slower. You do have professional instructors so that’s certainly in your favor.
I’d personally try to get something smaller to start with. Probably not the answer you want to hear and it’s up to you of course, but that’s what I would do.
Leighton says
Hi, thanks, you’re right not really what I want to hear but I want to make sure I have the right board. Especially since this is only the training and how I ride and how quickly I learn from their critique will make or break them officially giving me the job and i don’t want to make that even harder with too long of a board. I have found two boards that will possibly work, both sold on Ebay and both brand new. One is a one year newer Burton Genie in a 142, and the other is a black and purple Burton LTR in a 138, I know quite a bit about the Burton genie as its what I’ve got now but since its a newer version it might be a bit different, overall I’ve heard the Burton genie is good for beginners, the Burton LTR honestly I’ve never heard of it before, could you tell me a little bit about that snowboard and maybe which one to get? Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Leighton
The I don’t know that much about the LTR except that it’s used a lot as a hire board. Which makes me want to avoid it altogether.
I would go for the Burton Genie 142. It will definitely make a difference to the 145 and it will be a better option than the LTR in my opinion. Whilst for other boards, I would say to go even lower than 142, the Genie has a shorter effective edge (as a ratio to the length) than most boards which help to make it easier to ride, so the 142 should be a good board for you to learn on.
Hope this helps and good luck for your training and I hope you get the job and have an awesome season!
Mark says
Hi Nate:
This is a great site that you have here. I like the detail on length and width, it’s very interesting.
I’m 6’0″, 160 lbs, with size 11.5 boots, I ride trees, steeps, and powder. I’m all about powder in the trees, and mainly ride storm days and a few spring days except when I travel.
My current board is a NS Raptor 164, and it’s great but seems a bit narrow (25.3 cm waist). I think my older boards were more like 25.8 cm width.
I’m looking at a Never Summer Twenty Five X. I’ve been riding 163-165 cm boards for years, but this will be my first wide board so I could use a bit of help in deciding on size.
I’m looking at a 159X (26.2 cm waist) vs. 163X (26.5 cm waist). Based on my freeride/powder nature, I would lean towards the 163X (based on length), but I’m afraid that it might be harder to turn in the trees. The 159X seems like a better width and would have about the same surface area as my Raptor, but may be a bit short?
What do you think? Any advice would be appreciated
Nate says
Hi Mark
If was you I actually like the look of the 159W. I know that’s moving down a bit from what you’re used to but the extra width will add stability and a bit of float. It will also mean that the board isn’t as maneuverable/as fast from edge to edge as a narrower version would be.
So going down to the 159 will take away the stability/float advantages of the longer size but will add them back in because of the width. The shorter 159 will also add back maneuverability.
That said I don’t think that the width on the 163W would be too wide – on the wider side for you but still within an acceptable range. But Adding width to a board size that you would normally ride and it might take a bit more effort to get from edge to edge – which you want to be doing quickly by the sounds of it.
Hope this helps
Mark says
Thanks for the advice – very helpful – Mark
Nate says
You’re very welcome. Hope you have a great season!
Nestle says
Hi there,
Another specific question for you! I am wondering about a board and whether or not it would simply be too small for me. Here is the information:
Board: Sims Pristine 2014, 147 cm
Weight: 145-150 lbs (no gear)
Height: 5’5
Ability: Intermediate (haven’t boarded in a few years but from past experience, I expect to be comfortable after a few runs and then looking for little jumps after a few days back on the hill)
Focus: Mostly all-mountain with small jumps found along the way
Conditions: Upstate New York – mostly visiting Adirondacks/Vermont/Quebec hills (icy?)
Is 147cm on the smaller side and should I be looking for something closer to 150cm or another size altogether? Or do you think i might actually enjoy this board since I’m not seeking max speeds but more a casual fun ride?
Thanks so much!!!
Nate says
Hi Nestle
It’s on the smaller side for you but not in a major way. I would say something around a 150cm normally but if you like you’re riding casual and aren’t worried about speed or aren’t likely to see or go into much powder, then I think it will be absolutely fine for you.
I don’t follow Sims boards so I can’t comment on the board itself but I think the size will be fine.
Nathan says
Hello,
I’ve been boarding for a few seasons now. And I’m planning to buy a new board.
My old board is a (k2) Liquid 152 or 154cm (I don’t remember), I do mostly park riding. I am 5’11, and 170ish lbs.
Do you think I should stick with a 152-54cm board, or should I try to size up or down?
I have a longboard/skate background, and for this, I like a shorter board to maneuver better. Not sure if this would be the same for snowboarding.
Thanks for the advice!
Nate says
Hi Nathan
It depends on the board but in general I’d say anything from a 153 to 156 would be a good size for you, given that you mainly like to ride the park.
But does depend on the board to some extent too. Some park boards are made to ride smaller.
It also depends on what you like to do. If you get out of the park quite a bit then a bit longer would benefit you (if you didn’t have a separate board for that).
If you prefer shorter for longboarding, I imagine it could be similar for snowboarding – but don’t quote me on that, I’m not a longboarder.
Hope this helps. If you find a board that you like feel free to let me know and I can recommend a size for that particular board.
Silvio says
Hi Nate
I am planning to surprise my wife with a new snowboard this season. We were pretty much into skiing the last few years but now want to go back to our roots.
I have already decided on the brand and the board which is the Capita Birds of a feather. I like the company and the board seems to be a good choice for an advanced allmountain rider.
I am torn between the size 144, 146 and 148 – what is your recommendation?
Here are the measures:
Weight: 150 pounds (68kg)
Height: 5’3” (168cm)
Boot size: 7.5 US (38 EUR)
Rider Level: Advanced woman
Rider Type: Allmountain (groomers and offpiste)
Thank you and kind regards from Switzerland!
Silvio
Nate says
Hi Silvio
Awesome gift for your wife – she will be stoked!
In terms of size I think that the 148 would be the best for sure. Given that your wife is advanced and likes that style of riding and based on her weight and height, then I think that the 148 would suit her the best.
Kate says
Hi Nate,
This post is really helpful, but Iβm still a little confused. My boyfriend and I are relative beginners β we had lessons at the end of last year and have visited the indoor slope about once or twice a month ever since. We have our first boarding holiday booked for Finland in January, and weβre really looking to progress. So far weβve both been riding rentals, and then second hand boards that probably arenβt the best fit for us, so weβre looking to buy new beforehand.
I had the Burton Feelgood Flying-V recommended to me so I bought an ex-demo 149, which Iβve yet to ride, but have since been told itβs not a good board for beginners, particularly on hard snow/ice, which I already struggle with in the snow dome. Iβm looking to return the board, and am really interested in the Rossignol Frenemy, but Iβm confused about their sizing. Iβm 5β7β and about 135-140lb (without snowboard gear). My boots are a UK size 7 (US9). According to their guidelines Iβd need a 153, which seems quite long given I learned on a 149, and everywhere Iβve been since has recommended around a 149-150. My current second-hand board is a Burton Feather 154 (2006) and I find it really difficult to turn.
My partner has the same problem β heβs interested in the Templar, but the Rossignol website implies heβd be far too heavy for the longest standard width β a 158, and would need a wide, which would then be too big for his feet. He is 6β0 and about 195-200lbs, with UK size 9.5 boots. Do you have any advice for us? As beginners, should we always go for the shorter option, or would the extra weight/softer flex cause problems in the long-run? Hope you can help! Many thanks.
Nate says
Hi Kate
Thanks for your message.
I think that the Frenemy is a good choice for you. It is great for harder snow and icy conditions and its a great board to progress on. It’s good for beginners and will take you through to a more advanced level. I agree that the 153cm is too long for you. The 150cm would be the better option. I wouldn’t worry too much about their weight recommendations. ROssignol’s weight recommendations tend to be on the lighter side compared to other snowboard companies. You are inside the recommendations for the 150cm and that’s the size I think you are best to go with.
The 154 feather you have is too long for you in my opinion and I think you’ll really appreciate the shorter length. The Feel Good Flying V you have is a better size but I agree with whoever told you it wasn’t the best beginner board – it’s not really the best to start out on and it’s also not the best in hard and icy conditions. I think that the Frenemy is a really good choice and that the 150cm will be perfect for you in terms of length. My only concern would be the width but I think you’ll be ok. I wouldn’t go any narrower than that but I think you’ll get away with it. Just make sure that your bindings are centered so that there’s even toe and heel drag and if you can’t get it even make the toe overhang less than the heel overhang and not the other way around.
For your boyfriend I think something around that 158 to 160 mark is a good size for him in general. But he’s a bit above the range for the 158 Templar. If you are above the weight recommendations by too much then it starts effecting the flex of the board. The board will feel softer underfoot than it’s supposed to. That’s fine if you go with a board that has a flex rating that is slightly stiffer than you want it and then it will feel softer and that’s fine.
With UK9.5 boots he’s on the cusp between regular width and mid-wide. The Templar 159W has a waist width of 260mm. I would consider this more of a mid-wide than a wide. If he goes with the Templar, then I think the 159W would actually be the best bet. I find with US10.0 boots (Uk9.0) that I can ride anything up to around a 260mm ok. Anything above that and it’s too wide. I think 260mm would be the widest that I would recommend for him but I think that would actually be fine.
Long story short: If you go with the Frenemy and Templar (both great for progressing on and in hard/icy conditions) then I would say.
Frenemy: 150
Templar: 159W
The Frenemy is on the narrow side for you but the length is fine. The Templar is on the wide side for him but the length is also fine.
Hope this helps
Kate says
Thanks Nate. That really helps. Iβve tried to find boards with a wider waist that would still be a good all-rounder for me to progress on, but Iβve struggled. Iβm guessing the alternative would be to opt for a menβs board, but Iβm not massively keen on the idea. I may need to buy new boots at some point anyway as Iβm having problems with mine (Burton Mints) β my toes are going numb and my heels are really lifting. Iβm generally a UK 6.5 in normal shoes (I measured my foot for mondo sizing at 257mm), but went with the 7, and they still feel far too snug on my toes. I do have narrow feet and high arches, so Iβm going to try some orthotics and J-bars, but if these donβt work I may have to opt for new ones, in which case I will try and find some with a lower profile and a better fit so I can stick with the narrower ladiesβ boards.
Thanks again for your advice ο
Nate says
Hi Kate
You’re very welcome. You shouldn’t have to revert to a man’s board. Let me know if you’re still having trouble deciding on a board and I can give you some more options. Let me know how you go with the orthotics and j bars in your boots too.
Adina says
Hi Nate
I`m 5′ 2”, weight 100 lbs and 6.5 boot size. I`m a beginner closer to intermediate looking for an all-mountain board, not necessarily into speed.
I currently ride my friend’s board 141, which is a free-ride board with a medium or a stiff flex and I have some problems making turns.
I can’t decide between Raven Infinity 138 and Raven Infinity 141, the board has a soft flex.
What do you think?
Nate says
Hi Adina
Thanks for your message. I think the 138 would be a better bet. A softer flexing board will be easier to turn anyway but I still think for you that the 138 would be a better size.
I am confused about one thing though. You say you are looking at Raven Infinity? Do you mean Never Summer Raven OR Infinity? Also neither of those boards come in a 138 or a 141 as far as I can see. Can you send me a link to where you are looking for these boards?
Cancel that – I just realized that you meant Raven as in the brand Raven. Funny that there’s a board called Raven Infinity and Never Summer have an Infinity and a Raven board!
In that case, yeah I’d go for the 138. I’m not that familiar with Raven boards but based on the specs, this board will be way easier to ride and turn than a stiffer flexing freeride board, even in the 141 but I think the 138 is still a better size.
Hope this helps.
Mitch says
Hi Nate I’ve been riding for a couple of years now and looking at getting the jones ultra mountain twin
I ride 50% park and 50% groomers and powder
I’m tossing up between the 154 and the 157
Any recommendations?
Tough choice I know
Mitch says
Also I’m 70kg and 5,9″
Nate says
Hey Mitch
Touch choice for sure because you’re 50% park and 50% groomers and powder. I think either would be fine. The 157 will be better for the groomers and riding powder and the 154 would be definitely better in the park.
Though it’s close I’d say that the 154 is overall the best choice but only just.
Lacey says
Hi Nate,
I am struggling to decide between the 144 and the 147 Nitro Fate 2016 in the roofchop camber. I am about 5′ 2″ and weigh around 115lbs without gear. I am an intermediate rider trying to really push myself this season to get better. I am looking for an all-mountain board that offers stability at higher speeds but can handle backcountry with no problem. The weight recommendation for the 144 is under 130 lbs and for the 147 its under 145 lbs.
My biggest concern is maneuverability because I currently ride a 138. I have had a couple of people in stores tell me to get the 147 but I am worried about it overpowering me as it can handle up to 145 lbs.
I was just wondering if you thought either of these sizes in this board would be good for me or if I should keep looking for a better fit?
Thank you so much for your help!
Lacey
Nate says
Hey Lacey
I think that the 144 would be best for you for a couple of reasons.
Firstly, it’s just a better size for your height/weight in my opinion.
Secondly, you are transitioning from a 138 – it’s a huge difference going to a 147. I think the 147 is too long for you regardless but also it’s a big stretch to go from 138 to 147!
Maybe if you wanted a powder board that you rode predominantly in powder and weren’t going to be doing much on hard park, then the 147 would be suitable. But that would normally be the case if you wanted to get a powder board as a second board that you just rode on powder days. For an all-mountain board to ride on the groomers and in the backcountry the 144 is definitely a better size.
That’s my opinion anyway. Hope it helps.
Joan says
HI Nate
Very good article. I need your advice. Im 115lbs 5’4″ and currently using Gnu Ladies Choice 145.5cm. Im an intermediate rider. Im looking to buy Gnu Klassy for an upcoming trip to Japan and deciding between 148 or 151. I tried my friends Libtech Trs 151cm and really liked it. Would 151cm be ok for me for all mountain and powder. Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Joan
Normally I wouldn’t recommend a 151 for your specs, even for powder. That said, if you liked the TRS in a 151, then it’s not off the cards. Personal preference is certainly a part of it.
In some ways the Klassy is similar to the TRS is different. It has the XC2 camber profile – which the TRS has. And it will have a similar flex.
However, the TRS is a true twin with a centered stance. The Klassy has a Directional Shape and a Stance setback of 1.5″ (38mm). This will make the Klassy better when it comes to floating in powder – so more suitable for what you want to do than the TRS.
So – in general a longer board is better for powder – but there’s a trade off with maneuverability. The fact that the Klassy is already more suited to powder might mean that the 148 is actually going to be fine. The other thing that’s worth noting is that the TRS 151N has an effective edge (the amount of the edge that makes contact with the snow) of 1120mm and the Klassy 151 has an effective edge of 1150mm. The Klassy 148 has an effective edge of 1130 – which is closer to that of the TRS 151N.
My only concern with going for the Klassy in the 151 is that you will have more trouble when on groomers with that extra effective edge, when compared with the TRS you rode. It would be fine in the deep stuff.
Ordinarily, I would straight away say the 148 for sure – based purely on your specs and what you want to use it for – but because you tried the TRS 151N and liked it, it made me have to think about it a bit more.
If I had to make a call based on the facts, I’d say the 148 is, only just, the better bet. It’s still going to give you a bit of extra length for the oodles of powder that I hope you get in Japan! but just because of the type of board and the effective edge, I think that the 148 will be a better balance overall.
Sorry about the “think-out-loud” style of this reply (got me thinking this one!) – I hope this helps with your decision.
Joan says
Hi Nate
Thank you so much for the awesome advise and solid info. The effective edge is very interesting! I will go with 148 :). Thank you again, this was extremely helpful.
Nate says
You’re very welcome.
Let me know what you think of the Klassy once you’ve had a chance to ride it – and have an awesome trip to Japan!
jackob says
hello, I am 177-176 tall and my weight is 80 kg. I ride rails and jump and sometimes pow, but I mainly ride rails. What size should I have on my snowboard. I think maybe a salomon buck knife 152 or 155? what do you think?
jackob says
I meant huck knife
Nate says
Hi Jackob
That’s a tough one because you really want to size down for riding rails and go longer for riding pow!
Ideally you’d have a different board for each. But if you only want to have one board – then size it for jibbing as it sounds like that’s what you will be doing more of and you can still ride pow of course but it just won’t be as good as if you had a longer board/more suited to powder board.
In either case I think the 155cm would be best.
That said, I think there are better boards if you mostly ride rails. You should also try the following which are more jib specialists.
>>Capita Horrorscope 153cm
>>Capita Ultafear 153cm
>>Lib Tech Box Scratcher 154cm
Josh says
How’s it going? I’m having a rough go at trying to find any advise that pertains directly to me, given I’m not your typical size. I’m 6’7″ 235LBS. I see everywhere that weight is the biggest factor. Given my height is this still true? I know for sure I need a wide. Just not sure on the length I should use. I’m a beginner, but I have been snowboarding before. Thanks in advance.
Nate says
Hi Josh
It’s definitely a bit harder to find stuff when you’re not within the typical size. Weight is definitely the biggest factor but height plays some part too.
Because you’re a beginner you do want to go shorter with your board – so that will help when trying to find gear.
I’d go with something around a 163 to 165cm board. It also somewhat depends on the weight recommendations of the board but in your case I wouldn’t pay too much attention to that.
What I would do though is look for a board with a medium flex that you are outside of the weight recommendations for. The reason for this is that a medium-soft flexing board is the best for beginners. But if you get on a medium-soft flex board that is meant for a lighter person, then it will feel softer than that. If you go for a medium flex but you are above the weight recommendations, then that board will feel like it has a softer flex.
I hope that makes sense. By going for a medium flex board you can get something shorter (which will make the board easier to maneuver and easier to learn on) but you still get a softer flex (but not too soft) which also makes the board more forgiving and also easier to learn on.
You’ll want to also look for a board with either a hybrid camber, flat-to-rocker or hybrid rocker profile – it’s difficult to learn on a trad camber or all flat board because they are easy to catch an edge on – and a continuous rocker board is too loose feeling. O.k. I know that’s a lot of info! Check out the links below to get a better understanding.
>>Camber types
>>Choosing a snowboard for a beginner
Usually I’d direct beginners to my top 5 beginner snowboards but in your case I’d look at the following. Find something that’s in your size and make sure that it has a medium flex if you are above or towards the top of the weight recommendations. And also make sure that it will be ok for a beginner by reading the article above about choosing a beginner snowboard.
>>Top 5 All Mountain Freestyle Snowboards
>>Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards
Hope this helps – let me know if you find something that you think is suitable and I can double check for you.
Josh says
I was kind of looking between these two. I’m trying to stay away from spending too much since its my first board. Maybe as I get more experienced I can upgrade down the road.
Ride Wildlife 2016 at the-house
YES Basic at amazon
Nate says
Hey Josh
Those are decent options. I think the YES Basic would be the slightly better beginner board but the Wild Life is probably a better flex in terms of being closer to medium, like I was saying in the other post – where the Basic is closer to Medium soft. That said, you’re not really much over the weight recommendations, if at all for the Wild Life. YES don’t publish weight recommendations unfortunately.
For both I would say the 163W is the best option.
I found the 2016 Wild Life slightly cheaper at the following link.
>>Ride Life 2016 at evo
I couldn’t find the 2016 version of the YES Basic in your size but there are some other store options in the links below for the 2017, in case you didn’t want to buy at amazon (not that you necessarily wouldn’t).
>>YES Basic at evo.com
>>YES Basic Wide at Backcountry.com
Let me know if you have any other questions or if you find any other boards you think might be suitable.
Danni Elizabeth says
Hello,
It is going to be my first winter snowboarding and I’m starting to look at Snowboard types and I think the person at the shop told me the wrong size that I would need as she just based the board as being between my chin and nose. After some research I found out that was wrong and thankfully didn’t buy a board that day.
I am 5ft tall and 165lbs. I am also an absolute beginner. I haven’t snowboarded once in my life. The place I will be starting out at is a mountain resort (don’t know specifically what type of terrain that would be). Any advice would be appreciated!
Nate says
Hey Danni
You were right not to go by that advice. Judging size between the chin and nose is very old school! Some stores and rental places still go by this – either because they don’t know better or because it’s the fastest way to get people through the door. Now that doesn’t mean that you might not end up with a board that length – but you might not as well – it’s an inaccurate way of doing it. Weight is more important than height when it comes to snowboards.
Based on your height/weight and the fact that you’re a beginner. I’d say anything from a 146 to 148cm would be suitable.
Check out my list of top 5 snowboards for beginners at the link below – this would be a good place to start.
>>Top 5 Women’s Snowboards for Beginners
Let me know if you have any other questions.
James says
Hi I just bought a Lib Tech Skunk Ape 157w. I am a male 5β10β. I put a freestyle twist on all my riding. I love side hits and flat ground trick. Used to ride park but getting old so not as much anymore. Very rarely do I ride real powder. I strapped into the board and the stiffness, stance width, etc. seem fine. I was just worried I got the wrong size. Does this seem alright.
Nate says
Hi James
Thanks for your message.
If you can let me know your weight and boot size as well, then I can give you a more accurate opinion. I like to take height into account, but weight and boot size are the main factors for board sizing, IMO.
Katey says
Hi there, I’m a female who is 5’3″- 5’4″ and about 195lbs. I’m looking to go snowboarding for the first time ever this upcoming season, but I’ve been having a hard time deciding on what size I should get for a board seeing as I’m short but heavy. From the chart, I see that I should get a 154-155cm standard. Do you have any suggestions on brands or types that would be suitable for a beginner who is heavier ? I don’t want to get a board and end up snapping it bc of my weight !
Nate says
Hi Katey
Firstly it’s usually a good idea to take off a few centimeters as a beginner rider – it will make the board easier to control. So something closer to a 152cm is probably best, anything from a 151 to 153cm would be ideal.
Some might be tempted to say to go with a men’s board – but the problem with that is that most men’s boards will be too wide. When a board is too wide it’s hard to turn because your feet aren’t close enough to the edges to apply pressure, so I wouldn’t go there.
It’s always a bit harder to find something suitable when your outside the “normal” but I think I found something that would definitely be suitable – the GNU Velvet Gnuru.
The Velvet Gnuru 153cm specfically. This board has a recommended weight range of 80lbs to 170lbs+. I definitely wouldn’t worry about snapping it. It will definitely be able to hold up. The only thing with being outside of the weight recommendations is that the board will flex differently than if you were within the weight range. So if you are below the weight recommendations, then the board will feel stiffer and if you’re above then the board will feel softer. Still with me?
Ok. So, generally speaking you’d want a softer flexing board as a beginner. Something that’s either soft or medium-soft. The Velvet Gnuru is a medium flex board. But if you are above the weight recommendations it will feel softer flexing than that. So it will feel more like medium-soft – which is exactly what you want as a beginner.
Everything else about the Velvet Gnuru is also suitable for a beginner so I think this would definitely be a great choice for you. You can learn more about it at the link below.
>>GNU Velvet Gnuru
If you need any clarification of any of this let me know. But if you want to take my word for it, I think this would be a great option.
Hope this helps
Katey says
Thanks for getting back to me and clarifying the adding/subtracting of board height and the flexing. I’ll definitely look into that board. thanks again for the help !
Nate says
You’re very welcome Katie. Hope you have an awesome season!
Max says
Hi Nate,
It’s so nice that you help people with their choice! May I ask for your advice as well.
I’m more leaning towards a free-ride style. I’ve been riding for several years and now gonna to buy new Jones Flagship. My height is 183cm and weight 82kg, hence based on the table I should take 161cm. However, would you recommend to downsize to 158cm or better to stay with my standard length.
Many thanks in advance!
All the best,
Max
Nate says
Hey Max
I would go for the 161cm. Not just because of the charts below but also the Flagship weight recommendations are:
~130-180 lbs(59-82 kg) for the 158cm; and
~140-190 lbs (64-86 kg) for the 161cm
You’re right on the edge for the 158 in terms of their weight recommendations and once you have all your snowboarding gear on you’ll be over it. The extra length from the 161 as opposed to the 158 will also give you better float in powder and more stability at speed.
That said, if you would class yourself as more of an intermediate rider – or if you know that you have a preference for shorter length boards, then the 158cm isn’t out of the question but I think that the 161 is more suitable.
If you class yourself as advanced, then definitely go with the 161cm. Some riders of your height/weight might even go for the 164. The reason being that some people like to add length to their freeride boards – and you’d still be well within the weight recommendations for the 164 (160-210 lbs [73-95 kg]).
However, if going to a 161 is already sizing up for you, then definitely stick with the 161cm.
Just to make sure that you won’t need a wide version can you let me know your boot size (in US sizes preferably)?
Long story short, I think the 161 is the best size for you. If you are sizing up from your current board, then it will take a bit to get used to but it will be better in the long run for the type of riding you’ll be doing on the flagship
Hope this helps
Max says
Great! My boot (US) size is 11, seems to be in line with normal 161.
Thanks a lot, Nate!
Nate says
You’re very welcome.
Yeah you will be fine on the regular width Flagship 161.
Zain says
Hi Nate,
Great article. I just had a quick question. I’m about 5′ 8″ 155-160lbs.
I’ve only snowboarded once before. I found a really good deal on a used 151cm board. Would a board of that length be okay based on my weight?
Thanks,
Zain
Nate says
Hi Zain
You’d probably get away with a 151 since you are a beginner. But that’s the lowest I would go for sure. Ideally I’d say more like a 152 to 154 but if you’ve got a really good deal on it then maybe you could go for it. The other thing is to make sure that it’s a suitable board for a beginner. A lot of beginners end up going out and buying a super-aggressive or super-stiff board and if you do that it makes it really tricky to learn on.
If you can let me know the name of the snowboard that you’re looking at I can give you a better idea whether or not it will be suitable.
Also some boards ride longer and shorter than others (if that makes sense!) so if I know the brand and model of the board I can give you a more accurate recommendation.
Zain says
Hi Nate,
Thanks for your quick response. I really appreciate the help.
I found a Salomon Driver 155 snowboard which i bought used for about $80. The board is in really good shape.
I had a question about bindings, the board came with some world industries bindings which, from what I’ve read, are terrible. Do you have any recommendations for bindings?
Thanks,
Zain
Nate says
Hi Zain
I don’t know anything about World Industries bindings so I won’t say anything either way.
Check out my list of what I consider the top 5 bindings for beginners at the link below. Hopefully you can find something in there suitable.
>>Top 5 Men’s Beginner Snowboard Bindings
Marina Kio says
Hi, I’m 20 (pretty much done growing). I’m 115lbs and 5’4. I’ve been boarding for 2 seasons but advance quick and am already past the beginner level. I am pretty into tricks and freestyle, I want to get better at park this season but, I want my board to hold up free-riding in powder, etc. I am thinking about getting the capita birds of a feather from 2015 since it’s now on sale. I am deciding between the 144-146 because the board i currently have is a 146. Do you think if i go with the 144 i would be okay? I don’t want to advance to the point where id want a bigger board and i dont want it to not hold up all around the mountain. What do you think?
Marina Kio says
Size 7 boots
Nate says
Hi Marina
Thanks for your message.
I think that the 144 would be a good option for you. If you were purely doing freeriding, then the 146 is probably the better size and if you were going to ride purely in the park, then the 142 would be better. The 144 is a good compromise between the two sizes so I think this is your best bet.
The 146 is probably better in terms of waist width but you’ll get away with the width on the 144. What is the board that you currently ride? One 146 can ride differently to another – if you can let me know your current board I can better understand how much difference you’ll feel going from your 146 to the 144 Birds of a Feather.
Marina Kio says
I used the 146 burton lyric
Nate says
Hey Marina
Yeah definitely go with the 144 Birds of a Feather. The 144 Birds of a Feather actually has more of an effective edge than the Lyric. It’s also going to be quite a bit stiffer in terms of flex and a bit more aggressive overall. Better for carving and speed but also better for jumps and riding switch.
But yeah it will be a stiffer more aggressive board overall and will actually have more effective edge in the 144 than the Lyric 146 has. So it’s not likely to feel like you’re down-sizing at all in terms of carving and speed but it will feel shorter for spins – which is what you want.
Hope this helps.
Steve says
Hi Nate – I’m 40 and have been riding all my life. I’ve come to the point where my height (5’8″) and weight (185lbs) don’t really match-up on the charts. I have size 9 feet and would consider myself an advanced rider (no park). I ride a 154 custom Flying V right now but am considering up-sizing to match my weight and riding style. Any thoughts on my current board length or recommendations for an up-sized length?
Great article – Cheers – Steve
Nate says
Hey Steve
I think you would benefit from up-sizing a bit. The 154cm would be an ok length for you if you were doing more freestyle/park stuff but if that’s not your thing then I think an up-sizing would be a good idea. With the extra length you’ll gain (all else being equal) extra stability at speed, extra ability to ride faster and better float in powder.
I’m not a big fan of jumping up too much from what you’re used to. Going from a 154 to a 160 say would take quite a bit to get used to and the board would feel more difficult to maneuver and turn. But in saying that I think you would be better off with something longer.
Anything from a 156 to 158 I think would be a good range to look at.
If you don’t want to change too much at once then look for something with a similar flex and camber profile as your current board – in the case of the Flying V that would be a medium flex and a hybrid rocker profile.
Because you aren’t really into anything freestyle then I would suggest an all-mountain board. You can check out my top 10 all mountain boards at the link below if you want some options.
>>Snowboarding Profiles Top 10 All Mountain Snowboards for 2016-17
Hope this helps
Kath says
Hi Nate
I was wondering if you could me some advice on a snowboard I would like to buy.
I have been riding for a few seasons now,have tried a few different boards but have yet to find one I really like. I’m 179cm and weigh around 73kg,which then states around a 157-159 board would work for me. however,I’m currently looking at a capita 154, flat between the feet and reverse camber on the nose and tail. Do you think this could be a wise choice? I’m looking at working on more freestyle skills this season,so I thought this board might be great for that.
Nate says
Hey Kath
If you’re looking at doing more freestyle stuff, then the 154 should be a good size for you.
If you could let me know which Capita board you were looking at I could give you a better recommendation. Also if you could let me know your boot size, then I can just make sure that it won’t be too narrow. It’s great to size down for freestyle but we’ve just got to make sure the width doesn’t get too narrow – it’s usually fine, especially if you get a board designed for freestyle because the width is normally wider on shorter lengths when compared to other types of boards – because they know that people will be riding slightly shorter boards for freestyle purposes. So I don’t think it would be an issue but I want to make sure you get the right size board in terms of length and width.
Kath says
Hi, thanks for getting back to me! it’s the capita indoor survival 2013 model,and I wear a size 8 boot
Nate says
Hey Kath, you’re very welcome.
The Indoor Survival is technically a men’s board. But it’s actually a men’s board with a narrower than average waist width. Size 8 (I’m making the assumption that it’s Women’s US size 8) boots are probably still a little short to be ideal for that width but doable.
The Indoor Survival isn’t strictly a freestyle board but it can definitely ride freestyle (I’d class it as an all-mountain freestyle). I think that would be fine for your purposes though.
I’m guessing you’ve found the Indoor Survival 2013 for a cheap price?
I would say the Capita Space Metal Fantasy would be a better choice in the Capita line. It’s a more women’s specific board and is slightly narrower – definitely enough to make a difference. If the board is too wide it’s harder (physically and technically) to ride because your feet aren’t long enough to apply pressure right to the edges of the snowboard.
The Space Metal Fantasy comes in a 153, which would be fine for you and it’s also a bit more freestyle oriented.
I found the 2015-16 version on sale at the link below. Not sure if it’s as cheap as you found the 2013 Indoor Survival.
>>Capita Space Metal Fantasy
Here’s also the link to the latest model – though this will be at full price.
>>Capita Space Metal Fantasy 2016-17
I definitely wouldn’t say no to the Indoor Survival 154 – it wouldn’t be the worst fit at all. But also there are boards that would be a better fit, in my opinion, like the Space Metal Fantasy 153.
Hope this helps
Kath says
Hi Nate, Thanks for all the advice this has been actually super helpful! I’ve actually been riding men’s boards the entire time I’ve been snowboarding (because of cheap deals and I didn’t know what I wanted to ride haha) and I’ve been riding two wide mens boards for awhile now,so anything with a shorter width is going to be better? I also found the capita for cheap too. Sounds like it’s worth a shot then,thanks again!
Nate says
Hey Kath.
Glad I could help. A narrower width (so long as it’s not too narrow) will make it easier to apply pressure to the edges so you can do more with less effort. I think the Space Metal Fantasy is definitely worth a shot. Go for it! And let me know how it goes for you.
Pat says
Hi Nate,
I am 5’9 and 165-170 lbs depending how many burritos I ate that day. I am eyeing last year’s burton custom twin. I am unsure whether to go with the 154, or the 156. I am looking to ride park, hit jumps and rails but also would like to be able to handle the mountain. Which size would you recommend for me? thanks for your help.
Nate says
Hey Pat
I’d go with the 156cm. It should suit you better. Once you add your snowboard gear weight plus if you eat lots of Burritos that day, then you’d be outside the 154’s weight range! But seriously the 156 is the better bet for you.
It’s a couple of cms under your “all-mountain” length which will help you in the park but it’s a good balance to also help you to ride the rest of the mountain. I think the 158cm would be too long for you in the park and the 154 would be too short for the rest of the mountain so the 156 is the perfect middle ground.
Hope this helps. I’m trying to get into shape for the upcoming season so no Burritos unfortunately – have a Burrito for me!
Theresa says
Hey Nate!
Thank you for this great article, I learned a lot.
I know you have been answering so many questions lately but could you help me too?
I am a little confused. I’m a 1,68m female (5’6” I guess) and 56kg (123lbs).
I haven’t been snowboarding in years but I really want to pick it up again so I decided to get the RIDE compact 2015.
RIDE recommends the 147 board for 85-130lbs and the 150 board for 100-150lbs.
So I am in between both of these ranges but I am afraid that both of them will be either too short or too long.
I am kind of starting over again and really want to learn jumps and spend time in the park, which means I should go shorter, right?
But I also don’t want to lose control over the board while I go downhill or powder.
(I think overall it is going to be 50% park, 50% downhill)
Also I am afraid I will need a longer board as I get better. But I really want to keep and use this board longer than one or two seasons.
I am not sure what effect those 3cm board lenght will have but I just don’t want to take the wrong pick.
Could you help me? What are your thoughts on which board I should get?
Thank you and greetings for Germany!
Nate says
Hi Theresa
Thanks for all the details, it makes it easy to make a recommendation.
I think the 147cm is best for you. You are correct that you should go shorter for the more freestyle stuff that you want to do. But 147 isn’t that short for you. It’s about right I’d say and would be a good size that will last you for as long as you need it, even as you improve.
A longer board will be better in powder and have more stability at speed – but will be more difficult in the park and more difficult to control, especially in the beginning. I would only put you on the 150cm if you were only going to be riding in the powder and downhill riding (and even then a 148-149 might be better). If you were purely in the park I would say something more like a 144cm. The 147cm is a good compromise between the two.
gill says
hey i just got hooked up with the the soloman man’s board at 159 cm, im just wondering if this is too long for me.
im 130lb
size 9 boot
and the board height is just at the tip of my nose
Nate says
Hey Gill
Sweet hook up!
Unfortunately that board is definitely too long for you. I would have you on a 153cm. Given your boot size it’s marginally too wide for you too. Also the Salomon Man’s Board is quite an aggressive board – fine if you ride aggressive and are a more advanced rider. But if you’re a beginner and like to ride more casually, then it wouldn’t be ideal even if it was a better size for you.
A sweet board to get hooked up with but I don’t think it’s the board for you. If I was you I’d sell the board (hopefully without offending the person who hooked you up) and get something that’s more suitable.
gill says
yikes okay thanks for the advice nate
Nate says
You’re welcome Gill. Not what you wanted to hear I know! But I don’t want you to end up with the wrong gear.
If you are thinking of selling you could check out the following site for selling gear:
>>Gear Trade Buy and Sell Gear
I haven’t used this site before but they’ve got free listings and it looks like it’s pretty easy to list an item there.
Kerry says
Hey Nate
Just a question about weight for a snowboard size. I am a female 5’7″ and 220lb and according to many charts I should be in a 159 but I am a new beginner and I was told at the store to get a women’s 152 board. According to the burton size chart i’m over the weight limit but what does this affect with the snowboard its self? I bought the Burton feel good 152 2015/2016 camber board which sounds like it’s a great board. Just curious for the weight what it affects.
Nate says
Hi Kerry
The weight recommendations for boards are typically to with the flex and feel of the board. If you are above the weight recommendations, then the board will feel like it flexes more than how that board is labelled to flex. If you are under the weight recommendation then the board will flex less than what it’s labelled to do. For example a board that has a flex rating of 5/10 might feel more like a 3 or 4 out of 10 for someone who is over the weight recommendations and more like a 6 or 7 out of 10 for someone under the weight recommendations (with 1 being the softest flex and 10 being the stiffest).
I wouldn’t worry too much about this though. In fact the Burton Feelgood is a reasonably stiff flexing board for a women’s board – probably around a 6/10. For beginners I usually recommend something more like a 3 or 4 out of 10. So The fact that the board might feel softer than it’s designed to be is actually a good thing in your case.
And yes for a beginner snowboard you should definitely take off a few cms. I probably would have recommended something more like a 154 to 156cm for you rather than 152cm – but in saying that because of the board you bought (stiffer than I would normally recommend for a beginner) it’s not a bad thing that it’s a bit shorter than that.
Hope this makes sense.
T Mac says
Hi Nate. Thanks for posting this! I’m 6’2, about 210lbs without gear, size 11 feet. I’m a beginner and I’m looking at the Never Summer Snowtrooper X for all-mountain stuff. Would you recommend the 160cm or 164cm board? Thanks again!
Nate says
Hey T Mac
I’d go with the 160cm. It will be much easier for you to learn on than the 164cm so you’ll progress way faster on it.
G DiClemente says
Hi.
Am 5’10 190lbs size 10, intermediate all mountain and was looking at the 2014 Niche Story 2.0 158cm, until I noticed its a mid-wide, 262mm. Now I have hesitated, and am thinking maybe its better to go with the 156cm as its waist is less at 258mm. What are your thoughts on which board I should get? Thanks.
Nate says
Hey
A funny thing with Niche boards – they seem to ride narrower than they are. I’m also a size 10 boot and usually if I ride anything with a waist width anything like a 260mm I find it makes the board feel lethargic. However, with Niche boards I haven’t noticed that – not sure why.
I rode the 2017 Niche Story 159cm in the spring and that’s still got the 262mm waist width – but I didn’t find it slow to respond at all. For all I knew the waist could have been 255mm. Absolutely loved this board too, by the way.
Note that the 2014 Story came in a 156, 158 and 162. The 2017 comes in a 156, 159, and 162 – but all the waist widths are the same. So if you’re looking at the 2014 model, then I think that the 158cm would be the best size – even if the width seems wider than ideal.
Not sure where you’ve looked so far, but they’ve got the 2014 Story super cheap at snowboards.com at the moment which you can check out at the link below.
>>Niche Story at snowboards.com
Hope this helps.
S says
Hi Nate,
Very informative post. Looking to buy my first board, definitely still a beginner but when renting I feel like they give me a board thats entirely too big, so this season I plan to buy my own. What size would you recommend for a 5″10 – 110 lb female? Any specific brands ?
Thanks so much !
Nate says
Hey S
Thanks for your message. I’d say anything from a 142cm to 144cm in general. Though this could be slightly different depending on the brand but I would shoot for that range if I was you.
Check out my post at the link below to get an idea of some good options for beginners. I will be updating the post for 2016-17 boards. That post is for 2015-16 boards. But I’ll be updating it soon. Also, if you can get hold of a 2015-16 model you’ll be able to get it cheaper so wouldn’t be a bad move and not much would have changed from year to year especially in beginner decks.
>>Snowboarding Profiles Top 5 Women’s Beginner Snowboards
If you choose one of those boards, or any other board, and want a specific size recommendation, let me know and I’ll give you my opinion as to the best size for you.
Hope this helps
T says
Hi Nate, great article and I’m amazed at how responsive you’ve been to everyone.
I’m looking to buy a womens Never Summer Proto Type 2, mostly for all mountain. I ride in Australia. This is my first board but I’ve been renting for years. I am comfortable riding down black groomed and ungroomed runs, have started learning basic buttering (I’m aiming to eventually do all-mountain freestyle) and occasionally dabble in the park (very noob).
I’m tossing up between 142 and 145. I’m 161cm tall and currently weigh 55kg without snow gear. I’d love to hear your opinion on the size I should get as NS has not published their recommended sizing.
Nate says
Hey T
Thanks for your comments. Yeah, unfortunately Never Summer are one of the snowboard companies that don’t give size recommendations. But they do make awesome boards so we’ll forgive them!
I think either size would work for you. You’re kind of on the cusp between the two sizes – not helpful I know π
But it really comes down to how much you think you’ll be doing the freestyle stuff. If you see yourself going into the park more often and doing more freestyle on the rest of the mountain, then I’d go with the 142. It will be easier to control for butters and easier to spin if you get into that. Easier for riding switch etc. The 145 on the other hand will give you a bit more stability at speed and a bit more float in powder if you find yourself in there.
The 142 however, does have more effective edge than the average women’s all-mountain-freestyle board of that length. And also, I rode the 157cm of the Proto Type Two (men’s version) and that felt like it rode a little longer than it’s size (if that makes sense!). So, the more I think of it the more I think the 142 would be best for you.
So, I think either size will serve you well, but I would lean towards the 142.
Great board choice by the way – I really enjoyed riding the men’s version of the Type Two – and also I think it will suit your purposes well.
Hope this helps,
Nate
T says
Hey Nate, thanks for the reply! I’ve decided to go with the 142 for the freestyling side of things. We also don’t really get much powder days in Australia. Can’t wait to hit the snow with my new board!
Nate says
Nice one!
Let me know how you like it after you’ve had a chance to ride it.
Ronnie says
Nate,
Thanks for the awesome post! I am looking at a Ride Alter Ego. I am 6’1″ and usually weigh around 165lbs without boarding gear on. The ride site points me to a 164 wide (I wear size 11 boots) however I have always ridden 158 twin all mountain boards. I rode a friends 160 directional freeride last year and liked it, and am a bit worried about the 4 extra cm. I ride open bowls when I can and really enjoy riding trees. This would be my pow day board and I would say my skill level is advanced, at least I’d like to think so! Just having trouble pulling the trigger right now! Thanks for your suggestions!
Nate says
Hey Ronnie
I would say that the 160W would be your best option. Yes, you usually ride longer on a freeride board but I think the 164 might be slightly too long in this case – for the alter ego. Since you’re used to the 158 and you really enjoyed the 160 freeride you rode, I would stick with that size. I’m slightly shorter (6″0) but heavier (185lbs) but I really like a 160 to 161 for freeride and powder. I think that you could definitely handle the 164W if you’re a relatively experienced rider but I think you’d have more fun on the 160W.
That said, others prefer longer in the powder. But I think if you were comfortable on the 160 that you rode, then that’s probably the best option for the Alter Ego for you.
Ramazan says
Hi Nate,
I read your articles and all of them are very helpful.
I’m using Capita Horrorscope 155 and I’m going to change with Capita DOA but I’m trying to decide the length and especially about waist width. I’m 175 cm and 85 kg. intermediate level and freestyle. boot size 10.5 US. I like little ground tricks and jumps.
DOA 156 cm – waist width 252 mm
DOA 158 cm – waist width 254 mm
Two lengths and specs are close each other. What’s your recommend for me?
Thanks for your help.
Nate says
Hey Ramazan
Sorry for the late reply – have been on vacation.
Generally speaking I’d say the 158cm for you. But in the case of the DOA I’d go with the 156cm for you. It’s quite an aggressive deck – it’ll definitely be more aggressive than the Horrorscope but it’ll also have heaps more pop – is awesome for jumps, ollies etc. Not as good for jibbing as the horrorscope.
In terms of Waist Width there isn’t much in it between the 2. You’ll be fine with the 252mm.
I rode the DOA recently and loved it! One of my favorites that I demoed last season. You can check out my review at the link below.
>>Full Review of Capita DOA
Jekatarina says
Hi Nate!
I’m considering buying a used board from someone. It’s has only been used once. Its 145 cm. I’m about 168 cm and weigh around 55 kg. Is the 145 too small for me? Or will I be able to ride fine with it? I have snowboarded before, but it’s been years and years. So I’m a bit over beginner level, but not a pro.
The board brand is a bit unknown to the seller, but it has Marker written on it.
I hope you can help and thanks in advance π
Jekatarina
Nate says
Hey Jekatarina
Without knowing the board I couldn’t give you an accurate recommendation. But based on your height and weight I’d say that this size is probably fine for you. I’d say it’s on the smaller end of your range but I think a good size for you would be anywhere from 144 to 148, in general. So this fits that.
Although I can’t say whether or not it’s a good board choice for you in general without knowing the brand and model – I think there’s a brand Marker but I thought they only made helmets and goggles, though perhaps they make snowboards too.
Helena says
Hi there
Really great and helpful site!
I’m a beginner looking to buy my first snowboard. I’ve found a very good offer on the Burton Feather size 144. However, i’m unsure as to whether that will be too long for me. I’m 162cm and 56kg (124lb) without gear and have been snowboarding for 8-9 days. Another option is the Burton Genie, which i can get to a really good price in a size 142. What would you recommend?
Thanks!
/Helena
Nate says
Hey Helena
I think that the 144 would be a great size for you. The Feather should also be a good choice for your level. Though it did change a bit for the 2016 year. The 2015 and previous years models have a bit of a looser feel and the 2016 has a more stable feel.
The Genie is a great entry level board and the 142 Genie would also be a suitable size for you. The Genie hasn’t changed too much so it shouldn’t matter which year you got.
I think either would be a good choice. If I had to choose I’d probably go for the Genie if the Feather is 2015 or older but otherwise go for the Feather (just because it will likely last you as you become a more advanced rider whereas the Genie is more of an entry level only board and you might outgrow it, in terms of skill level, quicker).
Hope this helps (and doesn’t make your decision even harder!) – but neither would be a bad choice
chris says
hi there I am about 178cm in height and about 78 kgs give or take. I am wondering what length snowboard I need and width. I am a us11. I am just beginning been on the mountain a few days linking my turns but not on switch. thanks
Nate says
Hi Chris
I would say your “standard length” is 159. But since you are a beginner I would take some length off that. I would say for you anything from a 155 to 157 would suit.
In terms of width, you’re kind of on the cusp of a regular width board and a wide or mid-wide board. If you look out for the waist width (boards will show the waist width in the specs) and go for anything from a 255mm to a 264mm waist width. The actual width at your feet will differ depending on the shape of the board, your binding angles etc. but you should be safe on a width in that range.
Do you already own boots? If you don’t yet have boots then your boot size may be smaller. Often snowboard boot sizes are half a size lower (though they can be the same too). If you end up with a 10.5 boot, then let me know and I can recommend a new width range.
Hopes this helps,
Nate
Tk says
Hi Nate,
I tried to reply again but for some reason it didn’t post. But I wanted to tell you thanks for the great advice and was wondering if you could give me some websites that have reasonably priced snowboards. Thanks!
Nate says
Hey Tk
Sorry the comments don’t post straight away – they need to be moderated first – just to keep the spam out.
Check out the links below – a couple of sites with outlet stores for previous season’s boards.
~ Evo Outlet
~ The House Outlet
Hopefully you can find something in there. Feel free to run any boards that your considering past me before you buy and I can let you know what I think.
Tk says
Hi Nate,
I was looking to buy a used burton custom snowboard 169w. According to burton’s chart I should be ok with that snowboard model but according to other charts it would be too long. I wanted to get your input before I decided to get it or not. I weigh 203lbs, 6 feet tall and wear size 13 snow boots. Thanks
Nate says
Hey Tk
Remember that this snowboard length chart – and others too – are an estimate. Often different brand’s weight recommendations are different for the same length as another brand. So you’ve kind of got to weigh it up between the brands recommendations and what you are used to and comfortable with and what your ability and style is.
That said, you should be fine on the 169W according to Burton’s recommendations. However, for me I wouldn’t want to go that long but that’s somewhat a personal preference.
For you it would depend on a couple of other things. Firstly, are you a beginner or a more advanced rider? If you are a beginner, then I would definitely say that’s too long. Also – how do you like to ride? Do you like speed, riding powder etc – then that length would be better than if you preferred things more casual or liked to ride more freestyle. The other thing would be – what length are you used to riding. If you usually ride a 160cm then going to a 169cm will be a big adjustment. However, if you are used to riding a 165cm then it won’t be as big an adjustment.
In terms of width, the width on that board should be great for your boot size.
Hope this helps – let me know if you have any other questions or if you want to let me know your ability, style and what size you are used to riding and then I can let you know if I think that size will be ok for you
Tk says
I live in the Midwest so we don’t get the best snow. But I guess you’d say I’m a super beginner and couldn’t tell what size board i used my first time because it was a rental. Last year was my first time but I loved it and want to keep going. My style right now is just riding casually down the hill and Maybe hit a very small jump here or there.
Nate says
In that case I definitely wouldn’t go as long as 169W. This is going to be difficult to control if you are a beginner and if you aren’t riding in a lot of powder, then you won’t necessarily want a board that long.
I’d say you should start out on something around in the range of 159cm to 162cm. Still get a wide board – because you’ll need it with size 13s but 169cm is definitely too long for your purposes.
You could check out my top 5 beginner snowboards for some options – these aren’t the only boards that will be suitable but it’s a place to start. On that list the Ride Crook 161W, the Rome Garage Rocker 160MW and the Ride Agenda 161W would all be good options in my opinion.
~ Top 5 Men’s Beginner Snowboards
You could try looking for these secondhand too or look for previous season boards (they are new but usually have a big discount on them).
Let me know if you want any other board recommendations and if you want me to point you in the direction where you can find some last seasons boards online.
Tk says
Thanks for the advice! If you could point me in the direction of some reasonable priced boards that’d be great.
Smallp Tsai says
Hi, Nate,
I am 163 cm, ~150 lb, and with US men 8.5 size feet.
And I found that most boards that can handle this weight and feet would be longer than 150 cm.
But 150 cm board is already above my nose and near my eyes.
All my friends told me I should start with 145~147 cm board.
Can you advise should I choose 147 (a bit overweight) or 150 (too long?)?
My ability:
Beginner that is able to do S turn, learning carving but not perfect yet, never do black run, can handle red/green run easily.
Want to do some freestyle in the next season.
Thanks in advance!
Smallp Tsai
Nate says
Hey – thanks for your message.
For your specs I would have you on a 152cm, if you were an advanced rider. It sounds like you are more than just an absolute beginner but I would say you could handle a 150cm. I would say that if you were a complete beginner then something from 147-149.
But you also say that you want to get into freestyle – so for that you will want a slightly shorter board too. So I would say something between a 146 and 149cm.
Like you say you will probably on or just over the max weight for those size boards for a lot of types of boards. But this doesn’t make those boards unrideable – it just means that they will probably feel like they are a softer flex than what they are labelled as.
Also there are some boards in those sizes – particularly freestyle boards that you will be inside the weight recommendations for. For example the Burton Nug 146cm has a recommended weight range of 135-175lbs. But you’re right that for most you will be bordering on the max. However, at around the 150cm mark you should start to be inside those ranges (depending on the board) so if you’re really worried about that go with a 150cm. Otherwise I think a 147 or 148 would be a good size for you.
Hope this helps
Smallp Tsai says
Hi, Nate,
Thanks for the reply. From another post you mentioned that you are kind of gear guy that have wide knowledge about snowboard gears. So I wonder if you can give more advice based on my situation?
I am at a country without snow, so there are only very few options at local shop (it is off-season now). I will have to buy online from US.
I did some study and come out follow board list (the most import factor is the look :D)
1. Slash happy place (149cm, 24.7cm waist, 110~150lbs): I think 146cm is better choice but the spec is a little bit below my requirement [waist=24.3 and weight range =100-140]
2. GNU Headspace (145cm, 24.7cm waist, 80-145lbs): the length is good, waist is good, weight is a little bit below (I will have to lose some weight before next season :D). But it is more jib/street use from thegoodride.com. (I will only play SB at ski resort)
3. GNU Carbon credit (147cm, 24.2cm waist, 80-150lbs): waist is a bit too short, would be risky without physical try it.
Personally I prefer 2. headspace for its look and length, but afraid it is too soft and too jib/street for me.
1. happy place is also good look to me, cheaper and also have good reputations (beginner/freestyle), the only drawback is the length 149cm.
3. CC is friend’s suggestion, but it is a risky pick due to the waist.
Can you give me your thoughts and advices/suggestions?
Thanks a lot~
Smallp Tsai
Nate says
Hey Smallp
I really like the Happy Place – really fun, quality board. I think 149cm would be fine so I wouldn’t worry about the size.
Your right headspace is really a jib specialist. It will feel quite loose as well as being soft – and quite washy at speeds. Awesome as a jibber but not that versatile in what it can do.
The Carbon Credit is definitely an option but, as you say, there is that risk it’s too narrow for you. It would probably be ok but if you can’t physically test it for width then it is a riskier pick.
I would go with the Slash Happy Place if it was me.
Smallp Tsai says
hi, Nate
I finally pick happy place. Can’t wait for next season!
Thanks!
Smallp Tsai
Valentina says
Hi Nate
Great article! Very helpful! I’m a (little) girl, I’m 4’8 (148cm), 81,5lb (37kg). I’m looking for my first board, I rented a lot of different boards and I finally found what I’d like to take:a board whith a medium flex because I’m an all mountain rider, I love high speeds and I carve very well, I’m an intermediate rider, I like pretty much classic camber boards. I recently saw the burton protest 2016, what do you think of this board? Is the flex too stiff? Which is the right size for me? 126 or 132
Nate says
Hey Valentina
I don’t know a lot about youth size boards but the ProTest sounds like it could be suitable for you (based on some quick research). It will be quite stiff by the sounds of it but if you like carving and you can do it well then that’s more of a good thing. ANd it sounds like it’s a forgiving medium-stiff flex (if that makes sense!?)
I would say that the 132 is the best size for you.
Hope this helps
Justine Dionne says
Hi Nate!
Iβm between 5β2 and 5’3, 115lb and I’m looking for a new board. My actual board is a 151 cm… I’m an intermediate rider so according to the charts, I should buy a 141-144 cm board. I’m not doing a lot of park, I’m mostly a freerider type!
Which size would you recommended me?
Thx!
Nate says
Hi Justine
I think that something around a 144cm would be best for you based on your info. But since you currently ride a 151cm then you will be used to something longer. However, I do think that you should reduce the length for your new board. I think something between a 145cm and 148cm would be a good range for you to look at.
Hope this helps
Andre B says
Hey! Awesome article, thank you. I have a question as well, if you don’t mind. I’m 6,2 and weigh 170. I have my eyes on the K2 Carve Air, but the longest it comes in is a 154. I’ve been boarding for about two years so I’m decent. Do you think that board would be too short for me or should I be okay?
I love carving and powder, not so much the park. But I’ll pop a jump once in a while as well!
Thank you again!
Andre
Nate says
Hey Andre
A 154 would normally be way too short for you. Especially if you like riding powder and carving.
However, the Carveair (not a board I’m that familiar with) looks like it’s designed to be shorter. Some boards are like this like the Capita Spring Break Slush Slasher. Funny that your comment has come now because I just picked up a Spring Break Slush Slasher to demo!
You would actually fit on the Carveair 154 board according to the weight range recommendations because these boards are designed to be short. I haven’t yet demoed this type of board but I’ll be on Capita’s version sometime in the next week.
If you haven’t tried this type of board it might be best to give it a go first to see if you like it. Quite a different type of ride I imagine. Though when I was talking to the Capita rep he said that a lot of people try their version of this type of board at demo days and end up buying it so it is getting more populer. Whether it’s the kind of thing you would like is hard to say.
If you want I can let you know how I go on the Spring Break Slush Slasher?
Sorry I couldn’t be more help with this one.
Mela says
Hello, female rider here! Wonderful article and information provided! I am 163cm (5’4) tall and 120 lbs. I have a 145cm board for free riding down the hill but I want to start learning in park. What size is good for freestyle at my height and weight? I was thinking of buying a board thats 140cm or 142cm. Which length would be more appropriate?
Nate says
Hi Mela
Thanks for your message.
I think either of those sizes would be fine for you for the park. Since you already have the 145 for freeriding then I’d say go with the 140cm, since you can use it purely for the park. If you had one board and rode mostly park but sometimes on the rest of the mountain then I’d say go with the 142 for something that can do a bit of both but since you will have 2 then the 140 is the slightly better option.
That’s what I’d do. Hope this helps,
Nate
Sam H says
Hi Nate – great article. Really useful information. Especially as I’m off on my once-every-5-years trip in a couple of weeks.
I was riding my own 168 Burton Canyon. At 1.91 tall and max 85kg (incl. kit) I now realise that was too long. First shop I stopped into suggested 158. Your table recommends 163-164. Will 4 or 5 cm make that much difference? Good info to take with me to the hire shop when I get to Verbier π
Nate says
Hey Sam
Thanks for your message.
I would say that 168 is definitely too long – but also that 158cm is too short. 4-5cm definitely makes a difference. It depends on your ability level and how you like to ride. For example I like to ride a 158cm for riding freestyle around the mountain but would go up to a 160, 161 if riding more aggressively on a more aggressive deck. or even 162 if I had the right conditions and was riding the backcountry. And I like to ride a 156cm or 157cm board if I was to spend the whole day in the park. I’m 183cm and around 85kg as well.
If you like to stick to the trails and you are something like an intermediate rider then I’d say a 160-162 would be fine. You could go as low as 158cm if you were riding freestyle or if you were a beginner. If you are high intermediate to advanced rider and like to ride reasonably aggressive downhill and don’t really do any freestyle stuff then a 163 or 164 would be the best bet in my opinion.
Hope this helps
Sam H says
Hi Nate. Thanks – really helpful as always π
Chris says
Nate,
I’m 5′ 8″ and 195lbs. I ride a wide range of boards but no bigger than a 156cm. I ride in the Northeast but occasionally I’ll take a trip out west. This is where I think I would need a longer board. I like the steeps and the bumps. What size would you suggest for my size given that most of the boards I ride have a stiffer flex and I am not going in the park. I’m always concerned that with a longer board it will end up riding me rather than me riding it. Thanks for your help and insight.
Chris
Nate says
Hey Chris
Certainly conditions come into it too. A bit of extra length is nice in powder for sure.
It definitely takes some getting used to with a longer board but if you like carving and steeps etc then it can be a good idea. That extra length helps with float in powder, edge-hold, speed and stability at speed.
However, if you are used to a certain length then it will feel weird to start with. And in some case people just prefer their board to be slightly shorter. Maybe experiment with a 159cm if you can and see how it feels for you. Then you could try 158 or 157 and see if that feels better. But it’s totally up to you what you want to ride in the end and if you prefer something shorter there’s nothing wrong with that either. But I think it’s worth experimenting with a longer size to see if you prefer it after getting used to it.
Jasmine says
Hi! This is one of the most helpful breakdowns I’ve seen on the internet. Thank you!
I just restarted the learning process again after many years. I would identify more as a free-rider (not a brand new beginner but full disclosure: just started linking turns). I’m looking for a board that can facilitate my current needs and also stay with me as I advance. Also, I’m not likely to ever spend much time in the park and am more drawn to exploring the mountain.
My current burton feather board is sized 139, was purchased when I first started learning (I was 5′ 110 lbs). I’m *currently* 5’1″ 120 lbs.
The end of the season sales mean limited stock and I was recently sold a jones twin sister 146. I’m wondering if that is much to big for me. The alternative could be a ride baretta 142 or 145.
Thanks for your help!
Nate says
Hi Jasmine
Thanks for the message.
I don’t think that the 146 Twin Sister is much too big for you. Maybe slightly too big for you at this stage. If you are just starting to link turns then a board of that length might be difficult to start with. But once you are more advanced and more confident with turns and start carving etc. then I think it will actually be an ok size for you.
Remember that your weight will be slightly higher with all your snowboarding gear on I think that you could be quite happy on a 144cm board and if you don’t ever want to go in the park and prefer freeride then adding a couple of cms to that is fine.
But I think if you start using it at this point it might slow down your progress. Especially if you are used to the 139, then the 146 will take a bit of getting used to.
If I was you I’d keep riding your Feather until you are feeling really confident linking turns and then try out the Twin Sister and see what you think of it.
Hope this helps
Luke says
Hi, I would really appreciate some feedback… I’m 5’11 and weight 236lbs I’m not a beginner. I mostly just like carving down the hill and occasionally like to take my time and hit some small jumps on way down. I can carve very well. I also haven’t been boarding in 7 yrs and I gained a bunch of weight. But I know I’ll pick it right back up. I just recently bought two used boards and I believe they are 5ft 1 inch long and sorta wide. One is the ride agenda and one is a rossignol. The chart says I should be riding a 164. With all that in mind what do you think? Thank you much for your feedback. I also don’t know how to read your reply so could you email me at “email address removed” thank you.
Nate says
Hey Luke
I agree that something around a 164cm would work well – give or take a centimeter or 2. 5ft 1 inch isn around 155cm if I’ve converted it right. I think these would be too short for you – especially if you like carving. If you feel like 164cm is too long for what you used to ride then maybe you’d prefer something slightly shorter but I wouldn’t ride anything less than a 160cm for you.
I have replied to your email also but you should get an email notification for this comment.
Ellie says
Hi! I am looking into getting a ride baretta. I am about 120lbs and 5’7″. I am no longer at the beginner level, I am closer to being intermediate and a fan of all mountain riding. What size board would you suggest?
Thanks so much!!
Nate says
Hey Ellie
Based on your size, level and style, I think the 148 would be the best size for you.
Thanks for visiting,
Nate
Mary says
I was recently looking at the Rossignol Diva Magtek and the sizing chart recommends the 151+ size for a 60kg rider like myself, this seems terribly long! Is there a reason other than the flex rating that Rossignol recommends a board that long whereas I would otherwise be in the 146ish ballpark for other boards?
Thanks!
Nate says
Hi Mary
Thanks for your message.
I can only imagine that Rossignol are only taking into account weight. Whereas I (and some other brands) take into account weight and height. I think that weight is the key factor but height plays some part. Can you let me know your height so that I can assess your board size.
It does also depend on the particular board, and flex comes into that, but I think you would be fine on the 148 if that’s the more suitable size for you.
Olly says
Hi Nate,
I’m going to get my first board in the next few months. I’m 14 years old nearing 15 but I’m only 167 cm and 100lbs, so I’m going with the junior ‘Burton Process Smalls’, so according to your chart I should get a 142cm board, but I’m just coming from beginner on to intermediate (I think) as I’m going to start linking turns (on dry slope as well if it helps, but hopefully going to alps soon!), so I don’t know whether to go for the 142cm or the 138cm. Also, how long will the board last me as I’m advancing pretty quick (only been on slope for 4 hours altogether) and obviously I’m still growing.
Thanks in advance!!
Nate says
Hey Olly
Normally as a beginner I would say go with the 138 but since you are still growing as you say, and advancing quickly at the same time I think you will grow out of the 138 very quickly. If you had stopped growing I would say 138 for now and then upgrade later but I in this case I think the 142 would be the better choice, in my opinion.
It’s going to be slightly harder to progress on initially but it will last you for longer.
Enjoy the alps!
Olly says
Thanks! Also if another post of the exact same comes through just delete because I sent two as I thought the first one deleted haha.
JoΓ£o Evangelho says
Hi nate, sorry to bother you. I’m 178cm and weight 70kg. I like to ride park mostly and like to do some jumps and rails. i’ve always rented my boards and the last one (also the one that i liked the most) was a 152cm burton dominant condom. what would you advice me in terms os length and boards?
Thank you!!!
Nate says
Hey JoΓ£o
For you I would say anywhere from a 151 to a 154 would be great. So if you liked the 152 size then that would be a good size to go with.
In terms of boards check out the link below for my top 10 freestyle snowboards.
~ My Top 10 Freestyle Snowboards
Hope this helps, let me know if you have any other questions.
Kristaps says
Hi ! Im from Latvia, so, im raiding snowboard since I was a kid. So my level is advanced, my style is freestyle in LV and fee riding when im in another country on big mountains. So I’m using all mountain snowboard for freestyle to, i do slides, jumps all kind of tricks and in this season finally starting to learn back & front flips. I saved some money for new freestyle board just for tricks, and I can’t figure out sizes and shit. Im 181cm tall 78,5kg foot is 44euro size. Im looking at bateleon disaster 153 and bateleon evil twin 154 because of sales, but i was thinking if those boards will be to short for me and also it would effect my performance on jumps. Do I need a bit taller board or yolo go with 154 ?
Nate says
Hi Kristaps
Thanks for your message.
I think a 153 and 154 would work well for certain freestyle riding. I’d have you on a 159 for all-mountain riding and a little longer for freeride. For Freestyle anything from a 153 to 156 would be good. The shorter the board the better for spins, jibs etc. A little bit more length does add a bit of stability. So for those bigger jumps then maybe it would be better to go with 155-156 rather than the 153-154.
Since it sounds like you’ll be hitting some big jumps – to get your flips in – then maybe around a 155 or 156 would be better. On the other hand it will be quicker to get the flips around with a shorter board.
I think anything from 154 to 156 would do the job for you. Out of curiosity, what length is your all-mountain snowboard?
Jac says
Hi there your post is great!! It has helped a lot. I am trying to purchase a board as a gift for a friend who is 172cm and 65kg. He is an all mountain rider what would you recommend? I do want to get an arbor whiskey snowboard for him but it only comes in 155cm. Would it be too long for his height and weight considering that he is still a beginner/intermediate rider?
Looking forward to your reply and thanks so much for the help!!
Nate says
Hi Jac
I think the 155cm would be fine for him if he was a bit more advanced but I’m a bit concerned it’s a bit long for his current level. I’d prefer to see him on a 152 or 153 at this point.
Check out my top recommended snowboards at the lists below. These are options for beginners and all-mountian riders. I’ve included a link to my top all-mountain freestyle decks too because these can sometimes be great for intermediate all-mountain riders even if they aren’t going to be doing any freestyle riding.
~ Top 5 Beginner Snowboards
~ Top 5 All-Mountain Freestyle Snowboards
~ Top 10 All-Mountain Snowboards
Hopefully this will provide you with some more options. Let me know if you’d like me to narrow down those choices with what I think would work best for him.
Mark says
Hi Nate,
I’m having trouble deciding between two sizes (Ride Berzerker): 160W (259 ww) or 163W (261 ww)
My specs are:
Length: 1.86 m
Weight: 90 kg
I wear US size 11 Burton Imperial boots with shrinkage tech. I’m not a park rider, mainly backcountry/trees and groomers when powder runs short.
What would you suggest?
Nate says
Hi Mark
I think either will be fine width-wise but I’d go for the 163W because I think this would be a better length for you for sure.
Bonin says
Hi, thanks for the great post π
I’m a beginner and still very confused which size is suitable for me, will apreshiate any advice.
I’m 169 cm, 70kg
Boots size 7 or 7,5 UK or 41,42 EU
Thank you very much
Nate says
Hi Bonin
Thanks for your message.
I have you at a 155cm for your advanced level all-mountain deck. Since you are a beginner I would recommend you start out on something between a 150cm and a 153cm.
Check out my list of what I think are the best boards for beginners at the link below – I think all of the options there should have a size in that range.
~ Top 5 Snowboards for Beginners
Charles says
Will I suffer in all-mountain performance if I go with a 157 cm instead of a 159 cm? The board I’m looking at is the 2014 Rossignol Angus and I’m basically same size as you 6’1 175-180 lbs. Want to be able to progress in park and slash steeps and bowls
Nate says
Hi Charles
The 157cm would be a great length for you for park progression. However, you will sacrifice some performance for your steeps and bowls. A longer board would give you better float in powder, more speed and more stability at speed. Ideally you’d want two separate boards but obviously that gets more expensive.
To me your all mountain length (assuming your already beyond being a beginner) would be around 161-162cm. To get one board that would do both the park and the rest I would try to get something in between the 157cm and 162cm. If you were getting two boards then I would get a park board at around that 157cm mark and a separate board for everything else at around 162cm.
Hope this helps, thanks for your message.
geoff says
Hi there, good article. I’m 6’5, 200lb all mountain rider looking at a new board. Struggling to decide between a 163 and a 167. I’m pretty solid with about 10 years of experience riding mostly steeps, bowls and trees with a preference for deep snow. Any thoughts on board size?
Nate says
Hey Geoff
Thanks for your message. Given your physical specs and style of riding I would probably go with the 167. That extra length will really help with float in powder and stability on steeps and stability at speed – though you might sacrifice some maneuverability in the trees. So actually, I reckon if you’re in the trees a lot then maybe the 163 but if you’re in trees only sometimes then the 167 would be the best bet.
Hope this helps.
Nick says
Hi Nate,
In looking at buying a Slash Brainstorm (or Happy Place failing that) for an upcoming Japan trip. My Problem is that because I live in Australia these boards are really really hard to come by. I’m 173cm and 69-70kg without gear so was thinking a 154cm board would suit me (60% park 40% mountain). The only board I can find available in the country is a 151cm Brainstorm, do you think that this is too small?
Nate says
Hi Nick
Thanks for the message.
I’d have you on a standard length of 155-156 but because you do 60% park I’d take a couple of cms off – but since you ride the rest of the mountain too I wouldn’t want to go too short. I think you’re spot on with the 154cm. I think the 151cm is slightly too small for you. It wouldn’t be unrideable but ideally you’d get the 154.
Unfortunately most brands from US online stores don’t ship outside the US – otherwise that could have been an option. I’m pretty sure Slash doesn’t ship internationally. I guess it’s even harder this time of the year in Australia to find boards given that it’s summer!
Maybe you could try looking at stores in Japan and grab the board when you arrive there. I have no idea about what boards they have there but imagine they would have Slash there.
Ed says
Hi Nate,
Always a pleasure to visit your site. I never imagined that choosing a Snowboard length was so involved. So I’m 5′ 10″ @ 175ish and it looks like from the chart that I would need a 157cm board. Now, I’m not even up to beginner level so I take another 5cm off of that which leaves 152cm, right? Thanks
Nate says
Hi Ed. Great to hear from you again!
It can be a little bit involved to choose the right size snowboard but it’s worth a bit of effort because once you’ve found the right length you’ll know exactly what you’ll need from that point on and it will also help heaps with your progression to get the right size.
For your height and weight I would say a 159 would be your “standard length”. I think you were going down the 5’8″ height row on the chart to get 157. And yeah for a beginner you want to take off a few centimetres. So ideally you’d probably start out on around a 154 or 155. I used to get around a 155 when I started out.
If you are hiring, then something like a 154 to 155 would be good for you. If you are buying then ideally you would get a 154-155 and then sell that and replace it with a longer board once you were at a certain level of progression. A lot of people don’t like the idea of buying a board and selling it after a couple of seasons. This is the way I’d go if I was beginning again (and usually you can get back a fair bit of your investment selling the board 2nd hand).
If you don’t want to replace the board then you could go with something like a 156-157 so that you could “grow into it”. This will probably make progression a bit slower though.
If you can I would buy over hiring – check out this post on why buying is better for your progression than hiring.
Diondre says
This is a great post explaining this process. I’ve never snowboarded before but I learned a lot from your post.
Nate says
Hi Diondre – glad to educate. You should give snowboarding a shot – not something you ever regret taking up!
Nikki says
Very descriptive and accurate post. There is a ton of useful information here and I am sure everyone that is into snowboarding will find this beneficial. You have a little information pertaining to anyone and everyone. Nicely done.
Nate says
Hey Nikki – thanks for stopping by – appreciate the comments.
Luke says
Hey Nate,
Word up. I got a Q for you. I’m fairly experienced, but getting older, 49 and after a wrist break π needing to get a board to last me in to my final decade of riding… I’ve always been a carver not a jump or park man, am 5’10 and 180lbs. Have previously ridden a 159 DC PBJ 2010 model, while it turns sweet have found a little lively and uncertain at high speed carving, also sometimes struggle on pow but that maybe method improvement required π …. I’ve just bought a used Jones Flagship 164, thinking stability for high speed carving, my fave style… but have I over cooked the length? 161 I guess would’ve been ideal given my height & weight, but the 164 was the one going for a deal price. Thoughts?!
Luke
Luke says
I just checked the Jones site and previously could not find weight to length figures, but found just now, and they say the 164 Flagship is 160-120lbs…. so i guess weight wise I’m good, but any idea about stability for the carving on fresh wide steep groom….??
Jones Flagship at Jones Snowboards
Nate says
Hi Luke
I probably would have gone with the 161 but I don’t think 164 is too long – but it’s probably as long as you’d want to go. I’m 6’0 and 180-185lbs and my preference on the Flagship is the 161, even though I’m at the top of their weight recommendations – but I do favor going slightly shorter in general.
But as far as for carving, stability at speed and float in powder, the 164 will enhance that even more than the 161. It will so at the cost of a little bit of quick edge-to-edge maneuverability – but you may well prefer the feel of that.
I’m not surprised that your PBJ got squirelly at speed. It’s more of a freestyle board and not really known for being good at carving or at speed. Also being a true twin, centered stance board, it’s not ideal for riding in powder either. It’s more focused on jumps and park riding!
So whichever Flagship model you go for you’ll be getting a serious lift when it comes to speed, carving and powder. The flagship is quite a bit stiffer than the PBJ too – so that and the fact that you are riding a board that’s 5cm longer than what you’re used and with a host of other differences, means it will take a bit to get used to it – which is another reason why I’d say 161 – just because it might have been an easier transition.
Either way you’ll likely need to have a breaking in period to get used to the Flagship – just don’t expect it to feel anything like the PBJ.
Hope this helps
Donnie says
Howzit Nate
Not sure how to do new post (on iPad) so just replying. Great website and fantastic job replying to all the posts!
Besides board size, bindings and boots are a factor as well, right?
I’ve surfed my whole life (competitive level), live in South Africa, now 45yrs, 6′, 84kg. Snowboard addict, but only see snow every other year when we go to Europe.
Got a Salomon Prospect (k2 Cinch, cheap Burton boots) when I tried snowboarding for the first time in 2007. Thought learning would be a breeze, but first trip was a nightmare. Icy conditions, no lessons, lotta pain. Two trips later, got Rome Crail 158, Flow bindings and boots (entry level, don’t recall model).
With my surfing background I prefer powder and when it’s hard, I just carve (still learning) the pistes. No parks, etc. I’d say my powder riding is advanced, on piste intermediate.
Really enjoy powder when I put bindings as far back possible, but then getting to lift on piste is a nightmare. Carving on piste with this board is fun, but higher speeds the board doesn’t feel great.
Will keep this board setup, however feel like I must get something which is better for carving pistes and powder, 161 a 163 range. There’s too many boards and gear out there to make a decision. Your preference based on what I’ve mentioned here?
Nate says
Hi Donnie
Thanks for your message.
From what you’re describing, I would say that a freeride board would be a great option for you. Basically it’s the kind of board that rides well in powder but is also good for carving on the groomers. They sacrifice park performance to be good at those 2 things – and they are typically very good and stable with speed.
Also they are designed to ride well in powder so even though they do tend to have a fairly big setback, the setback doesn’t have to be massive to get good powder float. I’m not that familiar with the Rome Crail but just based on doing some research on it, it looks like it’s a traditional camber board. And that makes it not so great in powder – probably why you feel like you need to set the bindings so far back. So I think you’ll really appreciate a board that is designed to float well in powder.
I have created a list of what I consider the best 5 freeride boards, which you can check out at the link below. I think that the YES PYL and the Never Summer 25 would be your best options on that list – just because I think they are both a little easier to ride on groomers (so you can still ride them there at an intermediate level) than some and because they are good in hard/icy conditions (especially PYL) as well as in powder. The Flight Attendant would also work well but won’t be quite as good in hard/icy conditions as the other 2.
~ My Top 5 Freeride Snowboards
Hope this helps and let me know if you have any other questions or want help choosing bindings/boots if you were thinking of upgrading in that department too.
Deborah Vacanti says
Hi Nate,
My first time to post and not sure where to ask my questions, but I want to buy my son a used snowboard. Heβs a beginner 19 yrs old, 5β6β, 133ish pounds, size 7 street shoes. He plays water polo so has some strength. What size board and bindings should I look at and which width for those bindings.
Thank you!!
Nate says
Hi Deborah
Thanks for your message. Apologies for the slow reply.
I would look at something around 147 to 150, in terms of length.
Width-wise, something that’s at least 232mm at the waist (but most men’s boards will be a good bit wider than that in that kind of length range, so shouldn’t be any issues there) – and preferably no more than 242mm at the waist.
In terms of binding size, it’s most likely he will be a small size, but it depends on the brand too. For a chart of a number of different brands’ sizing, check out:
>>Snowboard Binding Sizing
Also, as a beginner, it’s important to try to get a board that’s suitable for learning on:
>>How To Choose The Best Snowboard For A Beginner
Hope this helps
Jordan says
Hi Nate,
I’m 5’11” about 225 lbs (without gear). Although I am heavy I’m pretty nimble for my size and would consider myself to be an intermediate rider. According to your chart I should be in a 164 cm board, and although I don’t do a lot of park riding that length sounds pretty extreme. I’m shopping for my next board and am thinking that I wouldn’t want to go longer than 160. Would that be too small for me? I’m thinking that even that much length would affect my maneuverability in the park.
Nate says
Hi Jordan
Thanks for your message.
If you feel like you want to ride something shorter then I would go with that preference. Length sizing is partly to do with personal preference, in my opinion. And it certainly sounds like you have a preference for something shorter than a 164. There’s no reason why you can’t go shorter than that.
Just keep in mind that if you outside the weight recommendations of a board that the board is likely to feel softer flexing than what it’s rated as. How much softer will depend on the board, but let’s say you’re looking for a mid flexing board, you might find that it feels a little softer flexing than mid in say a 159, for your weight, than it would for someone who was within the weight recommendations for that board. To get a shorter board like that, that feels like mid flex for you, you might need to go for something more mid-stiff. E.g. if you like the idea of a 6/10 flex, you might have to go for a 7/10 flexing board to get that feel, if you were to go for a shorter size.
Hope this makes sense.
But yeah, you certainly don’t have to go with what the charts say above, they are just guidelines and if you have a preference for something shorter, then there’s nothing to say that you can’t do that. But just keep in mind that the board will flex differently.
Hope this helps